Document Salem_doc_13ca99ab2d

Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 003132-1 Geotechnical Data SECTION 003132 GEOTECHNICAL DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. For the preparation of Bidding Documents, Engineer has relied upon the following reports and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions of the site. The location of the borings, test pits and monitoring wells are shown on the Drawings. 1. Monitoring Well and Test Pit Logs (provided in Attachment A) a. The subsurface data are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness, nor are they a part of the Contract Documents. b. Bidders are cautioned that the subsurface data have been utilized for general design purposes only. No explicit or implicit representation is made as to the nature of the materials which may be encountered below the surface of the ground. c. The making available of this subsurface data to Bidders is not intended to relieve them from their responsibility to familiarize themselves with the subsurface and other site conditions. d. The Exploratory Test Pit and Monitoring Well log data for the Mansell Field area includes the following: 1) Exploratory test pits TP-1, TP2, TP-3A, and TP-4 through TP-9 completed by Tighe & Bond, as shown on the Drawings. 2) Soil borings/monitoring wells B-28A/MW-1, B-31/MW-2, B- 4/MW-3, and B-45/MW-4 completed by Tighe & Bond, as shown on the Drawings. 2. Data summary tables (provided in Attachment A) a. Data summary tables are based on field measurements and laboratory reports completed for the site and are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness, nor are they a part of the Contract Documents. b. Contractors are cautioned that the subsurface data have been utilized for general design purposes only. No explicit or implicit representation is made as to the nature of the materials which may be encountered below the surface of the ground. c. The making available of this subsurface data to Contractors is not intended to relieve them from their responsibility to familiarize themselves with the subsurface and other site conditions. d. The attached data summary tables include the following: 1) TABLE 1 - Summary of Earlier "Initial" Due Diligence Soil Analytical Results, prepared by Tighe & Bond. 2) TABLE 2 - Summary of Earlier Test Pit Soil Analytical Results, prepared by Tighe & Bond. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 003132-2 Geotechnical Data 3) TABLE 3 - Summary of "Phase II" Soil Boring Analytical Results, prepared by Tighe & Bond. 4) TABLE 4 - Summary of Earlier Groundwater Analytical Results, prepared by Tighe & Bond. e. There is additional data collected from the site by EPA that includes toxicity characteristic leaching procedure (TCLP) analysis for arsenic that may be provided, upon request. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 011100-1 Summary of Work SECTION 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Work of the Contract is shown and described in Drawings and Project Manual entitled: Cleanup and Park Redevelopment Project Mansell Field Superfund Site 50 Proctor Street City of Salem June 2024 Tighe & Bond, Inc. / HalvorsonI Tighe & Bond Studio Worcester / Boston, Massachusetts 2. The Work includes the following major items: a. Excavation of contaminated soil with arsenic ≥600 ppm. b. Stabilization of leachable arsenic (classified as hazardous waste through TCLP analysis) in excavated soils prior to lawful disposal. c. Consolidation of contaminated soil with arsenic ≥20 ppm and <600 ppm in designated areas. d. Placing minimum of two feet capping materials across contaminated soil consolidation areas. e. Construction of new multi-use field with new loam and seed. f. Demolition of existing basketball court, and installation of replacement basketball court. g. Demolition of existing playground set, and installation of new playground set and playground surface. h. Installation of connector walkway system between basketball court and playground areas. i. Fire hydrant replacement. j. Camera survey of 36-inch reinforced concrete pipe before beginning contaminated soil removal and after placing capping materials across contaminated soil consolidation areas. B. Related Requirements 1. Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 011100-2 Summary of Work 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Submit copies of permits or approvals required for the Work, prior to initiating the Work. 1.3 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Permits 1. Obtain the permits and approvals listed below: a. National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Stormwater Permit b. Street Opening and Trench Permit through City Engineer’s office. Note: “Every excavation in a sidewalk, street, or City property, including rights-of way and easements require a “Street Opening Permit”. This includes, but is not limited to, excavation for connections to water, sewer, drain, gas, electric and telecommunications conduits, and includes paving or surface constructions or reconstruction for sidewalks or driveway aprons. c. Hydrant Use Permit through City Engineer’s office, as needed. 2. Comply with the permits and approvals listed below: a. The United States Environmental Protection Agency Region 1 Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent for Removal Action (CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031) issued for the Mansell Field Superfund Site. A copy of this executed document between the City of Salem and EPA is provided in Attachment B. 3. Obtain required time extensions to permits obtained by the Contractor, if construction authorized by permits has not been completed by the expiration date noted on these permits. 4. Obtain permits and approvals from appropriate jurisdictional agencies and property owners for use of premises not furnished by the Owner, and for all off- site areas. 5. Submit copies of permits prior to performance of Work authorized by permits. B. Existing Conditions 1. Use of Premises and Off-site Work a. The Work shall occur on the Owner’s property within the limits of Work shown on the Drawings. b. Land owned by the Owner is available for staging and is shown on the Drawings. c. Obtain permits and approvals for use of any land and access thereto that is deemed necessary for the Work, where such land is not available for use by the Owner, including land for temporary construction facilities, access and egress, or for storage of materials. Confine apparatus and storage to such additional areas. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 011100-3 Summary of Work d. Obtain permits and written approvals from appropriate jurisdictional agencies for the use of premises not available for use by the Owner, including all offsite staging areas, borrow pits and waste areas. Submit copies of all permits and approvals to the Owner prior to using areas. e. Provide for the disposal of waste materials off-site in accordance with all applicable laws. f. Adhere to the limits of Work and traffic control plans as indicated, to minimize obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the Owner, general public, and residents in the vicinity of the Work, and to protect people and property. Keep fire hydrants on or adjacent to the Work accessible to fire fighting equipment at all times. g. Make temporary provisions for the use of sidewalks and maintain functioning gutters, stormwater systems, drainage ditches, and culverts. h. Maintain public access to businesses and residences including driveways and parking lots at all times during the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER A. The Owner will furnish the new playground equipment under this Contract. B. The Owner will furnish the temporary construction fence for this project that currently exists along the perimeters of the Mansell Field area, as shown on the Drawings. C. The Owner is allowing for the metered use of the hydrant scheduled to be replaced on corner of Mansell Parkway and Looney Avenue as part of this project, as shown on the Drawings. D. The Owner will not provide any labor or other equipment for this project. PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 011400-1 Work Restrictions SECTION 011400 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Work Schedule 2. Construction Constraints 3. Vehicle Access 4. Available Work Area 5. Site Usage Plan B. Related Requirements 1. Section 013100 - Coordination 2. Section 013213 - Scheduling of Construction 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Incorporate the requirements of this Section in the project schedule submitted under Section 013213. B. Action Submittals 1. Submit site usage plan within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed. 1.3 WORK SCHEDULE A. Conduct the Work during daylight hours on Monday through Friday, and within the time between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. No work is to be done on Owner’s holidays, Saturdays, Sundays or outside of the work hours described above. No equipment or machinery may be started at the sites before 8:00 a.m. and all equipment must be shut off by 4:00 p.m. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS A. The following are constraints for the Work. Incorporate these constraints into the schedule required to be submitted under Section 013213. 1. All components of the existing facility must remain in operation throughout construction of the new facility unless otherwise specified herein or in Section 013100. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 011400-2 Work Restrictions 3.2 VEHICLE ACCESS A. An existing vehicle access point off Mansell Parkway is depicted on the Drawings. No vehicles will be permitted to travel over the existing 36-inch reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) drain line as shown the Drawings. If necessary for Contractor access, vehicles may be permitted to cross over the existing 36-inch RCP drain line in a perpendicular direction, provided that the Contractor provides specific details for load spreading and bridging methods at each proposed crossing location. Load spreading shall bridge the existing drain line and shall not impose any additional load on the pipe. 3.3 AVAILABLE WORK AREA A. Limits of construction are defined on the Drawings. No work will be permitted to be performed outside these boundaries. 3.4 SITE USAGE PLAN A. Locations of available staging areas are shown on the Drawings. B. Submit a site usage plan showing all proposed staging areas, locations of all office and storage trailers, and material laydown areas. The site usage plan should be a drawing showing the proposed locations and shall include on-site traffic modifications and temporary utilities as may be applicable. Submit plan to Owner for review. Modify plan per Owner comments. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 012973-1 Schedule of Values SECTION 012973 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Schedule of Values 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals 1. Submit 3 copies of the Schedule of Values for approval within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Schedule of Values shall be a detailed breakdown of the lump sum Work items showing values allocated to the various elements of the Work. B. The format of the Schedule of Values shall be a breakdown by Specification Section and content and shall be submitted on EJCDC C-620, Contractor’s Application for Payment. The Engineer may require additional detailed documentation to support the values in the form of executed purchase orders, subcontracts, or other agreements. C. The Engineer will determine the level of breakdown and detail required. The breakdown shall include materials, installation, and start-up for equipment and controls where applicable. The final document will be the basis of payment requests for the duration of the Contract. No progress payment will be made until the Schedule of Values is approved by the Engineer. D. An unbalanced Schedule of Values providing overpayment on items of work performed first will not be accepted. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 012976-1 Application and Certificate for Payment SECTION 012976 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Definition and description of measurement and payment to be used for the Work 2. Payment procedures 3. Payment requests for stored materials B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01295 - Schedule of Values 1.2 GENERAL A. The following paragraphs describe payment procedures for the work to be done under the respective items in the Bid Form. B. Each lump sum and unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the Contractor to be adequate to cover the Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. C. Except as provided for in Section 01295, no separate measurement or payment will be made for Work called for in Division 0 or Division 1 of the Contract Specifications, unless specifically covered under the Bid items listed below. All costs associated with this Work will be considered incidental to the Contract Bid price. D. Division 2 through Division 33 Work will be measured and paid for at the Contractor’s unit Bid price or lump sum Bid price as indicated on the Bid form. Those payable Work items, and related prices as Bid, will be the basis for all compensation to the Contractor for Work performed under this Contract. Work not specifically included as a Bid item, but which is required to properly and satisfactorily complete the Work is considered ancillary and incidental to the Bid item Work, and payment for such Work is considered to be included in the values as Bid for payable items. Compensation for all unit Bid price Work will be made based on the measured quantity of Work under the appropriate Bid items. 1.3 LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Each lump sum price stated in the Bid form shall constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment and materials necessary and required to complete the work specified under that particular item, and also all costs for doing related work as set forth in the Contract Documents or implied in carrying out their intent. B. Item 1 – Mansell Field Cleanup & Park Redevelopment 1. Measurement a. There will be no measurement of quantities for lump sum items. Periodic partial payments for this Work, included under the Agreement, shall be based on the percent completion of each work item listed in the Schedule ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 012976-2 Application and Certificate for Payment of Values provided under Section 01295 estimated by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 2. Payment a. The lump sum payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services necessary for the completion of the Mansell Field Cleanup & Park Redevelopment Project, excluding Item 1A, in its entirety as detailed in the Contract Documents. 1.4 UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Each unit price stated in the Bid form shall constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment and materials necessary and required to complete the Work specified under that particular item, and also all costs for doing related work as set forth in the Contract Documents or implied in carrying out their intent. B. Payment of the unit price items will only be made for the actual quantity of Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Item 1A – Excavation, Stabilization of Leachable Metals (Arsenic), and Off-Site Disposal of Contaminated Soils 1. Measurement a. Measurement for Excavation, Stabilization of Leachable Metals (Arsenic), and Off-Site Disposal of Contaminated Soils will be on a per ton basis as measured in the field by the Engineer. 2. Payment a. Payment of the bid price for Excavation, Stabilization of Leachable Metals (Arsenic), and Off-Site Disposal of Contaminated Soils will be full compensation for all excavation, backfill, compaction, removal and proper off-site disposal of the contaminated material, and all labor, equipment and materials required for or incidental to the work. 1.5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Informal submittal: Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer: 1. Make an informal submittal of request for payment by filling in, with erasable pencil, pertinent portions of EJCDC C-620, Contractor’s Application for Payment, plus continuation sheet or sheets. 2. Make this preliminary submittal to the Engineer at the last regular job meeting of each month. 3. Revise the preliminary submittal as approved by the Engineer and incorporate the approved payments into the formal submittal. B. Formal submittal: Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer: 1. Make formal submittal of request for payment by filling in the agreed data, by typewriter or electronically on EJCDC C-620, Contractor’s Application for Payment, plus continuation sheet or sheets. 2. Sign and notarize the Application for Payment. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 012976-3 Application and Certificate for Payment 3. Submit the original of the Application for Payment, plus six identical copies of the continuation sheet or sheets, to the Engineer. 4. The Engineer will compare the formal submittal with the approved informal submittal and, if acceptable, will sign the Contractor’s Application for Payment, and present the Application to the Owner. 5. Provide a signed and notarized Certificate for Stored Materials and proof of storage in a dry, watertight, heated and insured warehouse facility. 1.6 PAYMENT REQUESTS FOR STORED MATERIALS A. Requests for payment for stored materials shall be made in accordance with Section 00700 and shall be accompanied by the attached "Certificate for Stored Materials" form. Payment for stored materials shall not exceed the value actually paid by the Contractor for the stored materials as evidenced by the accompanying bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation. B. Partial payment requests for materials stored or so-called "engineering costs" by equipment manufacturers will not be allowed. All such costs shall be distributed proportionately among the various items of equipment/hardware to be furnished. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 012976-4 Application and Certificate for Payment CERTIFICATE FOR STORED MATERIALS Tighe & Bond Project No. We, request payment for materials and/or equipment not incorporated in the work included under our firm's contract with as listed below. We hereby certify under penalty of perjury, that the materials not incorporated in the work have been delivered and are securely stored at the site or at and that we have title to said materials free and clear of all Liens, as evidenced by the attached bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation. We also certify that an inventory of said materials and/or equipment has been compiled for the purposes of this partial payment request. This list of materials and/or equipment, including unit prices for said material not incorporated in the work for which payment is hereby requested, consisting of pages and dated is signed and attached hereto. We acknowledge that payments made based on this request for materials and/or equipment not incorporated in the work does not relieve the contractor of its responsibility for furnishing all materials and equipment required for the satisfactory completion of the project pursuant to the contractual requirements. We further certify that we can and will adequately protect said materials and/or equipment until they are incorporated in the work; that they meet the requirements of the specifications, and that they will be needed for incorporation in the work in the near future. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we, the said h- ereunto set our hand and seal this day of 20__. Contractor's Firm Name SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED IN THE PRESENCE OF Title Notary Public ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 012973-5 Application and Certificate for Payment SCHEDULE OF STORED MATERIALS Job No. Contract No. Contractor: Location: Date Pay Estimate Item Description Supplier/Manufacturer Quantity Stored and not Incorporated Unit $ Certified Value Signature: Total Amount Due for Stored Materials Contractor's Principal Title: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013100-1 Coordination SECTION 013100 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Project Management 2. Coordination 3. Project Meetings B. Related Requirements 1. Section 011400 - Work Restrictions 2. Section 013213 - Scheduling of Construction C. Related Work Not Included 1. Operation of existing facilities will be performed by the Owner unless otherwise specified. The Owner will assist in arranging operation of any existing facilities or equipment required by the Contractor to connect to existing facilities, and the Contractor shall not operate existing valves or equipment. Only the Owner will operate Owner valves. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Incorporate the requirements of this Section, as well as Work which may impact the existing system operation, or the operations of any adjacent utility, in the project schedule submitted under Section 013213. B. Informational Submittals 1. At the pre-construction conference, supply to the Owner the cell phone number of a responsible person who may be contacted during off-hours for emergencies 24 hours a day, seven days a week. 2. Prepare a contact list of phone numbers, including cell phone numbers, and emails for all Project personnel and submit to the Engineer within one week after the pre-construction conference. Include Contractor, Owner, Engineer, and City personnel including police, fire, and ambulance. 1.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. Complete the Work in a continuous uninterrupted operation. Use sufficient personnel and adequate equipment to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with appropriate utility companies, as well as with the Owner, where the Work crosses or is adjacent to existing utilities. 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre-Construction Conference ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013100-2 Coordination 1. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss the following subjects at the Pre- Construction Conference. Documentation for these items is required to be submitted within the time frames included in individual specification sections. a. Project scheduling b. Sequencing of critical path Work items c. Shop Drawing procedures d. Project changes and clarification procedures e. Use of sites, access to Work areas, office and storage areas, security and temporary facilities f. Contractor safety plan and representative g. Progress payments and procedures h. Required documentation i. Project personnel contact list B. Progress Meetings 1. Progress meetings will be held every 2 weeks and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by the Progress of the Work. 2. The Contractor’s Superintendent shall attend all progress meetings. Engineer may attend meetings via conference or Teams call. 3. At a minimum, progress meetings will review Work progress, schedule, Shop Drawing submission schedule, Applications for Payment, and other matters needing discussion and resolution. 4. Review the schedule with all parties to be affected by upcoming work. 5. Review the construction report required under Section 013213. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Notify DIGSAFE at 1-[PHONE REDACTED] at least 72 hours prior to any digging, trenching, rock removal, demolition, borings, backfill, grading, landscaping, or any other earth moving operations. 3.2 COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER’S OPERATIONS A. Notify the Owner and Engineer, in writing, a minimum of 1 week in advance of commencing Work on site. 3.3 SHUTDOWNS A. Water service shutdowns as a result of pipeline construction activities are not permitted, unless otherwise noted in this Section. Existing water mains owned by other utilities shall not be shut down unless authorized by the appropriate utility company and the Owner. Notify water system customers regarding interruptions in service at least one ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013100-3 Coordination week in advance. Coordinate with the Owner regarding scheduling such notifications. An existing main shall not be shut off for more than 6 hours. B. Rescheduling or reactivation of any temporary shutdowns may be required if an emergency occurs in the distribution system, such as a major pipeline break or fire. C. Test all pipelines, valves and appurtenances and place in operating condition before the final tie-ins are made to connect new equipment to the existing facility. D. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to provide temporary light, ventilation, safety personnel and equipment, gas monitoring equipment, supports and braces necessary to perform the tie-in work in a safe and secure manner. Observe all safety regulations in force at the existing facilities. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013213-1 Scheduling of Construction SECTION 013213 SCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Milestones 2. Progress Schedule B. Related Requirements 1. Section 011400 - Work Restrictions 2. Section 013100 - Coordination 1.2 MILESTONES A. Milestone No. 1: The Contractor shall complete all Work associated with Contaminated Soil Excavation and Consolidation shown the Drawings no later than 120 days following the Notice to Proceed. Prior to the start of any work associated with Contaminated Soil Excavation which may require dust suppression measures involving water usage, Contractor must replace the hydrant on corner of Mansell Parkway and Looney Avenue, as shown on the Drawings. B. Milestone No2: The Contractor shall complete all other Work shown on the Drawings no later than June 1, 2025. C. If, in the opinion of the Owner, the progress of the Work is insufficient to achieve the scheduled completion of the milestone, the Contractor shall be required to take such measures as are necessary to achieve completion by the milestone date. Such measures may include, but shall not be limited to, employing additional equipment and personnel, working overtime, added shifts or any combination thereof, all at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Graphically show the order and interdependence of activities, sequence of Work, how the start of a given activity depends on completion of preceding activities, and how completion of an activity may restrain the start of subsequent activities. B. The Work shall be planned by the Contractor and his Project field superintendent in coordination with all Subcontractors and Suppliers whose Work is shown on the Progress Schedule. C. Include, at a minimum, the following activities on the Progress Schedule: 1. Project mobilization 2. Submittal and approval of Shop Drawings 3. Procurement of equipment and critical materials 4. Installation of equipment and critical materials 5. Fabrication of special equipment and material, and its installation and testing ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013213-2 Scheduling of Construction 6. Final inspecting and testing 7. Punchlist 8. Final cleanup 9. Other activities that may be critical to the Progress Schedule 10. All activities of the Owner and the Engineer which affect progress and/or affect required dates for completion of the Work 11. Milestone completion dates D. Take into consideration Shop Drawing submittal and approval time, the delivery times of equipment and materials, Subcontractors' Work, availability and abilities of workmen, weather conditions, any restrictions in operations at the Work site, and all other items that may affect completion of the Work within the Contract Time and specified milestones. E. The Progress Schedule shall reflect the requirements and constraints outlined in Section 013100, Coordination. F. The Progress Schedule shall reflect Work restrictions outlined in Section 011400. G. Show information in such detail that duration times of activities will range from one to 15 days. The selection and number of activities shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and Engineer. H. The Progress Schedule should show preceding and following event numbers for each activity, description of each activity, and activity duration in calendar days. I. Submit the Progress Schedule on maximum sheet size 30-inches high by the width required. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Submit four prints of the preliminary Progress Schedule prepared in accordance with the requirements of this section. Progress schedule must be submitted within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Progress Schedule must be approved by the Owner and Engineer before the first progress payment will be made. 2. Revised analyses - Within 10 days after receipt of the review comments, submit four prints of the Progress Schedule revised in accordance with those comments. 3. Periodic reports - On the first progress meeting of each month, submit four prints of the updated Progress Schedule, as well as a report of construction activities in the prior month. 4. Before initiating the Work, submit an estimated rate of Contractor payments for the project. If the payment schedule deviates from the original projection, submit a revised rate of expenditure schedule. 1.5 PERIODIC REPORTS A. At the first scheduled progress meeting of each month, present four copies of a construction report which details the Work performed during the preceding period. The report shall include the following at a minimum: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013213-3 Scheduling of Construction 1. Actual progress of Work. Update the Progress Schedule accordingly. 2. The Progress Schedule, or revised Progress Schedule, should show the portions of the Progress Schedule impacted by the Work progress. 3. Activities or portions of activities completed during the reporting period, and their total value as basis for Contractor's periodic request for payment. Payment made will be based on the total value of such activities completed or partially completed after verification by the Engineer. 4. State the percentage of the Work actually completed and scheduled as of the report date, and the progress along the critical path in terms of days ahead of or behind the dates defined in the Progress Schedule. 5. If the Work is behind the dates set forth in the Progress Schedule, also report progress along other paths with negative slack. 6. Include a narrative which includes: a. A description of problem areas, anticipated and current b. Delaying factors and their impact c. An explanation of corrective actions taken or proposed 7. Show the date of latest revision. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-1 Submittal Procedures SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Action Submittals 2. Informational Submittals 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals – includes written and graphic information submitted by Contractor that requires Engineer’s approval. B. Informational Submittals – includes information submitted by Contractor that does not require Engineer’s approval. The Engineer will acknowledge receipt of such documents and provide comments when the submittals lack the detail required by the Contract Documents. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Shop Drawings as defined in the General Conditions, and as specified in individual work sections include, but are not necessarily limited to, custom- prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation drawings, schedule information, piece part drawings, actual shop work manufacturing instructions, special wiring diagrams, coordination drawings, individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including performance curves and certification, as applicable to the Work. 2. Shop Drawings shall be of standardized sizes to enable the Owner to maintain a permanent record of the submissions. Approved standard size drawings shall be a. 24 inches by 36 inches b. 22 inches by 34 inches c. 11 inches by 17 inches d. 8.5 inches by 11 inches 3. Submit Shop Drawings at the proper time to prevent delays in delivery of materials. Coordinate submittals for related or interdependent equipment. 4. Advise the Engineer in writing of any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5. Check all Shop Drawings regarding measurements, size of members, materials, and details to determine if they conform to the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings found to be inaccurate, not in compliance, or otherwise in error shall be returned to the Subcontractors or Suppliers for correction before submission to the Engineer. Drawings that are current shall be marked with the date, name, and approval stamp of the Contractor. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-2 Submittal Procedures 6. All details on Shop Drawings submitted for approval shall show clearly the relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure, and where correct fabrication of the work depends upon field measurements, such measurements shall be made and noted on the Shop Drawings before being submitted for approval. 7. Detailed installation drawings (sewers, equipment, piping, electrical conduits and controls, HVAC work, and plumbing, etc.) shall be drawn to scale and fully dimensioned. 8. No material or equipment shall be purchased or fabricated until the required Shop Drawings have been submitted and approved. Materials and equipment and the work involved in their installation or incorporation into the Work shall then be as shown in and represented by the Shop Drawings. 9. Until the necessary approval has been given, do not proceed with any portion of the work, the design or details of which are dependent upon the design or details of work, materials, equipment or other features for which approval is required. 10. If submitted equipment requires modifications to the structures, piping, layout, or other details shown on the Drawings, details of the proposed modifications must also be submitted for approval. If such equipment and modifications are approved, perform all Work necessary to make such modifications at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Product Data: Product data as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, standard prepared data for manufactured products (catalog data), such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions, availability of colors and patterns, manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability, roughing-in diagrams and templates, catalog cuts, product photographs, standard wiring diagrams, printed performance curves and operational- range diagrams, production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications, mill reports, product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare-parts listing, and printed product warranties, as applicable to the Work. C. Samples and color selection charts: Provide sample, when requested by individual Specification to establish conformance with the Specifications, and as necessary to define color, texture and pattern selections available. D. Product Substitutions: In accordance with Section 01630. E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: In accordance with Section 01770. F. Schedule of Values: In accordance with Section 012973. G. Site Usage Plan: In accordance with Section 011400. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Submittals 1. Submit a preliminary Schedule of Submittals within 10 days of the Effective Date of the Agreement in accordance with Article 2.05 of Section 00700. B. Schedule of Manufacturers and Suppliers ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-3 Submittal Procedures 1. Submit a schedule of manufacturers and Suppliers within 7 days after Notice to Proceed including the names and addresses of the manufacturers and Suppliers of materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. C. Schedule of Major Products 1. Submit a schedule of major products within 30 days after Notice to Proceed including a complete list of major products proposed for use, with specification section number, name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. D. Product Listing and Manufacturers Qualifications 1. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation and reference standards. Specifically identify the products, the anticipated schedule for delivery and storage, and the estimated value thereof for materials which the Contractor intends to request approval for off-site storage. E. Certificates of Compliance 1. General: a. Submit sworn certificates from the manufacturer or material supplier that the materials and fabrications provided under the Specification section conform with the Contract Documents. b. Certificates shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer’s corporation and witnessed by a Notary Public. 2. Welding: Submit in accordance with individual Specification sections. 3. Installer: Prepare written statements on manufacturer’s letterhead certifying that installer complies with requirements as specified in individual Specification sections. 4. Material Test: Prepared by qualified testing agency, on testing agency’s standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. 5. Certificates of Successful Testing or Inspection: Submit when testing or inspection is required by Laws and Regulations or governing agency, or when specified in individual Specification sections. 6. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance: In accordance with individual Specification sections. F. Application for Payment 1. Submit applications for payment in accordance with Section 01270, Measurement and Payment or Section 01290, Application and Certificate for Payment. 2. Submit schedule of stored materials when requesting payment for materials not yet installed. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-4 Submittal Procedures G. Construction Photography and Videography: Provide preconstruction, progress, and post-construction photography and videography in accordance with Sections 01320 and 01321. H. Contract Closeout Submittals: In accordance with Section 01770. I. Contractor Design Data 1. Written and graphic information 2. List of assumptions 3. List of performance and design criteria 4. Summary of loads or load diagram 5. Calculations 6. List of applicable codes and regulations 7. Name and version of software 8. Information requested in individual Specification section J. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Written or published information that documents manufacturer’s recommendations, guidelines, and procedures in accordance with individual Specification sections. K. Schedules - Submit construction progress schedules and schedule updates in accordance with Section 013213. L. Statement of Qualifications: Submit evidence of qualification, certification, or registration as required in Contract Documents to verify qualifications of professional land surveyor, engineer, materials testing laboratory, specialty subcontractor, trade, specialist, consultant, installer, and other professionals. M. Submittals Required by Laws, Regulations, and Governing Agencies 1. Submit notifications, reports, certifications, payrolls, and other required information as may be required, directly to the applicable federal, state, or local governing agency or their representative. 2. Transmit to Engineer for Owner’s records, one copy of correspondence and transmittals (including enclosures and attachments) between Contractor and governing agency. N. Test and Inspection Reports 1. Submit test and inspection reports as required by individual Specification sections. 2. Test and inspection reports shall contain signature of person responsible for test or report. 3. Reports shall include identification of product and Specification, project name, date and time of test, type of test, location, test results, corrective action required if report indicates test is not in compliance with Contract Documents, interpretation of test results, and other information as required in individual Specification sections. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-5 Submittal Procedures O. Equipment Data: Submit information on equipment to be used in the performance of the Work as required by individual Specification sections. P. Testing and Start-up Data: Prepare and submit testing procedures proposed to perform testing required by individual Specification sections. Q. Vendor Training Plan: At least two weeks prior to scheduling training of Owner’s personnel, submit lesson plans for vendor training in accordance with individual Specification section and manufacturer’s Operations and Maintenance Manuals. R. Health & Safety Plans: When specified in individual Specification sections, prepare and submit a Health and Safety Plan modified or supplemented to include job-specific considerations. S. Submittals stamped by another Professional Engineer: When specified in individual Specification sections, prepare and submit calculations and/or drawings stamped by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State where the work is being performed. T. Coordination Drawings: When specified in individual Specification sections, prepare and submit drawings to show how multiple system and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated. Examples are conduit routing diagrams, duct layouts, utility coordination drawings, sprinkler plans etc. U. Work Plans: When specified in individual Specification sections, prepare and submit copies of all work plans needed to demonstrate to the Owner that Contractor has adequately thought-out the means and methods of construction and their interface with existing facilities. V. Erosion Control Plan: When specified in Contract Documents or required by local ordinances or regulations, prepare and submit copies of erosion control plans. W. Traffic Control Plan: When specified in Contract Documents or required by local ordinances or regulations, prepare and submit copies of traffic control plans. X. Shutdown Requests: Submit notification of any outages required (electrical, flow processes, etc.) as may be required to tie-in new work into existing facilities. Unless otherwise specified, provide outage requests a minimum of 7 days’ notice shall be provided. Y. Equipment Data: When specified in other Specification sections, information on equipment used by the Contractor to complete the Work, such as compaction equipment and closed-circuit television inspection equipment. 1.5 PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Prepare and submit documentation in advance of fabrication and product manufacturer, so that the installation will not be delayed, other related work can be properly coordinated, and there is adequate time for review and resubmission, if required. 2. Provide no less than 30 days for review of submittals from the time received by the Engineer. For submittals of major equipment, that require more than 30 days to review, due to complexity and detail or those requiring review by multiple engineering disciplines, Engineer will notify Contractor of the circumstances and identify the anticipated date when the submittal will be returned. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-6 Submittal Procedures 3. Re-submittals will be subject to same review time. 4. No extension of time will be authorized due to failure to provide approvable submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. B. Review Shop Drawings, product data, and samples prior to submission and verify and determine: 1. Field measurements 2. Conformance with the Contract Documents. Advise the Engineer in writing of any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Delete or strike out information that is not applicable to the Work. C. Upload the electronic submittal files via Procore. Access to Procore will be provided by the Engineer. Files must be in .pdf format. The submittals will be returned in electronic .pdf format via Procore. D. In addition to the electronic submission requirement, submit three hard copies of each submittal: two for Owner and one for Engineer’s construction observer. 1. Samples – Provide one unless otherwise noted in the individual Specification section. Sample will be retained by Engineer in the field. E. Numbering: Submissions shall be accompanied by a transmittal form referencing the project name and applicable Specification section. Submittals shall be numbered sequentially, with the applicable Specification section and a hyphen preceding the number. (e.g. Submittal number 11330-01). Resubmittals shall bear the same transmittal number with a revision number commencing with (e.g. Submittal number 11330-01-1). F. Provide a copy of the Submittal Certification Form (copy attached at the end of this section) which shall be attached to every copy of each submittal as required under Article 7.16 A.2 of Section 00700. Apply the Contractor’s stamp and initials or signature certifying that the submission has been thoroughly reviewed for completeness, compliance with the Contract Documents, coordination with adjacent construction and dimensional compatibility. Items submitted without the stamp or that are incomplete will be returned by the Engineer for rework and resubmission. G. Provide a copy of the PE Certification Form (copy attached at the end of this section) which shall be attached to every copy of each submittal stamped by another Professional Engineer. Items submitted without the completed certification form will be returned by the Engineer for resubmission. H. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals along with the Engineer’s transmittal to concerned parties with instructions to report any inability to comply with the provisions or integrate the requirements with interfacing work. I. Partial and Incomplete Submittals 1. Shop Drawings shall be submitted as a complete package by Specification section, unless otherwise reviewed and approved by the Engineer. It is the intent that all information, materials, and samples associated with each Specification section be included as a single submittal for the Engineer’s review. 2. Engineer will return entire submittals if preliminary review deems it incomplete including: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-7 Submittal Procedures a. Missing or incomplete Submittal Certification Form b. Insufficient number of copies c. Missing content 3. Partial submittals may be considered, at Engineer’s option, only when necessary to expedite the Project. 4. Partial submittals shall be clearly identified as such on the transmittal to identify missing components. J. Submittals not required by the Specification will be returned without review or action code. K. Resubmission 1. Make corrections and modifications required by the Engineer and resubmit until approved. 2. Clearly identify changes made to submittals and indicate other changes that have been made other than those requested by the Engineer. 3. A maximum of two re-submissions of each shop drawing will be reviewed, checked and commented upon without charge to the Contractor (total of 3 submittals). Any additional submissions which are required by the Engineer to fulfill the stipulations of the Contract Documents will be charged to the Contractor as described in paragraph 7.16.E.2 of Section 00700. L. Distribution 1. Distribute approved Shop Drawings and approved product data to the Project Site and elsewhere as required to communicate the information to Suppliers, Subcontractors, and field personnel. 1.6 ENGINEER’S REVIEW A. The Engineer will review submittals for design, general methods of construction and detailing. The Engineer’s review and approval of submittals shall not be construed as a complete check nor does it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any departures or deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless he has, in writing, called the Engineer’s attention to such deviations at the time of submission. It will not extend to means, methods, technique, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. B. The Engineer’s review of the submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for proper fitting of the Work, or the responsibility of furnishing any work required by the Contract Documents which may not be indicated on the submittals. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any quantities shown on the submittals. C. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the submittals to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer at least 7 working days prior to release for manufacture. D. When the submittals have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out the construction in accordance therewith and shall make no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-8 Submittal Procedures E. Action submittals as defined in paragraph 1.2 will be reviewed and returned under one of the following codes: 1. Approved (Action Code 1) is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. Equipment or materials may be released for manufacture, provided that it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Approved as Noted (Action Code 2) is assigned when there are notations or comments on the submittal, but the equipment or materials may still be released for manufacture. All notations and comments must be incorporated in the final product. Resubmission is not necessary. 3. Revise and Resubmit (Action Code 3) is assigned when there are notations and comments requiring a resubmittal of the package. Work cannot proceed until the submittal is revised and resubmitted for review. 4. Not Approved (Action Code 4) is assigned when the submittal contains non- specified items or does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. It may also be assigned when there is a significant amount of missing material required for the Engineer to perform a complete review. The entire package must be resubmitted, revised to bring the submittal into conformance. It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. F. Informational submittals as defined in paragraph 1.2 do not require approval by the Engineer. Such submittals will be returned under one of the following codes: 1. Receipt Acknowledged (Action Code 5) is assigned when the submittal is provided for documentation purposes and is acknowledged as received. Comments may be noted using this action code. 2. Revise and Resubmit (Action Code 6) is assigned when there are notations and comments requiring a resubmittal of the package. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013300-9 Submittal Procedures SUBMITTAL CERTIFICATION FORM ENGINEER’S PROJECT CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT TRANSMITTAL SUBMITTAL SPECIFICATION DRAWING The above referenced submittal has been reviewed by the undersigned and I/we certify that the materials and/or equipment meets or exceeds the project specification requirements; that field measurements, dimensions, quantities, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and related materials have been verified; that all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the work has been determined and verified; that review includes all information related to the contractor’s sole responsibility for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and safety; and item has been coordinated with the overall project with:  NO DEVIATIONS  A COMPLETE LIST OF DEVIATIONS AS FOLLOWS: SUBMITTED GENERAL CONTRACTOR’S STAMP ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-1 Health & Safety Plan SECTION 013529 HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall: 1. develop a site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) specifically addressing the potential hazards that may be encountered at the work site. The HASP shall include the information described in this specification (as applicable) and meet all applicable OSHA requirements. 2. furnish all labor, equipment, materials, and employee training for effective implementation of the HASP and worker health and safety protection of all Contractor personnel. 3. furnish all labor, equipment, materials, and employee training to effectively complete any required air monitoring and/or decontamination. 4. review the requirements and data provided for the project and supplement the HASP with any additional measures deemed necessary to fully comply with applicable regulatory requirements and to adequately protect personnel on the site. 5. maintain a copy of the HASP at the worksite, accessible to employees working at the site. 6. post the emergency response plan section of the HASP, inclusive of emergency alerting and response procedures and directions to the nearest hospital, in a visible location for all workers to see. B. Related Sections 1. 024113 – Demolition 2. 021100 – Contaminated Soil Excavation 3. 021200 – Transportation and Disposal of Contaminated Soil 1.2 SITE-SPECIFIC PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall review and understand all existing information as it relates to potential exposure to subsurface site contaminants, environmental data and reports. Reference Section 003132 for applicable environmental data. B. The nature of the materials present at the site may require use of special protective clothing and the possible use of respiratory protective equipment, which is intended to help minimize worker exposure to known or suspected site hazards. 1. Levels of personal protection are established in reference standards and generally described for Levels C and D herein. It is anticipated that a majority of the Work to be performed on this project may be performed at Personnel Protection Level D. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-2 Health & Safety Plan 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining if a higher level of personnel protection is required based on the criteria outlined in the Contractor's HASP. In the event that the Contractor determines that a level of protection higher than Level D is required, the Contractor's personnel shall take the necessary steps outlined in the Contractor’s HASP. 3. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Owner in writing prior to implementing any upgrades in personal protection. The Engineer will review the Contractor's notification and determine the need to notify other applicable agencies. 1.3 REFERENCES A. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910 (General Industry standards) B. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926 (Construction Standards) C. OSHA Regulation 29 CFR §1910.120 (HAZWOPER)OSHA Regulation 29 CFR §1926.65 (HAZWOPER) D. Applicable state regulations E. OSHA Regulation 29 CFR §1926.62 (Lead) 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. CHMM: Certified Hazardous Materials Manager, as certified by the Institute of Hazardous Materials Management. B. CIH: Certified Industrial Hygienist, as certified by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene®. C. CSP: Certified Safety Professional, as certified by the Board of Certified Safety Professionals. D. Site Safety and Health Official (SSHO): The individual located at a job site who is responsible to the Contractor and has the authority and knowledge necessary to implement the HASP and verify compliance with applicable safety and health requirements. E. HAZWOPER: Hazardous waste operations and emergency response (HAZWOPER) standards, per the Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA’s) 29 CFR §1910.120 and 29 CFR §1926.65 regulations. F. Regulated clean-up site: A site regulated under OSHA’s HAZWOPER standards contained in 29 CFR §1910.120 and 29 CFR §1926.65, inclusive of the following: 1. clean-up operations required by a governmental body, whether federal, state, local or other involving hazardous substances that are conducted at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites, 2. corrective actions involving clean-up operations at sites covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), and 3. voluntary clean-up operations at sites recognized by federal, state, local or other governmental bodies as uncontrolled hazardous waste sites. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-3 Health & Safety Plan G. Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Site: An area identified as an uncontrolled hazardous waste site by a governmental body, whether federal, state, local or other where an accumulation of hazardous substances creates a potential threat to the health and safety of individuals or the environment or both. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. On-site Work shall not begin until the HASP has been submitted by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner/Engineer. B. Informational Submittals 1. Submit the following within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. a. A site-specific HASP, including the information described in this Specification as applicable. 1) The HASP must be reviewed, approved, and signed by a CSP, CIH, or CHMM. 2) The Engineer’s review is only to determine if the HASP is consistent with the minimum requirements of this specification. Engineer has no control over contractor’s health & safety and the means and methods of health & safety implementation. Engineer also does not perform health & safety monitoring of Contractor’s Work. 3) The review will not determine the adequacy of the HASP to address all potential hazards, as that remains the sole responsibility of the Contractor. b. Documentation of qualifications and experience of the SSHO. c. Applicable health and safety training records. 2. Submit health and safety certification and training records, including: a. current certifications of employee's HAZWOPER training, and b. current certification of HAZWOPER supervisor training for project supervisors. 3. Contractor shall prepare and submit to Engineer for submittal to the EPA a Decontamination Plan detailing specific methods for decontamination of equipment and transport vehicles leaving the site. 1.6 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor is solely responsible for the health and safety of workers employed by the Contractor, any subcontractor, vendors/manufacturers, site visitors and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. B. Provide a designated SSHO for the project. C. Pre-arrange emergency medical care services at a nearby hospital or medical clinic, including establishment of an emergency notification process and emergency routes of travel. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-4 Health & Safety Plan D. Conduct pre-entry and weekly safety meetings with all site personnel, documenting attendance and topics covered. E. Develop and implement the site-specific HASP, inclusive of the elements in contained in this specification. F. For projects where contaminated media are known, likely, or suspected to be encountered: 1. monitor air quality in and around the work area using appropriate air monitoring equipment. 2. develop and implement a respiratory protection program per 29 CFR §1910.134 and 29 CFR §1926.103 for all workers authorized to wear respirators. 3. record all air quality readings and maintain records on site. 4. stop work and/or upgrade respiratory protection or personal protective equipment levels if action levels established in the HASP are exceeded. 5. ensure that the degree and type of respiratory protection provided is protective for the monitored concentrations and individual chemical parameters. 6. lawfully dispose of all personal protective equipment that cannot be decontaminated. G. Work under this contract is being performed on a “Regulated clean-up site”, as defined in 29 CFR §1910.120, 29 CFR §1926.65, and Article 1.4 F, above. H. The site-specific HASP must include all elements required by OSHA’s HAZWOPER standard, as contained in 29 CFR §1910.120(b) and 29 CFR §1926.65(b) and the elements in this specification. I. Train all workers assigned to areas where contaminated media are likely to be encountered in accordance with 29 CFR §1910.120(e) and 29 CFR §1926.65(e). J. Develop and implement a medical surveillance program per 29 CFR §1910.120(f) and 29 CFR §1926.65(f) for applicable employees. 1.7 HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN (HASP) REQUIREMENTS A. The HASP shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR §1910.120(b)(4) and 29 CFR §1926.65(b)(4). B. The following items shall be included/addressed in the HASP: 1. a safety and health risk or hazard analysis for each site task and operation in the workplan; a. a physical hazard evaluation and hazard control plan shall be included covering, but not limited to the following, as applicable: 1) equipment operation; 2) confined space entry; 3) slips, trips, and falls; 4) building collapse; ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-5 Health & Safety Plan 5) falling debris; 6) encountering unmarked utilities; 7) cold and heat stress; 8) hot work (cutting and welding); 9) drum and container handling; 10) trench and/or excavation entry. 2. employee training assignments to assure compliance with 29 CFR §1910.120(e) and 29 CFR §1926.65(e). 3. personal protective equipment to be used for each site task and operation in the workplan; a. inclusive of a personal protective equipment program to comply with 29 CFR §1910.120(g)(5) and 29 CFR §1926.65(g)(5). 4. medical surveillance requirements to comply with 29 CFR §1910.120(f) and 29 CFR §1926.65(f). 5. the frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and environmental sampling techniques and instrumentation to be used, including methods of maintenance and calibration of monitoring and sampling equipment to be used. a. The action level (AL) and Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) for each contaminant must be listed along with the type of monitoring instrument that will be used. b. The frequency of the monitoring must also be included (i.e. continuous, daily, weekly, 6. site control measures to comply with 29 CFR §1910.120(d) and 29 CFR §1926.65(d). 7. decontamination procedures to comply with 29 CFR §1910.120(k) and 29 CFR §1926.65(k). 8. an emergency response plan for the safe and effective response to emergencies, including the necessary PPE and other equipment to comply with 29 CFR §1910.120(l) and 29 CFR §1926.65(l); a. including, but not limited to the following: 1) a map indicating the route to a nearby hospital or medical clinic for emergency medical care; 2) procedures for emergency medical treatment and first aid; 3) the names of three Emergency Response Contractors, experienced in the removal and disposal of oils and hazardous chemicals, that the Contractor intends to use in the event of an emergency; 4) site evacuation routes and procedures; ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-6 Health & Safety Plan 5) emergency alerting and response procedures. 9. confined space entry procedures to comply with 29 CFR §1910.146 and 29 CFR 1926, Subpart AA. 10. a spill containment program to comply with 29 CFR §1910.120(j) and 29 CFR §1926.65(j). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR MONITORING EQUIPMENT A. If organic vapors or total hydrocarbons are known, likely, or suspected to be encountered during the work: 1. provide and maintain a portable photo-ionization detector (PID) or flame- ionization detector (FID) capable of detecting organic vapors or total hydrocarbons. Equipment shall be sensitive to the 0.5 parts per million (PPM) level. B. If hazardous atmospheres (oxygen, hydrogen sulfide, carbon monoxide, methane, etc.) are known, likely, or suspected to be encountered during the work: 1. provide and maintain an applicable multi-gas analyzer to measure concentrations in applicable work environments (i.e. confined spaces, trenches, tunnels, buildings, etc.). C. If there is a potential for the accumulation of explosive gas: 1. provide and maintain an explosimeter (LEL meter). D. If there is a potential for visible dust emissions or the site, dust monitoring must be considered. 1. The Contractor is responsible for monitoring fugitive dust emissions in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. 2. Equipment shall be sensitive to particulate matter less than 10 micrometer in size (PM10) at a level of 100 micrograms per cubic meter (𝜇g/m3). 3. Contractor shall outline the dust monitoring program in their HASP, including applicable action levels. E. All air monitoring equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor. F. All air monitoring equipment readings must be recorded and be available for federal, state, and/or local regulatory personnel to review. 2.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) A. All PPE must conform to the OSHA requirements, as indicated in the previous Reference Standards Section. Various PPE to be furnished by the Contractor under different levels of protection for their own personnel and subcontractor's personnel include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Level D Protection: a. Coveralls or Tyvek ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-7 Health & Safety Plan b. Gloves c. Safety boots/shoes d. Safety glasses e. Hearing protection (for high noise operations) f. Hard hat with optional face shield 2. Level C Protection: a. Air-purifying respirator b. Chemical protective overalls or Coveralls Saran coated Tyvek) c. Gloves, inner (disposable, surgical type) d. Gloves, outer (Neoprene, Nitrile, Viton or Butyl) e. Boots, chemical protective, steel toe and shank (Neoprene or Nitrile) f. Booties, chemical protective (disposable PVC) g. Hard hat h. Face shield (if necessary) 3. Levels B and A represent increased levels of personal protection and are described in the Reference Standards. 4. Contractor is fully responsible for all PPE selection (including the various stages of protection), proper use, maintenance, and continuous monitoring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION A. Implement the HASP throughout the execution of all applicable work. B. The Contractor shall perform all monitoring as detailed in the HASP. C. Contractor(s) shall implement routine health and safety meetings and any follow-up supplemental briefings. D. Provide applicable health and safety training for all personnel who may come in contact with or be exposed to various dangerous, hazardous, or changing site conditions. E. Personnel who have not received applicable training and who are not equipped with the required PPE, shall not be permitted access to the site by the Contractor during the course of the work that may result in potential exposures to unsafe or hazardous site conditions. F. All personnel, including personnel for subcontractors, who must maintain 40-hour OSHA training, shall provide certificates of completion for the applicable 8-hour OSHA refresher course. 3.2 DUST CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Implement fugitive dust suppression to prevent unacceptable levels of dust resulting from Contaminated Soil Excavation work and for other the handling of Contaminated ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 013529-8 Health & Safety Plan Soil. Dust suppression methods shall be subject to review by the Engineer. Supervise fugitive dust control measures and monitor airborne particulate matter as required. B. Establish a minimum of four dust monitoring stations along the perimeters of the Work area during Contaminated Soil Excavation work and for other the handling of Contaminated Soil. C. Contractor shall periodically monitor dust conditions. The dust monitoring results shall be compared to a permissible concentration for PM10 of 12 µg/m3, which was established for the project site based on a site-specific risk characterization for air action levels completed by Sovereign Consulting, Inc. A copy of that risk calculation report is provided as Attachment C. If a time-weighted average exceeds this dust action level, the Contractor shall implement dust control measures. Dust monitoring records must be provided to Engineer. 3.3 PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION A. All equipment shall be provided to the work site free of contamination. Engineer may prohibit from the site any equipment which in his opinion has not been thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. Any decontamination of Contractor’s equipment prior to arrival at the site shall be at the expense of Contractor. Contractor is prohibited from decontaminating equipment on the project site which is not thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. B. Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, tools, and equipment for decontamination of all personnel, equipment and supplies which are used to handle contaminated materials. C. Properly store and dispose of contaminated PPE and all other generated decontamination waste. 3.4 INCIDENT REPORTING A. The Contractor shall comply with all accident and/or incident reporting requirements, including the following: 1. Should any unforeseen safety-related factor, hazard, or condition become evident during the course of the work, the Contractor must immediately take action to establish, maintain, and secure the site and working conditions. This shall be followed by immediate notice to the Owner and Engineer. 2. If injury to any person on-site occurs, the Contractor shall immediately report the incident to the Owner and Engineer. Corrective actions shall be implemented. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 40 00-1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. All of the Contract Documents, including Bidding Requirements and Contracting Requirements, and Division 1 — General Requirements, apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality control and control of installation. B. Tolerances. C. References. D. Mock-up requirements. E. Testing and inspection services. F. Manufacturers’ field services. G. Examination. H. Preparation. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers’ instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers’ instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Landscape Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 40 00-2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement. 1.4 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers’ tolerances. Should manufacturers’ tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Landscape Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 1.5 REFERENCES A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by code. C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the Landscape Architect before proceeding. E. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of the Landscape Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.6 MOCK-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections. B. Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work. D. Where mock-up has been accepted by Landscape Architect and is specified in product specification sections to be removed; remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so by Landscape Architect. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 40 00-3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES A. Owner will employ and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform testing and inspection. B. The independent firm will perform tests, inspections and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the Landscape Architect. 1. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in location in which Project is located. 2. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. 3. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. C. Testing, inspections and source quality control may occur on or off the project site. Perform off-site testing as required by the Landscape Architect or the Owner. D. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Landscape Architect and Contractor, in duplicate indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non- compliance with Contract Documents. E. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. 1. Notify Landscape Architect and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. F. Testing and employment of testing agency or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Re-testing or re-inspection required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Landscape Architect. Payment for re-testing or re-inspection will be charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Sum/Price. H. Agency Responsibilities: 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Landscape Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 40 00-4 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 5. notify Landscape Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- conformance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests required by Landscape Architect. 7. Attend pre-construction meetings and progress meetings. I. Agency Reports: After each test, submit two copies of report to Landscape Architect and to Contractor. When requested by Landscape Architect, provide interpretation of test results. Include the following: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name of inspector. 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 5. Identification of product and specifications section. 6. Location in the Project. 7. Type of inspection or test. 8. Date of test. 9. Results of tests. 10. Conformance with Contract Documents. J. Limits on Testing Authority: 1. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency or laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.8 MANUFACTURERS’ FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, and test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Submit qualifications of observer to Landscape Architect 30 days in advance of required observations. C. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. D. Refer to Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, Manufacturers’ Field Reports Article. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 40 00-5 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01520-1 Construction Facilities SECTION 015200 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Field office 2. Temporary sanitary and first-aid facilities 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain temporary construction facilities in proper and safe condition throughout the progress of the Work. 1.3 FIELD OFFICE A. Provide and maintain a separate field office trailer or equivalent, as needed, at a location approved by the Owner and the Engineer. Field office details to be provided to Engineer for approval. 1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY AND FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide suitably enclosed chemical or self-contained toilets for the use of the labor force employed on the Work. Toilets shall be located near the Work sites and secluded from observation insofar as possible. Toilets shall be serviced weekly, kept clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. B. Contractor shall enforce proper use of sanitary facilities. C. Provide a first aid station at the site. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 1 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection SECTION 01 56 39 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Installation of temporary tree protection fencing at existing trees and shrubs to remain. 2. Protection of existing improvements to remain. 3. Post construction clean-up. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 02 41 13 – SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 3. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 4. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 5. SECTION 31 13 00 - SELECTIVE TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL REMOVAL AND PRUNING 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. 3. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. a. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 2 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection b. AH: AmericanHort c. ISA: International Society of Arboriculture. d. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit in accordance with SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Temporary tree and plant material protection shall be performed by a certified landscape contractor with a minimum of five years of related work experience and under full time supervision of a qualified supervisor. B. Air-spading shall be performed by a board certified Arborist with a minimum of 5 years of experience with supersonic air spade. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store all products in unopened original manufacturer’s packaging. Store all materials in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect materials from all damage. Conform to provisions of SECTION 01 60 00, PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 1.8 WARRANTY A. In addition to the guarantee/warranty requirements of the Contract and General Requirements, the Contractor shall obtain in the name of the Owner the standard manufacturer’s guarantee of all materials furnished under this Section where such guarantees are offered in the manufacturer’s published product data. These guarantees are in addition to, and not in lieu of, other liabilities which the Contractor may have by law or other provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: The Contractor shall visit and accept the site as he/ she finds it, and shall inform him/herself of the character and the type of plant material items to be protected. The Contractor shall walk the site with the Landscape Architect prior to commencing work to determine the full scope of plant materials to be removed and plant materials to remain. B. Damage or loss to site improvements shall be at the risk of the Contractor from and after the date of Contract execution, and no such damage or loss shall relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract. C. Traffic: Adjacent building areas, site areas and streets will continue to be used throughout the construction process. Contractor shall use extreme care to protect the safety and welfare of pedestrians and occupants of these areas. Submit pedestrian access plan prior to beginning work. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 3 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection D. Conduct operations and removal of debris to ensure minimum interference with the normal use of streets, public ways, and other adjacent facilities. Do not close or obstruct adjacent buildings, loading docks, traffic ways, corridors, streets, walks or other used facilities without the written permission of the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. E. Protection: Existing buildings and traffic ways adjacent to the work site will be occupied during construction operations. Ensure the safe passage of vehicles and persons in and around the work areas during and after demolition. Prevent injury to persons and damage to property. Immediately repair damaged property to its condition before being damaged. F. Protection of Existing Landscaping to Remain: Prior to beginning any work of the Contract on site, take effective action to protect all existing landscaping indicated to remain. Refer to requirements specified herein. G. Dust and Noise Control: Take effective measures to prevent windblown dust and to control noise to avoid creating a nuisance. Obtain Landscape Architect and Owner’s approval of means, methods and techniques used to control dust and noise. Chemicals deleterious to plant growth may not be used on sub-grades of areas that will be sodded, seeded, or planted. Avoid creating ice hazards in freezing weather. H. Utilities: Maintain all utilities except those requiring removal or relocation. Keep utilities in service and protect from damage. Do not interrupt utilities serving used areas without first obtaining permission from the utility company and the Owner. Provide temporary services as required and review interim utility service plan with the Owner and Architect prior to interruption of service. 1.10 LOCATION OF UTILITIES A. The Contractor must verify the location of all utilities in the limit of work before starting work, including but not limited to gas, electric, telephone, storm drainage, sanitary drainage, fiber optic, telecommunication, cable, and water services. 1.11 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents and shall fully inform him/herself of existing conditions of the site before submitting his/ her bid and before starting work. The Contractor shall at once report to the Landscape Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions he/ she may discover. The Contractor shall be fully liable to the Owner for any damage resulting from such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for carrying out all site work required to fully and properly execute the work of the Contract, regardless of the conditions encountered in actual work. Plans, surveys, measurements and dimensions under which the work is performed are believed to be correct to the best of the Owner’s knowledge, but the Contractor shall have examined them for him/herself during the bidding period, as no allowance will be made for any errors or inaccuracies that may be found therein. C. On all Project Drawings, figures take precedence over measurements by scale. The Landscape Architect shall decide on questions that may arise regarding the meaning and intent of the Project Drawings and Project Specifications. If any Project Drawings or figures that are necessary for a clear understanding of the Work are omitted, or if any error appears in either Project Drawings or Specifications, or if discrepancies are found between the Project Drawings and Project Specifications, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify the Landscape ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 4 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection Architect of such omissions, errors or discrepancies, and in no case proceed in uncertainty. If any mistakes arise in consequence of such neglect on the part of the Contractor to notify the Architect, the Contractor must correct the work at his/ her own expense. D. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without the Contract Documents or, where required, Product Data, Samples, or other Submittals for such portion of the Work. No claim for extra compensation or extension of time will be allowed on account of actual conditions inconsistent with those assumed, except those conditions described in SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.12 EXISTING UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall locate and mark underground utilities to remain in service before beginning work. Markings shall remain throughout the length of the project. B. Protect all existing utilities to remain during operations. In work on or around the utilities, follow all rules and regulations of the respective utility. Do not interrupt existing utilities except as authorized by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide not less than 72 hours written notice to Owner if shut down of utility service is required. C. Active utilities shall be adequately protected from damage and removed only as indicated on Drawings or as directed by the Landscape Architect. Where active utilities are encountered but not shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. The Contractor shall protect and maintain these utilities until written instructions are received from the Landscape Architect. D. Inactive and abandoned utilities and drains encountered in tree and plant material protection operations shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately. 1.13 PROTECTION A. All local rules and regulations governing the works shall be observed by the Contractor in executing all work under this section. B. All work shall be executed in a manner to prevent any damage to existing buildings, streets, pavings, vegetation designated to remain, service utility lines, structures, existing improvements, adjoining property and existing improvements on adjoining property. Protect from damage all utilities that are to remain. C. Items to remain and existing improvements that are damaged shall be restored to their original condition that is acceptable to the Landscape Architect and parties having jurisdiction. Restoration work shall be at no cost to the Owner and parties having jurisdiction. D. All work shall be executed using all precautions necessary to assure safety. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide all materials, equipment, and supplies as required to completely perform the work specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 5 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection 2.2 PROTECTION OF DRAINAGE A. Refer to SECTION 02 41 19 – SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. 2.3 PROTECTIVE FENCES A. Protective fences shall mean construction fences and tree protection fences. B. Protective fences shall be chain link fence components including posts, rails, fabric, and miscellaneous accessories. Dimensions and layout shall be as shown on the Drawings. All fence components shall be galvanized. Fence components may be used (second hand) if in good shape. C. Contractor shall obtain Owner’s approval of all fence components before obtaining fence system. PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all parts of the area to which EXISTING PLANT MATERIAL DEMOLITION AND PROTECTION is to be installed and the conditions under which the work must be performed. Report in writing to the Contractor, with a copy to the Landscape Architect, any conditions which might adversely affect the installation. Do not proceed with the installation until defects have been corrected and conditions are satisfactory. 3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PLANTS TO REMAIN A. The contractor and all subcontractors and employees working on site shall be aware of the following information: 1. Most of a tree’s roots are located in the upper few inches of topsoil. For this reason, trees are vulnerable to immediate and long-term damage. Immediate damage to roots is caused by grading, use of vehicles and tools, and excess pedestrian traffic above the roots. Long-term damage is caused by the compaction of the soil above the roots by use of vehicles, storage of materials, and excess pedestrian traffic. 2. Protection of a tree therefore includes the protection of the roots of the tree as well as its trunk, branches, and leaves. Roots are best protected by fencing off as large an area as possible around each tree, so that no driving, parking, walking, or storage of materials takes place where it may cause damage. 3. The roots of a tree often extend far into the surrounding landscape, including areas well beyond the outer perimeter of the tree’s canopy. For this reason, operations should be confined to the smallest possible area. 4. As a practical minimum, however, every effort is made to protect the area beneath the canopy of the tree, also known as the area inside the “drip line.” This area is sometimes referred to as the “root zone.” 5. Soil is most vulnerable to compaction, and roots to damage, when the soil is wet. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 6 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection B. Review all fence limits with the Landscape Architect before erecting fences or beginning work. C. Erect the tree protection fence before selective demolition, selective tree and plant material removal and pruning or any other construction activity commences. Keep tree protection fence in place until removal is approved by the Landscape Architect. D. Minor adjustments to the fence layout, which are not represented on the Drawings, might be required to facilitate the work. Minor adjustments shall be made at no additional cost to the project. E. Erect the protective fence so that it is securely in place and resistant to ordinary seasonal climatic forces, adjacent pedestrian movement, and work operations. F. The Contractor shall periodically inspect, repair and maintain protective fences during the course of construction operations. During periods of construction stoppages, including but not limited to delays and over-wintering, the Contractor shall periodically inspect, repair and maintain protective fences. G. The Owner and Landscape Architect reserve the right to require the Contractor to provide additional or more secure tree protection devices if it is determined that the existing trees are not being properly protected by the Contractor or if the vegetation is threatened with damage through the Contractor’s operations. H. Temporary access within plant protection areas is permitted to perform construction operations as described on the Drawings. All work within tree protection areas shall be performed by hand or with small equipment that will not damage or threaten damage to trees. All tree protection fencing shall be restored at the end of each day’s operation. I. If the Landscape Architect determines at any time that trees are not being protected to the standards herein, he may order construction activity to stop immediately and to remain stopped until the non-compliant condition or practice is corrected. The Contractor shall comply with this provision at no additional cost to the Owner. This provision in no way affects the Contractor’s obligation to complete the work of this contract by the date specified. J. Protect existing trees and other vegetation to remain in place. Do not burn, cut, break, skin, or bruise trunk, roots, or branches. Do not stockpile construction materials and/or excavated materials within drip line of the tree. Do not fasten ropes, cables, or guys to any existing trees unless specifically authorized by the Landscape Architect. K. The parking of vehicles, driving of vehicles, storage of materials, removal of soils, and stockpiling of soils within the drip line of trees, including trees located on adjacent properties which overhang the site, is expressly prohibited except as approved by the Landscape Architect, for work directly related to grading revisions as indicated on the drawings. L. Utilities: Route utilities away from existing trees even if shown otherwise. Review re-routing with the Civil Engineer and and Landscape Architect. Do not proceed without written direction. Minimize the cutting of tree roots, and when cutting is unavoidable, cut cleanly with a power saw and not an excavating machine. If cutting is required, comply with “Protection of Tree” specifications included in this Section. M. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during course of construction operations. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 7 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection N. Do not permit water to stand around the base of plants within the drip line during construction operations except during that period of inundating flooding which would, in its natural course, cover the base of trees. The Contractor shall provide temporary drainage where required to avoid ponding during construction operations and after the flood waters have receded below the elevation at the base of each inundated tree. O. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2” diameter cut during construction operations. Roots that are encountered during the course of construction which require cutting shall be cleanly cut with a hand or power saw; cutting of roots with machinery is expressly prohibited. When roots that must be cut are encountered, all work shall cease until roots have been properly cut. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. P. Fertilizing: After pruning operations are completed, fertilize trees to increase vigor with a complete, slow release nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium (1:1:1 or 2:1:1) liquid injected fertilizer. Where liquid injected fertilizer is not practical, and when approved by Architect, drill holes 6" to 10" deep and place granular fertilizer at frequent spacing. Q. If the Landscape Architect determines that the damaged tree cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, the Contractor shall replace the damaged tree(s) and pay liquidated damages as noted below. 1. The Contractor shall purchase a new tree to replace the damaged tree. The size of the tree replacement shall equal ½” caliper for every 1” DBH of the damaged tree, the new tree shall be based on nursery measurements. The species and source of the replacement tree shall be determined by the Landscape Architect and the Owner’s Representative. 2. In addition to providing a new tree replacement, the Contractor shall pay the Owner $250.00 for every caliper inch of the damaged tree (the size of the damaged tree shall be as shown on the Drawings). 3. An example of the conditions stated above: A 20” DBH tree was damaged and determined to need replacement. To remedy this situation, the Contractor would purchase and install a 10” caliper tree and pay the Owner $5,000. 4. The total cost of tree replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.4 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. The Contractor shall provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place and newly constructed improvements on Owner’s property. B. The Contractor shall protect existing improvements on adjoining properties from any damage. C. The Contractor shall restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to the Owner, Landscape Architect and parties having jurisdiction, at no cost to the Owner or parties having jurisdiction. 3. 5 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 01 56 39 - 8 Temporary Tree and Plant Material Protection B. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. C. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. D. Patch and repair surfaces in the new areas where demolished surfaces extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. 1. Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface. 2. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 3. Inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation, where feasible. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL A. Burning will not be permitted on the Owner’s property. B. The Contractor shall remove waste materials, unsuitable and excess materials from the Owner’s property and legally dispose of off-site. C. The Contractor shall submit the dumpsite owner’s name and location of dumpsite to the Owner for approval prior to waste removal from project site. 3.6 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor shall completely remove all signs of stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction. Disturbed areas shall be graded and filled with approved soil to a depth of 5” lower than the original contour or new contour as shown on the Drawings. The top layer of soil over the entire area shall be a 6” layer of the approved lawn /planting soil. The entire area shall be seeded with the specified lawn seed mix approved by the Landscape Architect. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 015700-1 Temporary Controls SECTION 015700 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Dust control 2. Drainage and erosion control 3. Haybales and siltation fence 4. Erosion Control Barrier 5. Mulch 6. Sediment trapping devices 7. Equipment decontamination 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 2. Materials proposed for use in dust control 3. Siltation fence and sediment trapping devices 1.3 COMPLIANCE WITH EPA PHASE II STORMWATER PROGRAM A. The Project involves an overall disturbance of greater than 1 acre and is therefore under jurisdiction of the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) Phase II Stormwater Program. Comply with the program in accordance with EPA’s 2022 Construction General Permit with subsequent revisions including the following: 1. Prepare a and maintain a copy on site throughout construction period. The must be kept current and shall be amended according to the conditions described in the permit. 2. Submit a Notice of Intent (NOI) 14 days prior to commencement of earth disturbing work. 3. Post a sign or other notice of permit coverage. 4. Comply with including control of stormwater and non-stormwater discharges through use of structural and non-structural best management practices, inspections, maintenance and corrective action activities, spill prevention and emergency response. 5. Submit a Notice of Termination following completion of all construction activities and having met permit requirements for termination. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HAYBALES ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 015700-2 Temporary Controls A. Haybales required for siltation control shall be wire tied bales of the type normally used for siltation or erosion control or construction projects. 2.2 FILTER FABRIC A. Filter fabric siltation fencing shall be a woven filter fabric having a weight of at least 2.5 ounces per square yard, a thickness of at least 17 mils, a coefficient of permeability of not less than 0.0009 centimeters per second and allows a water flow rate of a minimum 40 gallons per minute per square yard. The material shall have a high sediment filtration capacity, high slurry flow and minimum clogging characteristics. The material shall be equal to FW-300 as manufactured by Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte, North Carolina; Amoco 2130 by Nilex, Inc., Centennial, CO; MISF 180 by Mutual Industries, PA; or equal. 2.3 EROSION CONTROL BARRIER A. Straw wattles shall be dense 9” diameter tubes, made with certified noxious weed-free straw bound by netting of the type normally used for siltation or erosion control or construction projects. 2.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING DEVICES A. Sediment trapping devices shall be Siltsack®, Dandy Bag II®, or equal. 2.5 MULCH A. Hay mulch shall consist of mowed cured grass, clover, alfalfa, timothy, oats, or wheat. No salt hay shall be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DUST CONTROL A. Control dust during the Work. Use a mechanical street sweeper as needed or directed by the Engineer. B. Prevent dust from becoming a nuisance or hazard. During construction, excavated material and open or stripped areas are to be policed and controlled to prevent spreading of the material. C. Control dust during the work on-site using calcium chloride and/or water. D. During the Work on-site, all paved road and driveway surfaces shall be scraped and broomed free of excavated materials on a daily basis. The surfaces shall be hosed down or otherwise treated to eliminate active or potential dust conditions and the natural road or wearing surface shall be exposed. E. Submit for approval materials proposed for use for dust control, prior to start of the Work. 3.2 DRAINAGE AND EROSION CONTROL A. Control erosion and siltation during the construction through mulching, haybales, siltation fencing, diversion and control of storm water run-off, ponding areas and similar methods. B. Provide and maintain sediment trapping systems. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 015700-3 Temporary Controls C. Discharge surface runoff from any disturbances to the site into silt containment basins. Utilize siltation prevention measures including haybale and geotextile fences before discharge to drainage systems. D. Install sediment trapping devices in catch basins located in existing paved areas with sediment trapping devices to minimize the transport of sediment through the subsurface stormwater collection system. 3.3 SILTATION FENCE A. Place and maintain staked filter fabric siltation, as needed, to satisfy requirements for this project B. Install a filter fabric siltation fence in addition to the staked haybales, prior to construction and remove after full surface restoration has been achieved. Install the siltation fence parallel and immediately adjacent to the haybales as shown on the Drawings. Install as follows: 1. Hand shovel excavate a small trench on the upstream side of the desired fence line location. 2. Unroll the siltation fence system, position the post in the back of the trench (downhill side), and hammer the post at least 1½ feet into the ground. 3. Lay the bottom 6 inches of the fabric into the trench to prevent undermining by storm water run-off. 4. Backfill the trench and compact. 3.4 RESTORATION A. Provide erosion control, seed and mulch and netting for surface restoration of areas disturbed during construction activities in areas not scheduled for New Loam and Seed. B. Provide temporary stabilization of disturbed areas that remain inactive greater than 14 consecutive days to minimize erosion. Methods to minimize erosion may include but are not limited to: 1. Spreading straw and/or providing temporary planting stabilization. 2. Installing jute netting. 3. Preparing surfaces to increase the runoff flow path, reduce the runoff flow velocity, or create small storage pockets to retain surface flows. Methods of accomplishing this include using mechanical devices such as track equipment or sheep’s foot rollers. C. In other disturbed areas not scheduled for New Loam and Seed, Restore the ground surface by machine spreading of existing stripped surface soils (loam and humus), liming, fertilizing, seeding and mulching, as well as installing jute netting where required by steep slopes. D. In other disturbed areas not scheduled for New Loam and Seed, salvage existing loam and topsoil and stockpile this material for re-spreading where originally removed. On backfilling, grading shall be returned to preconstruction contours and the stockpile of loam shall be spread over areas disturbed during construction activities. E. Provide grading, refertilizing, reseeding, remulching and/or netting to maintain the restored areas until the Work is accepted by the Owner. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 015700-4 Temporary Controls F. Seed shall be as specified under Section 02920. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove any sediment that builds up around erosion controls . B. Clean sediment trapping devices periodically during the Work. Devices shall be cleaned on a weekly basis, or more frequently if the devices become clogged. C. Clean catchbasins that collect sediment as a result of the Work. 3.6 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION A. All equipment shall be provided to the work site free of contamination. Engineer may prohibit from the site any equipment which in his opinion has not been thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. Any decontamination of Contractor’s equipment prior to arrival at the site shall be at the expense of Contractor. Contractor is prohibited from decontaminating equipment on the project site which is not thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. B. Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, tools, and equipment for decontamination of all equipment and supplies which are used to handle contaminated materials. Decontamination shall be conducted at an area designated by Contractor and approved by Engineer. Frequency of decontamination shall be determined by Engineer, and may be required prior to equipment and supplies leaving the project site, between stages of the work, or between work in different work areas. C. Residuals from decontamination activities shall be collected and managed as contaminated materials. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 017250-1 Preservation and Restoration of Project Features SECTION 017250 PRESERVATION AND RESTORATION OF PROJECT FEATURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Protection and replacement of trees, shrubs, signs, property markers, fences, and related project features. 2. Taking precautions, providing programs, and taking actions necessary to protect public and private property and facilities from damage. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Underground Structures 1. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels and other existing subsurface work located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. 2. Underground structures known to the Engineer are shown on the Drawings to the extent that locations are available. This information is shown for the assistance of the Contractor in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking on the actual locations of water, sewer, gas electric and telephone service connection lines to avoid potential interferences. B. Surface Structures 1. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other facilities above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks and all other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Before beginning Work with heavy equipment, conduct a camera survey of the existing 36-inch reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) drain line between drain manholes DM3300, DM1609 and DM7495 as shown the Drawings. Submit camera survey report to Engineer and Owner for review. B. After completing Work with heavy equipment, conduct a camera survey of the existing 36-inch inch RFP between drain manholes DM3300, DM1609 and DM7495 as shown the Drawings. Submit camera survey report to Engineer and Owner for review. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR/RESTORATION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 017250-2 Preservation and Restoration of Project Features A. Trees, shrubs, and similar items shall not be removed except where indicated on the Drawings, as approved by the Engineer. Items to be removed shall be clearly marked as directed by the Engineer. If objects not to be removed are damaged or removed, they shall be repaired or replaced to their original condition. B. Trees and shrubs on private property, which are removed or damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced in kind. C. Signs, fences, property markers, walls, guard rails and other public or private property shall be replaced in kind if damaged. Supports and protective devices required shall be provided. D. Underground and Surface Structures 1. In the event of damage, injury or loss to existing utilities and structures that were not indicated to be removed or abandoned, whether shown on the Drawings or not, make all reasonable efforts to facilitate repairs and to mitigate the impact of such events upon the utility or structure owner’s normal operations. Restore the existing utility or structure to the condition required by the owner of the utility or structure or at least to the condition found immediately prior to the Work. In the event that the utility owner elects to make the repairs, provide all reasonable access and assistance, and reimburse the utility owner for the cost of repairs. If utility service is interrupted due to damage to facilities, alternate facilities shall be provided. 2. All other existing surface facilities, including but not limited to, guard rails, posts, guard cables, signs, poles, markers and curbs which are temporarily removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced and restored to their original condition at the Contractor’s expense unless otherwise indicated in other sections of these specifications. 3. Wherever water, sewer, gas or petroleum mains, electric or telephone lines, cables or other utilities and structures are encountered and may be in any way interfered with, inform the Engineer and the appropriate utility company. Cooperate with the Engineer and utility company in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of structures and facilities. 4. Prior to proceeding with any demolition or construction, notify in writing owners of utilities and structures within the vicinity of the proposed Work. 5. Work affecting water distribution systems, which will take fire hydrants out of service, must be coordinated with the local fire department. The Contractor shall be prepared to restore fire flows in the event of an emergency or to provide for temporary fire flow service in accordance with the requirements of the local fire department. 6. Materials used for relocation or replacement of utilities and structures shall be of an equivalent material, type, class, grade and construction as the existing or as approved by the respective owners thereof, unless otherwise shown or specified. 7. When any survey monument or property marker, whether of stone, concrete, wood or metal, is in the line of any trench or other demolition or construction work and may have to be removed, notify the Engineer in advance of removal. Under no circumstances shall any monument or marker be removed or disturbed by the Contractor or by any of his Subcontractors, employees or agents, without ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 017250-3 Preservation and Restoration of Project Features the permission of the Engineer. Monuments or markers removed or disturbed shall be reset by a land surveyor licensed in the State where the Work is located at the Contractor’s expense. Should any monuments or markers be destroyed through accident, neglect or as a result of the Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, employ a land surveyor licensed in the State where the Work is located to re-establish the monument or marker. 3.2 PROTECTION A. The construction of certain portions of the project may require excavation within the root systems of trees. Roots with a diameter of 2 inches or more within the excavation shall not be cut. If necessary, excavation shall be made with small powered equipment or by hand to comply with this requirement. It may be necessary to excavate from more than one direction to avoid damage to the roots. B. The trunks of trees that are to remain and are within the swing radius of the excavating machine bucket when fully extended shall be wrapped with burlap and 2 inch by 4 inch protective wood slats (8 inch spacing maximum) wired around the circumference of the trees to protect them from damage. C. Tree limbs shall not be cut except upon written approval of the Owner and the Engineer. Tree limbs cut shall be painted with approved forestry paint manufactured specifically for that purpose. D. Underground and Surface Structures 1. Sustain in their places and protect from direct or indirect injury underground and surface structures designated to remain within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Such sustaining and supporting shall be done carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before proceeding with the work of sustaining and supporting such structure, satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the party owning same. 2. Pay utility service company charges related to the temporary support of utility poles if required to complete the Work. 3. Assume risks associated with the presence of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused by the Work to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021100-1 Contaminated Soil Excavation SECTION 021100 CONTAMINATED SOIL EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation, handling, stockpiling, and temporary storage of Contaminated Soil 2. Movement and loading of Contaminated Soil directly into trucks for transportation to approved disposal facility or moving and placement of Contaminated Soil into a temporary controlled stockpile area. 3. Stabilization of leachable metals in Contaminated Soils. 4. Decontamination of tools, equipment, and vehicles and the collection, management and disposal of resulting liquids and/or solids 5. Other work involving the handling of contaminated materials which may be required including but not limited to miscellaneous facility component removal, removal of obstructions, excavation support systems, and any incidental work related thereto B. Related Sections 1. Section 013529 - Health & Safety Plan 2. Section 021200 - Transportation and Disposal of Contaminated Soil 3. Section 312300 - Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 1.2 REFERENCES A. 310 CMR 40.0000, Massachusetts Contingency Plan B. MADEP Policy, WSC-94-400, “Interim Remediation Waste Policy for Petroleum Contaminated Soil” C. 310 CMR 30.000, Massachusetts Hazardous Waste Regulations D. 40 CFR Part 261, Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste E. 40 CFR Part 268, Land Disposal Restrictions F. 520 CMR 14.00 Excavation and Trench Safety 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Natural Soil: Soil in which all substances naturally occurring therein are present in concentrations not exceeding the concentrations of such substance occurring naturally in the environment and in which soil no other substance is analytically detectable. B. Contaminated Soil: Soils or fills determined by analytical results to contain oil and/or hazardous material at concentrations equal to or greater than a release notification threshold established by 310 CMR 40.0300 and 40.1600. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021100-2 Contaminated Soil Excavation C. Special Handling: Methods used to excavate, collect, grade, load, move, transport, stockpile, dispose, or otherwise manage a contaminated material or Contaminated Soil are such that the spillage, loss, co-mingling, or uncontrolled deposition of such material is minimized, personal exposure to contaminants present in such a material are minimized, the adverse impacts to the community and the surrounding environment from contaminants present in such material are minimized, all applicable regulatory requirements applicable to such activity are satisfied. D. Stabilization: Reduction (stabilization) of leachable metals to below hazardous waste thresholds, as defined in 40 CFR Part 261. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All contaminated material excavated or otherwise collected, consolidated and managed during the course of the work will require Special Handling in accordance with these specifications, Contractor Health and Safety Plan, and all applicable permits, approvals, authorizations, and Regulations. B. Perform the handling of contaminated materials with equipment and techniques in accordance with the performance requirements defined in this specification. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Within one week of the Notice to Proceed, submit technical specifications on the stabilization process to be used for the on-site treatment of leachable metals in soil scheduled for treatment prior to off-site disposal. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide all employees and subcontractor(s) with personal protective equipment and protective clothing consistent with the levels of protection for this work as indicated in Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan. B. Perform all contaminated material handling operations in accordance with standard engineering practices applicable to such activity, according to MassDEP regulations, and according to the provisions of Contractor Health and Safety Plan. Utilize methods which consider the health and safety of all Contractor and subcontractor personnel, support personnel, Engineer and his representatives, and the surrounding environment. C. All site health and safety controls shall be fully established and in operation prior to beginning any contaminated material handling activity. Site controls shall include but not be limited to work zones properly barricaded, decontamination facilities, air monitoring, and all support equipment and supplies including personal protective equipment. Comply with the requirements of Section 013529, Health and Safety Plan. D. Minimize the spread of contaminated materials during handling. Transport vehicles used to move Contaminated Soil at the Project Site shall be free from leaks. Trucks or other conveyances deemed unacceptable for use by Engineer shall not be used for the movement of contaminated materials. E. Keep work areas, including but not limited to, areas adjacent to excavations, roadways leading to and from excavation areas, driveways, parking areas, and public roadways free of contaminated materials. If such materials are deposited, spilled, or spread, such ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021100-3 Contaminated Soil Excavation material shall be removed and properly disposed of to the satisfaction of Engineer no later than the end of each working day or as requested by Engineer. F. Owner is the generator and will sign all manifests and bills of lading. Except for materials required to be transported under manifest, transport all Contaminated Soil material under bills of lading (prepared by Engineer) regardless of the chemical quality of the soils. 3.2 EXCAVATION OF CONTAMINATED MATERIALS A. Perform excavation in accordance with the requirements of Section 312300, Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering, and this section. B. Excavate contaminated soil over the vertical and horizontal limits for each of the separate areas identified by the Engineer, and as shown on the Drawings. 1. Excavation of contaminated soils with arsenic ≥600 ppm in the two areas depicted on the Drawings for proper off-site disposal following stabilization of leachable metals. 2. Excavate contaminated soils with arsenic ≥20 ppm and <600 ppm and relocate to consolidation areas shown on the Drawings. C. Engineer will evaluate field conditions to determine if additional excavation is required to achieve remedial objectives. This evaluation may require Engineer to work in close proximity to Contractor’s excavation equipment, and may require frequent pauses in the work. Contractor shall work in a cooperative manner at all times during these operations to ensure the safety of Engineer, and to allow for thorough field evaluations to be conducted. 1. When contaminated material excavation is undertaken, Engineer will make the final determination as to the limits of excavation required to achieve remediation objectives. Such limits may be greater than or less than the limits identified in 3.2B and shall be based upon actual conditions encountered at the time of excavation. 2. If required, Engineer will define those areas beyond the limits originally indicated where additional contaminated material excavation shall be required based upon field observations. D. Perform stabilization of leachable arsenic (and other metals, if applicable) in contaminated soil with arsenic ≥600 ppm in-situ and/or within the Limits of Work Area (part of the Disposal Site Boundary) depicted on the Drawings. E. Minimize the spread and loss of contaminated materials during excavation activities. 1. Following excavation, transport contaminated materials directly into trucks for transportation to approved disposal facility or to the temporary controlled stockpile area for stockpiling. Excavated contaminated materials shall not be placed directly on the ground. F. Employ methods necessary to isolate contaminated materials from non-contaminated soils to the degree practicable. G. Segregate construction debris from excavated contaminated materials at the point of excavation, prior to the movement of contaminated materials from excavation areas. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021100-4 Contaminated Soil Excavation Engineer may evaluate debris during excavation to determine if such material can be designated uncontaminated general demolition material. H. Open excavations represent a substantial hazard. Contractor shall implement measures as appropriate to secure open excavations while awaiting Engineer’s confirmation test results from soils (refer to Item 3.5) or any other period when excavations remain open. I. Implement measures to divert surface water around excavation sites to prevent water from directly entering into open excavations. 3.3 BACKFILL A. Backfill excavations in accordance with Section 312300, Excavation, Backfill and Compaction. 3.4 UNFORESEEN CONTAMINATED MATERIALS A. In the event that unforeseen contaminated materials are encountered during the course of the work, permit the Engineer sufficient time to devise an appropriate course of action based upon the conditions present. 1. Until such appropriate course of action is devised, Contractor shall secure the work area in question such that it does not pose a health and safety risk. 2. Engineer will provide Contractor with a scope of work and performance requirements for the collection, consolidation, removal or excavation of unforeseen contaminated material. Contractor shall then undertake contaminated material remediation with equipment and techniques established by Contractor in accordance with said scope of work and performance requirements. B. Contaminated material remediation shall be performed in accordance with scope of work outlined in Item 3.4.A.2 and in accordance with this specification. 3.5 CONFIRMATION TESTING BY ENGINEER A. At such time the Engineer is satisfied that the limits of contaminated material have been reached, Engineer will perform appropriate confirmation sampling to confirm remediation objectives have been achieved and no additional contaminated material excavation or removal is required. B. Contractor is hereby notified that laboratory turnaround time for the analysis of confirmation samples may be up to 5 working days from date of collection. No claim for delay will be considered based upon Contractor failing to accommodate the laboratory turnaround time as defined herein. C. Engineer will inform Contractor if test results confirm remediation objectives have been achieved and backfilling may proceed. D. Should the results of Engineer’s testing indicate additional contaminated material excavation or removal is required, Engineer will define those areas beyond the limits originally indicated where additional contaminated material excavation or removal shall be required. 3.6 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Excavated contaminated material scheduled for proper off-site disposal shall be temporarily stockpiled on-site if not live-loaded into trucks for transportation to approved disposal facility. Stockpile contaminated soils in an area designated by the ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021100-5 Contaminated Soil Excavation Engineer in such a manner to protect existing site surface, materials and structures from contamination, runoff and erosion. Place the contaminated soil on a minimum of 6 mil polyethylene sheeting and at the end of each day the stockpiled soil shall be covered with 6 mil polyethylene sheeting and secure the covering to prevent the stockpile from becoming uncovered due to winds. 3.7 DUST CONTROL A. Implement fugitive dust suppression to prevent unacceptable levels of dust resulting from handling operations associated with contaminated materials in accordance with Section 013529 - Health & Safety Plan END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021200-1 Transportation and Disposal of Contaminated Soil SECTION 021200 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Transportation and disposal of Contaminated Soil or materials collected, consolidated, excavated, and generated during performance of the Work. 2. Coordination, loading, transportation and disposal of contaminated materials. B. Related Sections 1. Section 013529, Health & Safety Plan 2. Section 021100, Contaminated Soil Excavation 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Disposal: The discharge, deposit, injection, dumping, spilling, leaking, incineration or placing of any contaminated material or otherwise hazardous substance into or on any land or water so that such hazardous waste or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into any waters, including ground waters. B. Generator: Any person, by site, whose act or process produces hazardous waste, or whose act first causes an oil or hazardous material to become subject to regulation. C. Regulated Waste: Non-Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous wastes such as oils, petroleum products or residuals, chemical liquids, chemical gases or vapors, non-Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) biphenyls (PCBs), waste chemical solids, including soils, and other contaminated material wastes not defined as RCRA Hazardous, TSCA-regulated, or Special Waste. D. Manifest: An approved form used as a shipping document to identify the quantity, composition, and the origin, routing, and destination of regulated or hazardous waste from the site of generation to the point of disposal, treatment, storage, or use. E. Shipping Paper: An invoice, bill of lading, or other shipping document serving a similar purpose; other than a hazardous waste manifest used to document the conveyance of materials between different locations, including regulated wastes when applicable. F. Treatment: Any method, technique or process, including neutralization, incineration, stabilization or solidification, designed to change the physical, chemical or biological character or composition of any hazardous waste so as to neutralize such waste or so as to render such waste less hazardous, non-hazardous, safer to transport, amenable to storage, or reduced in volume, except such method or technique as may be included as an integral part of a manufacturing process at the point of generation. G. TSCA/RCRA Landfill: This type of landfill is permitted to accept soil that contains PCB at levels of 50 ppm to 500 ppm, acceptable for landfill disposal as defined in 40 CFR Part 761; soil that is classified as either a RCRA characteristic waste or RCRA listed waste as defined in 40 CFR Part 261 but meets the treatment standards established ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021200-2 Transportation and Disposal of Contaminated Soil in 40 CFR Part 268 - Land Disposal Restrictions; and all other soil classified as a hazardous material in 310 CMR 30.00. This type of landfill shall be approved to operate under a Federal Part B operating permit and shall be permitted to accept material with PCB concentrations up to 500 ppm under TSCA. The landfill shall be designed with a double composite liner meeting minimum RCRA design requirements. The landfill shall operate a leachate collection system and shall also operate a leak detection well system. The landfill shall be capable of stabilizing soils for meeting requirements of the USEPA’s present rules required under the 1984 amendments to RCRA, banning the land disposal of hazardous material. H. RCRA Landfill: This type of landfill is permitted to accept soil that contains PCBs levels below 50 ppm; soil that is classified as either a RCRA characteristic waste or RCRA listed waste as defined in 40 CFR Part 261 but meets the treatment standards established in 40 CFR Part 268 - Land Disposal Restrictions and all other soil classified as a hazardous material in 310 CMR 30.00. This type of landfill shall be approved to operate under a Federal Part B operating permit. The landfill shall be designed with a double composite liner meeting minimum RCRA design requirements. The landfill will operate a leachate collection system and will also operate a leak detection well system. The landfill shall be capable of stabilizing soils for meeting requirements of the land ban. I. Non-RCRA Out-of-State Lined Landfill: This type of landfill shall be state approved or permitted to accept soil that is defined as a hazardous material in 310 CMR 30.00, but is not classified as either a RCRA characteristic waste or RCRA listed waste as defined in 40 CFR Part 261; soil containing PCBs below 50 ppm; and all other soil not permitted or unsuitable for in-state disposal or recycling. J. Out-of-State Recycling Facility: This type of facility shall be state approved or permitted to accept soil that is defined as a hazardous material in 310 CMR 30.00, but is not classified as either a RCRA characteristic waste or RCRA listed waste as defined in 40 CFR Part 261; soil containing PCBs below the facility’s permitted level; and all other soil not permitted or unsuitable for in-state disposal or recycling. K. In-State Recycling Facility: This type of facility shall be approved by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to accept soil that is classified as petroleum contaminated soil, that would be classified as a hazardous material in 310 CMR 30.00 if not managed under M.G.L. c.21 E and 310 CMR 40.00; and is not classified as a RCRA characteristic waste or RCRA listed waste as defined in 40 CFR Part 261. L. In-State Landfill Facility (Reuse as Cover Material): This type of facility shall be approved by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to accept soil that is classified as petroleum contaminated soil, that would be classified as a hazardous material in 310 CMR 30.00 if not managed under M.G.L. c.21 E and 310 CMR 40.00; and is not classified as a RCRA characteristic waste or RCRA listed waste as defined in 40 CFR Part 261. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all pertinent information relating to the transport and disposal of materials specified herein, within 14 days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed and prior to transport and disposal. The information submitted be in one package and shall include the following, as a minimum: 1. Information for proposed treatment/disposal facility or facilities including the following: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021200-3 Transportation and Disposal of Contaminated Soil a. General Information 1) Facility Name 2) Facility Address 3) Name of Contact Person 4) Title of Contact Person 5) Telephone Number of Contact Person 6) Permit Number b. The facility shall specify the volume of material that can be accepted from the Project on a weekly and a total basis. c. The facility shall provide written confirmation that they are permitted to accept and will accept the classified contaminated materials the general quality and quantity described by these specifications. d. The facility shall provide a listing of all current and valid permits, licenses, letters of approval, and other authorizations to operate that they hold, pertaining to the receipt and treatment/disposal of the contaminated materials described by these specifications. 2. Massachusetts Department of Transportation Transporter Identification Number and expiration date. 3. Name and address of all hazardous material transporters to be used to transport materials including proof of permit, license, or authorization to transport hazardous material in all affected states. B. Upon receipt of final approval from treatment/disposal facility to accept contaminated materials, submit copy of said approval. C. Within ten (10) working days after the off-site transportation of contaminated materials, submit copies of all paperwork related to transportation of contaminated materials. Such paperwork may include, but not be limited to receipts, weight tickets, and disposal certificates. 1. Provide certified tare and gross weight slips for each load received at the designated treatment/disposal facility which shall be attached to copy of related manifest or bill of lading. D. Prior to receiving progress payment, submit documentation certifying that all materials were transported to, accepted, and disposed of, at the selected treatment/disposal facility. The documentation shall include the following, as a minimum. 1. Documentation for each load from the site to the disposal facility, including all manifests and any other applicable transfer documentation. 2. All documentation for each load shall be tracked by the original manifest or bill of lading document number assigned at the project site at time of signature by authorized Engineer. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021200-4 Transportation and Disposal of Contaminated Soil A. Obtain all Federal, State and local permits, approvals, or authorizations required for the transport and disposal of contaminated materials. Adhere to all requirements of such permits, approvals, or authorizations. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Sample, test, or analyze contaminated material for approval of final disposal. B. Contaminated materials to be disposed of include, but are not limited to contaminated soil, rock, miscellaneous contaminated debris, petroleum fuels, petroleum residuals, concrete, and other materials from remediation, demolition and decontamination operations. C. All contaminated materials excavated, consolidated, or otherwise managed during the course of the work will require special handling in accordance with these specifications, the Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan, and all applicable permits, approvals, authorizations, and regulations. D. Dispose of contaminated materials at facilities approved by Owner or Engineer. E. All Contractor personnel shall wear personal protective equipment and protective clothing consistent with the levels of protection for this Work as indicated in the Site Health and Safety Plan. F. Contractor shall select treatment/disposal facilities to receive contaminated materials from the Project which are established, fully operational, and in full compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. G. Perform collection of characterization (except soils) samples and laboratory analyses to satisfy the acceptance criteria for selected receiving facility(s). H. Remove all contaminated materials from the project site and legally dispose of materials. 3.2 STABILIZATION OF LEACHABLE METALS A. In accordance with Section 021100 – Contaminated Soil Excavation, stabilize leachable lead in all contaminated soils scheduled to be excavated. Contractor is responsible for sample collection and analysis of leachable metals post-treatment. If laboratory results indicate leachable metals are above hazardous waste thresholds, Contractor will perform additional stabilization or solidification of the soils until treatment goals leachable metals below hazardous waste thresholds) are achieved at no additional costs. 3.3 CHARACTERIZATION FOR DISPOSAL-CONTAMINATED SOIL A. If additional soil disposal characterization data is needed following the stabilization of leachable lead/metals in the soil per the Contractor’s selected licensed receiving facility requirements, Contractor is responsible for the collection of the sample(s) and laboratory analysis, per Engineer review and approval. 1. Contractor is responsible for all laboratory charges associated with soil disposal characterization analysis. 3.4 DISPOSAL COORDINATION AND TRANSPORT ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 021200-5 Transportation and Disposal of Contaminated Soil A. Contractor is solely responsible for coordinating treatment/disposal facility approval, scheduling, loading, transport, and ultimate disposal of contaminated materials at treatment/disposal facility. No claim for delay will be considered based upon Contractor’s facility failing to meet Contractor’s production schedule. No payments will be made for rejected loads. 3.5 MANIFESTS AND SHIPPING PAPERS A. Owner is designated as the “Generator” and will sign all Manifests and Shipping Papers. Manifests and Shipping Papers shall be prepared by Contractor twenty four (24) hours in advance of shipment of contaminated materials. Authorized Owner’s representative will sign as “Generator” as each load of contaminated material leaves the Project Site. Contractor shall forward appropriate original copies of Manifests or Bills of Lading to Engineer on the same day the contaminated materials leave the Project Site. 3.6 TRANSPORT OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL A. Transport contaminated materials off-site after all treatment/disposal facility documentation has been completed and the material accepted by said facility. B. Transport contaminated materials from the site to treatment/disposal facility in accordance with all United States Department of Transportation (DOT), USEPA, Massachusetts regulations and other regulations of all affected states. C. The Hauler(s) shall be licensed in all states affected by transport. D. Provide to Engineer copies of all weight slips, both tare and gross, for every load weighed and disposed of at the accepted disposal facility. The slips shall be tracked by the original manifest document number that was assigned by Engineer at the site. Owner will only make progress payments upon receipt of these weight slips. E. Minimize the potential for development of free liquid during transport. Do not load wet soils for transport. If free liquid does develop during transport, Contractor shall be responsible for proper collection and disposal of same. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 023000-1 Subsurface Investigations SECTION 023000 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Soils subsurface investigation at the site, the use of data resulting from the investigation, and conditions warranting additional soils investigation. 2. Pipe and utility subsurface investigations that are required to properly locate, plan for and/or connect to the various existing pipelines. B. Related Sections 1. Section 003132 – Geotechnical Data 2. Section 312300 - Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 3. Section 321200 - Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1.2 REFERENCES A. 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - OSHA Excavation Regulations 1926.560 through 1926.562 including Appendices A through F B. MGL Chapter 82 Section 40 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The entire test pit excavation and collection of utility information must be observed by the Engineer. 1.4 SITE CONDITIONS A. Soils Investigation 1. Copies of the test pit logs, soil boring logs, and groundwater monitoring data are included in Section 003132. Exploration locations are shown on the Drawings. 2. Use of the Data a. The Drawings indicate conditions as they are believed to exist based upon limited subsurface explorations. Investigations and field tests must be conducted to verify the conditions that exist which may affect the Work. All investigations must be conducted under the Engineer’s observation. B. Pipeline and Utility Investigations 1. The Drawings show available data relative to existing underground pipe and utilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 023000-2 Subsurface Investigations A. Obtain all available information on buried structures and utilities in the vicinity of the investigation. B. Coordinate Work such that all affected property, structure, and utility owners are aware of the Work prior to its commencement. C. Schedule subsurface investigations such that they do not interfere with other Work or traffic and in advance of other Work in that location. D. Provide the Engineer with 24-hour notice prior to commencement of subsurface investigations. 3.2 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS A. Prior to test pitting operations, delineate the general scope of the excavation or boring on the paved surface of the ground using white paint, or stakes or other suitable white markings on non-paved surfaces and coordinate with the appropriate agencies in accordance MGL Chapter 82 Section 40. Pre-marking will not be acceptable if such marks can interfere with traffic or pedestrian control or are misleading to the general public. Pre-marking will not be required of any continuous excavation that is over 500 feet in length B. Excavate test pits as indicated, or as requested by the Owner. Expose the top of the pipeline, and adjacent utilities, at each test pit location. C. Contractor may, at its expense and with permission by the Owner, perform additional explorations not ordered by the Engineer. D. Perform test pits in accordance with the requirements of Section 312300. Excavate the bottom 2 feet of the test pit (or in close proximity to known or anticipated utilities) by hand. Excavate to top of pipelines by hand. The Test pit work shall be performed to safely excavate and examine the structure or utility to be exposed without damaging existing utilities, including bracing, sheeting and dewatering the excavation, as necessary. E. Measure the depth to the top of the pipeline, as well as to adjacent utilities, from the ground surface, at each test pit location. Record location, depth and size of pipelines and utilities uncovered during the test pits. Record any other pertinent information which is learned as a result of excavating the test pit. F. Excavate test pits of an appropriate size with equipment suitable for the location and character of the pit to be excavated. G. All subsurface investigations shall be conducted in accordance 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - OSHA Excavation Regulations 1926.650 through 1926.652 including Appendices A through F. H. After observation by the Engineer, backfill and compact the test pits in accordance with Section 312300. I. Borings or other drilled probes shall be filled in their entirety with grout upon completion. J. Repair damage to any structure, utility, or site feature on private or public property damaged during the Work to the satisfaction of the Engineer. K. Repair paved surfaces in accordance with Section 321200. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 023000-3 Subsurface Investigations END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-1 Demolition SECTION 024113A SITE DEMOLITION (PHASE 1 - SITE REMEDIATION) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Demolition of basketball court and ancillary structures and items within the Limit of Work for site remediation indicated on the Drawings. B. Related Sections 1. SECTION 013 52 9 - HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN 2. SECTION 01 7 250 – PRESERVATION AND RESTORATION OF PROJECT FEATURES 3. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 4. SECTION 01 56 39 – TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION 5. SECTION 31 13 00 – SELECTIVE TREE AND PLANT REMOVAL AND PRUNNING 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Demolish – To tear down, segregate waste streams and lawfully recycle or dispose of all debris generated in the process including structure contents. B. Limit of Work – Area delineated on Drawings that defines the extent of demolition work under the Contract. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Methods of demolition and equipment proposed to demolish structures. This submittal should be sufficient to demonstrate a thorough understanding of the Work to be completed and the means that will be implemented to safely complete the demolition within the Contract Time without damage to surrounding structures or resources. 2. Waste Management Plan to indicate the types of wastes to be generated and the proposed disposal or recycling locations. Include back-up disposal facilities. 3. Copies of any authorizations and permits required to perform the Work, including disposal/recycling facility permits. B. The following records and disposal documentation must be maintained and kept current throughout the Project. These documents will be maintained in chronological order in a 3-ring binder with appropriate tabbed dividers. The binder will be reviewed for completeness at each progress meeting. Requests for periodic payments may be rejected, in whole or in part, if documentation is not current. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-2 Demolition 1. Records of the amounts of waste generated, by waste type 2. Evidence of lawful disposal or recycling of all wastes generated 3. Documentation of underground structures and utilities 4. Copies of any analytical results generated as a result of waste stream characterization 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining permits or approvals which may be required to perform the work of this section, including all costs, fees and taxes required or levied. B. Complete, sign and submit a Notice of Intent to be covered under EPA’s General Permit for Construction Activity. Comply with the requirements of the site-specific Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan that is appended to this Project Manual. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state, and local environmental, safety and health requirements regarding the demolition of structures and other site features and recycling or disposal of demolition debris, as applicable. D. Conform to procedures identified in Section 013529 – Health and Safety Plan if hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions before proceeding with demolition work. Field check the accuracy of the Drawings and inspect structures and utilities prior to start of work and notify the Engineer in writing, of any hazardous conditions and/or discrepancies. Primary structures and other site features are shown on the Drawings; other smaller structures, including, but not limited to, concrete walks and pads, miscellaneous signs, lamp posts, railings, and fencing may not be shown on the Drawings, but may exist within the Limit of Work and shall be demolished. 1. Unknown Site Conditions - The information provided on the Drawings and in the Specifications is believed accurate. Field verify all information. Bear full responsibility for obtaining all locations of underground structures, utilities and their connections. Maintain services to buildings outside the limits of work. 2. Interior Elements - Interior features including but not necessarily limited to structural elements, walls, partitions, equipment, piping or other building facilities are not shown on the drawings and must be visually inspected Inspect and appraise all features and facilities to be demolished or removed for salvage. Investigate to assure the condition of the work to be demolished and take all precautions necessary to ensure safety of people and property. 3.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Lead Paint 1. A number of state, federal and local agencies regulate work which involves lead paint. Paint coatings on the structures to be demolished that contain lead. This ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-3 Demolition lead could present a hazard to workers and requires regulatory compliance with 29 CFR 1926.62 "Lead in Construction." 2. Of specific concern is the cutting of steel components using torch methods. If the Contractor intends to torch cut painted steel, lead paint must be removed from the area to be cut with a chemical stripper or other means prior to cutting. Sufficient paint must be removed from the area to prevent volatilization of lead during the heating of the steel. Other means of controlling worker exposure to lead will be acceptable provided that they are addressed in the Lead Exposure Control Plan outlined in Section 013529 and that they meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62. 3. Where activities may generate leaded dust or impact a leaded surface, regulate work area so that dust migration is contained properly within the regulated area. Once the work is complete, properly clean up and dispose of leaded dust and materials. 3.3 DEMOLITION A. Demolish the basketball court and the other miscellaneous items by methods that will not cause damage to surrounding structures, underground and overhead utilities, or other existing items and structures that are to remain in place. B. and properly manage all debris as the demolition progresses. Construct and/or prepare material staging/stockpile areas at locations approved by the Engineer. C. Basetball Court 1. Demolish the current asphalt basketball court. 2. Salvage and re-install basketball outlet, as shown on the Drawings. D. Miscellaneous Site Structures and Features 1. Abandoned Underground Concrete Vault - Demolish and remove the abandoned concrete vault, as shown on the Drawings. The base or bottom of the concrete vault may remain, subject to Owner and Engineer approval. 2. Trees – Trees are an important resource and shall be treated as such. Unless specifically noted to be demolished, protect all trees and obtain approval of the Engineer prior to removing or pruning any other trees. Refer to Section 015639 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION AND 311300 SELECTIVE TREE AND PLANT REMOVAL AND PRUNING. 3.4 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT REMOVAL OR RECLAMATION A. Remove bituminous concrete pavement within Limit of Work as indicated on the Drawings. Legally dispose of bituminous concrete pavement underlain with concrete off site along with the underlying concrete. 3.5 DISPOSAL A. Legally dispose of or recycle all materials from demolition as well as equipment and other materials that are within the buildings. The disposal site shall be permitted to accept the waste stream by the applicable State Agency. Perform the loading of demolition materials in a manner that prevents materials and activities from generating ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-4 Demolition excessive dust and ensures minimum interference with roads, sidewalks and streets both onsite and offsite. B. Provide evidence that the demolition materials have been received at a legal disposal, recycle, reuse or salvage location. Such proof may include truck weigh slips from an approved disposal facility or documentation of transfer of title. Transport of all materials off site shall be in accordance with applicable Department of Transportation Regulations. All materials leaving the site shall become the property of the Contractor. 3.6 SITE RESTORATION A. Backfilling shall be conducted in accordance with Section 312300. B. Restore damaged areas of the site or neighboring properties in accordance with Sections 017250 and stabilize slopes in accordance with the erosion and sedimentation control requirements of the Contract and the stormwater permit. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION SECTION 02 41 13B SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION (PHASE 2 - PARK IMPROVEMENTS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Demolition, Removal and Disposal of Existing: a. Concrete paving and base materials. b. Concrete curb and footings c. Bituminous concrete paving and base materials d. Playground wood mulch surfacing and base course. e. Playground equipment and footings. f. Swing set and footings. g. Playground signage and footings. h. Chain link fence, including footings. i. Benches, including footings j. Trees and shrubs. k. Lawn. l. Granite blocks and base course at playground 2. Remove, Stockpile and Protect for Reuse of Existing: a. 6” depth of topsoil in existing lawn areas b. Granite blocks at playground 6. Protect in place select existing items to remain: a. Utilities, utility structures, piping and wiring b. Catch basins structures and grates ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-2 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION c. Pavements and curbs d. Sawcut existing pavements to remain. e. Base materials f. Metal post and fire alarm. g. Metal fence Trees and shrubs i. Other existing improvements indicated to remain 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 01 56 39 – TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION 2. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 4. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 5. SECTION 31 22 16 – REMOVAL OF FIRE HYDRANT AND VALVES 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Medford, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: in accordance with in accordance with Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements. 1. Schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for site preparation and demolition work to Landscape Architect for review prior to start of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. a. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner’s on-site operations. b. Provide detailed definition of stockpiling and staging areas as well as detailed definition of areas to be protected. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-3 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2. Pre-construction survey photographs of existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adjacent improvements that might be misconstrued as damage related to removal operations. File with Landscape Architect prior to start of work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Air-spading shall be performed by a board certified Arborist with a minimum of 5 years of experience with supersonic air spade. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner, insofar as is practicable. However, minor variations within structure may occur prior to start of selective demolition work. B. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. 1. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted unless approved by the Owner. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain required permits from authorities. B. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. C. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous or contaminated materials. 1.9 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall assume complete responsibility and liability for the safety and structural integrity of all work and utilities to remain during demolition. B. Provide safeguards including, but not limited to, warning signs, barricades, temporary fences, warning lights and other items required for protection of personnel and the general public during performance of all work in accordance with Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls of the Specifications. C. All features related to protection shall be maintained until that unit of work has been completed to the point that the danger no longer exists. Remove protections at completion of work. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-4 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 1.10 DAMAGES A. repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work and notify the Owner of these damages prior to commencement of repair. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other methods to limit dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. B. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. 1.12 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform site preparation work before commencing site construction. B. Locate, protect, and maintain active utilities and site improvements to remain. C. Provide necessary barricades, coverings, and protection to prevent damage to existing improvements to remain, and to protect the public safety. D. Restore to original grades and conditions areas adjacent to site that are disturbed or damaged as a result of site preparation work. E. Traffic: Conduct construction operations to ensure minimum interference with streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 1. Coordinate with local police, fire and public works departments in staging temporary traffic patterns. 2. Keep all streets and perimeter walks swept clean at all times. 3. Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. a. Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, public perimeter sidewalks, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 BACKFILL ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-5 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION A. Contractor shall provide Gravel Borrow to fill holes or voids left by removal of site improvements, unless the Contract Documents direct otherwise. B. Gravel Borrow: as specified in Section 31 00 00 - Earthwork. 2.2 UTILITY ABANDONMENT A. The Contractor shall provide concrete, mortar, brick, caps or plugs, and other material needed to cap off or plug pipes of various sizes and kinds where indicated as being abandoned, in accordance with BWSC requirements and specifications. 2.3 HAY BALES AND SILT FENCING A. Provide hay bales and silt fencing, and staking around existing and proposed storm drain system inlets or openings. Silt fencing shall be an industrial polypropylene mesh fabric designed to meet the requirements for control of sediment runoff. Posts shall be pre-weathered or stained hardwood. Provide metal connectors to attach adjoining silt fence units. Silt fencing shall meet the following requirements: 1. Fabric Width: 3’ 2. Posts: 1”x1”x4-1/2’ 3. Post Spacing: 6’-8’ plus 3 per bale 4. Installed Height: 2-1/2’ PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 EROSION CONTROL A. Install and secure erosion and sedimentation controls prior to Site Preparation or Earthwork operations. B. Install fabric under grates of existing and newly installed catch basins, leaving a minimum of six inches of excess fabric on all sides. C. Use water sprinkling and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and/or pollution. 3.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove trees and shrubs designated on the Drawings to be removed. Other vegetation shall be protected throughout construction. Completely remove stumps and roots of trees. Fill ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-6 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION depressions caused by tree removal with materials as shown on Drawings. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding six inch loose depth, and thoroughly compact to a density equal to adjacent original ground or proposed materials and or grades. 3.3 ABANDONED STRUCTURES A. Where drainage structures are indicated on the Drawings to be abandoned, inlets and outlets shall be plugged with at least eight inches of brick and mortar masonry. Upper portions of masonry structures shall be removed to a depth of three feet. The structure shall be filled with suitable backfill material placed in six inch layers and thoroughly compacted at each level. 3.4 ABANDONED PIPES OR CONDUITS A. Plug previously abandoned drainpipes encountered with masonry brick at least eight inches in thickness. B. Water supplies shall be cut off and capped with a municipal-approved compression fitting. C. Electrical conduits encountered and previously abandoned shall be capped or plugged. 3.5 REMOVAL OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove above-grade and below-grade improvements necessary to permit construction and other work as indicated. Demolish and remove existing improvements to the extent indicated on Drawings. B. Remove existing improvements including base material, as required to accommodate new construction. C. Remove utility structures and piping, indicated on the Drawings as abandoned, to the specified limits of excavation, if encountered. Plug ends of abandoned piping that are exposed with concrete. Backfill abandoned utility structures encountered below the limits of excavation, and compact with gravel in lifts not exceeding six inches. D. Remove designated items temporarily relocated during construction, and reinstall in final location. E. Cavities caused by the removal shall be properly backfilled and compacted with gravel base material in lifts not exceeding six inches. F. All below-grade footings and foundations shall be demolished and removed to a depth of at least forty-eight (48) inches below finish grade or as noted on the drawing. 3.6 AIR SPADING UNDER TREE CANOPY AT TREES TO BE IMPACTED BY INSTALLATION OF ENGINEERED HARDWOOD RESILIENT SURFACING ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-7 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION A. Limit of excavation is the outside canopy of all trees located within the area of proposed engineered hardwood resilient surfacing. B. Depth of air-spade excavation to be between 2” and as determined by the Landscape Architect as per field conditions. C. Minimize exposure of tree root systems during air-spading activities: 1. When root systems are potentially exposed for extended time periods of greater than 24 hours, lay burlap over exposed roots and support edge of excavation. 2. Saturate burlap with water and maintain in a damp condition during daylight hours as to not allow roots to dry out. 3.7 REMOVAL, STORAGE AND REINSTALLATION OF IMPROVEMENT A. General: Improvements shall be carefully removed, transported, stored, protected and reinstalled at designated locations shown on the Drawings or where directed on-site by Designer. Contractor shall repair or replace improvements that are damaged during this process. 3.8 TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF IMPROVEMENTS A. Existing facilities that require temporary removal in order for the excavation to proceed, such as walls, pavements, etc., shall be so removed and replaced by Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Restoration of the facility shall be to a condition equal to that before removal, to the satisfaction of Landscape Architect. 3.9 DISPOSAL A. No burning shall be permitted on Owner’s property. B. Remove improvements indicated to be removed and waste and spoil materials from Owner’s property and dispose of off-site, legally, unless otherwise indicated. Accumulation is not permitted. C. Materials, items and equipment not scheduled for reinstallation or salvage for the Owner’s use, remain the property of the Owner If the Owner determines such materials are not desired then these materials become the property of the Contractor. Remove cleared materials from the site as the work progresses. Storage of Contractor’s salvaged items on-site is not permitted. D. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. 3.10 CLEAN-UP AND REPAIR ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024113-8 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION A. Upon completion of site preparation work, clean areas within contract limits, remove tools and equipment. Provide site clean and free of materials and debris and suitable for site work operations. B. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start of operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024119-1 Removal of Existing Hydrants and Gate Valves SECTION 024119 REMOVAL OF EXISTING HYDRANTS AND GATE VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Removal of existing hydrants. 2. Removal of existing gate valve boxes 3. Restoration of areas excavated for removal of hydrants and gate valve boxes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 330519, Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 2. Section 321200, Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods required for proper performance of this work in the Section. B. Use equipment of adequate size, capacity, and quantity to accomplish the work of this Section in a timely manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All existing hydrants will either be either salvaged or disposed of. B. Remove existing hydrants by approved methods and properly dispose of the ones determined to be non-salvageable. 3.2 HYDRANT REMOVAL A. Carefully remove from the ground each hydrant on the water main to be abandoned. Dig up the hydrant and remove from the hydrant branch line by cutting or snapping off the branch line, approximately 2 feet away from the base in a neat and workmanlike manner. Excavation, backfill, and compaction shall be in accordance with Section 312300. Ground surface repairs including loam and seed, and pavement repair work, shall be in accordance with Section 321200. If subject to line pressure, the end of the old hydrant branch shall be mechanically capped or plugged in accordance with Section 330519. If not subject to line pressure, the end of the old hydrant branch shall be plugged with concrete. B. Removal of hydrant gate boxes shall be in accordance with Part 3.3 below. 3.3 REMOVAL OF WATER MAIN VALVE BOXES ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 024119-2 Removal of Existing Hydrants and Gate Valves A. After the existing water mains have been deactivated, remove the top sections of all gate boxes, fill in holes with ordinary borrow or sand per Section 310513 and patch with bituminous concrete in the area of the valve box in accordance with Section 321200. 3.4 DISPOSAL A. All hydrants and valve boxes determined to be salvageable by the Owner or the Engineer shall be delivered to a site designated by the Owner. All non-salvageable hydrants and valve boxes shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 1 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete SECTION 03 33 00 SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Foundations, footings, slabs-on-grade, equipment pads and other concrete work, as shown on Drawings. 2. Embedded items required to support or attach to work of other Sections. 3. Reinforcing dowels required for the attachment to work of other Sections. 4. Sleeves for work of other Sections. 1. 3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. SECTION 12 93 00 – SITE FURNISHINGS 3. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 4. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 5. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 6. SECTION 32 13 13 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 7. SECTION 32 12 16 – BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 8. SECTION 32 18 16 – PLAYGROUND FURNISHINGS 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 2 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 212 Guide for Use of Admixtures in Concrete b. 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. c. 304.2 Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods d. 305 Hot Weather Concreting e. 306 Cold Weather Concreting f. 316 Recommended Practice for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Concrete Bases. g. 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 4. American Plywood Association (APA): a. Ref. 1 APA Design/Construction Guide, Residential and Commercial 5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A 185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement b. A 307 Carbon Steel Extemally Threaded Standard Fasteners c. A 563 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts d. A 615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement e. C 33 Concrete Aggregates f. C 42 Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete g. C 94 Ready-Mixed Concrete h. C 143 Slump of Portland Cement Concrete i. C 150 Portland Cement j. C 171 Sheet Materials for Cung Concrete k. 231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method l. C 309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete m. C 494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete n. C 618 Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete o. D 1557 Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb. (4.5-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop p. D 1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. q. F 436 Hardened Steel Washers 6. Corps of Engineers (COE): a. CRD-C 621 Specification for Non shrink Grout: Hardened State Volume Change 1.5 SUBMITTALS ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 3 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete A. Submittals: in accordance with Section 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS. B. Samples of the following shall be submitted: 1. Preformed joint filler: Two pieces, full depth and width, 4 in. length C. Manufacturers' product data shall be submitted for the following items: 1. Admixtures, each type 2. Curing compounds 3. Non-shrink grout 4. Pipe sleeves 5. Preformed joint filler 6. Sieve analysis of aggregates 7. Waterproof curing paper D. Prior to start of concrete work, submit to the Landscape Architect for review a schedule for execution of Work of this Section. E. Shop drawings indicating the complete layout of architectural formwork including material specifications, layout details of formwork panels, joint locations, reveal locations, form tie locations, and other items which will be exposed to view or will create a visible delineation or mark on the face of exposed concrete. F. Shop drawings indicating fabrication, bending diagrams, bar schedules, cutting lists and other information to completely define and establish shape, size, location, and spacing of reinforcing bars. Include details of splicing and keying at construction joints. Indicate grades of reinforcing. Opposite hand reinforcing shall be detailed separately. Wall reinforcing shall be detailed on wall elevations. 1.6 DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX A. Mix design shall be certified by independent testing laboratory. Statement of materials constituting design of mixes (as required by referenced standards) shall be submitted for Landscape Architect’s approval within one week following award of Contract. B. Concrete mix design shall include the following information: 1. Proportions of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, and water. 2. Water-cement ratio, design strength, slump, and air content. 3. Type of cement and aggregates. 4. Type and dosage of admixtures. 5. Special requirements for pumping. 6. Range of ambient temperature and humidity for which the design is valid. 7. Special characteristics of mix which require precautions in mixing, placing, finishing, or curing methods to achieve finished product specified. C. No concrete shall be delivered to job site until Landscape Architect has approved design mixes. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 4 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete A. Unless otherwise specified, cast-in-place concrete work shall conform to ACI 301 and ACI 318. Copies of these referenced standards shall be kept available in field office. B. Dimensions, locations, and details of equipment pads, anchors, supports, and similar features indicated on Drawings are approximate. Manufacturer's approved shop drawings of equipment to be supported, anchored, or contained thereby shall be consulted for exact location, size, and details. 1.8 TESTING A. Owner’s Independent Testing Laboratory will perform inspection and testing of concrete mix. Testing equipment shall be supplied by laboratory, and laboratory personnel shall perform preparation of samples and testing. B. Concrete materials and operations will be tested and inspected by Owner as work progresses. Failure to detect defective work or material shall not prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered, nor shall it obligate Landscape Architect to final acceptance. C. The following testing services shall be performed by Owner: 1. Review and test of proposed materials for compliance with specifications. 2. Review of proposed mix design. 3. Sampling and testing of materials at plants or stockpiles during course of work for compliance with specifications. 4. Strength tests of concrete specimens. 5. Inspection of concrete batching, mixing, and delivery. D. The following testing services shall be provided, at Contractor's expense. 1. Additional testing and inspection required because of changes in materials or proportions requested by Contractor. 2. Additional testing of materials or concrete occasioned by their failure by testing or inspection to meet specification requirements. E. At least six standard compression test cylinders shall be made and tested from each day's placement of each type and design strength of concrete. Six concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cubic yards of each type and design strength of concrete placed. Two cylinders shall be tested at seven days, and two at 28 days. Remaining two cylinders will be held in reserve. If results of 28 day tests indicate low strength concrete, Landscape Architect will direct Testing Laboratory to test remaining two cylinders at a time indicated by Landscape Architect. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 5 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, and will be cured at job site under same conditions as the concrete it represents. 2. If job experience indicates additional cylinder tests or other tests are required for proper control or determination of concrete quality, such tests shall be made. 3. Where high-early strength (Type III) concrete is specified or permitted by Landscape Architect, concrete cylinders shall be tested as follows: two at one day and two at seven days. F. One slump test and one air content test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. G. Provide free access to work and provide full assistance and cooperation, concrete for samples, and such auxiliary personnel and equipment for testing agency to take samples for required tests. Notify testing agency and Landscape Architect of his intent to place concrete at least two working days prior to scheduled time of placement. 1.9 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified strength and no individual test result (average of two cylinders) is below specified strength by more than 500 psi. B. Completed concrete work will be accepted when requirements of ACI 301 Chapter 18 have been complied with. C. Where the average strength of laboratory control cylinders, as shown by tests for any portion of structure, falls below minimum ultimate compressive strength hereinbefore specified, Landscape Architect shall have the right to require Contractor to provide improved curing conditions of temperature and moisture to secure required strength. Also, if average strength of laboratory control cylinders should fall so low as to cause portions of structure to which respective unsatisfactory test reports apply to be in question by Landscape Architect, Contractor shall, at his expense, follow core procedure set forth in current edition of ASTM C 42. If results of the core tests indicate, in opinion of Landscape Architect, that strength of structure is inadequate, such replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered by Landscape Architect shall be provided by Contractor without cost to Owner. D. Landscape Architect shall have the right to reject concrete represented by low strength tests. Rejected concrete shall be removed and replaced with concrete conforming to specification. Decision of Landscape Architect as to whether substandard concrete is to be accepted or rejected shall be final. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 FORMS A. Cylindrical Forms: Sonotube Fibre Forms, wax-impregnated strippable forms manufactured by Sonoco Products Company, General Products Division or approved equal, or ABS or PVC plastic reusable forms. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 6 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Forms for Exposed Finish: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel materials. Plywood shall be APA Ref. 1 B-B (Concrete Form), Class I Exterior Grade plywood or B-B or A-C Class I high density overlay concrete form plywood. Formwork materials shall produce smooth, continuous, straight and level surfaces. C. Forms for Unexposed Finish: Plywood, lumber or metal, with lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side. D. Form Ties: Provide prefabricated, adjustable length galvanized steel snap-off ties, with brackets, cones, come docks and other accessories. E. Form Coatings: Commercial formulation compounds that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete. F. Forms shall be true to line and free from warp, and shall be of sufficient strength, when staked, to resist the pressure of the concrete without springing. Formwork shall be designed so that sections may be fastened together to prevent vertical or horizontal movement of ends. 2.2 CONCRETE MIX A. Concrete: air-entrained type, conforming to ASTM C 94. One copy of Certificate of Delivery required by ASTM C 94 shall be delivered to Landscape Architect immediately upon arrival of each load of concrete at site. B. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 4,000 psi. C. Concrete slump shall be no less than 2 in. nor greater than 4 in., determined in accordance with ASTM C 143. D. Air content by volume shall be 3 to and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 231. "Relative durability factor" of concrete containing air-entrainment admixture shall be at least 90. E. Concrete shall contain a water reducing agent to minimize water-cement ratio of mix, at specified slump. F. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be added to Concrete. No admixtures other than those specified shall be used in concrete without specific written permission of Landscape Architect. G. No additional water, except for amount indicated by design mix shall be added to concrete without prior permission of Landscape Architect. H. No concrete shall be placed by pumping methods without prior written approval of Landscape Architect. Should Contractor be allowed to place concrete by pumping methods, pumping procedures, mix design of concrete, and other precautions shall be in accordance with ACI 304 and subject to review by Landscape Architect. 2.3 CONCRETE REINFORCING A. Steel reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A 615. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 7 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. Bars employed as reinforcement shall be deformed type. 2. Bars employed as dowels where indicated on the Drawings shall be hot-rolled plain rounds. 3. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, reinforcing bars shall be Grade 60. 2.4 CEMENT A. Cement: approved brand of American manufactured Portland cement, conforming to ASTM C 150, Type I or II. "Submit manufacturer's name and type of cement for Landscape Architect’s approval. B. Only one color of cement, all from same manufacturer, shall be used for work. C. Do not use Type III cement without Landscape Architect's approval. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Except as otherwise specified, use of concrete admixtures shall conform to ACI 212. B. Admixtures employed shall be produced and serviced by established, reputable manufacturer and used in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Air entraining agent shall conform to ASTM C 260 and shall be "Daravair" or "Darex AEA”, manufactured by W.R. Grace & Company; "Airmix" or "Perma-Air”, manufactured by The Euclid Chernical Co.; "MB-WR', manufactured by Master Builder's Co., or an approved equal product. 1. When a high range water reducing (HRWR) admixture is used, air-entraining admixture shall be a neutralized vinsol resin solution. 2. When requested by the Landscape Architect, furnish certification attesting to compliance with these specifications. D. Water reducing agent: conform to ASTM C 494, Type A and shall contain no more than 0.05% chloride ions. Water reducing agent: "WRDA with Hycol”, manufactured by W.R. Grace & Company;, "Eucon WR-75" manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Co.; "Pozzolith 200N”, manufactured by Master Builders's Co., or approved equal product. 1. Water reducing agent: manufactured by same manufacturer as air-entraining agent. E. Water reducing agent-retarder: conform to ASTM C 494, Type D and be "Daratard-40", manufactured by W.R. Grace & Company, or an approved equal product. F. Fly ash: conform to ASTM C 618, equal to TPA, manufactured by the Trinity Division of General Portland Inc., may be used in non-architecturally exposed concrete. Carbon content shall not exceed 3% by volume. 1. Submit certification attesting to the carbon content and compliance with ASTM C 618. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 8 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Maximum replacement of cement with fly ash shall be 15% by weight. G. Superplasticizers: Where permitted by Landscape Architect and where indicated in approved concrete design mix, a high-range water-reducing (HRWR) admixture (superplasticizers) complying with ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G, and containing more than 0.05% chloride ions, may be used subject to the following requirements: 1. When a high range water-reducing admixture is used, the air-entraining admixture shall be a neutralized vinsol resin solution. 2. Concrete shall arrive at the jobsite having a slump conforming to the requirements specified in Paragraph 2.01. HRWR shall be added after the concrete has been thoroughly mixed and the desired initial slump has been achieved. 3. Water to cement ratio shall not exceed 5.0 gal/cwt (0.42 weight basis). 4. Pre-testing of the concrete shall be performed under guidance of admixture manufacturer's representative to determine dosage, addition times, and compatibility with other admixtures and mixture constituents. 5. HRWR shall be added at job site and shall be dispensed to truck mixer using automatic dispensing equipment which accurately measured dosage. 6. Slump after addition of HRWR to concrete shall be no greater than is necessary for proper placement and compaction and shall in no case exceed 7 in. 7. Air tests shall be run on admixtured concrete as placed, and air content shall be within specified limits. 8. HRWR admixture: "Melment", manufactured by American Admixtures Corp., Chicago, IL; "WRDA-19", manufactured by W. R. Grace & Co.; "Daracem 100", manufactured by W.R. Grace & Co.; "Eucon 37", manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Co.; "Sikament', manufactured by Sika Chemical Co., or approved equal. 9. Dosage as determined by mix design. 2.6 AGGREGATE A. Except as otherwise noted, aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33. B. Maximum size aggregate for sections 16 in. or greater in thickness shall be 1-1/2 in. Maximum size aggregate for sections less than 16 in. thick shall be 3/4-in. C. Maximum size of aggregate shall in no case exceed that permitted by ACI 318. 2.7 WATER A. Water shall conform to ASTM C 94, Section 4.1.3. 2.8 GROUT ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 9 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete A. Grout shall be mixed in the proportions of one part Portland cement to two parts sand, by volume. Only sufficient water shall be used to enable grout to barely hold its shape when squeezed into a ball in the hand. Sand for grout shall be ASTM C 33 Fine Aggregate. B. Non-shrink grout shall be pre-mixed non-shrinking, high strength grout. Compressive strength in 28 days shall be 5,000 psi minimum, but in no case less than the specified strength of the adjacent concrete. Manufacturer shall provide evidence that the material meets the requirements of the COE CRD-C 621 (558). Grout permanently exposed to view shall be non-oxidizing; metallic grout may be used in other locations. 1. Non-shrink grout shall be one of the following, or approved equal: Manufacturer Product Giff0rd-Hill CO Supreme Master Builders Co. Embeco U.S. Grout Corporation Five Star Grout 2.9 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing shall be by moist curing. Refer to Section 03 30 00, Par 3.10 for curing procedures. B. Curing paper shall be a non-staining, fiber reinforced laminated kraft bituminous product conforming to ASTM C 171. Four mil polyethylene sheeting may be substituted for curing paper. C. Curing, Sealing, and Hardening of Interior Concrete Floors/Slabs not Scheduled to receive Finish Floor Material: All Portland cement concrete floors/slabs and aprons in buildings not scheduled to receive applied finishes such as vinyl composition floor tile, shall be cured, sealed and hardened by two applications of "Ashford Formula', manufactured by Curecrete Chemical Company, Inc., Springville, UT 84663-0551; or approved equal. Apply after wet cure is completed. 2.10 BONDING AGENT A. Bonding agent for adhering fresh concrete to old shall be Sika Armatec 110, three component, water-based epoxy resin/ portland cement bonding agent, manufactured by Sika Corporation, NJ 07071, or approved equal. 2.11 SLEEVES A. Sleeves shall be galvanized steel pipe, Schedule 40. 2.12 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Bolts: Conform to ASTM A 307 or ASTM A 36 (as indicated on the Drawings), carbon steel with regular hexagon nuts conforming to ASTM A 563, and carbon steel washers conforming to ASTM F 436. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 10 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Expansion bolts for anchoring into existing concrete shall conform to ASTM A 307, and shall have a self-drilling shell similar to Phillips Red Head Self-Drilling Shells, manufactured by Phillips Red Head Anchor Division of ITT, Michigan City, IN., or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUITABILITY OF SUBGRADE A. Aggregate sub-base to receive concrete slab-on-grade shall be inspected to ensure material is suitable to receive concrete, including compaction. Subgrade unacceptable shall be brought to the attention of Landscape Architect. 3.2 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Subgrade shall be compacted as required to bring top 6 inches of subgrade material immediately below the concrete to a density of not less than 95% at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 1557. Subgrade compaction shall extend for a distance of at least one foot beyond edge of concrete. 1. Existing subgrade material which will not readily compact shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring subgrade to line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall conform to Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK. 3.3 ACCEPTABILITY OF CONCRETE SURFACES A. Concrete structures to receive concrete topping slab shall be inspected to ensure that surface is suitable to receive concrete. Waterproofed surfaces shall be thoroughly cured and suitably protected with protection board prior to start of concrete work of this section. 3.4 REINFORCING A. Before being placed in position, thoroughly clean reinforcing of loose mill and rust scale, dirt, ice, and other foreign material which may reduce bond between concrete and reinforcing. Where there is delay in placing concrete after reinforcement is in place, bars shall be re-inspected and cleaned. B. Bars showing cracks after bending shall be discarded. C. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, extend reinforcing within 2 in. of formwork and expansion joints. Reinforcing shall continue through control joints. Adjacent sheets of fabric reinforcing shall lap 6 in. D. After forms have been coated with form release agent, but before concrete is placed, reinforcing steel and anchors shall be securely wired in the exact position called for, and shall be maintained in that position until concrete is placed and compacted. Chair bars and supports shall be provided in a number and arrangement satisfactory to Landscape Architect. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 11 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete A. Before placing concrete, forms and space to be occupied by concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned, and reinforcing steel and embedded metal shall be free from dirt, oil, mill scale, loose rust, paint, and other material which might tend to reduce bond. B. Existing concrete, earth, and other water-permeable material against which new concrete is to be placed shall be thoroughly damp when concrete is placed. There shall be no free water on surface. C. Concrete which has set or partially set before placing shall not be employed. Re-tempering of concrete will not be permitted. D. Segregation of concrete shall be prevented during handling; should segregation occur, concrete shall be remixed before it is placed. Concrete shall be placed in the forms in horizontal layers not over one to two feet thick. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely more than 4 ft. If free drop to point of placement must exceed 4 ft., obtain approval of Landscape Architect for proposed method of depositing concrete. Concrete shall not be required to flow over distances greater than 3 ft. in any direction in forms or ground, unless otherwise permitted by Landscape Architect. E. Concrete shall be thoroughly spaded, and tamped, and vibrated to secure a solid and homogeneous mass, thoroughly worked around reinforcement and into comers of forms. 1. Apply vibration at point of deposit and in area of freshly placed concrete. Vibrate enough to accomplish thorough compaction and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures. Supplement vibration by hand spading in comers and angles of forms to prevent honeycombing. F. When joining fresh concrete to concrete which has attained full set, latter shall be cleaned of foreign matter, and mortar scum and laitance shall be removed by chipping and washing. Clean, roughened base surface shall be saturated with water, but shall have no free water on surface. A coat of 1:1 cement-sand grout, approximately 1/8 in. thick, shall be well scrubbed into thoroughly dampened concrete base. New concrete shall be placed immediately, before grout has dried or set. G. Concrete surfaces which act as a seat for structural members (other than those resting on grout) shall be troweled to an extremely flat and level surface. If necessary, such surfaces shall be ground off to achieve the required flatness and level. 3.6 EMBEDDED METALS A. Anchor bolts, anchor slots, reglets, sleeves, edge angles, and similar embedded items will be provided, delivered to the site, under other sections of the specification, for installation under this section. B. Where edge angles, etc., have nuts welded on to receive machine screws, the threads of the nuts shall be protected from concrete, and the concrete shall be excluded from the space to be occupied by the screw, by use of wood plugs or other effective means. 3.7 FINISHING VERTICAL CONCRETE ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 12 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete A. Exposed vertical surfaces shall be formed to produce a "smooth form finish", as defined in ACI 301. Concrete which is exposed to view on exterior of finished structures shall receive smooth rubbed finish, in accordance with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. To permit satisfactory finishing, forms shall be removed from vertical faces of concrete as early as is possible without damaging surface. Immediately after stripping forms, fins or projections left by forms shall be chipped off, and surfaces rubbed smooth. 2. Voids and faults shall be patched. Voids, etc., shall be cleaned out, roughened, thoroughly wetted, coated with neat cement paste, and filled with mortar of cement and sand in same proportions, materials, and color as used in concrete. Surface of the patch shall be flush with the surrounding surface after finishing operations are complete. Surface shall be kept continuously damp until patches are firm enough to be rubbed without damage. 3. Rubbing shall be performed while the surface is wet using carborundum or cement sand brick, to achieve a smooth, uniform, even textured finish. Blend patched and chipped areas to match appearance of rest of surface. No cement wash or plastering will be permitted, and no mortar shall be used except as required above. B. Rubbed Finish: After removal of forms, patching and repairing, and while concrete is still green, spread slurry consisting of 1 part portland cement concrete and 1-1/2 part damp, loose sand by volume, over pre-dampened surface. Apply using burlap pads or sponge rubber floats. Remove surplus materials, and then rub with clean burlap. Water fog completed surfaces for 7 days min. C. As-Formed Finish: Remove fins by stoning, otherwise leave texture imparted by forms. D. Vertical surfaces of concrete which will be concealed in finished structure shall be formed to produce a “rough form finish”, as defined in ACI 301. 3.8 FINISHING HORIZONTAL CONCRETE A. Screed off and wood-float concrete slabs and pads to smooth surface, true to line and grade, and free of hollows and bumps. Surface shall be dense, smooth, and at exact level and slope required. B. Horizontal surfaces of concrete which will be exposed shall be given a light broomed finish, with direction of grooves in concrete surface perpendicular to length of concrete slab or pad. After concrete has set sufficiently to prevent coarse aggregate from being tom from surface, but before it has completely set, brooms shall be drawn across it to produce a pattern of small parallel grooves. Broomed surface shall be uniform, with no smooth, unduly rough or porous spots, or other irregularities. Coarse aggregate shall not be dislodged by brooming operation. C. Floated Finish: Provide at slab surfaces to precede other finishes. Begin floating after concrete has been struck off, consolidated, and leveled, surface water has disappeared and surface is sufficiently hardened to support power driven float. Finish surface with impact type power driven float or hand float. Test surface with 10 ft. - 0 in. straightedge placed at minimum two different angles; correct irregularities exceeding 1/4 in. Refloat repaired areas. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 13 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete D. Trowel Finish: Provide at interior slab surfaces. Screed and float slabs to true and level surface, then trowel to dense, impervious surface, free from trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance. Machine troweling is acceptable for surfaces to receive additional floor coverings and as preliminary finish on exposed surfaces. Hand trowel areas to be exposed in finished structure. Test surface with 10 ft. - 0 in. straightedge placed at minimum two different angles; correct irregularities exceeding 1/4 inch. Refloat repaired areas. E. Where finishing is performed before end of curing period, concrete shall not be permitted to dry out, and kept continuously moist from time of placing until end of curing period, or until curing membrane is applied. 3.9 FILLING HOLES A. Holes resulting from removal of bolts or tie rods that are not a part of decorative layout of set back cones at wall face shall be solidly filled with cement grout. Holes passing entirely through concrete members shall be filled from inside face, with a plunger-type grease gun or other device that will force mortar through to outside face, holding a canvas sack at exterior surface to assure complete filling. Holes, which do not pass entirely through, shall be filled, using tools, which will permit the opening to be packed thoroughly full. Excess mortar at faces of filled holes shall be struck off flush, with a canvas sack. 3.10 CURING A. It is essential concrete be kept continuously damp from time of placement until end of specified curing period. It is equally essential water not be added to surface during floating and troweling operations, and not earlier than 24 hours after concrete placement. Between finishing operations surface shall be protected from rapid drying by a covering of waterproofing paper. Surface shall be damp when covering is placed over it, and shall be kept damp by means of fog spray of water, applied to prevent drying, but not sooner than 24 hours after placing concrete. None of the water so applied shall be troweled or floated into surface. B. Concrete surfaces, not otherwise specified, shall be cured by being kept wet with clean water for a period of not less than seven days after placing. Each day the forms are left in place, and kept wet enough to prevent the opening of joints in the forms and the drying out of the concrete, will be counted as one day of curing. C. Concrete surfaces shall be cured by completely covering with curing paper. 1. Concrete shall be completely covered with paper with seams lapped at least 2 in. and sealed with tape. Concrete surface shall not be moistened within 24 hours of placing concrete. During curing period surface shall be checked frequently, and sprayed with water or curing compound to prevent drying, but not earlier than 24 hours after placing concrete. 2. Concrete surfaces to receive paint, waterproofing, damp-proofing, thin-set adhesives and coatings, and similar applied materials, which require bond and adhesion to concrete surfaces, shall be cured using curing paper. The use of curing compounds on these surfaces will not be permitted. 3. Unless otherwise directed by Landscape Architect, curing period shall be seven days, minimum. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 14 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete 3.11 COLD WEATHER CONCRETING A. Materials for concrete shall be heated when concrete is mixed, placed, or cured when the mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F, or is expected to fall to below 40 degrees F, within 72 hours, and concrete after placing shall be protected by covering, heat, or both. B. Details of handling and protecting of concrete during freezing weather shall be subject to approval and direction of Landscape Architect. Procedures shall be in accordance with provisions of ACI 306. C. Protect concrete from damage and reduced strength or performance due to weather extremes during mixing, placing and curing. Unless adequate protection is provided, concrete shall not be placed during rain, sleet or snow. D. Carefully review phasing requirements and determine scope of cold-weather concreting required. 3.12 HOT WEATHER CONCRETING A. Concrete just placed shall be protected from direct rays of the sun and forms and reinforcement just prior to placing shall be sprinkled with cold water. Every effort shall be made to minimize delays resulting in excessive mixing of concrete after arrival on job. B. During periods of excessively hot weather (95 degree F, or above) ingredients in concrete shall be cooled and cold mixing water shall be used to maintain temperature of concrete at permissible levels in accordance with provisions of ACI 305. Concrete with a temperature above 95 degrees F, when ready for placement will not be acceptable, and will be rejected. C. Temperature records shall be maintained throughout the period of hot weather giving air temperature, general weather conditions (calm, windy, clear, cloudy, etc.) and relative humidity. Records shall include checks on temperature of concrete as delivered and after placing in forms. Data should be correlated with progress of work so that conditions surrounding construction of structure can be ascertained. 3.13 BRACING AND SUPPORTS A. Concrete members shall be adequately and safely supported and braced until permanent supports and braces (by whomever supplied) are installed. 3.14 REMOVING FORMS AND SUPPORTS A. Except as otherwise specifically authorized by Landscape Architect, forms shall not be removed until concrete has aged for at least three days or following number of day-degrees, whichever is greater. Location Day-Deqrees* Beams and Slabs 500 ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 03 33 00 - 15 Site Cast-in-Place Concrete Walls and Vertical Surfaces 100 *The term day-degrees represents the product of number of days elapsed since time of concrete placement and average dally air temperature at surface of concrete. For example, five days at a daily average temperature of 60 deg. F. equals 300 day-degrees. 1. Form removal by methods other than day-degree method will not be permitted. 3.15 BONDING AGENT A. Surface: clean, sound, and saturated surface dry but free of standing water. Remove dust, laitance, grease, curing compounds impregnations, waxes, and other foreign matter. B. Sandblast existing concrete, or use other mechanical means to achieve surface preparation required by bonding agent manufacturer prior to application of bonding agent. C. Apply bonding agent in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.16 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE SURFACES A. Concrete surfaces shall be protected from traffic or damage until surfaces have hardened sufficiently. Use 1/2 inch thick plywood sheets to protect the exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 310513-1 Borrow Materials SECTION 310513 BORROW MATERIALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Gravel Borrow 2. Processed Gravel Borrow for Pavement Sub-base 3. Granular Fill 4. Sand Borrow 5. Stone Borrow 6. Ordinary Borrow 7. Low Permeability Borrow B. Related Sections 1. Section 312300 – Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 2. Section 329115 – Planting Soils 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates B. ASTM C117 - Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing C. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method D. ASTM D1557 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb./ft3) E. ASTM D2434 - Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head) F. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) G. ASTM D6938 - Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) H. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department “Standard Specification for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended 1.3 SUBMITTALS ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 310513-2 Borrow Materials A. Representative Samples of borrow materials taken from the source. Tag, label, and package the Samples as requested by Engineer. Provide access to the borrow site for field evaluation and inspection. B. Provide sieve analysis (ASTM C136) and permeability analysis (ASTM D2434) from certified soils testing laboratory for all borrow materials. Take and test a sample, at no additional cost to the Owner for each 1,500 c.y. of borrow material placed. C. Provide modified proctor analysis (ASTM D1557) from certified soils testing laboratory for all borrow materials. 1. Take and test a sample of low permeability soil for each 5,000 cy of material placed, or as directed by the Engineer. 2. All other borrow materials shall be tested once unless more frequent testing is deemed necessary by the Engineer or Owner due to material variation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. No borrow shall be placed prior to the approval of Samples by the Engineer. 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions 1. Comply with any environmental requirements and restrictions. 2. Keep all public and private roadway surfaces clean during hauling operations and and thoroughly remove any borrow or other debris that may be brought upon the surface before it becomes compacted by traffic. Frequently clean and keep clean the wheels of all vehicles used for hauling to avoid bringing any dirt upon the paved surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SAND FOR DRAINAGE A. See Section 329115 – Planting Soils 2.2 GRAVEL BORROW A. Gravel Borrow shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings, and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. Gradation requirements for Gravel Borrow shall be determined by AASHTO-T11 and T27 and shall conform to the following: Sieve Percent Passing ½ inch 50 – 85 No. 4 40 – 75 No. 50 8 – 28 No. 200 0 - 10 Maximum size of stone in Gravel Borrow shall be 2 inches. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 310513-3 Borrow Materials 2.3 PROCESSED GRAVEL BORROW FOR PAVEMENT SUBBASE A. The compacted Processed Gravel Borrow to be used for gravel access roads and pavement subbase, or other area where a firm, free-draining subgrade is needed shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. B. Gradation requirements shall conform to the following: Sieve Percent Passing 3” 100 1 ½” 70 – 100 ¾” 50 – 85 No. 4 30 – 60 No. 200 0 - 10 C. Stockpile the processed materials in such a manner to minimize segregation of particle sizes. All processed gravel shall come from approved stockpiles. 2.4 GRANULAR FILL A. Granular Fill to be used as fill material to achieve gravel base grade beneath structures, pavement, or other area requiring structural fill shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. B. Gradation requirements for Granular Fill shall conform to the following: Percent by Weight Passing Through Sieve Size Minimum Maximum 2/3rds loose lift thickness 100 No. 10 30 95 No. 40 10 70 No. 200 0 15 2.5 SAND BORROW A. Sand Borrow material shall be supplied from an off-site borrow area approved by the Engineer. Testing of the off-site Sand Borrow shall be at the Contractor’s expense. B. Sand Borrow shall consist of clean, inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard, durable, rock, free from loam or clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The allowable amount of material passing a No. 200 sieve as determined by ASTM-C117 shall not exceed 10% by weight. C. Material shall consist of a clean, non-plastic, granular material conforming to the requirements of a SW, SP or SM under the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) (ASTM D2487). ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 310513-4 Borrow Materials D. The material shall have the characteristics that when placed and compacted, the soil particles will bind together so as to form a solid, stable surface capable of supporting rubber-tired vehicular traffic during wet weather periods as well as extended dry weather periods. The borrow material shall not contain fines to the extent that the surface layer becomes “greasy” when wet. E. The material shall not contain stones larger than 3/8 inch in diameter. F. Material consisting of frozen clogs, ice and snow will be rejected. G. All sand borrow material to be used shall be subject to approval by Engineer, and Engineer reserves the right to reject any borrow material from the job that does not meet the above requirements. 2.6 2.6 STONE BORROW A. Crushed Stone Borrow 1. Crushed stone borrow shall consist of one of the following materials: a. Durable crushed rock consisting of the angular fragments obtained by breaking and crushing solid or shattered natural rock, and free from a detrimental quantity of thin, flat, elongated or other objectionable pieces. A detrimental quantity will be considered as any amount in excess of 15% of the total weight. Thin stones shall be considered to be such stones whose average width exceeds 4 times their average thickness. Elongated stones shall be considered to be stones whose average length exceeds 4 times their average width. b. Durable crushed gravel stone obtained by artificial crushing of gravel boulders or fieldstone with a minimum diameter before crushing of 8 inches. 2. The crushed stone shall be free from clay, loam or deleterious material and not more than 1.0% of satisfactory material passing a No. 200 sieve will be allowed to adhere to the crushed stone. 3. The crushed stone shall have a maximum percentage of wear as determined by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test (AASHTO-T-96) as follows: a. For Class 1 Bit. Conc. 30%** b. For Cement Concrete Aggregate c. Crushed Stone for Subbase 45% **Crushed stone for this use shall consist of crushed or shattered natural rock only. Crushed gravel stone will not be permitted. ***Except for 5000 psi or greater cement concrete and prestressed concrete which shall be 30%. 4. The crushed stone shall conform to the grading requirements shown in the following grading Table. ¾” Crushed Stone 1” 100 ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 310513-5 Borrow Materials ¾” 90 100 ½” 10 50 3/8” 0 20 No. 4 0 5 B. Dense Graded Stone Borrow 1. The crushed stone used for backfill shall be a dense graded mixture and conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size (Square Openings) Percent by Weight Passing Through Minimum Maximum 5/8 100 100 ½ 85 100 3/8 15 45 #4 0 15 #8 0 5 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 ORDINARY BORROW A. Ordinary borrow shall have the physical characteristics of soils designated as type GW, GP, GM, SW, SP or SM, under USCS and shall not be specified as gravel borrow, sand borrow, special borrow material or other particular kind of borrow. It shall have properties such that it may be readily spread and compacted for the formation of embankments. The borrow shall not include rocks with a major dimension greater than 8 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Prior to the placement of borrow material, site preparation shall be completed as required by the Contract Documents, and approved by the Engineer. B. Ensure that all materials are properly stockpiled on site to prevent contamination by other materials. C. Place and compact borrow materials in uniform lifts and compact in accordance with Section 312300. D. Processed gravel for pavement subbase is intended to provide a stable foundation for driveways, sidewalk and roadway repair where a gravel base has been specified. E. For the hydrant replacement work: 1. Borrow shall be used as a replacement for unsuitable materials where poor soil conditions are encountered during the progress of the work, where approved by the Engineer. Borrow type will be determined by the Engineer. Borrow ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 310513-6 Borrow Materials material used as a replacement for unsuitable soil is not intended to be an aid to dewatering. F. Place all borrow to keep it free of other materials and to prevent segregation. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 311300 - 1 Selective Tree and Plant Material Removal and pruning SECTION 31 13 00 SELECTIVE TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL REMOVAL AND PRUNING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Protection of existing improvements to remain. 2. Tree and plant material removal and disposal. 3. Tree pruning 4. Post construction clean-up. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections includes the following: 1. SECTION 02 41 19 – TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION 2. SECTION 02 41 19 – SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 3. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 4. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 5. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. 3. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 311300 - 2 Selective Tree and Plant Material Removal and pruning 4. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. 5. AH: AmericanHort 6. ISA: International Society of Arboriculture. 7. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tree and shrub removal shall be performed by a certified landscape contractor with a minimum of five years of related work experience and under full time supervision of a qualified supervisor. B. Conform to provisions of SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit in accordance with SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store all products in unopened original manufacturer’s packaging. Store all materials in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect materials from all damage. 1.8 WARRANTY A. In addition to the guarantee/warranty requirements of the Contract and General Conditions, the Contractor shall obtain in the name of the Owner the standard manufacturer’s guarantee of all materials furnished under this Section where such guarantees are offered in the manufacturer’s published product data. These guarantees are in addition to, and not in lieu of, other liabilities which the Contractor may have by law or other provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: The Contractor shall visit and accept the site as he/ she finds it, and shall inform him/herself of the character and the type of plant material items to be removed. The Contractor shall walk the site with the Landscape Architect prior to commencing work to determine the full scope of plant materials to be removed and plant materials to remain. B. Damage or loss to site improvements shall be at the risk of the Contractor from and after the date of Contract execution, and no such damage or loss shall relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract. C. Disposal: Dispose of cleared and grubbed plant material off the site. Burning of materials on the job site will not be permitted. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 311300 - 3 Selective Tree and Plant Material Removal and pruning D. Traffic: Adjacent building areas, site areas and streets will continue to be used throughout the construction process. Contractor shall use extreme care to protect the safety and welfare of pedestrians and occupants of these areas. Submit pedestrian access plan prior to beginning work. E. Conduct operations and removal of debris to ensure minimum interference with the normal use of streets, public ways, and other adjacent facilities. Do not close or obstruct adjacent buildings, loading docks, traffic ways, corridors, streets, walks or other used facilities without the written permission of the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. F. Protection: Existing buildings and traffic ways adjacent to the work site will be occupied during demolition and construction operations. Ensure the safe passage of vehicles and persons in and around the work areas during and after demolition. Prevent injury to persons and damage to property. Immediately repair damaged property to its condition before being damaged. G. Protection of Existing Landscaping to Remain: Prior to beginning any work of the Contract on site, take effective action to protect all existing landscaping indicated to remain. Refer to requirements specified herein. H. Dust and Noise Control: Take effective measures to prevent windblown dust and to control noise to avoid creating a nuisance. Obtain Landscape Architect’s approval of means, methods and techniques used to control dust and noise. Chemicals deleterious to plant growth may not be used on sub-grades of areas that will be seeded or planted. Avoid creating ice hazards in freezing weather. I. Utilities: Maintain all utilities except those requiring removal or relocation. Keep utilities in service and protect from damage. Do not interrupt utilities serving used areas without first obtaining permission from the utility company and the Owner. Provide temporary services as required and review interim utility service plan with the Landscape Architect prior to interruption of service. 1.10 LOCATION OF UTILITIES A. The Contractor must verify the location of all utilities in the limit of work before starting work, including but not limited to gas, electric, telephone, storm drainage, sanitary drainage, fiber optic, telecommunication, cable, and water services. 1.11 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents and shall fully inform him/herself of existing conditions of the site before submitting his/ her bid and before starting work. The Contractor shall at once report to the Landscape Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions he/ she may discover. The Contractor shall be fully liable to the Owner for any damage resulting from such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for carrying out all site work required to fully and properly execute the work of the Contract, regardless of the conditions encountered in actual work. Plans, surveys, measurements and dimensions under which the work is performed are believed to be correct to the best of the Owner’s knowledge, but the Contractor shall have ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 311300 - 4 Selective Tree and Plant Material Removal and pruning examined them for him/herself during the bidding period, as no allowance will be made for any errors or inaccuracies that may be found therein. C. On all Project Drawings, figures take precedence over measurements by scale. The Landscape Architect shall decide on questions that may arise regarding the meaning and intent of the Project Drawings and Project Specifications. If any Project Drawings or figures that are necessary for a clear understanding of the Work are omitted, or if any error appears in either Project Drawings or Specifications, or if discrepancies are found between the Project Drawings and Project Specifications, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify the Landscape Architect of such omissions, errors or discrepancies, and in no case proceed in uncertainty. If any mistakes arise in consequence of such neglect on the part of the Contractor to notify the Landscape Architect, the Contractor must correct the work at his/ her own expense. D. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without the Contract Documents or, where required, Product Data, Samples, or other Submittals for such portion of the Work. No claim for extra compensation or extension of time will be allowed on account of actual conditions inconsistent with those assumed, except those conditions described in the GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.12 EXISTING UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall locate and mark underground utilities to remain in service before beginning work. Markings shall remain throughout the length of the project. B. Protect all existing utilities to remain during operations. In work on or around the utilities, follow all rules and regulations of the respective utility. Do not interrupt existing utilities except as authorized by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide not less than 72 hours written notice to Owner if shut down of utility service is required. C. Active utilities shall be adequately protected from damage and removed only as indicated on Drawings or as directed by the Landscape Architect. Where active utilities are encountered but not shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. The Contractor shall protect and maintain these utilities until written instructions are received from the Landscape Architect. D. Inactive and abandoned utilities and drains encountered in plant material removal operations shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately. 1.13 PROTECTION A. All local rules and regulations governing the works shall be observed by the Contractor in executing all work under this section. B. All work shall be executed in a manner to prevent any damage to existing buildings, streets, pavings, vegetation designated to remain, service utility lines, structures, existing improvements, adjoining property and existing improvements on adjoining property. Protect from damage all utilities that are to remain. C. Items to remain and existing improvements that are damaged shall be restored to their original condition that is acceptable to the Landscape Architect and parties having ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 311300 - 5 Selective Tree and Plant Material Removal and pruning jurisdiction. Restoration work shall be at no cost to the Owner and parties having jurisdiction. D. All work shall be executed using all precautions necessary to assure safety. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide all materials, equipment, and supplies as required to completely perform the work specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. 2.2 PROTECTION OF DRAINAGE A. Refer to SECTION 02 41 19 – SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all parts and conditions of the area under which SELECTIVE TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL REMOVAL AND PRUNING must be performed. Report in writing to the Contractor, with a copy to the Landscape Architect, any conditions which might adversely affect the installation. Do not proceed with the installation until defects have been corrected and conditions are satisfactory. 3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PLANT MATERIAL TO REMAIN A. Do not commence SELECTIVE TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL REMOVAL, SELECTIVE DEMOLITION or any other construction activity until tree and plant material protection fencing has been installed as specified in SECTION 01 56 39 – TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION. B. Refer to SECTION 01 56 39 – TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION for requirements of tree protection including but not limited to tree protection, fertilization, watering, compaction and replacement criteria. C. Temporary access, within tree protection areas, is permitted, to perform tree and plant material removal as described on the Drawings. All work within tree protection areas shall be performed by hand or with small equipment that will not damage or threaten damage to trees. All tree protection fencing shall be restored at the end of each day’s operation. 3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. The Contractor shall provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place and newly constructed improvements on Owner’s property. B. The Contractor shall protect existing improvements on adjoining properties from any damage. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 311300 - 6 Selective Tree and Plant Material Removal and pruning C. The Contractor shall restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to the Landscape Architect and other parties having jurisdiction, at no cost to the Owner or parties having jurisdiction. 3.4 SELECTIVE TREE PRUNNG A. Prune existing trees to compensate for root loss or damage anticipated or caused by construction activities, whether or not those activities were required to complete the work of this contract. Confer with Landscape Architect prior to start of construction to determine if pruning of any existing trees is necessary. Do not prune vegetation without the written approval of the Landscape Architect. If the Landscape Architect deems pruning necessary, it shall be done in a manner compliant with the American Association of Nurserymen Horticultural Standards, to preserve the natural character of the plant. Remove broken or badly bruised branches with a clean saw cut. All pruning shall be done by skilled, certified arborists in accordance with best horticultural practice, appropriate to the type of plant and to its special or individual requirements. Pruning work that is performed to compensate for root loss or damaged branches, that is not necessary to complete the work of this contract, shall not indemnify the Contractor to take other specified measures to correct and/or compensate the owner for the injury or death of plants. B. The Contractor shall repair in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect, trees and vegetation indicated to remain, that is damaged by construction operations. 1. The Landscape Architect shall select a qualified Arborist to inspect the damaged trees and to make a determination on damage, sustainability, and remediation procedures. 2. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the Arborist’s recommendations. 3. The total cost of tree repair, including the cost of the Arborist, shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.5 TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL A. Remove and dispose of all trees and plants indicated on the Drawings. Remove stumps and entire root system completely by grinding and/or digging, in areas indicated to be improved to the limits listed below. Lawn Areas: 2’-0” minimum below grade Shrub Beds: 3’-0” minimum below grade Trees: 4’-0” minimum below grade Paving: 3’-0” minimum below grade B. The Contractor may encounter tree stumps buried below grade. These stumps shall be removed to the limits listed in Paragraph B, above. C. All depressions resulting from demolition and removal, if not subject to further earthwork and construction, shall be filled with soil in layers 5” thick compacted to a density equal to adjacent grade to a depth within 6” of finish grade. Planting soils shall be placed up to finish grade. 3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 311300 - 7 Selective Tree and Plant Material Removal and pruning A. patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by tree and plant material removal and soil stockpiling operations. B. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. C. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. D. Patch and repair surfaces in the new areas where demolished surfaces extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. 1. Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface. 2. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 3. Inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation, where feasible. 4. Also refer to SECTION 01 73 29 – CUTTING AND PATCHING. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL A. Burning will not be permitted on the Owner’s property. B. The Contractor shall remove waste materials, unsuitable and excess materials from the Owner’s property and legally dispose of off-site. C. The Contractor shall submit the dumpsite owner’s name and location of dumpsite to the Owner for approval prior to waste removal from project site. 3.8 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor shall completely remove all signs of stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction. Disturbed areas shall be graded and filled with approved soil to a depth of 5” lower than the original contour or new contour as shown on the Drawings. The top layer of soil over the entire area shall be loam 6” thick. The entire area shall be seeded with a lawn seed mix approved by the Landscape Architect. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312216-1 Fine Grading SECTION 312216 FINE GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, services and transportation to complete work. 1. Fine Grading. 1.03 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 1. SECTION 01 56 39 – TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION 2. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 4. SECTION 32 91 15 – PLANTING SOILS 5. SECTION 32 90 00 – PLANTING 6. SECTION 32 92 00 – SEEDED LAWN 1.04 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, Department of Public Works, latest edition, Boston, Massachusetts. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Contractor shall have minimum five years experience in fine grading. B. Pre-Installation Conference: Convene a meeting with the Designer present prior to start of fine grading. 1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: do not deliver, handle or place soils when dry, wet, or frozen. 1. Field Test a. Form soil in palm of hand, if soil retains shape and crumbles upon touching, soil may be worked. b. If the soil will not retain shape it is too dry and should not be worked. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312216-2 Fine Grading c. If the soil retains shape and will not crumble, it is too wet and should not be worked. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Fine Grading 1. Finish grade after soil preparation is accepted and prior to planting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLANTING SOILS A. Conform to the requirements of Section 329113 – Planting Soils. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Fine Grading: Grading Tractor or other approved equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: in the event field conditions are not in conformance with the Contact Documents, notify Designer in writing. 1. Spot and Invert Elevations: verify field elevations of site improvements such as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, curbs, and subsurface piping conforms to Drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Prior to fine grading operations, field locate and protect from damage site improvements such as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, site furnishings, and curbs. 2. Dust Control: upon acceptance of soil preparation provide dust control. 3. Agricultural Chemicals: protect site improvements from contact with agricultural chemicals, soil amendments, and fertilizers. 4. Protect benchmarks. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312216-3 Fine Grading 3.03 FINISH GRADING A. Subgrade: top of subgrade to be parallel to finish grade and of uniform depth with the finish grade. B. Positive Drainage: provide free and uninterrupted flow of surface waters without erosion. C. Gradients: finish grade between spot elevations and between contours shall be constant. Eliminate mounds and depressions. D. Slope: finish grade shall be smooth with gradual transitions between top and tow of slopes. E. Tolerances: +0.05' to -0.05' of grades shown on the drawings. F. Contours: follow contours shown on drawings to shape and trim the soil surface. G. Maintain levels, profiles, and contours of rough grades. H. Removal: clear stones, roots, weeds, and debris while grading landscape soil materials. Rake surface clean of stones 1" or larger and debris. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify Designer upon completion of fine grading. Designer shall review the work for conformance to Contract Documents and if the work is approved, subsequent lawn and planting work shall proceed. B. Soil compaction at moisture content near field capacity based on measurements with a CL 700 pocket penetrometer shall not exceed 2.5 tons per square foot. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and damaged areas. B. Where completed areas are disturbed by construction operations or adverse weather, and regrade. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312216-4 Fine Grading 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean up debris generated under work of this section. B. Site Improvements 1. Wash and sweep clean site improvements such a as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, existing plantings, and site furnishings. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect work of this section until Final Acceptance. B. Protect prepared soils from compaction by construction traffic and from contamination by construction materials. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-1 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering SECTION 312300 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, COMPACTION AND DEWATERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation, backfill and compaction for subsurface utilities 2. Excavation, backfill and compaction for contaminated soil excavation areas B. Related Sections 1. Section 015700 - Temporary Controls 2. Section 023000 - Subsurface Investigations 3. Section 310513 - Borrow Materials 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1557-07 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)) B. Federal Register 40 CFR Part 122, United State Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Administered Permit Programs (National Pollution Discharge Elimination System or NPDES), Storm Water Discharge C. ASTM D1556-07 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method D. ASTM D2487-06e1 - Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) E. ASTM D6938-08a - Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) F. 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - OSHA Excavation Regulations 1926.650 through 1926.652 including Appendices A through F G. 520 CMR 14.00 Excavation and Trench Safety H. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department “Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended I. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, latest edition 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Benching - A method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces between levels. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-2 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering B. Earth Retention Systems - Any structural system, such as sheeting and bracing or cofferdams, designed to retain in-situ soils in place and prevent the collapse of the sides of an excavation in order to protect employees and adjacent structures. C. Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth removal. D. Protective System - A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of adjacent structures. Protective systems include earth retention systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, and other systems that provide the necessary protection. E. Registered Professional Engineer - A person who is registered as a professional engineer in the state where the work is to be performed. However, a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a "registered professional engineer" within the meaning of this standard when approving designs for "manufactured protective systems" or "tabulated data" to be used in interstate commerce. F. Licensed Site Professional - A person who is registered by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to render Hazardous Waste Site Cleanup Activity Opinions. G. Shield System - A structure that is designed to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and thereby protects employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses. Additionally, shields can be either pre-manufactured or job-built in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.652(c)(3) or Shields used in trenches are usually referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields." H. Sloping - A method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with differences in such factors as the soil type, environmental conditions of exposure, and application of surcharge loads. I. Temporary Dewatering System – A system to lower and control water to maintain stable, undisturbed subgrades at the lowest excavation levels. Dewatering shall be provided for all pipelines, structures and for all other miscellaneous excavations. J. Trench - A narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground, of at least three feet in depth. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Performance data for the compaction equipment to be utilized. B. Construction methods that will be utilized for the removal of rock C. Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D1557) results and soil classification (ASTM D2487) for all proposed backfill materials at the frequency specified below: 1. For suitable soil materials removed during Excavation, perform one test for every 1,000 cubic yards of similar soil type. Similarity of soil types will be as determined by the Engineer. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-3 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 2. For borrow materials; perform tests at frequency specified in Section 310513, Borrow Materials. D. Compaction test results (i.e. ASTM D6938 or ASTM D1556) at a frequency of one test for every 200 cubic yards of material backfilled or at a minimum of one test per lift. The Engineer will determine the locations and lifts to be tested. The Contractor shall plan his operations to allow adequate time for laboratory tests and to permit taking of field density tests during compaction. 1. Methods and equipment proposed for compaction shall be subject to prior review by the Engineer. Compaction generally shall be done with vibrating equipment. Static rolling without vibration may be required by the Engineer on sensitive soils that become unstable under vibration. Displacement of, or damage to existing utilities or structure shall be avoided. Any utility or structure damaged thereby shall be replaced or repaired as directed by the Engineer. 2. Additional compaction testing may be required when there is evidence of a change in the quality of moisture control or the effectiveness of compaction. a. Any costs associated with correcting and retesting as a result of a failure to meet compaction requirements shall be borne by the Contractor. 3. If all compaction test results within the initial 25% of the total anticipated number of tests indicate compacted field densities equal to or greater than the project requirements, the Engineer may reduce frequency of compaction testing. In no case will the frequency be reduced to less than one test for every 500 cubic yards of material backfilled. 4. The Contractor is cautioned that compaction testing by nuclear methods may not be effective where trenches are so narrow that trench walls impact the attenuation of the gamma radiation, when adjacent to concrete that impacts the accuracy of determining moisture content, or where oversize particles (i.e. large cobbles or coarse gravels) are present. In these cases, other field density testing methods may be required. 1.5 Dewatering plan for the excavation locations, as warranted. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Excavation, Trenching, and related Earth Retention Systems shall comply with the requirements of OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart 520 CMR 14.00, and other State and local requirements. Where conflict between OSHA and State regulations exists, the more stringent requirements shall apply. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Notify Dig Safe and obtain Dig Safe identification numbers. B. Notify utility owners in reasonable advance of the work and request the utility owner to stake out on the ground surface the underground facilities and structures. Notify the Engineer in writing of any refusal or failure to stake out such underground utilities after reasonable notice. C. Make explorations and Excavations to determine the location of existing underground structures, pipes, house connection services, and other underground facilities in accordance with Paragraph 3.2.D of this Section. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-4 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering D. In accordance with 520 CMR 14.00, no person shall, except in an emergency, make an excavation in any public way, public property, or privately owned land until a permit is obtained from the appropriate designated permitting authority. For this project, the permit should be obtained from the City Engineer’s office. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FILTER FABRIC A. Filter fabric siltation fencing shall be a woven filter fabric having a weight of at least 2.5 ounces per square yard, a thickness of at least 17 mils, a coefficient of permeability of not less than 0.0009 centimeters per second and allows a water flow rate of a minimum 40 gallons per minute per square yard. The material shall have a high sediment filtration capacity, high slurry flow and minimum clogging characteristics. The material shall be equal to FW-300 as manufactured by Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte, North Carolina; Amoco 2130 by Nilex, Inc., Centennial, CO; MISF 180 by Mutual Industries, PA; or equal. 2.2 WARNING BARRIER A. For the Contaminated Soil Consolidation areas, as shown on Drawings, 1. The warning barrier filter fabric material placed on top of the Contaminated Soil, prior to placing and compacting the minimum 2 feet of cover material as shown on Drawings, shall be Mirafi® RS380i or equal, to be approved by Engineer. 2.3 SOIL MATERIALS A. Fill material is subject to the approval of the Engineer and may be either material removed from excavations or borrow from off site. Fill material, whether from the excavations or from borrow, shall be of such nature that after it has been placed and properly compacted, it will make a dense, stable fill. B. Satisfactory fill materials shall include materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, GM, GP-GM, GW-GM, GC, GP-GC, SW, and SP. Additional requirements are included in Section 310513. C. Satisfactory fill materials shall not contain trash, refuse, vegetation, masses of roots, individual roots more than 18 inches long or more than 1/2 inch in diameter, or stones over 6 inches in diameter. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, organic matter shall not exceed minor quantities and shall be well distributed. D. Satisfactory fill materials shall not contain frozen materials nor shall backfill be placed on frozen material. E. Excavated surface and/or pavement materials such as gravel or trap rock that are salvaged may be used as a sub-grade material, if processed to the required gradation and compacted to the required degree of compaction. In no case shall salvaged materials be substituted for the required gravel base. 2.4 DEWATERING MATERIALS – TO BE USED ONLY FOR FIRE HYDRANT REPLACEMENT, AS NEEDED A. Provide haybales and silt fence in accordance with Section 015700. B. Provide silt filter bags (Dandy Dewatering Bag, Dirtbag, JMP Environ-Protection Filter Bag, or equal) of adequate size to match flow rate. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-5 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Public Safety and Convenience 1. Adhere to the requirements of 520 CMR 14.00 for all excavation work. 2. Take precautions for preventing injuries to persons or damage to property in or about the Work. 3. Provide safe access for the Owner and Engineer at site during construction. 4. Do not obstruct site drainage, natural watercourses or other provisions made for drainage. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION A. Earth Retention Systems (as needed) 1. Provide Earth Retention Systems necessary for safety of personnel and protection of the Work, adjacent work, utilities and structures. 2. Maintain Earth Retention Systems for the duration of the Work. 3. Sheeting a. Systems shall be constructed using interlocking corner pieces at the four corners. Running sheet piles by at the corners, in lieu of fabricated corner pieces, will not be allowed. b. Drive sheeting ahead of and below the advancing excavation to avoid loss of materials from below and from in front of the sheeting. c. Sheeting is to be driven to at least the depth specified by the designer of the earth retention system, but no less than 2 feet below the bottom of the Excavation. 4. Remove earth retention system, unless designated to be left in place, in a manner that will not endanger the construction or other structures. Backfill and properly compact all voids left or caused by the withdrawal of sheeting. a. Remove earth retention systems, which have been designated by the Engineer to be left in place, to a depth of 3 feet below the established grade. B. Excavation 1. Perform excavation to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings. Backfill unauthorized over-excavation in accordance with the provisions of this Section, at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Excavate with equipment selected to prevent damage to existing utilities or other facilities. Hand excavate as necessary to locate utilities or avoid damage. 3. Sawcut the existing pavement in the vicinity of the excavation prior to the start of excavation in paved areas, so as to prevent damage to the paving outside the requirements of construction. The sawcut shall be neat in appearance with no ragged lines; trim pavement as necessary. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-6 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 4. Perform excavation in such a manner as to prevent disturbance of the final subgrade. The Engineer or Owner may require the final six inches of excavation be performed by hand, with the use of a smooth-faced bucket, or other means acceptable to the Engineer or Owner, at no additional cost if subgrade disturbance is considered excessive as judged by the Engineer or Owner. 5. During excavation, material satisfactory for backfill shall be stockpiled in an orderly manner at a distance from the sides of the excavation equal to at least one half the depth of the excavation, but in no case closer than 2 feet. a. Excavated material not required or not suitable for backfill shall be removed from the site and disposed of in accordance with local, State and Federal laws and regulations. b. Perform grading to prevent surface water from flowing into the excavation. c. Pile excavated material in a manner that will endanger neither the safety of personnel in the excavation nor the Work itself. Avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. d. Hydrants under pressure, valve pit covers, valve boxes, manholes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the Work is completed. 6. Grade or create berms or swales to direct surface water from excavations to appropriate structures designed to accommodate storm water. If no structures exist, direct water to areas that minimize impacts to adjacent structures and properties. 7. Make pipe trenches as narrow as practicable and keep the sides of the trenches undisturbed until backfilling has been completed. Provide a clear distance of 12 inches on each side of the pipe. 8. Perform the excavation in such a manner as to prevent disturbance of the final subgrade. If excessive subgrade disturbance is occurring, as judged by the Owner or Engineer, then the final 6 inches of the excavation shall be performed by hand, with the use of a smooth-faced bucket, or other means acceptable to the Engineer or Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. a. Grade the excavation bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for the bottom quadrant of each section of pipe. b. Excavate bell holes at each joint to prevent point bearing. c. Remove stones greater than 6 inches in any dimension from the bottom of the trench to prevent point bearing. C. Backfill and Compaction 1. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, use satisfactory material removed during excavation for backfilling trenches. The Engineer may require stockpiling, drying, blending and reuse of materials from sources on the Project. 2. Spread and compact the material after it has been deposited. When, in the Engineer’s judgment, equipment is inadequate to spread and compact the ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-7 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering material properly, reduce the rate of placing of the fill or employ additional equipment. 3. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, backfilling and compaction methods shall attain 95% of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined in accordance with ASTM D1557. 4. Do not place stone or rock fragment larger than six inches in greatest dimension in the backfill. 5. Maximum loose lift height for backfilling existing or borrow material shall be 12 inches, unless satisfactory compaction is demonstrated otherwise to the Engineer through field-testing. In no case shall loose lift height for backfilling exceed 3 feet. 6. Do not drop large masses of backfill material into the trench endangering the pipe or adjacent utilities. 7. Install pipe in rock excavated trenches on a 3/4” crushed stone bedding with a minimum depth of 6 inches. Shape the stone bedding at the pipe bells to provide uniform support. Encase the pipe in the 3/4” crushed stone bedding to a grade 6 inches over the top of the pipe and the full width of the trench. 8. Backfill from the bottom of the trench to the centerline of the pipe with the specified material. This initial backfill is to be placed in layers of no more than 6 inches and thoroughly tamped under and around the pipe. This initial backfilling shall be deposited in the trench for its full width on both sides of the pipe, fittings and appurtenances simultaneously. 9. Electrical conduit not encased in concrete, shall be backfilled with sand borrow conforming to the requirements of Section 310513. The backfill shall be placed in the trench for its full width and shall extend to 12 inches over the conduit. 10. Where excavation is made through permanent pavements, curbs, paved driveways, or paved sidewalks, or where such structures are undercut by the excavation, place the entire backfill to sub-grade with granular materials and compact in 6 inch layers, unless satisfactory compaction is demonstrated otherwise to the Engineer through field-testing. Use approved mechanical tampers for the full depth of the trench. If required, sprinkle the backfill material with water before tamping so as to improve compaction. Any trenches improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required to correct the problem, and shall then be refilled and properly compacted with the surface restored to required grade at no additional expense. 11. The Contractor shall not place backfill against or on structures until they have attained sufficient to support the loads to which they will be subjected, without distortion, cracking, or other damage. As soon as possible after the structures are adequate, they shall be backfilled with suitable backfill material. 12. Place and compact backfill around manholes, vaults, pumping stations, gate boxes or other structures in six inch layers unless satisfactory compaction is demonstrated otherwise to the Engineer through field-testing, from a point one foot over the pipe. Exercise care to protect and prevent damage to the structures. D. Test Pit Excavation ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-8 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 1. General requirements of test pits are specified in Section 023000. E. Dewatering 1. Dewatering is only to be done for work related to the fire hydrant replacement on the corner of Mansell Street and Looney Avenue, as necessary. Dewatering is not anticipated for the other work on the park property. 2. Obtain the following construction dewatering permits, as required: a. US EPA Dewatering General Permit 3. Provide, operate and maintain adequate pumping, diversion and drainage facilities in accordance with the approved dewatering plan to maintain the excavated area sufficiently dry from groundwater and/or surface runoff so as not to adversely affect construction procedures nor cause excessive disturbance of underlying natural ground. Locate dewatering system components so that they do not interfere with construction under this or other contracts. 4. Conduct operations so as to prevent at all times the accumulation of water, ice and snow in excavations or in the vicinity of excavated areas so as to prevent water from interfering with the progress or quality of the work. 5. Take actions necessary to ensure that dewatering discharges comply with permits applicable to the Project. Dispose of water from the trenches and excavations in such a manner as to avoid public nuisance, injury to public health or the environment, damage to public or private property, or damage to the work completed or in progress. 6. Repair any damage resulting from the failure of the dewatering operations and any damage resulting from the failure to maintain all the areas of work in a suitable dry condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. 7. Exercise care to ensure that water does not collect in the bell or collar holes to sufficient depth to wet the bell or collar of pipes waiting to be jointed. 8. Take precautions to protect new work from flooding during storms or from other causes. Control the grading in the areas surrounding all excavations so that the surface of the ground will be properly sloped to prevent water from running into the excavated area. Where required, provide temporary ditches for drainage. Upon completion of the work, all areas shall be restored to original condition. 9. Brace or otherwise protect pipelines and structures not stable against uplift during construction. 10. Do not excavate until the dewatering system is operational and the excavation may proceed without disturbance to the final subgrade. 11. Unless otherwise specified, continue dewatering uninterrupted until the structures, pipes, and appurtenances to be installed have been completed such that they will not float or be otherwise damaged by an increase in groundwater elevation. 12. Temporarily lower the groundwater level at least two feet below excavations to limit potential “boils”, loss of fines, or softening of the ground. If any of these conditions are observed, submit a modified dewatering plan to the Engineer ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-9 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering within 48 hours. Implement the approved modified plan and repair any damage incurred at no additional cost to the Owner. 13. When subgrades are soft, weak, or unstable due to improper dewatering techniques, remove and replace the materials in accordance with Section 310513 at no additional cost to the Owner. 14. Notify the Engineer immediately if any settlement or movement is detected of survey points adjacent to excavations being dewatered. If settlement is deemed by the Engineer to be related to the dewatering, submit a modified dewatering plan to the Engineer within 24 hours. Implement the approved modified plan and repair any damage incurred to the adjacent structure at no additional cost to the Owner. 15. Dewatering discharge: a. Install sand and gravel, or crushed stone, filters in conjunction with sumps, well points, and/or deep wells to prevent the migration of fines from the existing soil during the dewatering operation. b. Transport pumped or drained water without interference to other work, damage to pavement, other surfaces, or property. Pump water through a silt filter bag or other approved sedimentation device prior to discharge to grade of drainage system. c. Do not discharge water into any sanitary sewer system. d. Provide separately controllable pumping lines. e. The Engineer reserves the right to sample discharge water at any time. 16. Install erosion/sedimentation controls for velocity dissipation at point discharges onto non-paved surfaces. 17. Removal a. Do not remove dewatering system without written approval from the Engineer. b. Backfill and compact sumps or ditches with screened gravel or crushed stone in accordance with Section 310513. c. Remove well points and deep wells. Backfill abandoned well holes with cement grout having a water cement ratio of 1 to 1 by volume. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protection of Existing Structures 1. All existing foundations, conduits, wall, pipes, wires, poles, fences, property line markers and other items which the Engineer decides must be preserved in place without being temporarily or permanently relocated, shall be carefully supported and protected from damage by the Contractor. Should such items be damaged, they shall be restored by the Contractor to at least as good condition as that in which they were found immediately before the Work began. B. Accommodation of Traffic ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 312300-10 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 1. Streets and drives shall not be unnecessarily obstructed. The Contractor shall take such measures at his own expense to keep the street or road open and safe for two-way traffic unless otherwise indicated. 2. Construct and maintain such adequate and proper bridges over excavations as may be necessary or as directed for the safe accommodation of pedestrians and vehicles. Provide substantial barricades at crossings of trenches, or along the trench to protect the traveling public. 3. Where deemed necessary, such additional passageways as may be directed shall be maintained free of such obstructions. All material piles, open excavations, equipment, and pipe which may serve as obstructions to traffic shall be protected by proper lights, signage, or guards as necessary. 4. All traffic controls shall be in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, latest edition. C. Erosion and Sedimentation Control 1. Take all necessary steps to prevent soil erosion. 2. Plan the sequence of construction so that only the smallest practical area of land is exposed at any one time during construction. 3. Temporary vegetation and/or mulching shall be used to protect critical areas exposed during construction as judged by the Engineer. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-1 Bituminous Concrete Pavement SECTION 321200 HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) PAVEMENT (for Fire Hydrant Replacement) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Hot mix Asphalt (HMA) paving 2. Temporary HMA pavement trench repair in roadways and sidewalks 3. Permanent HMA Trench Repair 4. Permanent HMA Sidewalk Repair B. For the purposes of this Section, Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) and bituminous concrete have the same meaning. C. Related Requirements 1. Section 312300 - Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 1.2 REFERENCES A. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges," 1988 Edition as amended B. ASTM D2041 - Standard Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures C. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1990 Edition, as amended D. AASHTO M 320 E. AASHTO T 96 – L.A. Abrasion Test F. AASHTO T 195 (Ross Count) G. TAI - (The Asphalt Institute) - MS-3 Asphalt Plant Manual H. TAI - (The Asphalt Institute) - MS-8 Asphalt Paving Manual 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Job mix formula for each mix specified under this Section. B. Product data sheets for all additives proposed in the mix design. C. Certificate indicating the mixes specified meet or exceed the requirements specified herein. D. Certificate indicating the mix plant conforms to TAI Manual MS-3, Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-2 Bituminous Concrete Pavement E. Equipment Data Sheets for all equipment proposed for use placing the Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA). F. A contract specific Quality Control Plan (QCP). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with TAI Manual MS-8., Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended. B. Mixing Plant: Conform to TAI Manual MS-8., Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended. C. Obtain materials from same source throughout. D. Prior to placing permanent HMA, hold a pre-paving meeting on the Site. All parties directly involved in the preparation and placement of permanent HMA on the Project shall attend, including but not limited to the paving subcontractor(s) project manager(s), QC representative, crew foreman, General Contractor’s Superintendent, and the Engineer. E. Material samples shall be taken at the plant for every 500 tons or daily, whichever is more frequent, and analyzed for asphalt content and theoretical maximum density. Test results from the design mix material will not be accepted. F. Schedule crews and equipment to perform rolling operations in accordance with the heat flow model outlined in the latest version of the paving software “PaveCool,” developed by University of Minnesota and weather data input into the software. Weather data shall be gathered approximately 12 hours prior to paving operations, using the website, www.weather.com, for forecasted conditions for the time of paving. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General 1. Bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of these Specifications. 2. Bitumen delivered to the Project or to a mix plant must be accompanied by a proper certificate signed by the producer’s authorized representative. Shipments of material not accompanied by a certificate will not be accepted for use in the Work. B. Hot Mix Asphalt Paving shall be Class I, Type I-1, as specified in Sections 460 and M3.11.0 of the above referenced Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges," 1988 edition, as amended. C. Hot Mix Asphalt 1. These mixtures shall be composed of mineral aggregate, mineral filler (if required), bituminous material, and reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP). The use of RAP shall be at the Contractor’s option unless otherwise provided by the special provisions of the contract. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-3 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 2. Plants producing recycled mix shall be equipped so that they can properly proportion, blend and mix all components of a recycled mixture so that the end product is in conformance with the designated job-mix formula. 3. The mineral aggregate, filler (if required), bituminous material, asphalt modifier (if required) and RAP shall be proportioned and mixed to conform with the designated mixture as tabulated in Table A hereafter. 4. In order to obtain standard texture, density and stability, provide a specific Job- Mix Formula for the particular uniform combination of materials and sources of supply to be used on the Project. The Job-Mix Formula for each mixture shall establish a single percentage of aggregate passing each required sieve size, a single percentage of bituminous material to be added to the aggregate and for batch plants, the number of seconds for dry mixing time and the number of seconds for wet mixing time. AASHTO T 195 (Ross Count) with a coating factor of 98% will be used when necessary to evaluate proper mixing time. The Job- Mix Formula shall also specify a single source or uniform blend of particular sources for fine aggregate, a single source for each nominal size of coarse aggregate, a single source of supply for minor filler and sources for asphalt. The Job-Mix Formula shall bind the Contractor to furnish paving mixtures not only within the master ranges, but also conforming to the exact formula thus set up for the Project, within allowable tolerances as follows: No. 4 and larger sieve ±7.0% No. 8 and smaller sieves, except No. 200 ±4.0% Passing No. 200 sieve ±2.0% Asphalt ±0.4% ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-4 Bituminous Concrete Pavement TABLE A PERCENT BY MASS PASSING SIEVE DESIGNATION Standard Sieves HMA Base Course HMA Binder Course HMA Dense Binder Course HMA Top Course HMA Modified Top Course HMA 3/8” Modified Top Course HMA Dense Mix HMA Surf. Treat. 2 in. 100 1 in. 57-87 100 100 100 100 3/4 in. 80-100 80-100 95-100 100 5/8 in. 100 1/2 in. 40-65 55-75 65-80 95-100 79-100 95-100 100 3/8 in. 80-100 68-88 68-88 80-100 100 No. 4 20-45 28-50 48-65 50-76 48-68 48-68 55-80 80-100 No. 8 15-33 20-38 37-49 37-49 33-46 33-53 48-59 64-85 No. 16 26-40 20-40 20-40 36-49 46-68 No. 30 8-17 8-22 17-30 17-29 14-30 14-30 24-38 26-50 No. 50 4-12 5-15 10-22 10-21 9-21 9-21 14-27 13-31 No. 100* 5-16 6-16 6-16 6-18 7-17 No. 200 0-4 0-5 0-6 2-7 2-6 2-6 4-8 3-8 Bitumen 4-5 4.5-5.5 5-6 5.6-7.0 5.1-6 5-6 7-8 7-8 *Percentages shown in table above for aggregate sizes are stated as proportional percentages of total aggregate for the mix. Unless authorized by the Engineer, no Job-Mix Formula will be approved which specifies: Less than 6% binder for HMA Top Course Less than 5.5% binder for HMA 3/8” Modified Top Course and HMA Modified Top Course for mixes containing RAP. Should a change of sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula shall be established by the Contractor before the new material is used. When unsatisfactory results or other conditions make it necessary, the Engineer may establish a new Job-Mix Formula. The aggregate will be accepted in stockpile at the plant site. The bituminous material will be accepted on certification. If the Contractor elects to furnish HMA from more than one plant, the job mix formula must be adhered to by all plants. 5. The use of RAP will be permitted at the option of the Contractor and provided that the end product is in conformance with the designated Job-Mix Formula. The proportion of RAP to virgin aggregate shall be limited to a maximum of 40% for drum mix plants and 20% for modified batch plants. The maximum amount of RAP for surface courses shall be 10%. 6. Two or more Job-Mix Formulas may be approved for a particular plant; however, only material conforming to one Job-Mix Formula will be permitted to be used on any given calendar day. The Job-Mix Formula shall bind the Contractor to furnish paving mixtures not only within the master ranges, but also conforming to the exact formula thus set up for the Project. 7. Coarse Aggregate a. The coarse mineral aggregate shall be clean, crushed rock consisting of the angular fragments obtained by breaking and crushing shattered natural rock, free from a detrimental quantity of thin or elongated pieces, free from dirt or other objectionable materials, and shall have a percentage of wear, as determined by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test (AASHTO T 96), of not more than 30. It shall be surface dry and shall have a moisture content of not more than 0.5% after drying. The use of crushed gravel stone will not be permitted. 8. Fine Aggregate ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-5 Bituminous Concrete Pavement a. The fine aggregate shall consist of one of the following: 1) 100% Natural Sand 2) 100% Stone Sand 3) A blend of sand and stone screenings the proportions of which shall be approved by the Engineer 4) A blend of natural sand and stone sand b. Natural sand shall consist of inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard, durable rock, free from topsoil or clay, surface coatings, organic matter or other deleterious materials. When the primary source of material, passing the No. 200 sieve, is obtained from natural sand, these fines must be approved prior to use. c. Stone sand shall be a processed material prepared from stone screenings to produce a consistently graded material conforming to specification requirements. d. The stone screenings shall be the product of a secondary crusher and shall be free from dirt, clay, organic matter, excess fines or other deleterious material. e. The fine aggregate as delivered to the mixer shall meet the following requirements: Percent Passing Sieve Designation Minimum Maximum 3/8 in. 95 100 No. 8 70 95 No. 50 20 40 No. 200 2 16 f. In the fine aggregate sieve analysis (passing No. the amount between two successive sieves (No. 16, No. 30, No. 50 and No. 100) shall not exceed 33% of the fine aggregate total. g. Plants that experience a large variation in the quality and gradation of their primary fine aggregate sources and have difficulty in consistently providing fine aggregate that conforms to the requirements of this specification, shall be equipped with an approved fine aggregate system for processing fine aggregate that will meet the requirements of this specification. D. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 1. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) shall consist of the material obtained from highways or streets by crushing, milling or planing existing pavements. This material shall be transported to the mix plant yard and processed through an approved crusher so that the resulting material will contain no particles larger than 1½ inches. The material shall be stockpiled on a free draining base and kept separate from the other aggregates. The material contained in the stockpiles shall have a reasonably uniform gradation from fine to coarse and shall not be contaminated by foreign materials. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-6 Bituminous Concrete Pavement E. Mineral Filler 1. Mineral filler shall consist of approved Portland Cement, limestone dust, hydrated lime, stone float or stone dust. Stone dust shall be produced from crushed ledge stone and shall be the product of a secondary crusher so processed as to deliver a product of uniform grading. Mineral filler shall completely pass a No. 50 sieve and at least 65% shall pass a No. 200 sieve. F. Bituminous Materials 1. The asphalt cement for the mixture shall be the grade designated by the Engineer and shall conform to the requirements of M3.01.01. When required an approved anti-stripping additive conforming to M3.10.0 shall be added to the asphalt cement. 2. Tack coat shall consist of either emulsified asphalt, Grade RS-1 conforming to Section M3.03.0. 3. For any bituminous mixture containing RAP, submit in addition to the Job-Mix Formula, the amount and type of asphalt modifier to be added to the mixture to restore the asphalt properties of the RAP to a level that is reasonably consistent with the requirements of current specifications for new asphalt. The restored asphalt when recovered by the Abson Method from the recycled mixture shall have a minimum penetration at 77 degrees Fahrenheit of 50 and a maximum absolute viscosity at 140 degrees Fahrenheit of 800 pascal seconds. 4. Only Performance Graded Asphalt Binder grades PG 64-28 or PG 52-34 will be used as modifiers and shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 320. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PAVING – GENERAL A. Maintain pavement under this Contract during the guarantee period of one year and (within 3 days of notice given by the Engineer) refill and repave areas which have settled or are otherwise unsatisfactory for traffic. B. All pavement thicknesses referred to herein are compacted thicknesses. Place sufficient mix to ensure that the specified thickness of pavement results. C. Paving operations shall be conducted so that there is no physical or thermal segregation of the hot mix asphalt material during transport or placement of the mix. Should segregation be observed by the Engineer, suspend paving operations immediately. The Engineer may reject material, which appears to be defective based on observation. Such rejected material shall not be used in the Work and shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Existing drainage patterns shall not be altered by the new pavement construction unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Furnish and spread calcium chloride on disturbed surfaces to control dust conditions when necessary, or upon direction of the Engineer. F. No permanent mixtures shall be placed when the air temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit, or when the material on which the mixtures are to be placed contains frost or has a surface temperature that the Engineer considers too low. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-7 Bituminous Concrete Pavement G. When the air temperature falls below 50 degrees Fahrenheit, extra precautions shall be taken in drying the aggregates, controlling the temperatures of the materials and placing and compacting the mixtures. H. Pavement markings damaged during the course of the work shall be repaired. I. All pavement edges that have been damaged shall be sawcut again if necessary to re- establish a straight clean line between the existing pavement and trench patch. J. Tack Coats 1. Apply tack coat on the binder prior to placing the top course. The tack coat shall be RS-1 emulsion and shall be applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard on binder courses and streets to be overlaid. 2. Perform a test pass with tack truck. Test pass shall be used to determine how long the tack coat needs to cure prior to beginning paving operations and for operator to adjust spray bar and nozzles as necessary. Tack shall be uniformly sprayed; “streaking” will not be allowed. Placement of top course shall not occur until the tack coat cures or “breaks,” with color changing from brown to black. 3. The edges of the existing pavement where the joints are to be formed shall be thoroughly coated with tack coat to ensure adhesion between the two pavements. 4. The contact surfaces of curbs, castings, and other structures shall be painted with a tack coat prior to placement of paving. K. Place temporary HMA as soon as possible after the gravel base has been prepared, shaped and compacted for all streets, driveway and sidewalk repair. Temporary HMA shall be placed no later than the Friday following the work. L. Temporary Pavement Guarantee Period 1. No permanent paving shall proceed until a minimum of 90 days has elapsed since placement of any temporary pavement. M. Until such time as the final paving is performed, maintain all temporary HMA by filling any holes that may develop and by adding additional bituminous material to maintain the surface of the trench even with the adjacent pavement. N. No pavement used as temporary trench repair shall remain as part of a final or permanent repair. O. Top course mixes shall provide for 4% air voids in the finished product. The initial in- place voids shall not exceed 7.5%. Final in-place voids shall not be below 2.5%. Additional asphalt content shall not be added for the sole purpose of reducing the in- place voids. If the in-place voids are too high or the paving is expected to occur during cold weather, more compactive effort will be required to adjust the void content rather than increasing the asphalt content. P. Breakdown rolling shall not occur before the HMA has cooled to a temperature of 320 degrees Fahrenheit, and shall be completed before the HMA mat has cooled to a temperature of 275 degrees Fahrenheit. Intermediate rolling shall be completed prior to the HMA mat attaining a temperature of 200 degrees Fahrenheit. Finish rolling shall be completed prior to the HMA mat attaining a temperature of 150 degrees Fahrenheit. Roller and paver speeds shall be agreed upon with the Engineer prior to placing HMA to ensure mix temperature requirements will be met. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-8 Bituminous Concrete Pavement Q. Thermal segregation of the HMA shall be limited to a maximum of 20 degrees Fahrenheit. R. Cascading HMA material on the top of the finished mat with rakes or shovels will not be permitted. Coarse Aggregate dislodged as a result of unavoidable hand work shall be removed from the surface prior to rolling. S. Place and compact HMA materials by steel-wheeled rollers of sufficient weight to compact the HMA to 92.5% of the calculated Theoretical Maximum Density (TMD) in accordance with ASTM D2041. T. Along curbs, structures and all other places not accessible with a roller, the paving mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with tampers. Such tampers shall not weigh less than 25 pounds and shall have a tamping face no more than 50 square inches in size. The surface of the mixture after compaction shall be smooth and true to the established line and grade. U. No vehicular traffic shall be permitted on the newly completed pavement until adequate stability has been attained and the material has cooled to below 140 degrees Fahrenheit or sufficiently to prevent distortion or loss of fines. HMA delivery trucks (loaded or empty) shall not be permitted on the newly completed pavement until the asphalt has cooled to below 90 degrees Fahrenheit. If the climatic or other conditions warrant, the period of time before opening to traffic may be extended at the discretion of the Engineer. V. Following all paving, the area along the edge of all pavement shall be backed up with gravel, or loam and seed as required, so that it is flush with the adjacent paving. Whenever possible, the final surface of the backup material shall slope away from the surface edge for drainage runoff. W. Following all paving, clean all catch basins and remove and dispose of all debris. 3.2 TEMPORARY HMA TRENCH REPAIR IN ROADWAYS A. All manhole frames, catch basin frames and utility boxes are to be set to the grade of the trench patch until such time that permanent paving is performed. They shall then be adjusted as required by the type of permanent paving called for in this Section. Frames and utility boxes shall not be allowed to protrude above the surface of the trench patch. B. Prior to the excavation, sawcut the existing pavement in the vicinity of the work to prevent damage to the pavement outside of the specified paylines and/or the requirements of construction. Sawcut shall be straight and neat in appearance, any milled areas adjacent to the trench patch area shall have the edges sawcut. C. Immediately after completing the backfill, or in no event later than the end of the work day, place and compact a gravel subbase in 2 lifts of equal thickness. The gravel subbase shall be provided at a thickness that will result in a final thickness of 12-inches after permanent paving is performed. The Contractor will be allowed to backfill the remaining trenches to grade with gravel during the work week. D. All temporary pavement and structures shall be set to the existing roadway elevations. Care shall be taken to avoid the formation of puddles. E. A temporary HMA top course with a thickness as specified in the Drawings shall then be placed and compacted so that the upper surface shall provide the proper roadway cross-section. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-9 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 3.3 TEMPORARY HMA SIDEWALK TRENCH REPAIRS A. Sidewalk trench repairs and preparation 1. Prior to the start of trench excavation, sawcut the existing pavement or concrete in the vicinity of the trench to prevent damage to the paving outside of the specified paylines and/or the requirements of construction. Sawcut shall be straight and neat in appearance. 2. Immediately after completing the backfill, or in no event later than the end of the work day, place and compact a gravel subbase in 2 lifts of equal thickness. The gravel subbase shall be provided at a thickness that will result in a final thickness of 12-inches after permanent paving is performed. The Contractor will be allowed to backfill the remaining trenches to grade with gravel during the work week. 3. A 2-inch thick temporary HMA top course shall then be placed and compacted so that the upper surface shall provide the proper cross-section for the sidewalk or driveway. 4. If there is no trench in a sidewalk but there is incidental construction related damage (cracks, peeling, etc.), saw cut and remove damaged pavement and complete repair in accordance with above. 3.4 PERMANENT HMA TRENCH REPAIR IN ROADS WITHOUT FULL-WIDTH OVERLAY A. Permanent trench repairs may only occur after a period of 90 days, or such other period as determined by the Engineer, has elapsed, or 24 hours after backfill using Controlled Density Fill as approved by the Engineer. B. At the time of permanent patching, remove any temporary HMA trench patch or gravel materials to a depth as specified in the Drawings below the adjacent grade. Then sawcut the existing pavement beyond the edges of the trench to expose one foot of undisturbed soils and remove pavement on either side of the trench. C. All manhole frames, catch basin frames and utility boxes are to be lowered prior to placement of the permanent patch. After placing the permanent patch, they shall be raised to the grade of the patch until such time as the top course is placed, unless the period of time between the placement of the patch and the placement of the top course is less than 2 weeks, in which case the frames may be raised to the grade of the top course. All excavated materials removed for raising of the frames and utility boxes are to be replaced with concrete. This ring of concrete shall be filled flush with the surrounding patch. D. An HMA binder of the required thickness as specified in the Drawings shall then be placed and compacted to the appropriate elevation to allow the top course to be placed flush with the existing pavement. E. Then place and compact HMA as shown on the Drawings, using a paving screed so that the upper surface is flush with the existing roadway after compaction. F. The final surface shall be properly graded and cambered to provide a smooth surface of proper cross-section and blended into all adjacent existing pavements. Any permanent pavement repair that in the opinion of the Engineer does not meet this requirement, or ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-10 Bituminous Concrete Pavement that will form puddles 1/16-inch deep or greater shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3.5 HMA SIDEWALK AND BASE COURSE A. Permanent repairs shall not be performed until a period of 90 days, or such other period as determined by the Engineer, has elapsed. B. Remove a sufficient depth of the temporary surfaces and gravel to provide for the thickness of surface specified. The gravel surface thus exposed shall be fine graded and thoroughly compacted using mechanical tampers. The edges of the existing surface that will abut the repair shall be trued up and cut to smooth and even lines at this time. Cutting shall be done with a saw. The existing paved surface shall be cut to firm ground that has not sloughed or sagged into or toward the excavation. C. Top mix shall then be placed in the thickness specified in the Drawings and compacted to a point below the surrounded area to allow the second course to be placed flush with the existing sidewalk. A second course of dense mix shall then be placed at the thickness specified in the Drawings to bring the repaired sidewalk surface to grade. D. Repair shall be neat in appearance and shall blend in with the existing adjoining pavement. 3.6 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide a written Quality Control Plan (QCP) for the Project. As a minimum, the QCP shall contain the following information: 1. QCP shall be contract specific, stating how the contractor proposes to control the materials, equipment, and construction operations including subcontractors and suppliers as well as production facilities and transportation modes to the Project for the HMA pavement operations. 2. The QCP shall be submitted no later than 15 days prior to commencing the paving operations. 3. The QCP shall contain the name, telephone number, duties, and employer of all quality control personnel necessary to implement the QCP. A Quality Control Technician (QCT) shall be required. The person(s) responsible for conducting quality control and inspection activities to implement the QCP. There may be more than one QCT on a project. 4. The Engineer may require the replacement of ineffective or unqualified equipment or Quality Control personnel. Construction operations may be required to stop until Quality Control corrective actions are taken. B. All roller operators shall use infrared pistol thermometers to measure the temperature of the mat during rolling operations. 3.7 ACCEPTANCE A. When placing permanent HMA, in-place density shall be evaluated by comparing the in- place density to the TMD. The TMD shall be determined using an actual sample of plant produced HMA for production placement according to ASTM D2041 - 03a Standard Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures. The TMD shall be calculated each day. The TMD calculated during the mix design will not be accepted. A nuclear density gauge may ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Parkway, Salem MA 321200-11 Bituminous Concrete Pavement be used for spot checking in-place density and developing roller patterns but acceptance testing will be solely based bulk density measurement of cores taken from the final in- place mat. B. One core sample is to be taken for every 9000 square yards, per lift, or at least one per street, per lift (whichever is greater), at a location randomly selected by the Engineer. Cores taken for the purpose of acceptance testing shall extend the full depth of the pavement structure. Cores shall be taken no sooner than the day following placement of the HMA. The core shall be allowed to air dry 24 hours prior to measuring density. Drying in an oven will not be permitted. Pavement at core locations shall be repaired with new HMA and made consistent with adjacent surfaces with infrared technology. C. Acceptance testing shall prove density of the HMA to be at least 92.5% of the TMD, not to exceed 97%. END OF SECTION \\tighebond.com\data\Data\Projects\S\S1758 City of Salem, MA\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Design Phase\Specification Sections\Division 2_hydrant_site civil\02740B.docx ---PAGE BREAK--- Mansell Field, Salem MA 32 12 16-1 Bituminous Concrete Paving Tighe&Bond 32 12 16 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Include GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS as part of this section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Perform all work required to complete the work of this Section, as indicated. Such work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Bituminous Concrete Paving for basketball court. 1.03 RELATED WORK 1. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. SECTION 12 93 00 – SITE FURNISHINGS 3. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 4. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 5. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 6. SECTION 32 13 13 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 7. SECTION 32 12 16 – BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 1.04 REFERENCES A. Work shall conform to codes and standards of the following: 1. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 2. MADOT. – Massachusetts Highway Department Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges. 3. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ---PAGE BREAK--- Mansell Field, Salem MA 32 12 16-2 Bituminous Concrete Paving Tighe&Bond A. Codes and standards: Perform site improvement work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. B. Qualifications of workers: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are trained in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. C. Layout and Grading: After staking and laying out the work, and before beginning final construction, obtain the Architect's/ Engineer's approval of layout and grades. Contractor shall make minor adjustments as determined by the Architect/Engineer. D. The Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inspect all subbases for unstable, unsuitable or improperly prepared areas. Do not begin work over unacceptable areas. Beginning work means the Contractor and his Subcontractors accept the subbase, previous work and conditions and shall be held responsible for any corrections required to properly implement the Construction Documents. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information: Provide manufacturer's data showing installation and limitations in use. Supply Certificates of Compliance for all materials required for fabrication and installation. Work includes but is not limited to the following items: 1. Bituminous Concrete - mix data. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: The Subcontractor shall verify site conditions to assure that the requirements for installation procedures conform to the following: 1. Paving shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit or when there is frost in the base or any other time when weather conditions are unsuitable for the type of material being placed. 2. After final rolling of bituminous pavement, no vehicular traffic of any kind shall be permitted until it has cooled and hardened for at least 24 hours. 3. Bituminous concrete shall not be placed when temperatures are below the standards set in the Mass. Specs. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 32 12 16-3 Bituminous Concrete Paving B. Site information: Data on indicated grades, utilities and other existing conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy. C. Existing utilities: Locate existing utilities in areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during installation of site improvements. D. Protection: The Contractor shall use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation. In the event of damage, make all repairs and replacements necessary to approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. All work shall be executed in such a manner as to prevent any damage to existing streets, curbs, paving to remain, existing plant materials, and adjoining properties. E. The Contractor shall remove all debris, construction equipment and scrap material from areas within the limit of work prior to inspection for acceptance. F. The Drawings indicate, in general, the alignment and finished grade elevations. The Landscape Architect, however, may make minor adjustments in grades and alignment as are found necessary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION OF GRAVEL BASE COURSE FOR ALL PAVED SURFACES. A. Gravel shall be as specified under Section 31 00 00, Earthwork. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect a sieve analysis by an independent recognized testing laboratory of the material he intends to utilize. No material shall be placed until approved by the Landscape Architect in writing. 2.02 ALL PAVED SURFACES A. Bituminous concrete for all paved surfaces shall be Class I, Type I-1 hot plant mix, conforming to the applicable sections of the Mass. Specs. and shall consist of two courses of bituminous concrete with a minimum finished pavement depth after rolling of three inches. 1. Binder course shall be two inches in thickness consisting of one lift Binder Course bituminous concrete. 2. Surface course shall be one inch thickness consisting of one course of Top Course bituminous concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 32 12 16-4 Bituminous Concrete Paving 3.01 CONSTRUCTION OF GRAVEL BASE COURSE FOR PAVED AREAS A. The gravel shall be spread in layers from self-spreading vehicles or with power graders of approved types, or by hand methods. Gravel shall be spread to obtain the required compacted measure of a min 95% as outlined in Section 31 00 00, Earthwork of this specification. Any specific area which after being rolled does not form a satisfactory, solid stable foundation, shall be removed, replaced and recompacted. 3.02 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT. A. Install bituminous concrete as per the Bituminous Concrete section of this specification. B. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt pavement course for smoothness, using a 10' straight edge. Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness: 1. Binder Course: 1/4" in 10'. 2. Surface Course: 1/8" in 10'. C. The Contractor shall check the final surface for depressions by applying water in the presence of the Landscape Architect or Engineer. Minor depressions (less than 1/8" in depth) need not be corrected, however, in cases where the variation in the surface course exceeds 1/8", the entire area affected shall be removed and replaced with new surface course at the expense of the Contractor. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-1 Portland Cement Concrete Paving SECTION 321313 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, services and transportation required to complete work. 1. Portland Cement Concrete Paving – Pedestrian 1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 1. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. SECTION 12 93 00 – SITE FURNISHINGS 3. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 4. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 5. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 6. SECTION 32 12 16 – BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, MassDOT Standard Specifications and Supplements, latest edition, Boston, Massachusetts. 2. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials. 3. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. 4. A.C.I. – American Concrete Institute. 5. A.D.A – Americans with Disabilities Act. 6. C.R.S.I. – Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: in accordance with Division 1 – General Requirements. B. Product Data: 1. Data for each concrete mix for each formulation of concrete proposed for use including: a. Mix identification designation (unique for each mix) b. Statement of intended use. c. Mix proportions, including all admixtures. d. Manufacturer’s data and/or certifications verifying conformance of all mix, materials, including admixtures with specified requirements. e. Wet and dry unit weights. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-2 Portland Cement Concrete Paving f. Entrained air content, ASTM C138. g. Design slump, ASTM C143. h. Required average strength qualifications data per ACI 301-3.9.1 and 3.9.2. Submit separate qualification for each production facility which will supply concrete to the project. 2. Technical data on materials and components. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all concrete admixtures and curing agents. C. Test Reports – Testing necessary to establish the concrete mixes shall be performed by and at the expense of the Contractor. Methods of Testing shall comply with the latest ASTM standards. Provide the following Test Reports: 1. Sieve Analysis of fine and coarse aggregates. 2. Concrete mix for each formulation of concrete proposed for use including constituent quantities per cubic yard, water: cement ratio, type and manufacturer of cement and either or below: a. Standard deviation data for each proposed concrete mix based on statistical records. b. Water: cement ratio curve for each proposed concrete mix based on laboratory tests. Give average cylinder strength results at 7 and 28 days for laboratory concrete mix designs. Provide results of 14 day tests if available. D. Certifications – Certify admixtures used in the same concrete mix are compatible with each other and the aggregates. E. Provide standard test cylinders to determine the compressive strength of the concrete as mixed for the work, made by the contractor in the presence of the Designer at the site. In addition to furnishing the concrete for the test specimens, the Contractor shall furnish approved cylindrical molds x 12”) and assist in sampling, fabricating, protecting and curing the specimens. Provide three compressive strength test cylinders and one slump test for every ten (10) cubic yards of concrete delivered to the site. The Contractor shall include the cost of test cylinders in his base bid. F. Test specimens shall conform to the requirements of Subsection M4.02.13 of the Standard Specifications. G. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions: Submit for: 1. Sealant 2. Joint Filler 3. Backer Rod 4. Fiber Reinforcing 1.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS A Where reference is made to one of the below standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1. AASHTO M140 – Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-3 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 2. AASHTO T22 – Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders. 3. AASHTO T23 – Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field. 4. AASHTO T97 – Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third Point Loading). 5. AASHTO T119 – Slump Test for Portland Cement Concrete. 6. AASHTO T141 – Sampling Fresh Concrete. 7. ASTM A82 – Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 8. ASTM A185 – Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM A497 – Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 10. ASTM A615 – Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 11. ASTM C31 – Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 12. ASTM C33 – Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 13. ASTM C94 – Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 14. ASTM C138 – Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete 15. ASTM C143 – Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 16. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 17. ASTM C173 – Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 18. ASTM C227 – Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement- Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method) 19. ASTM C231 – Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 20. ASTM C260 – Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 21. ASTM C309 – Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 22. ASTM C494 – Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 23. ASTM D1752 – Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber, Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 24. ASTM E303 – Slip Characteristic Test Results. 25. ACI 211.1 – Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 26. ACI 301 – Standard Specification for Structural Concrete. 27. ACI 305R – Hot Weather Concreting. 28. ACI 306R – Cold Weather Concreting. 29. ACI 315 – Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-4 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 30. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 31. ACI 347 – Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 32. ACI 604 – Recommended Practice for Winter Concreting. 33. ACI 605 – Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting. 34. ACI 614 – Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, and Placing Concrete. 35. CRSI MSP – Manual of Standard Practice 36. FS TT-C-800 – Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing Surfaces 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Subgrade and base preparation, including material, shall be of proper approved quality as specified under other sections of these Specifications. Report to the Designer in writing all unacceptable conditions. Start of work under this Section shall constitute acceptance of the subgrade and base conditions to which this work is to be applied. Any defects in work resulting from such conditions shall be corrected under this section at no additional expense to the Owner. B. Maintain base in satisfactory condition and properly drained until surface improvement is placed. C. If subsequent testing on hardened concrete by the Owner determines that the concrete does not meet the specification requirement, the Contractor shall replace any material or workmanship which is rejected and pay for the testing with no additional cost to the Owner. D. Concrete mixed or placed when the air temperature is below 40 degrees F for the previous 24 hours will be considered cold weather concrete and will require special treatment in accordance with SSHB M4.02.12 and ACI 306R. 1.8 HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY A. When installed, paving shall be handicap accessible and will comply with the Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 and the Americans with Disabilities Act, latest version. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work under this Section shall be performed by workmen experienced and familiar with required construction procedures and under full time supervision of a qualified foreman. 1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Store materials on raised platforms. Locate storage piles or stacks to avoid and be protected from traffic. Store materials under an approved roof or covered with waterproof tarpaulins, except when men are working and using materials. B. Handle, store, mix and apply setting materials in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 1.11 PROTECTION A. Protect paving surfaces from damage or defacement. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from staining, soiling and other damage. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-5 Portland Cement Concrete Paving PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Portland cement concrete materials and products: as specified in Section 033000 – Cast- in-place Concrete. 2.2 PORTLAND CEMENT MIXES A. Portland cement paving mixes: Design mix to be Class D, Type 11, 4,000 PSI according to the classification defined complying with requirements of Section 901 and M4 of Standard Specifications. 4,000 psi compressive strength at 28 days, 3/4 aggregate, 660 pounds per cubic yard cement content for course aggregate and 5% to 7% air-entrained with 2" to 4" maximum slump. B. Mix to be modified to be darkened by adding 1-1/2 to 2 lbs of lamp black per cubic yard at the plant. Mixes to have a consistent shade and coloration. C. Reinforcing to be added per manufacturer’s recommendations. D. Aggregates: 1. Fine aggregate shall be washed inert natural sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. 2. Coarse aggregate shall be a well-graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33, size 67. Limits of Deleterious Substances and Physical Property Requirement shall be as recommended for severe weathering regions. 3. The use of mineral additives or supplements such as Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag, Fly Ash, Silica Fume or Micro Silica is prohibited. 4. Certify that no alkali reactivity is produced with the proposed aggregate-cement combinations when tested in accordance with ASTM C227. 5. Fine and coarse aggregates shall comply with the applicable paragraphs contained in SSHB Section M4. E. Water shall be potable, clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. F. Concrete admixtures shall be free of chlorides and alkalis (except for those attributable to water). When it is required to use more than one admixture in a concrete mix, the admixtures shall be from the same manufacturer. Admixtures shall be compatible with the concrete mix including other admixtures. 1. Air entraining admixture shall comply with ASTM C260. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Water reducing admixture shall comply with ASTM C494, Type A. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 3. Admixtures causing retarding or accelerated setting of concrete shall not be used without written approval from the Designer. When allowed, the admixtures shall be retarding or accelerating water reducing admixtures. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-6 Portland Cement Concrete Paving G. Cement grout: 1. A mixture of one part Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 , Types I, II, or III and one or two parts sand conforming to ASTM C33 with sufficient water to place the grout. The water content shall be sufficient to impart workability to the grout but not to the degree that it will allow the grout to flow. 2.3 FORMWORK A. Forms shall be strong enough to resist pressure of the concrete without springing, and tight enough to prevent leakage or mortar. Forms shall be staked, braced, or tied together to maintain their position and shape when concrete is compacted in place. Forms shall be clean and shall produce a smooth, even finish for exposed surfaces. B. Forms shall be free from roughness and imperfections, substantially watertight and adequately braced and tied to prevent motion when concrete is placed. No wooden spreaders will be allowed in the concrete. C. Wire ties will not be allowed. Metal ties or anchorages which are necessary within the forms shall be so constructed that the metal work can be removed for a depth of at least 1” (one inch) from the surface of the concrete without injury to such surface by spalling or otherwise. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned before using and shall be treated with form release agent. D. All exposed edges of the finished concrete shall be chamfered 2.4 CURING COMPOUND A. Type 2 liquid membrane forming compound for curing concrete shall be used in accordance with ASTM C309-58 or AASHTO M140-57 or the latest revisions thereof. 2.5 CONCRETE REINFORCING – WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. For use in Exposed Concrete Paving B. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM A 185. Fabric reinforcement shall be furnished in flat sheets. Fabric reinforcement in rolls will not be permitted. 2.6 CONCRETE REINFORCING – FIBER A. For use in Unexposed Portland Cement concrete base slabs. B. Material shall meet ASTM C1116 and as manufactured by Propex Concrete Systems, 6025 Lee Highway, Suite 425, Chattanooga, TN 37422, phone # [PHONE REDACTED] or NyCon Incorporated, 101Cross Street, Westerly, RI 02891-240, phone # [PHONE REDACTED] or approved equal. C. Mix fibrous reinforcement in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions including product data. 2.7 JOINT FILLER A. Flexible foam expansion joint filler in conformance to D 5249, Type 2, ASTM D 1752, Sections 5.1 through 5.4, with the compression requirement modified to 10 psi (7.03 ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-7 Portland Cement Concrete Paving g/mm²) minimum and 25 psi (17.58 g/mm²) maximum and as follows: 1. CERAMAR Flexible Foam Expansion Joint Filler, manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin, Illinois. 2. or approved equivalent product. 2.8 BACKER ROD A. Continuous round rod of 100% closed cell polyethylene foam, complying with requirements of ASTM C-272. 2.9 JOINT SEALANT A. Low modulus, high performance, single component, self-leveling sealant, in conformance with ASTM C920, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants, and is classified as Type: S (Single Component), Grade: P (Pourable), Class: 100/50 (+100/- 50% joint movement); Uses T, M, A and O; and be one of the following: 1. Spectrum 900 SL manufactured by Tremco Sealant/Weatherproofing Division of RPM International, Inc, 2. Pecora 300SL Pavement Sealant manufactured by Pecora Corporation, 165 Wambold Road, Harleysville, PA 19438 • 1-[PHONE REDACTED] 3. Sikasil-728 SL manufactured by Sika Corporation201 Polito Avenue, NJ 07071 B. Where joint surfaces contain bituminous materials, provide modified sealant compatible with bituminous materials encountered. C. Color: to be selected by Owner’s Representative. 2.10 EXPANSION DOWELS AND SLEEVES A. Stainless steel bars, complying with ASTM A276, Type 304, with smooth end cuts. Provide bar in dimensions and size indicated on Drawings. Provide expansion caps with compatible waxed tube sleeve which permit at least 1 inch movement. 2.11 GRAVEL A. Gravel: as specified in Section 310000 – Earthwork. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate layout and installation with layout and installation of adjacent paving, curbing, walls and other site improvements to ensure proper alignments. B. Make corrections to gravel to bring base courses to the proper sections and elevations. 3.2 ADJUSTING UTILITY STRUCTURES A. Existing-to-remain water, sewer, drainage, and communications structures that are located in proposed sidewalk areas shall be made to conform to the newly proposed final ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-8 Portland Cement Concrete Paving grade. Coordinate work with utility companies and in conformance with Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 3.3 PREPARATION OF GRAVEL BASE A. Compact subgrade to achieve a 95% minimum compaction rate consistent throughout subgrade. B. Place gravel base in 2" to 3" lifts. C. Compact to achieve a 95% minimum compaction rate consistent throughout gravel base. D. Final surface of gravel base to be left 1/8" higher than adjacent surfaces to allow for settlement. 3.4 GENERAL FORMWORK A. Forms shall be smooth, free from warp, of sufficient in strength to resist springing out of shape, equal in height to the depth of concrete, and free from all dirt or mortar if previously used. All mortar and dirt shall be completely removed from the forms that have been previously used. The forms shall be rigidly supported, well staked, thoroughly braced and set to the proper lines with the upper edges conforming to the finish grades, which will have sufficient pitch from the outside to the edge of the walk to provide for adequate surface drainage and shall provide a preferred 1.5% cross slope up to a maximum allowable cross slope of 2.0%. Before the concrete is place, the subgrade shall be thoroughly dampened so that is moist throughout, but without puddles of water. The concrete shall be placed as near to its final position as practicable with precautions taken not to overwork it while it is still plastic. The concrete shall be thoroughly spaded along the forms or screeded to eliminate voids or honeycombs at the edges. Except as otherwise directed, all concrete slabs shall be thirty (30) feet in length and separated by (3/8) inch preformed transverse expansion joints. Preformed expansion joint filler shall be placed adjacent to or around existing structures where directed. Forms shall be coated with non-staining mineral oil prior to placing concrete. B. Do not use earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces, unless approved by the Designer. 3.5 INSPECTION AND COORDINATION A. The batching, mixing, transporting, placing and curing of concrete shall be subject to the inspection of the Designer at all times. The Contractor shall advise the Designer of readiness to proceed at least 24 hours prior to each concrete placement. The Designer will inspect the preparations for concreting including the preparation of previously placed concrete, the reinforcing steel, and the alignment, cleanliness and tightness of formwork. No placement shall be made without the inspection and acceptance of the Designer. 3.6 CONCRETE APPEARANCE A. Concrete mix showing either poor cohesion or poor coating of the coarse aggregate with paste shall be remixed. If this does not correct the condition, the concrete shall be rejected. B. Concrete for the work shall provide a homogeneous structure which, when hardened, will have the required strength, durability and appearance. Mixtures and workmanship shall be such that concrete surfaces, when exposed, will require no finishing. When concrete ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-9 Portland Cement Concrete Paving surfaces are stripped, the concrete when viewed in good lighting from 10 feet away shall be pleasing in appearance, and at 20 feet shall show no visible defects. 3.7 PLACING AND COMPACTING A. No concrete shall be placed until forms, condition of subgrade and method of placement have been approved by the Designer. Before depositing concrete, debris, foreign matter, dirt and water shall be removed from the forms. The contact surface between concrete previously placed and new concrete shall be prepared. Concrete, except as indicated on the Drawings, shall not be placed in water or submerged within 24 hours after placing, nor shall running water be permitted to flow over the surface of fresh concrete within four days after its placing. B. Prior to pouring the cement concrete sidewalk, the contractor shall install a (3/8) inch preformed joint filler adjacent to or around all existing structures which are either flush with or protruding through the sidewalk area if such structures are thirty-six (36) square inches or more in area. This premolded joint filler is to be fitted and neatly around each structure. Around lighting and utility poles the contractor shall install the above mentioned so as to allow for a break-away section twenty (20) inches by twenty (20) inches around the pole. The back of the edgestone shall constitute one side of this form whenever feasible. C. On the subbase specified above, the concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated in place. It shall be four inches in depth for sidewalks. The concrete shall be worked and floated so as to give a smooth, uniform and attractive surface finish. In conveying concrete from the place of mixing to the place of deposit, the operation must be conducted in such a manner that no mortar will be lost, and the concrete must be handled so that the concrete will be of uniform composition throughout showing neither excess not lack of mortar in any one place. The concrete materials shall be mixed to produce a concrete of such consistency that the water will flush to the surface under heavy tamping. D. Water: 1. The water shall be added to the entire batch, not in the middle or end of the batch. 2. Water addition is not allowed to bypass the one and a half (1½) hour from time of batching or three hundred (300) revolution criteria. 3. Water shall be added into the batch at the head section of the drum or by injection into the head and discharge section of the drum. 4. Water added requires and additional thirty (30) revolutions at mixing speed. E. Fibrous Reinforcing: Mix fibrous reinforcement in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Add fibrous reinforcement to concrete mix at the concrete batch facility. Adding and mixing fibrous reinforcement at the job site will not be allowed. F. Batching plant shall document on the driver’s delivery ticket any water withheld at the batching plant. G. Deposit concrete as near its final position as possible to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Pumping of concrete will be permitted when an approved design mix and aggregate sizes, suitable for pumping, are used. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials. If the Section cannot be placed continuously, place construction joints as specified or as approved. Do not drop concrete more than four feet. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-10 Portland Cement Concrete Paving H. High frequency mechanical vibrators shall be used to the extent necessary to obtain proper consolidation of the concrete, but not to move or transport concrete in the forms. Care shall be taken to avoid segregation of aggregates by excess vibration. Vibration shall continue until the frequency returns to normal, trapped air ceases to rise and the surface appears liquefied, flattened and glistening. Concrete adjacent to forms and around pipe stubs shall be carefully spaded or rodded. I. Concrete shall be placed in such quantity that after being thoroughly consolidated in place, it shall be to the lines, grades and thicknesses indicated. No finishing operation shall be performed until all bled water and water sheen has left the surface and the concrete has started to stiffen. After water sheen has disappeared, edging operations where required shall be completed. All tool marks shall be eliminated. After edging and jointing operations, the surface shall be floated with aluminum or magnesium floats. Immediately following the floating, the surface shall be steel-troweled. After trowelling, the Contractor shall draw a fine nylon push broom over the surface to produce a non-slip condition. If necessary, tooled joints and edges shall be rerun before and after trowelling to maintain uniformity and all tool marks shall be eliminated by brooming. J. Retempering of the concrete will not be permitted. The application of neat cement to the surface in order to hasten the hardening is prohibited. Inspection and testing of cast-in- place concrete work either at the plant or in the field will be performed by and at the discretion of the Designer. Such inspection and testing shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to provide his own quality control as necessary to furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with requirements of these contract documents. 3.8 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Finishing of concrete surface shall be done by experienced and competent cement finishers approved the Designer. Preformed (3/8) inch expansion joint filler shall be used in the transverse expansion joints for all sidewalks, and the joints shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M-33; Type 2 liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing that shall be used in accordance with ASTM C15, ASTM M148-57 or the latest revisions. The concrete surface shall be struck off to the required elevation and cross-section followed by the roller, leveled with a bull float or scraped the minimum necessary to remove irregularities. No finishing operation shall be performed while free water is present. Finishing operations shall be delayed until all bleed water and water sheen has left the surface and the concrete has started to stiffen. B. Concrete surface shall be uniformly scored into block units or areas not more than thirty- six (36) square feet as directed by the Designer, to a minimum of one quarter of the total depth of the slab. Concrete shall be finished utilizing a steel trowel; all finishing is to be done by hand. After tooling, the surface shall be brushed by drawing a soft-bristled push broom with a long handle over the surface of the concrete to produce a non-slip surface. C. Make every effort to protect the newly poured concrete surface against vandalism and marking or defacing, and must stand ready to replace any blocks which, in the opinion of the Designer, are excessively marked or defaced, without additional compensation from the Owner. D. Concrete shall be cured in conformity with ACI 301. Concrete shall be cured by either water curing, sheet material curing or liquid membrane curing compound except that liquid membrane curing compound shall not be used on any concrete surface where additional concrete is to be placed or where the concrete surface is to be coated or ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-11 Portland Cement Concrete Paving painted. Water curing shall be by ponding, by continuous sprinkling or by covering with continuously saturated burlap. E. Curing Compound: 1. Type 2-pigmented liquid membrane-forming curing compound shall be applied immediately following final finishing before any marked dehydration of the concrete or surface checking occurs. The compound shall be applied in one or two applications, the second shall follow the first within thirty (30) minutes. The compound shall be applied in a continuous film by means of power-operated pressure spraying equipment at a rate of not less than one gallon per two hundred (200) square feet surface. Sufficient pressure shall be applied to the spray machine to force the compound to leave the nozzle as a fine spray. The material shall adhere to the surface and make a tight bond to the concrete but shall have a fugitive dye. The compound shall form a uniform, continuous coherent film that will not check, crack or peel, and be free from pinholes or other imperfections. 2. Whenever the atmospheric temperature is ninety (90) degrees Fahrenheit or more, the Designer shall have the right to require a second application of compound at no additional expense to the Owner. Any section damaged by rain, or in any other way, before the compound has dried to a stable costing, shall be re-treated by the contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. 3. The concrete surface to which compound has been applied shall be protected for a period of at least three days. All vehicular and pedestrian traffic is considered injurious to the film of applied compound. Any damage to the film in the three day period shall be repaired by reapplication of the compound. Adequate protection shall be provided where temperatures of forty (40) degrees Fahrenheit and lower occur during placing of concrete and during the early curing period. The minimum temperature of fresh concrete after placing, and for the first three days, shall be maintained above fifty-five (55) degrees Fahrenheit. In addition to the above requirements, an additional three days of protection from freezing shall be maintained. F. Protect concrete work against injury from the elements and defacements of during construction operations. Contractor shall be responsible for security, to guard against graffiti on concrete panels. Defaced panels will be rejected, with no exceptions taken. Provide watchman (paid police details) and schedule work (limit paving concrete to A.M. hours only) as required, until concrete panels have cured sufficiently to prevent defacement. G. Finished surfaces and slabs shall be protected by the direct rays of the sun to prevent checking and crazing. H. Concrete placed during cold weather shall be batched, delivered, placed, cured and protected in compliance with ACI 306R. Salt, manure or other chemicals shall not be used for cold weather protection. I. Concrete placed during hot weather shall be batched, delivered, placed, cured and protected in compliance with recommendations of ACI 305R. The temperature of the concrete shall be such that it will cause no difficulties from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. Immediately cover plastic concrete with sheet material during hot weather. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-12 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 3.9 FIELD TESTS A. Sets of three field control cylinder specimens will be taken during the progress of the work, in compliance with ASTM C31. The number of sets of concrete test cylinders taken of each class of concrete placed each day shall not be less than one set, nor less than one set for each 150 Cubic yards of concrete, not less than one set for each 5,000 square feet of surface area for slabs. One cylinder shall be broken at 7 days and two cylinders shall be broken and their averaged at 28 days. When the average 28 day compressive strength of the cylinders in any set falls below the specified compressive strength or below proportional minimum 7 day (where proper relation between 7 and 28 day have been established by tests); the Designer may reject the concrete represented by the set of cylinders, may require modification of the concrete and/or require modification of the proportions, water content, or temperature conditions of the design mix to achieve the required B. Cooperate in the making of tests by allowing free access to the work for the selection of samples, providing an insulated closed curing box for specimens, affording protection to the specimens against injury or loss through construction operations and furnishing material and labor required for the purpose of taking concrete cylinder samples. C. Slump tests will be made in the field in conformity with ASTM C143. D. Tests for air content shall be made in compliance with either pressure method complying with ASTM C231 or by the volumetric method complying with ASTM C173. 3.10 STRIPPING AND FINISHING CONCRETE A. Forms shall not be stripped before the concrete has attained a strength of at least 30 percent of the specified design strength, unless otherwise approved. This is equivalent to approximately “100 day-degrees” of moist curing. B. Care shall be exercised to prevent damaging edges or obliterating the lines of chamfers, rustications or corners when removing the forms or doing any other work adjacent thereto. C. Extreme care shall be taken in removing forms in order to prevent damage to the concrete. Under no conditions shall any bar, pick or other tool be used which depends upon leverage on the concrete for removal of the forms. D. Clean exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete, to the satisfaction of the Designer. E. Defective concrete where it occurs shall be cut to a minimum depth of 1” (one inch), thoroughly roughened and neat cement brushed in. The hole shall then be filled with mortar in the proportion of 1 part cement and 2 ½ parts sand with a minimum of water. Mortar in larger patches shall be applied and allowed to assume a partial set following which it shall be struck off flush with the adjoining surface. Patches shall be kept moist for several days to assure proper curing. F. Concrete to receive dampproofing and concrete not exposed in the finished work shall have off-form finish with fins and other projections removed and defects filled as specified. G. Top surface of slabs shall be screeded to the established grades and shall be a true place with a tolerance of 1/8” when checked with a 10’ (ten foot) straight edge. The surface ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321313-13 Portland Cement Concrete Paving shall be pitched to drain unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. The surface shall be finished to give a smooth, hard, even surface free from high or low spots or other defects. Concrete subject to pedestrian traffic shall be given a light broom finish. Failure to meet the condition shall be cause for removal, grinding, or other correction as directed the Designer. H. After consolidating and screeding concrete, float and trowel to smooth hard surface and even plane. Check tolerances and make necessary adjustments. Tool edges and form joints. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. I. Broom Finish: roughen concrete surface by brooming with fine bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic directions to achieve uniform medium broom finish. Obtain Designer’s approval. J. Approval of Finishes 1. Concrete surfaces, when finished, will be inspected. 2. Surfaces which are unsatisfactory shall be refinished or reworked. 3. After finishing horizontal surfaces, regardless of the finishing procedure specified, the concrete shall be cured as specified unless otherwise directed. 3.11 JOINTS INSTALLATION A. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints using galvanized metal keyway sections where concrete placement is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour and at end of placement and in grid pattern not more than 30 feet on center at locations approved by Designer. Provide shear dowels and expansion caps at not more than 16 inches on center to transfer vertical loads but permit horizontal movement. Extend joint filler full depth of joint and allow 1/2-inch minimum space at top for insertion of backer rod and sealant. Protect top edge of joint filler with metal cap or other temporary protection. Remove protection after concrete has been placed on both sides of forms. B. Caulked Construction Joints: Provide caulked construction joints wherever concrete abuts dissimilar material at locations approved by Designer. Extend joint filler full depth of joint and allow 1/2-inch minimum space at top for insertion of backer rod and sealant. Protect top edge of joint filler with metal cap or other temporary protection. Remove protection after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. C. Sawcut Joints: Provide sawcut joints straight, true and plumb to paving surface, parallel to one another and perpendicular to paving edge. Use new saw blades to result in smooth and crisp cuts. 3.12 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY A. The pavement shall be guaranteed against defects in materials, workmanship, or quality for a period of one year after final acceptance. The Contractor shall replace, repair, recoat or otherwise make satisfactory to the Owner any unacceptable pavement at no additional cost to the owner. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321816-1 Playground Furnishings SECTION 321816 PLAYGROUND FURNISHINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Play structures and components (Furnished by the City/ To be Installed by the Contractor) 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 2. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 3. SECTION 32 13 13 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 4. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5. SECTION 32 18 40 – PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 1.4 REFERENCES A. All play equipment must comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. 3. Latest edition the Handbook for Public Playground Safety of US Consumer Product Safety Commission. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321816-2 Playground Furnishings 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM F 1487-07ae1) Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specifications for Playground Equipment for Public Use. Certification that all equipment meets the ASTM-F 1487-07ae1 performance specifications are mandatory and required for approval by the Owner, Project Architect and or Engineer or Owners appointed representative. All Playground Equipment Certification submittals to be as follows: a. The International Play Equipment Manufacturers Association (IPEMA) third party certification program that certifies manufactures compliance to ASTM F 1487- 07ae1. b. All individual play components that make up a composite structure must be individually certified by IPEMA. c. All individual equipment must be certified by IPEMA. d. IPEMA certification is required for Owner’s / Landscape Architect’s review prior to approval of any play equipment. Submission of detailed drawings with IPEMA Certification Seal and the following stated below the seal is required: 1. Manufacturers’ membership in IPEMA does not constitute equipment certification and approval for use. e. Proposed equipment must meet the above criteria for review and approval for use. 5. U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission- Handbook for Public Playground Safety Publication NO. 325 6. The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) a. ISO 9001 – Quality Standards certifying manufacturers processes b. ISO 14001 - Standards for Environmental Protection and Natural Resource Preservation. c. Certification of all ISO Standards are required and must be submitted for review by Owner’s Representative or Landscape Architect. d. All Playground equipment provided must be manufactured by companies who are currently ISO certified per the above standards. Both ISO 9001 and 14001 are required. 7. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) – Current Americans with Disabilities Act Architectural Guidelines (ADAAG) as set forth in the Federal Register. All playground equipment both independent and composite structures shall meet the current standards as developed by the Federal Access Board. All manufactures must provide certification that proposed equipment meets or exceeds the ADAAG guidelines. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321816-3 Playground Furnishings 8. Recycled and Reclaimed Materials Requirements – Play equipment materials and all components must meet or exceed the following recycled/reclaimed materials contents percentages: a. Panel features: recyclable after use; core produced from 100% recycled material. 9. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. 10. AWS: American Welding Society. 1.5 PERMITS AND CODES A. Conform to Contract Documents and comply with applicable codes and regulations. B. Obtain permits and licenses required to complete work and pay associated fees. C. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, alleys or passageways without prior notification and written permission of Owner and governing authorities. Minimize interference with use of roads, driveways, alleys, sidewalks, or other facilities. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit in accordance with SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIEMENTS. B. Product Data 1. Submit product data, manufacturer's literature and instructions for: a. Play structures 2. Manufacturers statement that proposed equipment conforms to the ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) 3. Submit breakdown of playground components certifying compliance to the ADAAG guidelines as follows: a. Total elevated play components b. Total elevated components accessible by ramp as proposed. Total elevated components required. c. Total elevated components accessible by transfer as proposed. Total elevated components required. d. Total accessible ground level components as proposed. Total accessible ground level components required ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321816-4 Playground Furnishings 4. Submit written certification as to the recycled/reclaimed materials contents percentages compliance requirements listed above. C. Shop drawings 1. Submit complete shop drawings for: a. Play structures and equipment D. Samples 1. Provide color samples of the following for approval: a. All Play Structures E. Do not order materials until Owner's Representative’s approval has been obtained. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle, transport and store materials to prevent damage. Damaged materials shall be rejected and replaced. B. Check materials upon delivery to ensure proper materials have been received. C. Installation Documentation: 1. All shipments shall include a notebook or packet of order-specific, step-by-step instructions for assembly of each component, including equipment assembly diagrams, estimated hours for assembly, footing dimensions, concrete quantity for direct bury components, fall height information, area required information and detailed material specifications. D. Packing List: 1. All shipments shall include a packing list for each skid/container, specifying the part numbers and quantities on each skid or within each container. E. Packaging: 1. All posts shall be individually packaged in sturdy, water-resistant, mar-resistant cardboard boxes. Other components shall be individually wrapped or bulk wrapped to provide protection during shipment. Small parts and hardware packages will be placed in crates for shipment. The components and crates are then shrink-wrapped to skids (pallets) to ensure secure shipping. It will be unacceptable for parts and pieces to come loose. F. Shipping: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321816-5 Playground Furnishings 1. Equipment shall be delivered on a flat-bed truck directly from factory to site to best allow ease of offloading and to best prevent multiple unloading and loading of equipment at various terminals. G. Maintenance Kit: 1. An order-specific maintenance kit shall be provided for each structure order. The kit shall include the following: a. A notebook or packet with a second set of installation documents b. Order-specific maintenance documentation with recommendations on how often to inspect, what to look for and what to do to keep the equipment in like-new condition. c. Touch-up primer d. Appropriate color touch-up paint e. Sandpaper f. Appropriate color touch-up PVC g. Graffiti remover h. Additional installation tools for the tamperproof fasteners. H. Prevent mud, wet cement, and like materials which can affix themselves from contacting materials. 1.9 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Carefully examine site and conditions affecting work under this Section. No claim for additional costs will be allowed because of lack of full knowledge of existing conditions, except those described in General Conditions. B. Plans, surveys, measurements, and dimensions are believed to be correct, No additional compensation for errors or inaccuracies. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Major playground equipment manufacturers meeting the requirements of these specifications will be considered. All equipment suppliers and installers must meet or exceed the qualifications outlined within this section and must demonstrate that proposed equipment is equal to or equivalent to the designed equipment. 2.2 PLAY STRUCTURES (Furnished by the City/ To be Installed by the Contractor) A. The following play equipment is manufactured by Miracle Recreation, 878 E Highway 60, Monett, MO 65708. Local Representative: Cindy Naak, Site Specifics, LLC P.O. Box 325, Rochester, MA 02770. Phone: (508) 763-0207. Email: [EMAIL REDACTED] 1. Play Equipment-1: Swing Set, including ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321816-6 Playground Furnishings a. 3.5” Arch Swing – ADD-A-BAY b. 3.5” Multi-user Arch Swing ADD- A-BAY c. 3.5” Arch Swing c. SWG part slash proof seat w/ chain d. SWG Part ToT seat 360 DEG w/ Chain Playshaper structure per design #MEO18626, or approved equal. e. Top rail is 7’-9” height. 2. Play Equipment-2: 8’ Geodesic Climber Mira 4012. 3. Play Equipment-3: Intersection Climber 4. Play Equipment-4: Sensory panels, including a. Sensory panel texture star circle below deck b. Sensory panel texture square oval below deck c. Tranquility corner frame 5. Play Equipment-5: KidsChoice tall play structures. Including multiple climbers, slides, decks, parts, etc. 6. Play Equipment-6: Curiosity Thrilled the Cat 2.3 CONCRETE FOOTINGS A. Concrete for footings for play equipment shall be Type 4000-1 1/2-565 cement concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00, SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PLAY STRUCTURES (FURNISHED BY CITY/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) A. Install all play structures and components as per drawings and according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Guarantee 1. Furnish written guarantee, covering replacement of damaged items or components, at no extra charge for one year minimum period. 3.2 CLEAN UP A. All site improvements and features shall be kept clean and free of splashed or over-sprayed materials B. In the event of damage by defacement, splashing, overspray, soiling, or any other means Contractor shall remedy the damage at no additional cost to Owner. C. Site shall be left in a clean, neat and orderly condition. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321816-7 Playground Furnishings END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321828-1 Basketball Court Surfacing SECTION 321828 BASKETBALL COURT SURFACING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Textured acrylic surfacing for asphalt basketball courts and similar play areas. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Work 1. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. SECTION 12 93 00 – SITE FURNISHINGS 3. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 4. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 5. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 6. SECTION 32 13 13 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 7. SECTION 32 12 16 – BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING B. References 1. National Asphalt Paving Association (NAPA) 2. United States Basketball Association (USBA) 3. International Basketball Federation (FIBA) 4. American Sport Builders Association (ASBA) 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Experience: The surfacing contractor will be a member of the American Sports Builders Association, have a Certified Basketball Court Builder on staff, and be certified installer by the product manufacturer. The contractor shall have a minimum five years experience in the construction and resurfacing of Basketball courts. Installer shall be an Authorized Applicator of the specified surface system. 2. Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and workmanship against damage by climatic conditions or proper and normal use for a minimum period of five years from the official date of substantial completion. 3. The Contractor shall inspect the subgrade, sub-base and bituminous pavement construction to verify their acceptance of installation and condition. Commencement of basketball court surfacing installation in a given work area indicates acceptance of underlying substrates. 4. Security: Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection and watching of the works at all times to ensure both uncured and cured surfacing is not subject to casual damage or vandalism. 5. Restoration of Damage: Contractor shall exercise care in the execution of his work and avoid damage or defacement of adjacent or surrounding areas by using suitable protective means. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321828-2 Basketball Court Surfacing Damage or defacement which occurs shall be remedied at Contractor's cost to the satisfaction of the Awarding Authority. 6. Planarity and Grade: Deviation in planarity of the finished surface shall not exceed 1/8" beneath a 10' straightedge. Deviation from a straight grade between levels on drawings shall not exceed 1/8". 7. Heavy equipment or vehicles of any kind should not be allowed on the surface for a minimum of four weeks, after which time, only where protected by a sufficient crossing mat. 8. The contractor/installer of the resilient basketball court surfacing shall be certified by the resilient basketball court surfacing manufacturer to perform all repair work and warranty guarantees as outlined in the construction documents. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer specifications for components, color chart and installation instructions. B. Authorized Applicator certificate from the surface system manufacturer. C. ITF classification certificate for the system to be installed. D. Reference list from the installer of at least 5 projects of similar scope done in each of the past 3 years. E. Current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). F. Product substitution: Products within the section are to be provided by OWNER. No substitutions will be allowed. 1.4 MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer specifications and MSDS. B. Deliver product to the site in original unopened containers with proper labels attached. C. All surfacing materials shall be non flammable. 1.5 GUARANTEE A. Provide a guarantee against defects in the materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion. 1.6 MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS A. System manufacturer shall provide documentation that the surface to be installed has been classified by the ITF as a medium pace surface. B. System manufacturer shall be a US owned company. C. System manufacturer shall be a member of the ASBA. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. California Products Corp., Andover, MA. 01810 / Plexipave System www.plexipave.com ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321828-3 Basketball Court Surfacing B. Substitutions: Equal product will be considered. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Patching Mix (California Court Patch Binder) - for use in patching cracks, holes, depressions and other surface imperfections. B. Crack Filler (Plexipave Crack Filler) - for use in filling fine cracks. C. Acrylic Filler Course (California Acrylic Resurfacer) – for use as a filler for new or existing asphalt surfaces. The 100% acrylic filler shall be blended with approved silica sand at the job site. D. Acrylic Color Playing Surface (Plexichrome/Plexipave Color Base) – for use as the finish color and texture. Plexichrome and Plexipave Color Base are blended at the job site to achieve the correct surface texture. *Factory Fortified Plexipave may be used as an alternative material. E. Line Paint (California Line Paint) – for use as the line marking on the court/play surface. F. Water – for use in dilution/mixing shall be clean and potable. 2.3 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS A. Court Patch Binder – 100% acrylic resin blended with Portland Cement and silica sand. 1) Percent solids by weight (minimum) 46% 2) Weight 8.7-8.9 lbs./gallon B. Plexipave Crack Filler – 100% acrylic resin heavily filled with sand. 1) Percent solids by weight (minimum) 85% 2) Percent solids by weight (minimum) 15 lbs./gallon C. California Acrylic Resurfacer – 100% acrylic resin (no vinyl copolymerization constituent). The product shall contain not less than 3.5% attapulgite. 1) Percent solids by weight (minimum) 26.7% 2) Weight 8.7-8.9 lbs./gallon D. Plexichrome – 100% acrylic resin (no vinyl copolymerization constituent) with selected light fast pigments. Green shall contain not less than 8% chrome oxide. 1) Percent solids by weight (minimum) 36.5% 2) Weight 10.0-10.2 lbs./gallon E. Plexipave Color Base – 100% acrylic resin containing no vinyl copolymerization constituent. Contains not more than 63% rounded silica sand. 1) Percent solids by weight (minimum) 74% 2) Weight 13.1-14.1 lbs./gallon F. California Line Paint – 100% acrylic resin containing no or vinyl constituents. Texturing shall be rounded silica sand. 1) Percent solids by weight (minimum) 60.5% ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321828-4 Basketball Court Surfacing 2) Weight 12-12.3 lbs./gallon All surfacing materials shall be non-flammable and have a VOC content of not less than 100g./ltr. Measured by EPA method 24. Local sands are not acceptable in the color playing surface. Sands must be incorporated at the manufacturing location to insure quality and stability. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Do not install when rainfall in imminent or extremely high humidity prevents drying. B. Do not apply unless surface and air temperature are 50°F and rising. C. Do not apply if surface temperature is in excess of 140°F. 3.2 PREPARATION FOR ACRYLIC COLOR PLAYING SYSTEM A. Clean surfaces of loose dirt, oil, grease, leaves, and other debris in strict accordance with manufacturer’s directions. Pressure washing will be necessary to adequately clean areas to be coated. Any areas previously showing algae growth shall be treated with Clorox or approved product to kill the organisms and then be properly rinsed. B. Holes and cracks: Cracks and holes shall be cleaned and a suitable soil sterilant, as approved by the owner, shall be applied to kill all vegetation 14 days prior to use of Court Patch Binder according to manufacturer's specifications. C. Depression: Depressions holding enough water to cover a five cent piece shall be filled with Court Patch Binder Patching Mix. 3 gallons of Court Patch Binder, 100 lbs. 60-80 silica sand, 1 gallon Dry Portland Cement (Type This step shall be accomplished prior to the squeegee application of Acrylic Resurfacer. The contractor shall flood all the courts and then allow draining. Define and mark all areas holding enough water to cover a nickel. After defined areas are dry, prime with tack coat mixture of 2 parts water/l part Court Patch Binder. Allow tack coat to dry completely. Spread Court Patch Binder mix true to grade using a straight edge (never a squeegee) for strike off. Steel trowel or wood float the patch so that the texture matches the surrounding area. Never add water to mix. Light misting on surface and edges to feather in is allowed as needed to maintain work ability. Allow to dry thoroughly and cure. NO WORK FROM THIS STAGE ON SHALL COMMENCE UNTIL AN INSPECTOR HAS ACCEPTED THE SURFACE. D. Filler Course. (Acrylic Resurfacer): Filler course shall be applied to the clean underlying surface in one application to obtain a total quantity of not less than .06 gallon per square yard based on the material prior to any dilution. Acrylic Resurfacer may be used to pre-coat depression and crack/hole repairs to achieve better planarity prior to filler course application. 1. Over a properly repaired surface of asphalt on existing courts, apply one coat of Acrylic Resurfacer according to the following mix: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321828-5 Basketball Court Surfacing Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons Water 20 - 40 gallons Sand 600-800 pounds / 60-80 mesh Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons On new asphalt, two coats of Acrylic Resurfacer shall be used to properly fill all voids in the asphalt surface. Use clean, dry 50-60 mesh sand and clean, potable water to make mixes. The quantity of sand and water in the above mix may be adjusted within above limits to complement the roughness and temperature of the surface. 2. Mix the ingredients thoroughly using accepted mixing devices and use a 70 Durometer rubber bladed squeegee to apply each coat of Acrylic Resurfacer as required. 3. Allow the application of Acrylic Resurfacer to dry thoroughly. Scrape off all ridges and rough spots prior to any subsequent application of Acrylic Resurfacer or subsequent cushion or color surface system. 3.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC COLOR PLAYING SURFACE A. All areas to be color coated shall be clean, free from sand, clay, grease, dust, salt or other foreign matters. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval, prior to applying any surface treatment. B. Blend color base and Plexichrome with a mechanical mixer to achieve a uniform Fortified Plexipave mixture. The mix shall be: Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons C. Application shall be made by 50 durometer rubber faced squeegees. The Fortified Plexipave mixture should be poured on to the court surface and spread to a uniform thickness in a regular pattern. D. A total of 3 applications of Fortified Plexipave shall be made to achieve a total application rate of not less than .15 gal./sy. No application should be made until the previous application is thoroughly dry. 3.4 LINE PAINTING A. Line shall be 2” wide unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Lines hall be carefully laid out in accordance with ASBA and USTA guidelines. The area to be marked shall be taped to insure a crisp line. The California Line Paint shall have a texture similar to the surrounding play surface. Application shall be made by brush or roller at the rate of 150-200 sg./gal. (3/4 gal. per court). 3.5 PROTECTION A. Erect temporary barriers to protect coatings during drying and curing. B. Lock gates to prevent use until acceptance by the owner’s representative. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321828-6 Basketball Court Surfacing 3.6 CLEAN UP A. Remove all containers, surplus materials and debris. Dispose of materials in accordance with local, state and Federal regulations. B. Leave site in a clean and orderly condition. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-1 Playground Protective Surfacing SECTION 321840 PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Engineered Hardwood Playground Protective Safety Surfacing over filter fabric over crushed stone subbase with steel edging. (Deduct Alternate No. 1) 2. Poured-in-place Playground Surfacing System under play equipment consisting of a top wearing course over a rubber base course over crushed stone over existing subgrade. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 2. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 3. SECTION 32 13 13 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 4. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5. SECTION 32 18 16 – PLAYGROUND FURNISHINGS 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-2 Playground Protective Surfacing 3. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials: a. ASTM F1292 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment. b. ASTM F1951 Standard Specification for Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment. c. ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension. d. ASTM D2859 Standard Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials. e. ASTM F 1487 f. ASTM E303 Standard Test Method for Measuring Surface Frictional Properties Using the British Pendulum Tester. 4. CPSC No. 325, "Handbook for Public Playground Safety" 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Critical Height: Standard measure of shock attenuation. According to CPSC No. 325, this means "the fall height below which a life-threatening head injury would not be expected to occur”. B. TPV: Thermoplastic Vulcanizate. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: in accordance with SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s specifications, installation instructions and product data for the following: a. Engineered Hardwood Fiber Playground Protective Safety Surfacing.(Deduct Alternate No. 1) b. Playground surfacing system. c. d. Filter fabric e. Rubber Mat f. Steel edging. C. Test Data: submit manufacturer's Test Data for: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-3 Playground Protective Surfacing 1. Submit manufacturer’s Test data for: a. Engineered Hardwood Fiber Playground Protective Safety Surfacing (Deduct Alternate No. 1) b. Playground surfacing system. D. Shop Drawings: submit: 1. For each playground surface system, include materials, plans, cross sections, drainage, installation, and edge termination. Include patterns made by varying colors of surfacing. Include details of graphics. E. Samples: 1. Submit manufacturer’s standard minimum 4” disc verification sample of poured-in-place surfacing systems for: a. Playground surfacing system. 2. Engineered Hardwood Fiber Playground Protective Safety Surfacing. (Deduct Alternate No. 1) 3. Filter fabric. 3. Steel edging. F. Certificates: submit Certificate of qualifications of the Poured-in-place resilient playground surfacing installer. G. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Maintenance Data: For playground surface systems to include in maintenance manuals. 2. Material Certificates: Material certificates will be filled out and signed by specified manufacturer/supplier that specified materials were shipped and in proper amounts for square footage/thickness/color. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved: 1. Extent of surface systems and use zones for equipment. 2. Critical heights for playground surfaces and fall heights for equipment. B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and testing agency. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-4 Playground Protective Surfacing C. Product Certificates: For each type of unitary playground surface system, from manufacturer. D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each unitary playground surface system. Product must be IPEMA certified. E. Field quality-control reports. F. Warranty: Sample of Warranty. Minimum of 5 years not pro-rated. A 10 year non prorated warranty must also be available to include yearly maintenance. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. IPEMA Certified: Product and crew chiefs must be IPEMA Certified. B. Conform to provisions of SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. C. Source Limitations: Obtain playground surface system materials, including primers and binders, from manufacturer specified 1. Provide secondary materials including adhesives, primers, and repair materials of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of playground surface system materials. 1.19 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. B. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and a maximum temperature of 90 degrees F (32 degrees 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty Period: Five years from Substantial date of completion. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure for impact attenuation as per ASTM 1292-13 b. Deterioration of surface and other materials beyond normal weathering and wear c. Excessive UV fade/Loss of color 2. Impact attenuation warranted for 5 years 1.11 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit playground surface system installation to be performed according to ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-5 Playground Protective Surfacing manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. Install surfacing system when minimum ambient temperature is 40 degrees F (1 degree C) and rising during the installation process. Do not install in steady or heavy rain. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ENGINEERED HARDWOOD PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SAFETY SURFACING (Deduct Alternate No. 1) A. Engineered hardwood playground protective safety surfacing shall be Fibar® Engineered Wood Fiber, as manufactured and supplied by Fibar Playground Surfaces. Local representative: Five Seasons Sports and Recreation, 53 Wells Lane, Attleboro, MA. Phone: (508) 222-4808. Email: [EMAIL REDACTED], or approved equal. B. Filter fabric: FibarFelt, as manufactured and supplied by Fibar Playground Surfaces. Local representative: Five Seasons Sports and Recreation, 53 Wells Lane, Attleboro, MA. Phone: (508) 222-4808. Email: [EMAIL REDACTED], or approved equal. a. Needle-punched 100% non-woven geotextile fabric. C. Rubber Mat: FibarMat, as manufactured and supplied by Fibar Playground Surfaces. Local representative: Five Seasons Sports and Recreation, 53 Wells Lane, Attleboro, MA. Phone: (508) 222-4808. Email: [EMAIL REDACTED], or approved equal. 1. 3’ x 3’ x 1 ½” mat with beveled edges, made from recycled rubber. 2. Located under swings. D. Steel Edging: 1/8” thick by 5” as manufactured by Ryerson Tull Inc., 45 Saratoga Blvd., Devens, MA 01432, phone # [PHONE REDACTED], Fax # [PHONE REDACTED] or approved equal. 1. Minimum 16’ 2. Provide 18” tapered steel stakes every 30”. Interlocking joints are double staked. 3. Finish: factory finish and paint. 4. Color: black 2.2 POURED-IN-PLACE PLAYGROUND SURFACING SYSTEM A. Manufacturer: Surface America, Inc. 1. Contact: Local representative is M.E. O’Brien & Sons, Inc., 93 West Street Unit F, Medfield, MA 02052. Phone: (508) 359-4200 B. Aliphatic poured-in-place playground surfacing system, including the following: 1. PlayBound™ Poured-In-Place Primer: a. Material: Polyurethane. 2. PlayBound™ Poured-in-Place Base Course: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-6 Playground Protective Surfacing a. Material: Blend of 100% recycled SBR (styrene butadiene rubber) and polyurethane. b. Thickness: 2" (51 mm). c. Formulation Components: Blend of strand and granular material. 3. PlayBound™ Poured-In-Place Top Wearing Surface: a. Material: Blend of recycled EPDM (ethylene propylene diene monomer) and polyurethane. b. Thickness: Nominal 1/2" (12.7 mm), minimum 3/8" (9.5 mm), maximum 5/8" (15.9 mm). c. Colors: 1. Color A: TBD 2. Color B: TBD 3. Color C: TBD d. Dry Static Coefficient of Friction (ASTM D2047): 1.0. e. Wet Static Coefficient of Friction (ASTM D2047): 0.9. f. Dry Skid Resistance (ASTM E303): 89. g. Wet Skid Resistance (ASTM E303): 57. 4. Required mix proportions by weight: a. Base Course: 14% polyurethane, 86% rubber. b. Top Wearing Surface: 18% polyurethane, 82% rubber. 5. Wearing Course Colors: Three Colors. a. Color A: TBD b. Color B: TBD c. Color C: TBD 6. Wearing Course Color Pattern: a. Color Pattern: As indicated on Drawings 7. Leveling and Patching Material: Portland cement-based grout or epoxy- or polyurethane-based formulation suitable for exterior use and approved by playground surface system manufacturer. 2.3 CRUSHED STONE 1. A. Crushed Stone: as specified in SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 2.4 ORDINARY FILL 1. A. Ordinary Fill: as specified in SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-7 Playground Protective Surfacing PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that substrate conditions are suitable for installation of the poured-in-place resilient playground surfacing. B. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, sub grade and substrate conditions, drainage, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Drainage at the low end of the site is of the utmost importance. Any walls or curbs at the low end of the area to receive the play surface must have drainage access via weep holes. The latter is necessary because the rubber surfacing system is porous and water will permeate (drain downward) to the concrete slab. a. Verify that substrates are satisfactory for unitary playground surface system installation and that substrate surfaces are dry, cured, and uniformly sloped to drain within recommended tolerances according to playground surface system manufacturer's written requirements for cross-section profile. C. Do not proceed with installation until unsuitable conditions are corrected 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of paving with layout and installation of adjacent paving, walls, lawn, planting beds and other site improvements to ensure proper alignments. B. Prepare substrates to receive surfacing products according to playground surface system manufacturer's written instructions. Verify that substrates are sound and without high spots, ridges, holes, and depressions. C. Make corrections to undisturbed subgrade or compacted gravel provided under SECTION 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK, to bring to the proper sections and elevations. D. Compact subgrade to achieve a 95% minimum compaction rate consistent throughout subgrade. 1. E. Place crushed stone subbase in 2" to 3" lifts and as specified in SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS and SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION F. Compact to achieve a 95% minimum compaction rate consistent throughout crushed stone base. G. Core drillings for equipment poles shall be filled flush to the top of the stone with concrete to prevent sinkholes after installation of PIP surface. H. Final surface of crushed stone base to be left 1/8" higher than adjacent surfaces to allow for settlement. I. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 ENGINEERED HARDWOOD PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SAFETY SURFACING (Deduct Alternate No. 1) ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-8 Playground Protective Surfacing A. Provide and install Steel Edging to the elevations and depth as indicated on the Drawings. Install as per manufacturer’s recommendations and as indicated on the Drawings. B. Install crushed stone to the depth indicated on the drawings. C. Install filter fabric as per manufacturer’s recommendations. 1. All seams to overlap by 3 inches. 2. Slit filter fabric to fit around play equipment footings. Where possible, overlap all slits with the next piece of filter fabric. D. Install engineered hardwood surfacing according to manufacturer's recommendations and at sufficient depth to attenuate shock from the rated fall height of the tallest specified play structure in compliance with the latest edition the Handbook for Public Playground Safety of US Consumer Product Safety Commission and ASTM F 1487 – latest edition, Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use. E. Install rubber mat as per manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF POURED-IN-PLACE PLAYGROUND SURFACING SYSTEM A. General: Comply with playground surface system manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install playground surface system over area and in thickness indicated. B. Mix and apply components of playground surface system according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform, monolithic wearing surface and impact-attenuating system of total thickness indicated. 1. Poured Cushion Course: Spread evenly over primed substrate to form a uniform layer applied at manufacturer's standard spreading rate in one continuous operation, with a minimum of cold joints. Thickness of cushion course should meet ASTM 1292-04 guidelines and shall be a minimum of 1” thick. Varying thickness is allowed to match fall height. 2. Intercoat Primer: Over cured cushion course, apply primer at manufacturer's standard spreading rate. 3. Wearing Course: Spread over primed base course to form a uniform layer applied at manufacturer's standard spreading rate in one continuous operation and, except where color changes, with a minimum of cold joints. Finish surface to produce manufacturer's standard wearing-surface texture. Minimum thickness of wear course shall be ½” after being trowled. A minimum of 5/8” screed rod shall be used when leveling wear course. a. Where colored pattern is indicated, place adjacent colored material as soon as placed colored material is sufficiently cured, using primer or adhesive if required by manufacturer's written instructions. b. Allow wearing surface to cure for a minimum of 48 hours. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 321840-9 Playground Protective Surfacing c. At the end of the minimum curing period, verify that the wearing surface is sufficiently dry and firm to allow foot traffic and use without damage to the surface. d. Do not allow foot traffic or use of the surface until it is sufficiently cured. 4. Edge Treatment: Flush. Fully adhere edges to substrate with full coverage of substrate. Maintain fully cushioned thickness required to comply with safety performance requirements. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed applications of playground surface system shall take place according to ASTM F 1292-04 or latest version. C. Remove and replace applications of playground surface system where test results indicate that it does not comply with requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with requirements. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect the installed playground surface from damage resulting from subsequent construction activity on the site. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323000-1 Site Furnishings SECTION 323000 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Bench with Back 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 3. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 4. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 5. SECTION 32 13 13 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 6. SECTION 32 12 16 – BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 7. SECTION 32 18 28 – BASKETBALL COURT SURFACING 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. 3. AASHTO: American Association of State highway and Transportation Officials. 4. American Society for Testing and Materials: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323000-2 Site Furnishings a. A36 Structural Steel. b. A536-72 Ductile Iron Castings. c. A304 Stainless steel. 5. AWS: American Welding Society 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit in accordance with Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. Product Data: Submit six copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for: 1. Bench with Back 2. Ornamental Metal Fence D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for the following components showing attachment methods, fabrication, casting and hardware from field measurements: 1. Bench with Back E. Samples: 1. Color finish samples for selection by Landscape Architect of the following: a. Bench with Back 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Metal fabrication and installation to be executed by a company which has successfully fabricated work of similar quality, schedule requirements, and quantity shown for a period of not less than ten years. B. Coordination of Fabrication; 1. Check dimensions shown on Drawings. Field verify by accurate field measurements before shop drawings preparation and submittal and fabrication of the work. Coordinate installation tolerances to ensure proper fit of items. 1.7 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE A. Protect materials during storage and construction against moisture, soiling, staining, and physical damage. B. Handle materials to prevent chipping, breakage, soiling or other damage. Do not use pinch or wrecking bars without protecting edges with wood or other rigid materials. Lift with wide-belt type slings or vacuum lifts wherever possible; do not use wire rope or ropes containing tar or other substances which might cause staining. If required, use wood rollers and provide cushion at end of wood slides. C. Store materials on wood skids or pallets, covered with non-staining, waterproof membrane. Place and stack skids to distribute weight evenly and to prevent breakage. Protect stored ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323000-3 Site Furnishings materials from weather with waterproof, non-staining covers or enclosures, but allow air to circulate around materials. 1.8 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not use salt to thaw ice in anchor holes or slots. Do not lower freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or antifreeze agents, and do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Do not build on frozen work; remove and replace granite damaged by frost or freezing. C. Protect partially completed work against weather when work is not in progress. 1.9 EXAMINATION OF SITE CONDITIONS AND DOCUMENTS A. Contractor is solely responsible for judging full extent of work requirements involved. By submitting bid, Contractor affirms he has carefully examined the site and conditions affecting work. B. Drawings, surveys, measurements, and dimensions under which work is to be performed are believed to be correct. Contractor shall examine them for himself. 1.10 SCHEDULING A. Prior to beginning installation, submit schedule to listing items to be installed and an explanation of procedures used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BENCH WITH BACK A. Benches shall be Item #RBF-28 bench of Streetsite™ Collection, as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc., P.O. Drawer 330, Dunkirk, MD, 20754. Phone: (800) 368-2573, fax: 412-781- 7840, or approved equal. 1. Materials: a. Recycled Solid steel bar. b. Tubular steel. c. Seats: Horizontal Steel Slats. d. Fasteners: Stainless Steel. 2. Finishes: a. Bench frames: 1. Steel shotblasted, etched, phosphatized, preheated and electrostatically powder-coated with TGIC polyester powder coating. 2. Color: Black ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323000-4 Site Furnishings 3. Dimensions a. Backed bench, 6 foot: 4. Mounting: surface mount. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS METAL MATERIALS A. Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded, complying with applicable AWS specifications, and for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. B. Fasteners: Use fasteners of same basic metal as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined. C. Dissimilar Metals: When dissimilar metals abut one another, use neoprene washers or sleeves to create a separation between the surfaces. 2.3 METAL FABRICATION A. Form metalwork to required shapes and sizes, lines and angles. Provide components in sizes and profiles indicated, but not less than required to comply with requirements indicated for structural purposes. B. Drill and tap for required fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. C. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water penetration. D. Remove mill scale, dirt, grease and other foreign matter prior to welding. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage due to weld sparks, spatter or tramp metal. E. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding and brazing. Clamp members and alternate welds to prevent warping or misalignment. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration or exposed side. Fully weld continuously and ground flush and smooth connections in a uniform manner. F. Clean exposed, welded and brazed joints of flux and dress exposed and contact surfaces. G. Chip out and replace welding showing cracks, slag inclusion, lack of fusion, bad undercut and other defects ascertained by visual or other means of inspection. H. Provide castings that are sound and free of warp, cracks, blow hoes, or other defects that impair strength or appearance. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove seams, gatemarks, casting flash, and other casting marks unless part of the intended finish. I. Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arrises. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323000-5 Site Furnishings J. Assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. 2.4 FINISHES – GENERAL A. Comply with MAAMM “Metal Finishes Manual” for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable temporary covering prior to shipment. 2.5 CONCRETE FOOTINGS A. Concrete for footings and foundations for new and relocated site furnishings shall be Type 4000-1 1/2-565 cement concrete as specified in SECTION 03 30 00, SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify dimensions and field measurements to ensure items are located and secured and function properly when installed. Submit details of proposed departures due to field conditions or other causes to the Landscape Architect for approval. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Where anchors, bolts, or fasteners are exposed, configure or secure to prevent their casual removal by use of vandal-proof heads or fastenings unless otherwise specified on Drawings. B. Time delivery of site improvement items to minimize on-site storage time prior to installation. Protect stored materials from weather, careless handling, and vandalism. 3.3 BENCHES A. Provide and install benches plumb and level, as per drawings and manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Install in conformance to applicable ADA guidelines and End User’s established Accessibility policies. 3.4 ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCE A. Provide and install ornamental metal fence as per the drawings and manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.5 CONCRETE FOOTINGS A. Installation of concrete for footings for new and relocated site furnishings shall be as specified in SECTION 03 30 00, SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323000-6 Site Furnishings END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323113-1 Chain Link Fence SECTION 323113 CHAIN LINK FENCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of all chain link fencing as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein and includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Polymer Coated Chain-Link Fabric: Industrial 2. Polymer Coated Steel Framework and Fittings 3. Polymer Coated Swing Gates 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 03 30 00 – SITE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 4. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 5. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323113-2 Chain Link Fence B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Show locations, components, materials, dimensions, sizes, weights, and finishes of components. Include plans, gate elevations, sections, details of post anchorage, attachments, bracing, and other required installation and operational clearances. D. Samples: 1. Polymer-coated steel wire for fabric. 2. Polymer coating on framing and accessories. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to provisions of SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC A. General: Height to be as noted on drawings. Comply with ASTM A 392, CLFMI CLF 2445, and requirements indicated below: 1. Steel Wire Fabric: Polymer-coated wire with a diameter of 0.192 inch. a. Mesh Size: 2-1/8 inches 1. Color: Black 2. Selvage: Knuckled at both selvages 2.2 INDUSTRIAL FENCE FRAMING A. Posts and Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043 for framing, ASTM F 1083 for Group IC round pipe, and the following: 1. Group: Round steel pipe Schedule 40. 2. Fence Height: As noted in drawings 3. Strength Requirement: Heavy industrial according to ASTM F 1043. 4. Coating for Steel Framing: a. Polymer coating over metallic coating. b. Fabric-covered. 5. Set bases of posts in cast concrete bases. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323113-3 Chain Link Fence 2.3 TENSION WIRE A. General: Provide horizontal tension wire at top and bottom of fence fabric. 2.4 FITTINGS A. General: Comply with ASTM F 626. B. Finish: 1. Metallic Coating for Pressed Steel or Cast Iron: Not less than 1.2 oz. /sq. ft. zinc. 2. Polymer coating to match fabric, posts and rails. 2.5 CAST-IN-PLACE-CONCRETE A. Materials: Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I aggregates complying with ASTM C 33, and potable water. 1. Concrete Mixes: Normal-weight concrete with not less than 3000-psi compressive strength (28 days), 3-inch slump, and I-inch maximum size aggregate. 2.6 POLYMER FINISHES A. Supplemental Color Coating: In addition to specified metallic coatings for steel, provide fence components with polymer coating. B. Color: Black, complying with ASTM F 934. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install chain-link fencing to comply with ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements specified. B. Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, comer, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment. C. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly as shown on drawings. D. Post Bracing and Intermediate Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567. Install braces at ends and at gate posts and at both sides of comer and pull posts. E. Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. F. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567. G. Bottom Rails: Install, spanning between posts. H. Chain-Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 2 inches between ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 323113-4 Chain Link Fence finish grade or surface and bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. I. Tie Wires: Attach wire per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. J. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-1 Planting SECTION 329000 PLANTING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, services and transportation required to complete work. 1. Planting trees, shrubs, groundcovers, and other woody and herbaceous plant materials. 2. Tree stabilization 3. Fertilizing, incorporating of planting additives, pruning, mulching, fertilizing and watering plantings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS 1. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 2. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 3. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 4. SECTION 32 91 15 – PLANTIGN SOILS 5. SECTION 32 93 10 – LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, MassDOT Standard Specifications and Supplements, latest edition, Boston, Massachusetts 2. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials. 3. AH: AmericanHort 4. ISA: International Society of Arboriculture. 5. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. 6. AOAC: Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 7. USDA: United States Department of Agriculture. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of tree or shrub required; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, and drum-laced as recommended by ANSI Z60.1. B. Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants grown in a container with well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-2 Planting shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for kind, type, and size of exterior plant required. C. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: in accordance with Division 1 – General Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit most recent printed information from manufacturers for: 1. Antidesiccant 2. Liquid Seaweed Concentrate 3. Plant Growth Biostimulant 4. Mycorrhizae Granules C. Samples: Submit samples of: 1. Organic Mulch: Submit one cubic foot sample and manufacturer/supplier's name. 2. Tree Guying Accessories: One set. D. Certificates: 1. Submit manufacturer's certificates of compliance listing analysis for: a. Bulb Booster 2. Submit certification of Massachusetts state arborist. E. Plant List: 1. Within 30 days of receipt of Contract, submit plant list for review by Architect/ Owner’s Representative which includes: a. plant materials proposed for project and corresponding nursery source where plants are to be selected. b. written documentation indicating nursery(s) have available the plants in the species, quantity and size(s) shown on Drawings. c. for plants indicating names of plants in accordance with American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature. 2. Schedule for review at nursery source by Architect/ Owner’s Representative with Contractor present. 3. Substitutions: plant list shall indicate unavailable materials and document a thorough search for materials. For unavailable materials list sources contacted with telephone number, date and person’s name at source. F. Schedules ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-3 Planting 1. Submit planting schedule for approval. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Planting shall be performed by a certified landscape contractor with a minimum of five years planting work experience and under full time supervision of a qualified supervisor. 1.8 SELECTION AND INSPECTION OF PLANTS A. Plants shall be selected by Architect/ Owner’s Representative at place of growth for conformity to specification requirements as to quality, size and variety. Such approval shall not impair right of inspection and rejection upon delivery at site or during progress of work. Cost of replacement shall be borne by Contractor. B. Notify Architect/ Owner’s Representative in writing upon selection of planting subcontractor. State name, address, telephone number and supervisor for planting subcontractor. C. Schedule selection and tagging of nursery stock so Architect/ Owner’s Representative can tag trees and representative shrubs for project at place of growth. Advise Architect/ Owner’s Representative of schedule a minimum of one month (30 day minimum) in advance of selection/tagging dates so Architect/ Owner’s Representative and Owner can make proper travel arrangements. If Contractor fails to provide one month (30 day minimum) notice, any additional travel expenses shall be back charged to Contractor. If Architect/ Owner’s Representative has to make additional trips to select/tag plants in the event that inadequate, insufficient or unacceptable plant material was available at the inspection location, then additional travel expenses to be back charged to Contractor. D. Contractor to pay for Architect/ Owner’s Representative's travel expenses: air fare, car rental, automobile mileage and tolls; meals and overnight accommodations if necessary, for Architect/ Owner’s Representative's during time period required to select and tag plant material. Planting subcontractor shall provide representative to travel with Architect/ Owner’s Representative while tagging plant material. E. Notify Architect/ Owner’s Representative a minimum of five business days prior to each shipment of proposed arrival of plant material on site. F. Layout tree locations, bed outlines and individual planting on site for inspection by Architect/ Owner’s Representative prior to planting. Arrange for adequate manpower and equipment on site at time of plant material inspection and installation to provide complete staked layout and to unload, open and handle plant material during inspection. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FERTILIZER AND MULCH A. Packing and Shipping: deliver materials in unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and guaranteed statement of analysis. Transport materials without damage. Protect finishes from abrasion, dirt, oils, grease, and chemicals. Pack materials to protect from weather. B. Acceptance at Site: verify in writing that delivered materials conform to specifications and approved submittals. C. Storage and Protection: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-4 Planting 1. Materials shall be uniform in composition, dry and free flowing. Store materials in dry place, on pallets, off ground; protect from sun. Store materials in a manner, which does not diminish their usability and effectiveness. 2. Protect materials from theft, damage, weather, dirt, oils, grease, and construction. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF PLANTS A. Plants during shipping and delivery and plants requiring storage on site shall be properly wrapped and covered to prevent wind drying and desiccation of branches, leaves, or buds. Plant balls shall be firmly bound, unbroken, and reasonably moist to indicate watering prior to delivery and during storage. Trees shall be free from fresh scars and damage in handling. Root masses of container grown plants shall be kept moist and containers screened from direct sun. B. Wrap tree trunks at nursery prior to shipping then unwrap for inspection by Architect/ Owner’s Representative prior to installation. Report damaged plants to Architect/ Owner’s Representative. C. Apply antidessicant to plants before digging at nursery and/or as directed by Architect/ Owner’s Representative once plants are delivered to site. 1.11 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: do not deliver or handle soils when dry, wet, or frozen. 1. Field Test a. Form soil in palm of hand, if soil retains shape and crumbles upon touching, the soil may be worked. b. If the soil will not retain shape it is too dry and should not be worked. B. If the soil retains shape and will not crumble, it is too wet and should not be worked. C. Planting Season: planting seasons shall be those indicated below. Plants planted out-of- season shall receive special attention as directed. Out-of-season planting and or transplanting shall be at Contractor's risk and expense. No planting shall be done in frozen or muddy ground or when snow covers ground, or soil is otherwise in an unsatisfactory condition for planting. 1. Seasons for Planting: Spring: Deciduous materials – April 1 to June 15 Evergreen Materials – April 1 to June 15 Fall: Deciduous materials – September 1 - October 15 Evergreen Materials – September 1 - October 15 1.12 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Plant after acceptance of fine grading. B. Trees to be installed first. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-5 Planting C. Shrubs to be located by architect prior to arrival of perennials/groundcovers on site. D. Perennials to be located by architect after installation of shrubs. 1.13 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. See Section 329310 - Landscape Maintenance. 1.14 MAINTENANCE A. See Section 329310 - Landscape Maintenance. 1.15 ACCEPTANCE A. See Section 329310 - Landscape Maintenance. 1.16 WARRANTY A. 15 – Year limited material warranty for landscape edging from manufacturing defects in workmanship or material. 1.17 GUARANTY A. Start of Guaranty Period: when Architect/ Owner’s Representative issues letter of acceptance. B. Term: one year for trees one year for shrubs, groundcovers, grasses, bamboo and vines C. Requirements: plant material to be alive and in healthy, vigorous condition. 1. Quarterly reviews will be made with Contractor and Architect/ Owner’s Representative during guaranty period. Reviews will assess condition of installed plant materials. 2. Replace plants that are dead or, as determined by Architect/ Owner’s Representative, are in an unhealthy or condition, and have lost their natural shape due to dead branches, or other causes. D. End of Guaranty Period: when Architect/ Owner’s Representative issues letter of Final Acceptance, one year from date of substantial completion; two years from date of substantial completion for trees. 1.18 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 1. Architect/ Owner’s Representative reviews work and finds it complete and in accordance with Drawings and Specifications. 2. Architect/ Owner’s Representative will issue a letter of Final Acceptance, at which time project becomes responsibility of Owner. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-6 Planting PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANTS A. Plant Identification and Standards: Nomenclature conforms to current edition of Standardized Plant Names, published by American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature. Plants conform to varieties and sizes specified in plant list, and to code of standards set forth by American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. in American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI Z60.1 - latest edition. Substitutions shall not be permitted without consent of Architect/ Owner’s Representative. Plants shall be properly identified with plant labels securely attached to plants, in order to identify plants on site. Information regarding sources of plant material shall be furnished to Architect/ Owner’s Representative. B. Plant List: If there are discrepancies between the quantities shown on plant list and work shown on Drawings, Contractor shall supply plants necessary to complete work as intended on Drawings. Where size of plant on the plant list is a variation between a minimum and maximum dimension, the sizes of plants furnished shall be equal to average of two dimensions. Where a single dimension is given, dimension represents the minimum size of plants to be furnished. C. General Plants: Unless specified otherwise, plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in locality of project and shall have been previously been transplanted or root pruned at least once in last three years. Plants shall possess a normal balance between height and spread. Plants shall be typical of their species and variety with a normal habit of growth, densely foliated when in leaf, and a well-developed branch structure with a fiberous, healthy root system with no girdling roots. Plants shall be sound and healthy, free from dead wood, defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald, injuries or abrasions of roots or bark. Plants shall be freshly dug. No heeled-in plants or plants from cold storage shall be used. Parts of plant shall be moist and show active green cambium when cut. Plants shall be free of plant diseases, insects, pests, eggs, larvae, and forms of infestations. D. Balled and Burlapped Plants: Plants designated on plant list as "B&B" shall be dug with root systems as solid units. Diameter and depth of balls of soil must be sufficient to encompass fibrous and feeding root system necessary for healthy development of plants. Balls shall be wrapped firmly with biodegradable material, and bound carefully with twine or cord. Tree balls may also be placed in a wire basket of diameter suitable for the size of the root ball. No plant shall be accepted when ball of earth surrounding roots has been badly cracked or broken, either before or during process of planting, or after burlap, ropes, etc., required for transplanting have been unfastened. Plants and root balls shall remain intact as a unit during operations. Plants that cannot be planted at once must be protected and watered. E. Bare Root Plants: Plants designated "BR" on the plant list shall be dug while dormant. Bare root plants shall be maintained in a healthy condition during storage, transportation, and operations. F. Container-Grown Plants: Container plants shall have been acclimatized for one growing season in container. Container plants shall be well established in container, and shall have ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-7 Planting sufficient roots to hold earth intact after removal, without being in a rootbound condition. Plants shall remain in container until planted. G. Trees: Trees to be hand dug and balled and burlapped rootballs. Root balls shall be custom dug to special widths and depths to accommodate shallow soil conditions of this Project. Trees, except when a clump form is designated, shall be straight and symmetrical with a crown having a persistent single, main leader, and growing from a single, unmutilated crown of roots. No part of trunk shall be conspicuously crooked as compared with normal trees of same variety. Trunk shall be free from sunscald, frost cracks, or wounds resulting from abrasions, fire, or other causes. No pruning wounds shall be present having diameter of more than two inches and wounds must show vigorous bark on edges. Pruning wounds over 3/4 inch in diameter must be completely calloused over. Evergreen trees shall be branched to within one foot of ground. Height of trees, measured from crown of roots to top of top branch, and caliper, measured as specified herein, shall not be less than minimum size designated in plant list. Take caliper measurements 6 in. above ground on trees up to and including 4 in. caliper, and at 12 in. above ground for larger sizes. H. Shrubs and Small Plants: Shrubs and small plants, unless otherwise designated, shall be well-formed and bushy with well-spaced side branches, and shall have a crown and stem(s) typical of species and variety. Plants shall be well-branched to ground. Plants shall meet requirements for spread and/or height stated in Plant List. Measurements for height are to be taken from ground level to average height of top of shrub and not to longest branch. Thickness of each shrub shall correspond to trade classification "No. Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted. I. Plants larger than those specified in the Plant List may be used if approved by Architect/ Owner’s Representative, but use of such plants shall not increase the Contract Price. If use of larger plants is approved, spread of roots or ball of earth shall be increased in proportion to size of plant. 2.2 PLANTING ADDITIVES A. Liquid Seaweed Concentrate: Dry, water soluble seaweed extract powder from Ascophym nodosum. Stress-X as manufactured by North Country Organics, Bradford, Vermont 05033, ph# [PHONE REDACTED], or equal. B. Plant Growth Biostimulant: Dry, water soluble plant growth biostimulant made form beneficial bacteria humic extracts, cold water sea kelp extract, essential amino acids, vitamins, root growth factors and sugars. Bio- Magic as manufactured by North Country Organics, Bradford, Vermont 05033, ph# [PHONE REDACTED], or equal. C. Mycorrhizae granules: transplant granules for inoculating plants with beneficial mycorrhizal fungi prior to planting. Myco-Magic as manufactured by North Country Organics, Bradford, Vermont 05033, ph# [PHONE REDACTED], or equal. 2.3 BULB BOOSTER A. Bulb booster: fine ground, organic source of phosphate and shall contain the following available plant food by weight: Nitrogen Phosphorus Potash 0% 12% 0% ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-8 Planting 2.4 BARK MULCH A. Bark mulch: shredded granular outer bark of evergreen trees and minimum of hardwood bark and shall be aged for period of at least 6 months and not longer than two years. Bark mulch shall not have be subjected to anaerobic conditions and must be partially decomposed and dark brown in color, Bark chunks shall average 1/2 inch to 2 inches in length and no chunks three inches or more in size and thicker than 1/4 inch shall be left on site. Moisture content shall be 40 percent or more, retained with normal watering and/or rainfall. Mulch shall be free of dirt, leaves, twigs, and other materials deleterious to plant life. Mulch shall not contain chipped construction materials. 2.5 POST PLANTING FERTILIZER A. Post Planting Fertilizer: 1. Complete, fertilizer made from all-natural ingredients complying with State and Federal fertilizer laws. Fertilizer shall contain the following available plant food by weight, unless soils test indicates a need for different composition 2. Pro Start 5-3-4 manufactured by North Country Organics, Bradford, Vermont 05033, ph# [PHONE REDACTED]. 3. Fertilizer to be delivered in original unopened standard size bags showing weigh, analysis ingredients and manufacturer’s name. 2.6 WATER A. Water: furnished by Contractor, unless otherwise specified, and suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Hose and other watering equipment required for work shall be furnished by Contractor. 2.7 SUBSURFACE TREE STABILIZATION A. Subsurface Tree Stabilization over structure: Platipus Deadman System – Plati-mat manufactured by Platipus Earth Anchoring Systems 1902 Garner Station Boulevard, Raleigh, NC 27603. Telephone: (919) 662-0991 B. Provide a subsurface tree stabilization system which uses below grade shed anchors/ ground stakes at four corners augured to a 4’ minimum depth with straps located below grade over the root ball, connected to the anchors/ stakes to secure the tree and root ball in place. Maintain planting in plumb condition and in order to withstand the environmental conditions of the site. 2.8 ANTIDESSICANT A. Antidessicants: emulsions or materials which provide a protective film over plant surfaces permeable enough to permit transpiration and specifically manufactured for that purpose. Antidesiccant shall be delivered in manufacturer's containers and used according to manufacturer's instructions 2.9 CHEMICALS, HERBICIDES, FUNGICIDES AND INSECTICIDES A. Provide chemicals, herbicides, fungicides and insecticides as needed for fungus or pest control. Chemicals and insecticides shall be approved by Rhode Island Department of Environmental Protection for intended used and application rates. No pesticides shall be ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-9 Planting used on site without knowledge and approval of Architect/ Owner’s Representative. Pesticides shall be handled by State licensed operators only. 2.10 PLANT LABELS A. Plant labels shall be provided by Contractor and shall be durable, legible labels, stating correct plant name and size, in weather-resistant ink or embossed process lettering, and are easily removable 2.11 METAL EDGING A. Heavy Duty Straight Profile Edging: Permaloc CleanLine 1/8 inch (3.2mm) x 5.5 inch (140mm) high, extruded aluminum, 6063 alloy, T-6 hardness, landscape edging for straight-line and curvilinear applications in corrugated straight profile, as manufactured by Permaloc Corporation, Holland MI 49424, telephone (800) 356-9660. Section shall have loops on side of section to receive stakes spaced approximately 2 to 3 feet (610 mm to 915 mm) apart along its length. B. Thickness:1/8 inch (3.2 mm) gage section at 0.072 inch (1.83 mm) minimum thick with 0.135 inch (3.4 mm) exposed top lip and 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) gage section at 0.116 inch (2.95 mm) minimum thick with 0.187 inch (4.75 mm) exposed top lip. C. Length:16-foot (4.8m) sections. D. Connection Method: Section ends shall splice together with an interlocking stakeless snap-down design. E. Stake:18 inch (457mm) Permaloc extruded aluminum stake. Stakes to interlock into section loops. F. Finish: Black DuraFlex. Paint finish shall comply with AAMA 2603 for electrostatically baked on paint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: in the event field conditions are not in conformance with Contract Documents, notify Architect/ Owner’s Representative in writing. 1. Spot and Invert Elevations: verify field elevations of site improvements such as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, existing plantings, and subsurface piping conform to Drawings. 2. Finish Grade: verify specified elevations and prior grading operations have shaped, trimmed, and finished gradients. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Contact "Dig Safe" prior to doing excavation on site. If work is to be done around underground utilities, appropriate authority of utility must be notified of impending work. Hand excavate areas adjacent to utilities. Contractor shall be ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-10 Planting responsible for damages done by himself or his personnel to existing utilities, which shall be repaired or paid for by Contractor. 2. Dust Control: upon acceptance of finish grades provide dust control. 3. Erosion Control: upon acceptance of finish grades provide erosion control. 4. Agricultural Chemicals: protect site improvements from contact with agricultural chemicals, soil amendments, and fertilizers. 3.3 DIGGING, HANDLING, AND PROTECTION OF PLANTS A. Dig balled and burlapped (B & B) plants with firm natural balls of earth, of sufficient diameter and depth to include fibrous roots and conforming to standards of American Nurserymen Association. No burlap will be accepted. No plant moved with a ball will be accepted if ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operations. B. Protect roots or balls of plants from sun and drying winds. C. Set plants on ground in shady location and protect with soil, bark mulch, or other acceptable materials, balled and burlapped plants which cannot be planted immediately upon delivery. Water stored plants and regularly verify rootballs are moist. Architect/ Owner’s Representative will reject stored plants found with dried rootballs. D. Open bundles of plants immediately and plants and separate before roots are covered. Care shall be taken to prevent air pockets among roots. During planting operations, bare roots shall be covered with canvas, hay or other suitable material. No plant shall be bound with wire or rope as to damage the bark or break branches. 3.4 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND OFF STRUCTURE A. If rock, underground construction work, or other obstructions are encountered in plant pit excavation work, alternate locations may be selected by Architect/ Owner’s Representative at no additional cost to Owner. B. Where locations cannot be changed, obstruction shall be removed, subject to Architect/ Owner’s Representative's approval, to a depth of not less than three feet below grade and no less than six inches below bottom of ball or roots when plant is properly set at required grade. C. Removal of rock and underground obstructions encountered as specified in 312300. 3.5 PLANTING OPERATIONS OVER STRUCTURE A. In planting areas over structure, provide protective measures and perform planting operations in a manner which does not damage the waterproofing assembly and subsurface drainage and does not adversely affect the planting soil profiles. B. For planting operations over structure, confirm weight limitations of structure and weights of proposed equipment prior to commencing planting operations. 3.6 PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF PLANTING MEDIUMS AND UNDERDRAINAGE COMPONENTS A. See Section 329115 – Planting Soils. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-11 Planting 3.7 FINE GRADING A. See Section 312216 – Fine Grading. 3.8 PLANTING OPERATIONS A. Stake out locations of plants and secure Architect/ Owner’s Representative's approval before excavating plant pits. B. Excavating 1. Place tree next to tree pit excavation and remove burlap from top of root ball. If trunk flair is not visible gently loosen and remove soil with a blunt tool or air spade until trunk flair and large horizontal lateral roots are located. Use care not to damage root system. Following removal of excess soil over root ball measure depth of root ball to determine depth of tree pit excavation. 2. Dig tree pits and plant pits by hand and take care not to disturb utilities. If utilities are disturbed during planting operation, Contractor shall repair damage at Contractor's expense. 3. Excavate plant pits with sloping sides so planting hole is saucer shaped. Plant pit shall be no deeper than root ball. 4. Tree pits shall be four times diameter of soil ball in width. C. Setting, Backfilling and Fertilizing 1. In the event trees are containerize in wire baskets, lay tree on its side and cut the bottom of the cage off, roll the tree into the hole and remove the sides of the wire basket. 2. Set plants in center of pits plumb, straight and at an elevation where after settlement the root flare and lateral roots of plant will be at surrounding finished grade. Root ball shall not be broken. When trees are set, compact base material under the root balls to fill voids and support plants at proper height. Remove burlap and rope from upper two thirds of balls and have Architect/ Owner’s Representative inspect removal prior to backfilling. 3. Remove groundcovers and perennials from containers immediately before planting. Handle plants carefully to prevent damaging roots. Groundcover plants may be planted after bark mulch is placed. 4. Sprinkle michorrhizal granules continuously around perimeter of root ball as well as incorporating granules into top of rootball following removal of top 1/3 of burlap in accordance with manufacturer’s recommend 5. Mix liquid seaweed concentrate or plant growth bio-stimulant with water at a rate of 3 grams of liquid seaweed concentrate powder per gallon of water or 1 teaspoon of plant growth biostimulant per gallon of water. 6. Backfill hole around plants to two-thirds full, firm soil, flood with water mixed with additives, after water has drained away backfill to finished grade without additional firming. Immediately after plant pit is backfilled, a shallow basin larger than pit shall be formed with ridge of soil to facilitate and contain water. After planting, cultivate soil in shrub beds between shrub pits, rake smooth and outline beds neatly. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-12 Planting D. Bulbs 1. Prior to bulb planting, mix bulb booster thoroughly into planting mixture in bulb planting area at rate of ½ pound to every 25 square feet of area unless directed otherwise by manufacturer’s recommendations. Add one tablespoon full of bulb booster to each bulb planting hole as bulb is being planted. 2. Plant bulbs at depth of two and one-half times bulb diameter and spaced six inches to eight inches apart. E. Perennial Soak: submerge perennials in large shallow tank filled with water until soil is completely saturated. Soil will be saturated when bubbles cease to rise from soil mass. Perennials to remain in water for no more than 4 hours after soil saturation has occurred an shall be planted within 24 hours of removal from water. Re-soak if not planted within 24 hours. 3.9 DRAINAGE TEST A. Perform drainage test on trees and in representative shrub beds. 1. After excavation, fill pit twice successively with water. 2. Water shall drain out of plant pit minimum 2 inches per hour. 3. Plant pits draining slower than 2 inches per hour will require provision for drainage. B. Documentation: note on the planting plan, pits that pass drainage test and plants that fail drainage test. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Observation: 1. Architect/ Owner’s Representative to review plant pits without positive drainage. 2. Architect/ Owner’s Representative to review plant pit excavation and planting. 3.11 GUYING, AND STAKING A. Guying and staking plants is required and the Contractor responsible for maintaining plants in upright, vertical position and for maintaining guying and staking materials. If Contractor determines below grade guying and staking is preferred, Contractor shall submit recommendations for Architect/ Owner’s Representative’s approval. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-13 Planting 3.12 METAL EDGING A. Preparation: Ensure that all underground utility lines are located and will not interfere with the proposed edging installation before beginning work. Locate border line of edging with string or other means to assure border straightness and curves as designed. Dig trench 1 inch (25 mm) deeper than set of edging bottom. B. Set edging into trench with top at 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) above compacted finish grade on turf side with side having loops for stakes placed on opposite side of turf. Drive stakes through edging loops until locked in place. Requires 5 stakes evenly spaced for each 16 feet (4.88 meters) section, or 3 stakes evenly spaced for each 8 feet (2.44 meters) section with a total of 8 stake loops available in each 16 feet (4.88 meters) section if necessary. Provide additional stakes at approximately 24 inches apart, longer stakes, heavier gage stakes, or any combination of previously mentioned as necessary to firmly secure edging for permanent intended use. C. Where edging sections turn at corners and at angled runs, cut edging partially up through its height from bottom and turn back to desired angle to form rounded exposed radius. D. Backfilling and Cleanup: Backfill both sides of edging, confirm and adjust if necessary that sections are securely held together, and compact backfill material along edging to provide top of edging at 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) above turf finish grade. Cleanup and remove excess material from site. 3.13 PRUNING A. Prune trees and shrubs only with approval of Architect/ Owner’s Representative to remove dead, broken and crossing branches. Prune according to American Nurserymens' Association Standards to preserve natural character of plant and as directed by Architect/ Owner’s Representative. No leaders shall be cut. B. Pruning shall be done with clean, sharp tools. Dead wood or suckers and broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed back to live bud, branch, or stem. 3.14 MULCHING A. Immediately after planting operations are completed, cover tree and shrub pits and perennial beds with a 3” layer of organic mulch and 1” over small groundcover area. Taper depth of mulch to be two inches at mulched perimeter and decreasing in depth toward trunk to be flush where trunk or stem meets root ball. Do not place mulch against trunk or stem. Entire planting bed to be covered with mulch. 3.15 WATERING A. Flood plants with water twice within first 24 hours of time of planting, and water plants during the maintenance period at lease twice per week. At each watering thoroughly saturate the soil around each tree or shrub. If sufficient moisture is retained in soil, as determined by Architect/ Owner’s Representative, required watering may be reduced. Each tree will require a minimum of ten gallons of water. 3.16 POST PLANTING FERTILIZER A. Apply uniform application of Post Planting Fertilizer (5-3-4) at rate of 5 lbs. per 1000 square feet, 30 days after planting. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329000-14 Planting 3.17 CLEANING A. Wash and sweep clean paving, site improvements and building surfaces. Clean spills and oversprays immediately. Remove and dispose off-site excess planting mixture, soil and debris. B. Following Acceptance at the end of 90 Maintenance Period of planting areas, remove materials and equipment not required for other planting or maintenance work. Materials and equipment remaining on site shall be stored in locations which do not interfere with Owner's maintenance of accepted lawns or other construction operations. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 1 Planting Soils SECTION 329115 PLANTING SOILS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REFERENCE A. The work of this Section is integral with the whole of the Contract Documents and is not intended to be interpreted outside that context. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for planting soil including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Planting soil components material acquisition. 2. Soil testing and analysis for specification conformance. 3. Inspection and testing of subgrade for preparation of subgrade. 4. Preparation of planting soil blends and testing for conformance and quality control. 5. Preparation of Mock-up of Subgrade Preparation. 6. Preparation of Mock-up of Lawn, Planting Bed and Bioretention Soil Profile Placement. 7. Installation and placement of planting soils. 8. Compaction of planting soils. 9. Final in-place testing of planting soils. 10. Coordination with other contractors. 11. Clean-up. 12. Project-close out and Warranty. B. References to other Sections are given that would duplicate provisions in this Section. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to all Sections. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. 1.4 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 2. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 3. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 2 Planting Soils 4. SECTION 32 91 15 – PLANTIGN SOILS 5. SECTION 32 93 10 – LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 6. SECTION 32 92 00 – SEEDED LAWNS 7. SECTION 01 56 39 – TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT MATERIAL PROTECTION 8. SECTION 32 93 50 – RAIN GARDEN PLANTING 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions/References: 1. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil after settlement. 2. Planting Soils for Soil Profiles: Soil produced off-site from off-site sources by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with mature and stable organic compost to produce specified planting soil blends. 3. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soils. 4. Contractor: The Contractor performing the work specified herein. 5. ASA: American Society of Agronomy 6. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials. 7. AOAC: Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 8. Soil Scientist: The project Soil Scientist shall be Pine and Swallow Environmental, 867 Boston Rd., Groton, MA 01450, [PHONE REDACTED], www.pineandswallow.com 9. Subgrade: Soil material and levels resulting from the approved rough grading work. Preparation of subgrade to ensure positive drainage is required in this section. 10. Lawn and Planting Soils: Lawn and Planting Soils are composed of a blend of three base components: base loam, organic material and sand. The quality of the blend depends on the quality of the original components. Locate and obtain approval of sources for base loam, organic material and sand that meet the Specification requirements. Contractor is then responsible for mixing the components. Approximate mixing ratios are provided, but may require adjustment, depending on the final materials and with the approval of the Architect or their representative, in order to meet Specification requirements for each blend. 11. Final Acceptance: Final Acceptance shall be the day on which the project is 100% complete and accepted by the Landscape Architect and Owner, including “Punch List” items. Maintenance and Warranty work shall commence at Final Acceptance. 12. Ordinary Fill for fills within 12” of subgrade elevation at athletic field areas: Shall meet the requirements of Sand or Sand and Gravel as specified. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture that has, and must be able to demonstrate that they have, the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that they specialize in types of tests to be performed. 1. Employ at Contractor’s expense a qualified independent testing and inspection laboratory acceptable to the Landscape Architect and Owner to perform all tests and certifications as ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 3 Planting Soils specified herein including both laboratory and field-testing. Tests shall be made in strict compliance with the standards of the AOAC, ASTM, or as described herein. a. It is the responsibility of Landscape Contractor in conjunction with the Soil Supplier to submit material for the soil and compost tests. B. Contractor Experience 1. Candidate Contractor shall submit written documentation of at least five years of contracting and landscape construction experience completing projects of similar scope, complexity and value. 2. Candidate Contractor shall submit written documentation of at least five projects in which engineered blended horticultural soil was used. 3. Candidate Contractor shall submit at least three project references including project address, dollar value, owner’s and landscape architect’s contact information (name, phone, and email). C. Critical Path Processing - Soils Testing Report Submittals: 1. Critical Path Processing: The Contractor shall be responsible for recognizing that these critical project materials warrant timely attention, that the procurement process and testing protocols to achieve approved materials shall be considered a long lead time item. Under no circumstance shall failure to comply with all specification requirements be a reason for substitution of unacceptable material(s). D. Construction Observations 1. The Contractor shall not place any Soil Blend on Subgrade prior to inspection and approval by the Landscape Architect or Owner’s Representative for compliance with grading and compaction and infiltration specifications. The Contractor shall submit grades of the subgrade to the Landscape Architect as required. The Contractor shall request inspection seven days before proceeding. 2. The Contractor shall not place any horticultural soils on Subgrade prior to inspection and approval by the Landscape Architect for compliance with depth, grading and compaction specifications. The Contractor shall request inspection seven days before proceeding. E. Regulatory Requirements 1. Comply with laws, regulations, and quarantines for agricultural and horticultural products. 2. Contractor shall submit certification that all soil blend components and all soil blends meet all environmental standards of the State of Massachusetts. 3. Testing of imported soils for oil and hazardous material (OHM) is not included in this Section. Testing and compliance of horticultural soils for OHM shall be according to the Soils Management Plan, at the direction of the Environmental Consultant or other entity designated by the Owner. F. Testing In-Place Soils ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 4 Planting Soils 1. The Contractor shall provide samples of imported materials for testing as required by the Specifications or as requested by the Landscape Architect, as well as assist the Landscape Architect in performing any field tests deemed necessary by the Landscape Architect to ascertain the acceptability of the Work. No additional payment, in excess of the accepted Contract price, shall be made for the Contractor's assistance in this regard. In the event of unsatisfactory test results, the Contractor shall bear the cost of additional sampling, delivery, inspection and testing charges necessary to ascertain that the Work has been corrected to conform to the Specifications. G. Planting Soil Testing Protocol 1. The Appendix summarizes the process of planting soil testing, submittal, and evaluation. This flow chart is provided to simplify the flow of soil testing and submittals required for Planting Soils. 1.7 TESTING, SUBMITTALS AND MOCK-UPS A. Prepare and submit in accordance with General Conditions SECTION 007200 and General Requirements SECTION 013300 Submittal Procedures. B. Certificates: Provide certificates required by authorities having jurisdiction for any composted materials. Contractor shall submit certification that all soil blend components and all soil blends meet all environmental standards of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. C. Testing for Subgrade, Planting Soil Components, Existing Stripped Topsoil, and Planting Soil Mixes: Testing is required at the following intervals: 1. Testing of individual components (Base Loam, Sand, and Compost) for planting soil mixes. Tests are as described in Section 02901, 1.7. Compost maturity and stability as per 2.1, G. 1. b, shall be tested every month after initial acceptance and during and until final blend production. 2. After test results for components have been accepted, create sample mixes of each planting soil mix and perform tests described in Section 02901, 1.7. a. Planting Soil Mixes shall be compliant to Section 02901, 2.2. 3. After the test results for planting soil mixes have been accepted, and during the production of planting soils, test every 200 cubic yards of every Soil Mix blended for: organic matter content, gradation, and pH. Before shipping of any Planting Soil Mix, the Contractor shall confirm that the Soil Scientist has accepted the mix. Testing applies to all soil layers of the planting profile. After three consecutive compliant tests, the Contractor may increase the interval of testing to 500 cubic yards. Approval is required before shipment. 4. Laboratory test reports for components and blend batch stockpiles, and blend production stockpiles shall be no older than three months from date of submittal. Compost maturity and stability as per 2.1 shall be tested every month after initial acceptance and during and until final blend production. 5. Testing of Subgrade: Prior to placement of the planting soil profile, test the subgrade as described in this Section 02901, Part 3. Coordinate the testing of the subgrade with the Sitework Contractor before the planting soil profile is placed. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 5 Planting Soils 6. Testing of existing stripped topsoil: organic matter content, gradation, and pH. 7. In-place tests: Compaction tests of each type of material placed in accordance this section. Infiltration tests shall be in accordance with this Section. 8. All in-place testing for compaction, moisture content, and infiltration shall be done by qualified geotechnical testing company supplied and costs paid by the owner. Daily testing logs shall be emailed within 2 days to the Landscape Architect and the Soil Scientist. D. Test Reports: Submit certified reports for tests as described in this Section. 1. Mechanical gradation (sieve analysis) shall be performed and compared to the USDA Soil Classification System using sieve size nos. 10, 18, 35, 60, 140 and 270. Percent clay (0.002 mm) shall be reported separately in addition to silt (ASTM D-422-63, hydrometer method). 2. The silt and clay content shall be determined by a Hydrometer Test of soil passing the #270 sieve. 3. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, Aluminum, Iron, Manganese, Lead, Cation Exchange Capacity, Soluble Salts, organic matter content, acidity (pH) and buffer pH. 4. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with Recommended Soil Testing Procedures for the Northeastern United States, 2nd Edition, Northeastern Regional Publication No. 493. Tests include the following: a. Test for soil Organic Matter by loss of weight on ignition. b. Test for soil CEC by exchangeable acidity method. c. Test for soil Soluble Salts shall be by the 1:2 (v:v) soil:water Extract Method. d. Test for Buffer pH by the SMP method. e. Tests for pH shall be conducted on a 1:1 soil to distilled water ratio. 5. Certified reports on analyses from producers of composted organic materials shall be required and new test reports shall be submitted when new sources are changed. Analyses shall include all tests for criteria specified in 2.1, I. 6. Saturated hydraulic Conductivity: Test procedure ASTM D5856 a. Hydraulic Conductivity tests shall be taken of samples during QA/QC testing at the Soil Supplier’s facility. Samples from each stockpile for each soil blend shall be tested. 7. Testing Agencies: The following firms are acceptable testing agencies for the various components. a. Leaf Yard Waste Compost Stability Test and Herbicide Bioassay Test: Woods End Research Laboratory, P.O. Box 297, Mt. Vernon, ME, 04352, tel: [PHONE REDACTED], fax: [PHONE REDACTED]. b. Mechanical Gradation, Chemical Analysis and Organic Matter Content, All Soil Components and Planting Soil Mixes: University of Massachusetts, 203 Paige Laboratory, 161 Holdsworth Way, Amherst, MA 01003, http://soiltest.umass.edu, tel: [PHONE REDACTED], fax: [PHONE REDACTED] or approved equal. c. All other tests except those listed above: Certified Testing laboratory (CTL), 155 US Route 130, Bordentown, NJ 085085 tel: [PHONE REDACTED], fax: [PHONE REDACTED], www.certifiedtestinglabs.com or approved equal. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 6 Planting Soils 8. Laboratory Density Testing Submittal: ASTM D698 - 12 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort a. Density tests shall be performed on samples collected at the Soil Supplier’s facility, to obtain the optimum moisture content and maximum dry density values. 9. Test Report Timeliness a. All submitted test reports must be from recent analyses, less than 90 days old, and represent materials that are available for delivery to the site. b. Base component materials should be blended into soil blends within 90 days of test reports. Soil blends should be delivered to the project site or be reserved for project use at designated areas within 90 days of test reports for each soil blend. Soil blends may be mixed, approved by the Design team, and stockpiled in advance. If stockpiling occurs, the Construction and Design teams should be notified, and the storage period shall be up to 360 days. In the event of long-term storage beyond 90 days, new samples of each stored stockpile shall be tested for gradation, organic matter content and pH and resulted submitted for approval. c. Pre-blended and accepted stockpiles should be stored in accordance with Specification Requirements and be labeled and protected. d. If base component test reports expire beyond the 90-day limit while soil blends are being manufactured, the contractor shall submit certification to the design team that the materials are the same materials that were tested and accepted initially and may continue blending using the accepted submittals up to a maximum of 180 days at which time new samples and laboratory tests must be submitted. E. In-Place Testing 1. Density Tests: ASTM D1556 Density of soil and rock in place using Sand Cone Method or ASTM D6938-10 Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM D698 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. (Standard Proctor). a. In-place density tests shall be carried out at a rate of one test per each bed or separate tree planting location for each type of soil blend, i.e., for each layer in the soil profile, placed and subgrade within each bed. b. Density Test results shall be emailed to the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist within two business days. 2. In-place infiltration tests shall be performed using Turf-Tec IN2-W Infiltrometer utilizing manufacturer's operating instructions or alternate pre-accepted method (see the Perforated Canister Method procedures provided in this Section). a. In-place infiltration tests shall be carried out at a rate of one test per each bed or separate tree planting location for each type of soil blend placed and subgrade within each bed. b. Infiltration rates shall be compliant with rates specified for each blend. c. Infiltration Test results shall be emailed to the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist within two business days. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 7 Planting Soils 3. In addition, in-place soil blends may be sampled and tested by the Owner. Tests for gradation and organic matter content shall be compliant with Specifications for that blend. F. Prior to ordering the below listed materials, submit representative composite samples to the Landscape Architect, Owner and Soil Scientist for selection and approval. Representative composite samples shall be composed of at least five equal-sized subsamples mixed thoroughly and resampled for submittal. Do not order materials until Landscape Architect’s, Owner’s Representative’s and Soil Scientist's approval has been obtained. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples. 1. Components a. Compost: samples of one gallon. b. Base Loam: samples of one gallon. c. Coarse Sand: samples of one gallon. 2. Test Blends a. Planting Bed Soil: samples of one gallon. b. High Use Lawn Soil: samples of one gallon. c. Bioretention Planting Soil: samples of one gallon. d. Horticultural Subsoil: samples of one gallon. 3. Production Stockpiles a. Planting Bed Soil: samples of one gallon. b. High Use Lawn Soil: samples of one gallon. c. Bioretention Planting Soil: samples of one gallon. d. Horticultural Subsoil: samples of one gallon. 4. Materials a. Filter Fabric Mirafi 140N or equal: one square foot sample. b. Underdrainage Panel Pipe with Filter Fabric: samples of one foot (if required). c. Letter Certification description of feed stock for Compost. d. Sand and Gravel (for use in the Bioretention Profile): sample of one gallon. e. Underdrainage Round Perforated Pipe with Filter Fabric Drain Sock (if required): sample of one-foot. f. Underdrainage Round Nonperforated Pipe (if required): sample of one-foot. G. Sources for Base Loam, Sand, and Compost: Submit information identifying sources for all soil components and the firm responsible for mixing of planting soil mixes. 1. Landscape Architect, Soil Scientist and Owner shall have the right to reject any soil supplier. 2. Soil mix supplier shall have a minimum of five years-experience at supplying custom planting soil mixes. 3. Submit supplier name, address, telephone and fax numbers and contact name. 4. Submit certification that accepted supplier is able to provide sufficient quantities and qualities of materials for the entire project. 5. Final approval of soil supplier shall be made after on-site review of supplier’s facility by the Soil Scientist. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 8 Planting Soils 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to DIVISION 01 for overall material handling requirements. B. In addition, the following provision is established: Material should not be handled or hauled, placed or compacted when it is wet as after a heavy rainfall or is frozen. Soil should be handled only when the moisture content is within the moisture range specified in 02901, 1.10. C. Store and handle packaged materials in strict compliance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect all materials from weather, damage, injury and theft. D. Sequence deliveries to avoid delay. On-site storage space is extremely limited and shall be permissible only with written notice from the owner. Deliver materials only after preparations for placement of planting soil have been completed. E. Prohibit vehicular and pedestrian traffic on or around stockpiled planting soil. F. Blended soil mixes that are to be stockpiled longer than two weeks shall not be placed in mounds greater than ten feet high. If soil stockpiles greater than ten feet high are present longer than two weeks then the contractor shall break down and disperse soil so that mounds do not exceed the ten foot height restriction for longer than two weeks. Ten-foot high stockpiles that are in place longer that three months shall be aerated by rolling over or moving. G. Vehicular access to the site is restricted. Before construction, the Contractor shall submit for approval a plan showing proposed routing for deliveries and site access. 1.9 MOCK-UPS A. General: If the original mock-up is not approved, the Contractor shall provide additional mock- ups, as required, at no cost to the Owner until an approved mock-up is obtained. Mock-up shall be approved before final soil placement is begun. The approved mock-up shall become the standard for the entire job. Mock-up shall be built in a location as directed by Landscape Architect and may be constructed on a location becoming part of the final work. When so requested, build mock-ups of different materials simultaneously to allow the Landscape Architect to review all elements at once. Demolish and remove mockups when directed. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work, including the same base construction. All soil tests shall be compliant, Standard Proctor tests available, field testing agency equipped with various compaction and moisture testing instruments, contractor equipped with a range of compaction means, and soils with compliant moisture content. B. Subgrade Preparation Mockup: The subgrade shall be ripped or scarified according to the procedures outlined in Section 3.4 tested for infiltration capacity and recompressed prior to the installation of Lawn of Panting Soils. C. The contractor shall document methods and equipment of stripping and stockpiling existing topsoil without commingling the topsoil with the underlying subgrade, as well as storage meeting specification parameters. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 9 Planting Soils D. Plant Bed Soil Mockup: Upon acceptance of all materials and prior to installing Horticultural Subsoil and Planting Bed Soil, the Contractor shall construct mock-up on site as indicated below. Build mock-up of Horticultural Subsoil and Planting Bed Soil in a bed to allow the Landscape Architect to review the installation methods. Approved materials required include Horticultural Subsoil, and Planting Bed Soil as specified. Moisture content of all soils must be compliant with this section 1.10 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Soil Moisture Content 1. Contractor shall not move, blend or grade soil when moisture content is so great that mud or free water is present, nor when it is so dry that dust will form in the air or that clods will not break readily, nor when it is frozen. Apply water, if necessary, or allow drying to bring soil moisture between 60% of optimum moisture content (OMC) on the dry side of optimum and optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698 for compaction, grading and plantings. All Planting Soils must be at or below OMC for placement and compaction. 2. Field Soil Moisture Screening Test a. Form soil in palm of hand, if soil retains shape and crumbles upon touching, the soil may be worked. b. If the soil will not retain shape, it is too dry and shall not be worked. c. If the soil retains shape and will not crumble, it is too wet and shall not be worked. d. If the soil glistens or free water is observed when the sample is patted in the palm of hand the soil is too wet and shall not be worked. e. Field Moisture Screening Test is a qualitative guideline test shall not be used for compliance to Specification Requirements. 1.11 ACCEPTANCE A. Request for Acceptance: In writing, request Landscape Architect’s and Soil Scientist’s inspection for acceptance at least 10 days in advance of preferred inspection date. Do not request inspection for acceptance until work is 100% complete and in compliance with the Contract requirements. B. Final Acceptance: Final Acceptance shall be the day on which the project is 100% complete and accepted by the Landscape Architect and Owner, including “Punch List” items. Maintenance and Warranty work shall commence at Final Acceptance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Soil Performance Criteria 1. All soil blends specified below shall meet all parameters as noted. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 10 Planting Soils a. Soil blends shall be free-draining: achieving minimum saturated hydraulic conductivity value (SHCV) for each blend is of paramount importance. SHVC for each soil blend is specified below. b. Soil blends shall not be over-compacted: compliance with in-place compaction value for each soil blend is of paramount importance. Compaction value for each soil blend is specified below. B. General 1. All planting mix material shall fulfill the requirements as specified and be tested to confirm the specified characteristics. 2. Samples of individual components of planting soil mixes in addition to blended plant mixes shall be submitted by the Contractor for testing and analysis to the approved testing laboratory. Comply with specific materials requirements specified. a. No base component material or soil components for plant mixes shall be used until certified test reports by an approved agricultural chemist have been received and approved by the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist. b. As necessary, make all soil mix amendments at any time until completion. 3. The Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist may test at their discretion all soil samples for Quality Control and Quality Assurance. If samples fail to be compliant with specifications, the Contractor shall pay all testing fees. C. Soil Testing and Soils Testing Report Submittal 1. All testing of the soil mix components shall be carried out by the Soils Testing Laboratory. Recommendations for amending and/or correcting the soil mix will be provided to the Contractor by the Soil Supplier. 2. Failure of any material by testing and/or amendment procedure to meet Specification requirements shall require the Contractor to seek another source for the failed material and the initiation of all testing procedures for the new replacement material shall immediately take place. D. Soil Samples: Contractor is responsible for paying costs for testing. Submit 1 gallon planting soil samples in two phases. Submit samples concurrent with horticultural soil test reports in both phases. Submit as Phase One, planting soil base components for approval. Only after approval of Phase One components, submit as Phase Two, soil blend test batches for approval. After approval of test batches submit as Phase Three production stockpile test results. All reports must be from recent analyses, less than 90 days old, and represent materials that are available for delivery to the site. 1. Phase One Submittals of Planting Soil Base Components: a. Base Loam (Imported Topsoil) b. Organic Amendment Materials (Compost) c. Coarse Sand for Amending Soil ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 11 Planting Soils 2. Phase Two Submittals of test batch Planting Soils: mixing and batching of soils shall be produced with the same equipment and in the same manner as production stockpiles will be produced for Phase Three. a. Planting Bed Soil b. High Use Lawn Soil c. Horticultural Subsoil d. Bioretention Planting Soil 3. Phase Three Submittals shall be identical to Phase Two Submittals and be conducted for each 200 cubic yards of soil material prepared for the project site. 4. Submit reports for each of the above samples: Submit sample from each proposed source for testing and approval. Deliver samples to both the testing laboratory and the project soil scientist and pay costs. Send report directly to Owner’s Representative. 5. Soil Sample Submittals: Sampling shall be done by the Contractor. The size of the samples and method of sampling shall be as follows: Samples shall be representative of the material to be brought to the site. Each sample shall be a Composite Sample, which consists of 5 separate sub samples taken from a minimum of different locations at each source and mixed together to make the test sample. 6. The Contractor shall schedule this testing in order to permit reasonable time for testing, evaluation, and approvals prior to scheduled installation. Allow for a minimum of 4 weeks to perform testing and obtain approvals. E. Base Loam 1. The Contractor shall supply Base Loam from off-site sources. Base Loam as required for blending with other components shall be a naturally occurring soil formed from geologic soil-forming processes without admixtures of sand or organic matter sources (composts). Base Loam shall be free of subsoil, Horizon B and C soils, large stones, earth clods, sticks, stumps, clay lumps, roots or other objectionable, extraneous matter or debris. Base Loam shall also be free of quack-grass rhizomes, Agropyron Repens, and the nut-like tubers of nutgrass, Cyperus Esculentus, and all other primary noxious weeds. Base Loam shall not be delivered or used for planting while in a frozen or muddy condition. Base Loam for mixing shall conform to the following grain size distribution for material passing the #10 sieve. Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 18 85 100 35 70 95 60 50 85 140 36 53 270 32 42 0.002mm 3 6 2. The ratio of the particle size for 80% passing (D80) to the particle size for 30% passing (D30) shall be 8 or less (D80/D30 < 3. Maximum size shall be one-inch largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 15% by weight of the total sample. Tests shall be by combined hydrometer ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 12 Planting Soils and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422 after destruction of organic matter by ignition. 4. The organic content shall be between 4.0 and 8.0 percent by weight. 5. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, Aluminum, Iron, Manganese, Lead, Cation Exchange Capacity, Soluble Salts, organic matter content, acidity (pH) and buffer pH. F. Sand 1. Sand for Drainage at athletic fields, and Soil Mixes shall be uniformly graded medium to coarse sand consisting of clean, inert, rounded to sub-angular grains of quartz or other durable rock free from loam or clay, surface coatings, limestone, mica, calcareous materials and deleterious materials with the following gradation, for material pasing the #10 Sieve. Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 18 60 80 35 25 45 60 8 20 140 0 8 270 0 3 0.002mm 0 0.3 2. Maximum size shall be one-inch largest dimension. 3. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 10% by weight of the total sample. 4. The ratio of the particle size for 70% passing (D70) to the particle size for 20% passing (D20) shall be 3.0 or less (D70/D20 Tests shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422 after destruction of organic matter by ignition. 5. Sand pH shall be 7.2 or less. 6. Sand and Gravel also may be used below athletic field for drainage upon acceptance by the Soil Scientist and Landscape Architect as an alternate to the Sand alone. G. Leaf Yard Waste Compost 1. Organic Matter for amending planting media shall be a stable, humus-like material produced from the aerobic decomposition and curing of Leaf Yard Waste Compost, composted for a minimum of one year (12 months). The Leaf Yard Waste Compost shall be free of debris such as plastics, metal, concrete or other debris. The leaf yard waste compost shall be free of stones larger than 1/2", larger branches and roots. Wood chips over 1" in length or diameter shall be removed by screening. The compost shall be a dark brown to black color and be capable of supporting plant growth with appropriate management practices in conjunction with addition of fertilizer and other amendments as applicable, with no visible free water or dust, with no unpleasant odor, and meeting the following criteria as reported by laboratory tests. a. The ratio of carbon to nitrogen shall be in the range of 12:1 to 25:1. b. Stability shall be assessed by the Solvita procedure. Protocols are specified by the Solvita manual (version 5.0). The compost must achieve a maturity index of 6 or ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 13 Planting Soils more as measured by the Solvita scale. Stability tests shall be conducted by Woods End Research Laboratory, Mt. Vernon, Maine. c. Organic Content shall be at least 20 percent (dry weight). One hundred percent of the material shall pass a 1/2-inch (or smaller) screen. Debris such as metal, glass, plastic, wood (other than residual chips), asphalt or masonry shall not be visible and shall not exceed one percent dry weight. Organic content shall be determined by weight loss on ignition for particles passing a number 4 sieve. Organic matter is calculated as loss on ignition. d. pH: The pH shall be between 6.5 to 7.2 as determined from a 1:5 soil-distilled water suspension. e. Salinity: Electrical conductivity of a one to five soil to water ratio extract shall not exceed 2.0 mmhos/cm (dS/m). f. The compost shall be screened to 1/2-inch maximum particle size and shall contain no more that 3 percent material finer that 0.002mm as determined by hydrometer test on ashed material. g. Nutrient content shall be determined by the Soil Testing Laboratory or equivalent laboratory and utilized to evaluate soil required amendments for the mixed soils. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Aluminum, Magnesium, Iron, Manganese, Lead, Soluble Salts, Cation Exchange Capacity, soil reaction (pH), and buffer pH. h. Compost shall not contain phytotoxic residual herbicide levels or other oil or hazardous materials (OHM) above levels established for soils used in residential applications. H. Filter Fabric 1. Filter fabric shall be Mirafi 140N (http://www.mirafi.com) or approved equal. I. Underdrainage Panel Pipe with Filter Fabric (if required) 1. Drainage Pipe shall be 12” width AdvanEdge Pipe by Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) or approved equal. 2. In all installations of Underdrainage Pipe with Filter Fabric, Sand as specified above shall surround the pipe on all sides at least two inches thick and as shown on the Drawings, except in cases where Panel Pipe is installed in crushed stone or on protection board. See Drawings. J. Sand and Gravel (For use in Bioretention Profile) 1. Free-draining sand and gravel borrow shall consist of inert, hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam, clay, mica, surface coatings and deleterious materials and shall conform with the following gradation: U.S. Sieve No. Percent Passing by Weight Minimum Maximum 3 inch 100 - 1/2 inch 60 - # 4 40 100 ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 14 Planting Soils # 50 8 28 # 200 0 5 2. Sand and gravel borrow shall be placed in lifts not more than nine inches thick before compaction. Compaction shall be by vibration to a density between 90 and 95% Standard Proctor. Saturated hydraulic conductivity of the sand and gravel shall be not less than 30 inches per hour according to ASTM D5856-95 (2000) when compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor, ASTM 698. K. Underdrainage Round Pipe with Filter Fabric (if required) 1. Planting underdrain pipe shall be ADS Single Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, manufactured by ADS Company, Columbus, OH 43221, or approved equal. Pipe shall be manufacturer’s standard perforated configuration of suitable strength for the intended use. Jointing shall be made using manufacturer’s standard snap coupling type fittings. 2. Filter Fabric Covering for Corrugated Piping: Piping shall be factory-fitted with a filter fabric covering around piping. Filter fabric shall be Drain Sock filter fabric manufactured by ADS Company, Columbus, OH 43221, or approved equal. 3. In all installations of Planting Underdrainage Pipe with Filter Fabric, Sand as specified herein shall surround the pipe on all sides at least two inches thick and as shown on the Drawings. L. Non-perforated Underdrainage Round Pipe (if required) 1. Pipe: Pipe shall be ADS Single Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, manufactured by ADS Company, Columbus, OH 43221, or approved equal. 2. Pipe shall be manufacturer’s standard non-perforated configuration of suitable strength for the intended use. 3. Jointing shall be made using manufacturer’s standard snap coupling type fittings. 2.2 PLANTING SOIL MIXES A. Uniformly mix ingredients by either windrowing/tilling on an approved hard surface area or by processing through a screener. Organic matter shall be maintained moist, not wet, during mixing. Amendments shall not be added unless approved to extent and quantity by the owner and additional tests have been conducted to verify type and quantity of amendment is acceptable. Percentages of components, unless otherwise noted, will be established upon completion of individual test results for components of the various mixes. Approximate mixing ratios are provided, but may require adjustment, depending on the final materials. As necessary, the contractor shall adjust suggested ratios to produce compliant blends. B. Planting Soil Mixes specified below are based on blends of Base Loam with approved organic matter and sand. After component percentages are determined by the Contractor, each planting soil mix shall be tested for physical and chemical analysis under 1.7 of this Specification Section. C. Planting Bed Soil 1. Planting Bed Soil shall consist of a blend of approximately one-part by volume of Sand, one part by volume of Base Loam and one part by volume of Leaf Yard Waste Compost ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 15 Planting Soils (1S:1L:1C). Blending of the components shall be carried out with earth moving equipment or screener prior to placement. The components shall be blended to create a uniform mixture as determined by the Landscape Architect. The final mix shall conform to the following gradation requirements for material passing a Number 10 sieve. Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 - 18 75 93 35 50 80 60 29 56 140 19 30 270 18 24 0.002mm 2 7 2. Maximum size shall be one-half inch largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 15% by weight of the total sample. The ratio of the particle size for 80% passing (D80) to the particle size for 30% passing (D30) shall be 8.0 or less, (D80/D30 Tests shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422. 3. The final mix shall shall have an organic content between 5.0 and 7.0 percent by weight. 4. pH shall be 6.0 to 6.5. 5. The final mix shall have a saturated hydraulic conductivity of not less that 2.0 inches per hour according to ASTM D2434 when compacted to a minimum of 85 percent Standard Proctor. 6. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium Magnesium, Aluminum, Iron, Manganese, Lead, Cation Exchange Capacity, Soluble Salts, organic matter content, acidity (pH) and buffer pH. D. High Use Lawn Soil 1. Imported Base Loam, Sand and Compost, each as specified above, shall be combined in an approximate mix ratio of two parts by volume Sand to one part by volume Base Loam to one and one half parts by volume Compost (2S:1L:1.5C) to create a uniform blend which meets the following requirements. 2. Gradation for Material Passing the Number 10 Sieve: Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size No. Minimum Maximum 10 100 100 18 70 90 35 45 72 60 26 40 140 14 20 270 10 14 0.002mm 2 4 3. Maximum size shall be one-inch largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 20% by weight of the total sample. 4. Ratio of the particle size for 70% passing (D70) to the particle size for 20% passing ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 16 Planting Soils (D20) shall be 4.2 or less (D70/D20 5. Saturated hydraulic conductivity of the mix shall not be less than 4.0 inches per hour according to ASTM D5856-95 (2000) when compacted to a minimum of 88% Standard Proctor, ASTM 698. 6. Organic content shall be between 4.5 and 6.0 percent by weight. 7. pH shall be between 6.2 and 6.8 8. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium Magnesium, Aluminum, Iron, Manganese, Lead, Cation Exchange Capacity, Soluble Salts, acidity (pH) and buffer pH. E. Horticultural Subsoil 1. Horticultural Subsoil shall consist of a combination of approximately two parts Sand and one part Base Loam (2S:1L). The following gradation for material passing a Number 10 Sieve shall be achieved in the final mix. Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 18 85 95 35 55 80 60 30 60 140 20 33 270 12 17 0.002 mm 1 3 2. Maximum size shall be one half-inch largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 10% by weight of the total sample. 3. pH shall be 6.0 to 6.5. 4. The ratio of the particle size for 80% passing (D80) to the particle size for 30% passing (D30) shall be 6.5 or less, (D80/D30 Tests shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422. 5. The final mix shall have an organic content between 1.5 and 3.0 percent. 6. The final mix shall have a saturated hydraulic conductivity of not less that 2.5 inches per hour according to test procedure ASTM D2434 when compacted to a minimum of 92 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 7. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium Magnesium, Aluminum, Iron, Manganese, Lead, Cation Exchange Capacity, Soluble Salts, organic matter content, acidity (pH) and buffer pH. F. Bioretention Planting Soil 1. Base Loam, Sand and Yard Waste Compost, each as specified above, shall be combined in an approximate mix ratio of three parts by volume Sand to one part by volume Base Loam to one part by volume Compost (3.S:1L:1C) to create a uniform blend which meets the following requirements. 2. Gradation for Material Passing the Number 10 Sieve: Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 - ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 17 Planting Soils 18 70 90 35 42 75 60 24 40 140 13 20 270 10 13 0.002mm 2 4 3. Maximum size shall be one-inch largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 15% by weight of the total sample. 4. Ratio of the particle size for 70% passing (D70) to the particle size for 20% passing (D20) shall be 4.2 or less. (D70/D20 <4.2) 5. Saturated hydraulic conductivity of the mix: not less than 4 inches per hour according to ASTM D5856-95 (2000) when compacted to a minimum of 88% Standard Proctor, ASTM 698. 6. Organic content: between 2.0 and 3.0 percent by weight. 7. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium Magnesium, Aluminum, Iron, Manganese, Lead, Cation Exchange Capacity, Soluble Salts, organic matter content, acidity (pH) and buffer pH. G. Sod Farm Growing Medium 1. Sod to be placed on the site shall be grown in a sand-based field meeting the following sod farm growing media requirements, and shall have no greater than 1/2–inch of thatch. 2. Soil in which sod was grown at the Sod Farm shall be USDA classified as sand and shall conform to the following grain size distribution for material passing the #10 sieve: Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 - 18 85 100 35 60 85 80 25 40 140 6 26 270 4 18 0.002mm 2 5 3. The maximum particle size shall be 1/2 inch. 4. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 10% by weight of the total sample. Tests shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422. 5. Recommended Sod Farms: Tuckahoe Turf Farms-Berwick Maine or Hammonton, NJ fields. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Verify that all Submittals and Test Results required herein have been reviewed and accepted by the Soil Scientist. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 18 Planting Soils B. Refer to Division 01. C. Coordinate activities with other project Contractors so that there is no soil disturbance from traffic or other construction activities subsequent to placement of planting soil mixes. Report disturbances to Soil Scientist and Landscape Architect and implement corrective measures as necessary. D. Pre-Installation Examination Required: The Contractor shall examine previous work, related work, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and shall notify Landscape Architect in writing of all deficiencies and conditions detrimental to the proper completion of this work. Beginning work means Contractor accepts substrates, previous work, and conditions. The Contractor shall not place any planting soil until all work in adjacent areas is complete and approved by the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist. E. Examination of Subgrade: The subgrade shall be examined by the Contractor prior to the start of soil placement and planting. Any deficiencies shall be noted and related to the Landscape Architect in writing prior to acceptance of the subgrade by the Landscape Contractor. Deficiencies include, but shall not be limited to the following: 1. Construction debris present within the planting areas. 2. The subgrade is at incorrect elevations for installing the designed soil profile 3. Subgrade not compacted as specified. F. Planting Soil Preparation: Refer to Part 2 of this section for planting soil and mixtures. Examine soil and remove foreign materials, stones over 1/2”, and organic debris over 2” in length. Mix-in fertilizers and amendments as required by tests and as approved by the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist. All preparation and mixing shall be accomplished when the soil moisture content is less than field capacity. If lime is to be added, it shall be mixed with dry soil before fertilizer is added and mixed. 3.2 EXCAVATION AND REMOVAL A. Refer to Division 31 - Earthwork. B. The Contractor is responsible for carefully delineating the limits of work, along with excavating and removing the materials to the elevations shown on the plans to accommodate the new soil profile. 3.3 MIXING OF PLANTING SOIL MIXES A. Planting mixtures shall be produced with equipment that blends together each component in a thorough and uniform manner. 3.4 SUBGRADE PREPARATION, INSPECTION AND PERCOLATION TESTING A. At all lawn and planted areas, after subgrade levels have been reached, the Landscape Architect or Soil Scientist shall observe de-compaction and preparation of the subgrade according to this Section and inspect soil conditions to evaluate subsurface drainage conditions. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 19 Planting Soils B. Coordinate the following scarification work to eliminate subgrade compaction when located in Planting areas. Maintain 12” clearance from any underground utilities during subgrade de- compaction. 1. Heavy Site Subgrade Compaction Mitigation: a. Heavily compacted subgrade areas such as, but not limited to, temporary parking areas, material stockpile areas, temporary roadways, construction areas and areas around structures and other similar areas. b. Prior to establishing the final subgrade, these areas shall be dug up or ripped to a depth of (18) inches to break up the soil hard pan, then re-compacted with two passes of the tracks of a wide track bulldozer size D-6 or smaller, or other approved equipment. 2. General Site Subgrade Compaction Mitigation for all general Planting areas in fills and that are not heavily compacted and would be mitigated as specified in Item 1 above: a. Immediately prior to placing Planting Soil, the entire subgrade shall be loosened to a minimum depth of 8-inches using the teeth of a backhoe or other suitable equipment, then re-compacted with two passes of the tracks of a wide track bulldozer size D-6 or smaller, curled bucket of an excavator, or other approved equipment. Vibratory compaction of subgrade in planted areas is prohibited. C. After Subgrade has been scarified as described above, it shall be recompressed by using the curled bucket of an excavator, the tracks of small excavtion equipement, or other static compression methods. Verify the subgrade passes water at or greater than the minimum requirement. D. Remove all stones or debris greater than 6” in any dimension from the subgrade prior to placing Planting Soils. E. After the subgrade has been prepared, Percolation Tests shall be performed according to the following test procedures. Planting Soils may also be tested for infiltration capacity by this method as required, however the test canister should only be placed 4-inches into the soil to be tested. 1. Utilize perforated canisters or buckets seven to ten inches in diameter and a minimum of six inches high. 2. A test hole shall be hand dug at the soil horizon to be tested approximately one-inch larger than the diameter of the test canister and approximately six inches deep. The sides of the test hole shall not be smoothed. 3. Place one-half inch of clean coarse sand in the bottom of the hole and place the canister firmly into the hole. The space around the canister shall then be filled with coarse sand. Tamp the coarse sand to firmly fill any void space around the test canister. 4. Fill the canister with water to the soil horizon level and allow to drain until approximately one inch of water remains, or a minimum of 1 hour. 5. Refill the canister to the soil horizon level. After the water level drops approximately one inch, start the test. Record time versus water level as the water level drops. The percolation rate is the length of time for the water level to drop per inch. The field scientist shall record ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 20 Planting Soils the rate of percolation for a minimum of two hours or until the water level has dropped a minimum of three inches after the start of measurements. 6. The subgrade must be capable of infiltrating water at least one inch per hour (1”/hr) in planted areas and hour in Bioretention areas. If subgrade fails to pass water at the minimum rate, adddition earthwork or drainage provisions shall be required. 3.5 BACKFILLING OF PLANTING SOIL LAYERS A. Refer to Division 31 - Earthwork, for establishment and verification of subgrade. B. Planting Soil Placement Preparation: 1. Verify that the subgrade preparation has been installed and accepted. 2. Notify the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist of soil placement operations at least seven calendar days prior to the beginning of work. 3. The Landscape Architect will stake locations for trees and shrubs during placement of the planting soils. C. Placement of all Horticultural Soils 1. Placement of all Planting Soils and plant stock shall be placed simultaneously to prevent excessive traffic over soil lifts and the final grade so as to prevent the creation of undesirable soil compaction. The Landscape Architect will stake trees during placement of the planting soils. Soil backfill around the plant root ball shall be layered in the same depth and sequence as the surrounding soil profile. Compaction due to moving and placement of plants, removal of excess soils or from any other operation including foot traffic shall be decompacted. 2. All Planting Soils shall be placed in lifts not to exceed 8 inches in thickness and compacted to meet minimum and maximum requirements as specified below. The surface of each compacted lift shall be scarified by raking or other approved methods to a minimum depth of one-inch prior to placement of the following lift. a. Horticultural Subsoil shall be compacted to between 84 and 86 percent Standard Proctor, except soils beneath the rootballs shall be compacted to between 88 and 92% Standard Proctor to create a firm pedestal and prevent settlement of the rootballs. b. Planting Bed Soil and Bioretention Soils shall be compacted to between 83 and 85 percent Standard Proctor. c. High Use Lawn Soil shall be compacted to between 85 and 87 percent Standard Proctor. d. In all cases, the soil being placed shall be in a dry to damp condition. No wet soils shall be placed. All testing of in-place density for lawn and planting soil shall be made according to ASTM methods or by the Soil Scientist with a compaction probe. e. Vibratory compaction is prohibited on planting soils of all types. 3. Planting Soils and Subsoil shall never be moved or worked when wet or frozen. 4. The Contractor shall place barricades as required to prevent any unnecessary compaction of planting soil from vehicles, equipment, or pedestrian traffic. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 21 Planting Soils 5. As required, percolation tests of all Planting Soils shall be performed using Turf-Tec IN2- W Infiltrometer utilizing manufacturer’s operating instructions, or alternate approved method. a. In-place infiltration tests shall be carried out at a rate of one test per each bed or separate tree planting location for each type of material placed. b. Landscape Architect or the Owner’s Representative may direct additional testing in locations subject to compaction or adverse Contractor operations. c. Placed planting soils exhibiting noncompliant percolation values shall be removed or restored to compliant conditions. d. In-place field tests must meet or exceed Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity standards specified in Section 2.2 for each blend. e. If test results are less than specified standards, the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist will evaluate possible solutions including removal of the soil blend and installation of compliant blend soil. Any repair/replace operation by the Contractor shall be at no additional charge. f. Contractor shall be responsible for conducting percolation tests on subgrade at a frequency of one test every 5,000 square feet, and additional tests are required if the subgrade materials change in physical characteristics and/or hardpan, clay or silt conditions are observed. 3.6 PROTECTION AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing and erosion. Keep free of trash, debris or construction materials from other work B. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or compacted due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. Scarify or remove and replace material to a depth as directed by the Landscape Architect; reshape and re-compact at optimum moisture content to the required density. C. Where settling occurs, before final acceptance or during the warranty period, remove finish surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact to specified rates, and restore any disturbed areas to a condition acceptable to the Owner. D. Existing soils and placed horticultural soils shall be protected from wheeled equipment by installation of steel plates or protection mats. Should travel across existing soil or placed horticultural soils be necessary, the protection plan shall be submitted for approval by the Landscape Architect and Soil Scientist seven days prior to travel. 3.7 COORDINATION AND EXCESS MATERIALS A. Coordinate activities with other project contractors so that there is no soil disturbance from traffic or other construction activities subsequent to placement. B. Excess Planting Soil Mixture and Materials: Remove the excess planting soil mixture and materials from the site at no additional cost to the Owner unless other wise requested. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 22 Planting Soils 3.8 POST-INSTALLATION TESTING A. In-place density testing is required in all areas. Placed lawn and planting soils must be inspected for compaction level by the Soil Scientist or by the following acceptable Density Test Methods: ASTM D1556 Density of soil and rock in place using Sand Cone Method, ASTM D6938-10 Nuclear Methods, after ASTM D698 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. B. Placed Planting Soils must be capable of infiltrating water at the minimum rate provided in this Specification for each type of planting soil. END OF SECTION 329115 © 2024 Pine & Swallow Environmental ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329115 - 23 Planting Soils APPENDIX: PLANTING SOIL TESTING PROTOCOL PHASE I - Component Approval • Base Loam Testing • Sand Testing • Compost Testing PHASE II – Small Batch Approval 20cy • Mechanical & Chemical Testing • Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity • Standard Proctor Test ASTM 698 PHASE III – Production Stockpile Approval – for each stockpile & each blend • Mechanical & Chemical Testing • Compost Testing every 30 days Ship to Site PHASE IV – Confirmation Test on Site • Mechanical & Chemical Testing Pre-Construction Conference Soil Blend Production PHASE V – Preparation of Subgrade for Soil Placement Percolation Testing on Subgrade (Separate from Planting Soil Testing) Construction Observation Notification Requirements PHASE VI – Planting Soil Placement In-Place Soil Moisture, Infiltration, and Compaction Testing Planting Requirements • Final Compaction Testing • Final Infiltration Testing Construction Execution © 2024 Pine & Swallow Environmental Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Fail Fail Fail ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-1 Seeded Lawn SECTION 329200 SEEDED LAWNS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Coordinate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Seeded Lawn. 2. Watering, fertilizing and mowing and maintenance of lawn. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related Sections include the following: 1. SECTION 31 05 13 – BORROW MATERIALS 2. SECTION 31 23 00 – EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION 3. SECTION 31 22 16 – FINE GRADING 4. SECTION 32 90 00 – PLANTING 5. SECTION 32 91 15 – PLANTIGN SOILS 6. SECTION 32 93 10 – LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 1.4 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridge Construction, Department of Public Works, latest edition. 2. City of Salem, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of other authorities having jurisdiction. Provide labor, materials, equipment and services to comply with requirements. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-2 Seeded Lawn 3. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials: a. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials. b. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. c. AOAC: Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. d. USDA: United Stated Department of Agriculture. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit the following submittals in accordance with the requirements of SECTION 01 30 00 – ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's information for: 1. Maintenance Fertilizer 2. Seed Mixture 3. Protective fencing materials. 4. Erosion control blanket. C. Certificates: Submit: 1. Seed grower’s certification: Submit manufacturer's certificates of compliance with each shipment of each seed type. Certificate from seed supplier shall indicate seed is true to variety indicated on packaging. Certificates shall include guaranteed percentages of purity, weed content and germination of seed, net weight and date of shipment. No seed may be sown until certificates have been submitted. D. Schedules: Submit: 1. Seeding installation schedule for approval. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: contractor shall have minimum five years-experience in seed installation. B. Regulatory Requirements 1. Secure permits, licenses, and pay fees including traffic control. 2. Comply with laws, regulations, and quarantines for agricultural and horticultural products. C. Conform to provisions of SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SEED, FERTILIZER AND SOIL AMENDMENTS ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-3 Seeded Lawn A. Packing and Shipping: deliver materials in unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name and guaranteed statement of analysis. Transport materials without damage. Protect finishes from abrasion, dirt, oils, grease, and chemicals. Pack materials to protect from weather. B. Acceptance at Site: verify in writing that delivered materials conform to specifications and approved submittals. C. Storage and Protection: 1. Materials shall be uniform in composition, dry and free flowing. 2. Store materials in dry place, on pallets, off the ground; protect from sun. Store materials in a manner, which does not diminish their usability and effectiveness. 3. Protect materials from theft, damage, weather, dirt, oils, grease, and construction. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: do not deliver, handle or place soils when dry, wet, or frozen. 1. Field Test a. Form soil in palm of hand, if soil retains shape and crumbles upon touching, the soil may be worked. b. If soil will not retain shape it is too dry and should not be worked. c. If soil retains shape and will not crumble, it is too wet and should not be worked. B. Seed Planting Seasons: 1. April 15 to May 15 2. September 1 to October 15. 3. Seeding other than within the above season shall be allowed only when directed by Landscape ‘Architect or when Contractor submits written request for permission to do so and permission is granted. Newly seeded areas, if seeded out of season, must be continuously watered according to good practice if seeding is done between June 1 and September 1. Seeding done outside dates established above shall be solely at Contractor's risk. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform lawn work only after planting and other work affecting ground surface has been completed. 1.10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-4 Seeded Lawn A. Upon completion of seed installation, request Landscape Architect’s review to determine if work is substantially complete. Submit request a minimum of five days prior to the anticipated inspection date. If work is substantially complete, Landscape Architect will issue a Substantial Completion letter identifying commencement of 90 day Maintenance Period. 1. If work is not substantially complete, Landscape Architect will issue a written list of outstanding work to be done on a timely schedule agreed upon by Contractor and Landscape Architect. 2. Contractor shall notify Landscape Architect when outstanding work is completed and ready for review. When outstanding work is complete, as determined by Landscape Architect, a letter of Substantial Completion will be issued. 1.11 90 DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Maintain lawn areas until Final Acceptance. 1.12 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. After the 90 day maintenance period seeded lawn areas will be reviewed for final acceptance. B. Conditions of Final Acceptance 1. Lawn acceptance shall be given for entire lawn area. No partial acceptance shall be given. 2. Lawns shall exhibit uniform, thick, well- developed stand of grass. Lawn areas shall have no bare spots in excess of four inches in diameter and bare spots shall comprise no more than two percent of total area of lawn. 3. No lawn areas shall exhibit signs of damage from erosion, washouts, gullies, or other causes. 4. Pavement surfaces and site improvements adjacent to lawn areas shall be clean and free of spills from placing or handling of loam borrow and seeding operations. C. Inspection and Final Acceptance 1. Upon completion of 90 Day Maintenance Period, request Landscape Architect’s review to determine if work is acceptable. Submit request a minimum of five days prior to anticipated inspection date. If work is acceptable, Landscape Architect will issue a Final Acceptance letter. From this date forward, lawn maintenance will be the responsibility of the Owner. Following acceptance of lawns, Owner will be given access to lawn areas for maintenance work. a. If work is not accepted, Landscape Architect will issue a written list of outstanding work. Maintenance period to be extended until completion of work. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-5 Seeded Lawn b. Contractor shall notify Landscape Architect when outstanding work is completed and ready for review. When work is complete, as determined by Landscape Architect, a letter of Final Acceptance will be issued. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LANDSCAPE SOILS AND AMENDMENTS A. See SECTION 32 19 14 – PLANTING SOILS. 2.2 POST PLANTING FERTILIZER A. Post Planting Fertilizer to be mixed with soil: 1. Complete, fertilizer made from all-natural ingredients complying with State and Federal fertilizer laws. Fertilizer shall contain the following available plant food by weight, unless soils test indicate a need for different composition: Nitrogen Phosphorus Potash Lawns 5% 3% 4% 2. Fertilizer: Pro Start 2-3-3 manufactured by North Country Organics, Bradford, Vermont 05033. Phone: [PHONE REDACTED]. 3. Fertilizer to be delivered in original unopened standard size bags showing weigh, analysis ingredients and manufacturer’s name. 2.3 WATER A. Water: furnished by Contractor, suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Hose and other watering equipment furnished by Contractor. 2.4 SEED A. Seed mixture: fresh, clean, new crop seed. Seed can be mixed by an approved method on site or can be mixed by dealer. If seed is mixed on site, each variety shall be delivered in original containers bearing dealer's guaranteed analysis. If seed is mixed by dealer, Seeding Contractor shall furnish to the Landscape Architect the dealer's guaranteed statement of composition of mixture and percentage of purity and germination of each variety. B. Seed Mixture: 1. Tall Fescue Mix (turf-type tall fescue) by Pennington Seed, Inc., P.O. Box 290, Madison, GA 30650, Phone: 1-[PHONE REDACTED]. Proportion of mix Minimum after purity germination ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-6 Seeded Lawn Rebel 4 Tall Fescue 30% 85% Justice Tall Fescue 25% 85% Rebel Exceda Tall Fescue 25% 85% Soprano Perennial Ryegrass 10% 85% Wild Horse Kentucky Bluegrass 10% 85% 2. Application Rates a. General Lawn Areas: 350 lbs. / Acre or 8.05 lbs. / 1,000 SF 2.5 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE FENCING A. Protect seeded areas with snow fencing or other approved temporary fencing material. Maintain fence in place. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LAWN WORK SCHEDULE A. Lawn work shall proceed on schedule in conformance with project phasing. These requirements will be strictly adhered to. B. Lawn work must be completed on schedule to allow at least one full growing season prior to Final Acceptance. C. Contractor responsible for maintenance work on installed lawn until an acceptable lawn is established for a minimum of 60 days. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: in the event field conditions are not in conformance with Contract Documents, notify Landscape Architect in writing. 1. Spot and Invert Elevations: verify field elevations of site improvements such as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, existing plantings, and subsurface piping conform to Drawings. 2. Finish Grades: verify specified elevations to ensure that fine grading operations have shaped, trimmed, and finished sod bed true to elevation with smooth sloped parallel to finished grade. 3.3 PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF PLANTING SOIL A. See SECTION 32 91 13 – PLANTING SOILS. 3.4 PREPARATION FOR LAWN INSTALLATION A. Protection: ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-7 Seeded Lawn 1. Dust Control: upon acceptance of finish grade provide dust control. 2. Erosion Control: upon acceptance of finish grade provide erosion control. 3. Agricultural Chemicals: protect site improvements from contact with agricultural chemicals, soil amendments, and fertilizers. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Clean seed bed, pavement or other site improvements prior to installation. 3.5 SOIL PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF PLANTING SOILS A. See SECTION 32 91 13 – PLANTING SOILS. B. Thoroughly irrigate areas to receive seed. C. Scarification: cross rake areas to receive seed so surface of soil will be receptive to holding seed. D. Grade seed areas smooth, free draining and even surface with a loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake; remove ridges and fill depressions to drain. E. Restore prepared areas to specified condition if eroded, settled, or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and prior to seeding. 3.6 APPLICATION OF PRE PLANTING FERTILIZER A. Pre-plant Fertilizer application: specified in SECTION 32 19 14 – PLANTING SOILS. 3.7 SOWING OF SEED A. Seeding: Seeding shall consist of soil preparation, seeding, raking, rolling, weeding, watering and otherwise providing labor and materials to secure establishment of acceptable turf. B. Sowing of Seed: Immediately before seed is sown, ground shall be scarified, or raked until surface is smooth, friable, and of uniformly fine texture. No seeding shall be done during windy weather. Sow seed in two directions right angles to each other, applying 3 lbs. of seed per 1,000 sq. feet in each direction. Sow seed evenly using a culti-packer or approved seeding device (if culti-packer is not used, cover seed with thin layer of landscape soil by dragging, light raking or other approved method). Roll in both directions with hand roller weighing approximately one hundred pounds per foot of width, and water with fine spray. Provide protective fencing where required to keep area undisturbed until grass is established. C. On slopes of 3:1 or greater, Contractor can, at his option, use erosion control blanket pre-seeded with specified mixtures. Erosion control blanket shall be installed with two staples minimum per square yard. 3.8 WATERING ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-8 Seeded Lawn A. First Week: First Week: Provide labor and arrange for watering necessary to establish acceptable lawn. In absence of adequate rainfall, watering shall be performed daily and as necessary during first week and in sufficient quantities to maintain moist soil to two inch minimum depth. B. Second and Subsequent Weeks: Water lawn to maintain moisture in upper 5 inches of soil. C. Water with uniform coverage while preventing erosion due to application of excessive quantities over small areas, and prevent damage to finished surface by watering equipment. Provide sufficient watering equipment to apply one complete coverage to seeded areas in eight-hour period. 3.9 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance begins immediately after seed is installed and continues until Final Acceptance as follows: 1. a uniform, thick, well-developed stand of turf grass is established. 2. Mow turf grass at seven-day intervals. a. First mowing: when grass has grown to 2" to 2 1/4" height. Cut grass to 1 3/4" height. b. Subsequent mowings shall cut grass to 1 3/4" height. c. Mow in Autumn until growth of grass ceases, and resume in Spring when grass grows to 2 1/4" height. 3. Mow sloped areas a minimum of once during maintenance period. 90 day maintenance period shall be extended to include required cutting. Cut grass to 3" height. 4. Apply uniform application of Post Planting Fertilizer at rate of 44 pounds nitrogen per acre throughout maintenance period. Initial application 3 to 4 weeks after seeding. Additional applications shall occur at four week intervals or as directed by Landscape Architect. 5. Lawn areas shall continue to be watered as described above. 6. After grass has started, areas failing to show uniform, thick, well-developed stand of grass shall be immediately re-seeded until areas are covered with satisfactory growth of grass as determined by Landscape Architect. 7. Repair damage from erosion, gullies, washouts, or other causes immediately by filling with loam borrow, tamping, re-fertilizing and re-seeding. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329200-9 Seeded Lawn 3.10 CLEANING A. Wash and sweep clean paving, site improvements and building surfaces. Clean spills and over- sprays immediately. Remove and dispose off-site excess planting mixture, soil and debris. B. Following Final Acceptance of lawn areas, remove materials and equipment not required for other planting or maintenance work. Materials and equipment remaining on site shall be stored in locations that do not interfere with Owner's maintenance of accepted lawns or other construction operations. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protect lawn areas against damage with fencing. Fencing to remain in place for minimum 30 days or as directed by owner to ensure complete establishment of seeded lawn. Contractor to maintain fencing in upright position, stretched and neatly. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-1 Landscape Maintenance SECTION 329310 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents including Bidding and Contract Requirements, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, services and transportation to complete work. 1. Planting and Tree Care, Pruning, Monitoring and Aftercare 2. Integrated Pest Management Program 3. Irrigation System Maintenance, Monitoring and Aftercare 4. Guaranty and replacement of unacceptable plants. 5. Maintenance Manual. 1.03 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS 1. SECTION 32 90 00 – PLANTING 2. SECTION 32 91 15 – PLANTIGN SOILS 3. SECTION 32 92 00 – SEEDED LAWN 1.04 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, MassDOT Standard Specifications and Supplements, latest edition, Boston, Massachusetts. 2. AmericanHort, American Standards for Nursery Stock, (ANSI Z60.1), latest edition, published by the AmericanHort 3. Best Management Practices: Tree Planting. International Society of Arboriculture, P.O. Box 3129, Champaign, IL 61826-3129. 2005. 4. American Standard for Pruning, ANSI A300-2001. American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1819 L Street, NW, Sixth Floor, Washington, DC 20036. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-2 Landscape Maintenance 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Maintenance: consists of keeping plants in healthy growing condition including watering, weeding, cultivating, remulching, tightening and repairing of guys, removal and replacement of dead plant material, pest and disease control, resetting plants to proper grades or upright positions and maintaining saucer. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: in accordance with General Requirements. B. Materials List: provide list of materials to be used in maintenance; materials shall be the same as approved in related sections: 1. Fertilizers, soil amendments, testing see Section 329115 – Planting Soils. 2. Plant materials, mulch, and related materials, see Section 329000 - Planting. C. Integrated Pest Management and Disease Treatment 1. Submit registrations and permits for application of materials from the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to Engineer. 2. Submit copies of permits in connection with materials to Engineer. Spraying to be considered only after full consideration has been given to alternative pest control strategies. The least toxic approach to pest control shall be used. 3. Submit plan for integrated pest management and disease treatment; identify proposed materials and methods. D. Maintenance Manual 1. Submit a Maintenance Manual to Owner describing schedule and operations for on- going upkeep of the installed plants for the entire Guaranty Period. The manual shall address itself to: a. Integrated Pest Management Program b. Post Planting Tree Care, Pruning, Monitoring and Aftercare including addressing care and long-term maintenance of the specified plants c. Irrigation System Maintenance, Monitoring, Winterize system, Spring restart and Aftercare d. Guaranty and replacement of unacceptable plants. 2. Provide specific information on the following items: a. Post Planting Tree Care Monitoring and Aftercare including addressing care and long-term maintenance of the specified plants and Integrated Pest Management Program. b. Irrigation System Maintenance, Monitoring and Aftercare: Watering season; diagnosis of watering need; frequency of watering; amount; time of day; methods and equipment; monitoring and adjusting moisture sensors, monitoring equipment operation and equipment maintenance, winterize system and spring restart. c. Fertilization: Fertilizing seasons; analysis for fertilizer selection; application rates and methods; preparation and conditions; application times; application ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-3 Landscape Maintenance equipment; post-application operations and care; precautions for fertilizer use. d. Liming: Liming season; analysis for liming; application rate; method and equipment for application. e. Pruning: Pruning goals and purposes; methods and techniques (relate to species); equipment; season; cleanup and disposal; precautions. f. Miscellaneous plant maintenance: Weeding and weed control; pest and disease control; leaf and litter removal; professional assistance for plant care; h. Replacement of unacceptable plants. 3. Include a month-by-month calendar of maintenance procedures, indicating operations listed above. Include health and safety procedures for handling and applying fertilizer and chemicals. 4. Submit a copy of maintenance manual to Engineer for approval. Submit prior to planting completion. Engineer may request revisions to manual to meet intent of project design. 5. Submit three copies of manual to Owner at acceptance meeting for planting work. Acceptance shall not be granted until manual has been submitted and approved. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: contractor shall have minimum five years experience in landscape maintenance. B. Regulatory Requirements 1. Secure permits, licenses, and pay fees including traffic control. 2. Comply with laws, regulations, and quarantines for agricultural and horticultural products. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: deliver materials in unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name. Transport materials without damage. Protect finishes from abrasion, dirt, oils, grease, and chemicals. Pack materials to protect from weather. B. Acceptance at Site: verify in writing that delivered materials conform to specifications and approved submittals. C. Storage and Protection: 1. Store materials in dry place, on pallets, off the ground; protect from sun. 2. Protect materials from theft, damage, weather, dirt, oils, grease, and construction. 1.09 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: do not work soils when dry, wet, or frozen. 1. Field Test ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-4 Landscape Maintenance a. Form soil in palm of hand, if soil retains shape and crumbles upon touching, the soil may be worked. b. If soil will not retain shape it is too dry and should not be worked. c. If soil retains shape and will not crumble, it is too wet and should not be worked. B. Planting Seasons: see Section 329000 - Planting 1.10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Upon completion of planting, request Architect/ Owner’s Representative’s review to determine if work is Substantially Complete. If work is determined to be Substantially Complete, Engineer will issue a Letter of Substantial Completion that establishes the effective date of the start of the two-year Maintenance Period and two year Guaranty Period. 1. If work is not substantially complete, Engineer will make a list of outstanding work to be done on a timely schedule agreed upon by Contractor and Architect/ Owner’s Representative. 2. Contractor shall notify Engineer when outstanding work is accomplished and ready for review. When outstanding work is complete, in the judgment of Engineer, a Letter of Substantial Completion will be issued. 1.11 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Maintain plantings until the end of two-year Maintenance Period and two year Guaranty Period and Final Acceptance. 1.12 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. After the two-year Guaranty Period, plantings will be reviewed for acceptance. B. Plantings shall be in thriving and vigorous condition at the time of review for Final Acceptance. If plantings are acceptable, Engineer will issue a Letter of Final Acceptance. 1. If plantings are not thriving, in the judgment of Engineer, remedial actions by Contractor will be required to replace plantings. 2. Remedial work shall be done immediately and in accordance with related work of other sections. 3. At the conclusion of remedial work, Architect will review work and extend the Guaranty Period until plantings are deemed acceptable. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-5 Landscape Maintenance PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 POST PLANTING TREE CARE, PRUNING, MONITORING AND AFTERCARE A. Materials for Planting Maintenance 1. Materials utilized during the maintenance period shall be the same specified in the work of the related sections: a. Fertilizers, soil amendments, testing, see Section 329115 – Planting Soils. b. Plants and related materials, see Section 329000 - Planting. B. Biological, Herbicidal and Other Pest Control 1. Materials and Specifications shall be by a licensed pest control operator, with authority to purchase, utilize, and specify agricultural chemicals and agricultural products. 2. Use the least hazardous, least intrusive materials and methods. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Vehicles: in good working order so oil and grease does not stain pavements and poison plantings. Signs identifying the vehicles shall be clearly displayed. B. Machinery: in coastal environments use vegetable oil in lieu of hydraulic oil and maintain machinery in good working order so oil and grease does not stain pavements and poison plantings. 2.03 WATER A. Water: Furnished by Contractor, suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Hose and other watering furnished by Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: in the event field conditions are not as shown on Drawings and outlined in the Specifications, notify Architect in writing. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-6 Landscape Maintenance 3.02 INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT PROGRAM A. Schedule a site visit and inspect trees every 6 weeks. Provide a detailed report following each site visit and report observations and remedial recommendations. B. Provide treatments to suppress insects, mites, nematodes, and diseases as prescribed by their manufacturer and in accordance with The Commonwealth of Massachusetts laws with permission of Engineer. 3.03 PROTECTION FROM AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS A. Protect site improvements from contact with agricultural chemicals, soil amendments, and fertilizers. 3.04 PLANTS A. Maintain plants in vigorous condition throughout the Maintenance and Guaranty Periods. B. Replace plants that are missing, dead, not true to name or size as specified, or not in satisfactory growth, as determined by Engineer. Replace plants found unacceptable within one month or in first month of next growing season, whichever comes first. C. Plants must show a minimum of 75% healthy head with obvious growth since planting. Signs of disease, injury, or damage shall have been successfully treated or plant shall be rejected as determined by Engineer. D. Replacements plants shall be same kind and size as specified in plant list. Furnish and plant. Cost of replacement borne by Contractor except where it can be shown loss resulted from vandalism, fire, theft, or other causes beyond Contractor's control. Restore areas damaged or disturbed by replacement operations to their original condition. 3.05 SOIL DRAINAGE A. Observe drainage in plant soil areas with hand soil augur. B. Verify plant soil areas are draining; plant soils that are not draining shall be identified on the plan and brought to the attention of Engineer. 3.06 TREE CARE TREATMENTS FOR PLANTS A. Inspect and treat trees two times per year to suppress phytopthora root rot and bleeding canker. B. Inspect two times per year and treat oaks a minimum of once every other year to suppress two line chestnut borer. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-7 Landscape Maintenance 3.07 PRUNING OF PLANTS A. Pruning to be performed to American Nurserymens' Association Standards to and will be overseen by an MCLP or certified Arborist. Pruning to preserve natural character of plant and as directed by Engineer. No leaders shall be cut. B. Prune trees and shrubs only with approval of Engineer to remove limbs that are below 7’ above finished grade to maintain pedestrian clearance, remove dead, broken and crossing branches. Plants shall not be heavily pruned at the time of planting. In no case shall more than one-quarter of the branching structure be removed. C. Pruning is required at planting time to correct defects in the tree structure, including removal of injured branches, double leaders, waterspouts, suckers, and interfering branches. Healthy lower branches and interior small twigs should not be removed except as necessary to clear walks and roads. Retain the normal or natural shape of the plant. D. Prune according to American Nurserymens' Association Standards to preserve natural character of plant and as directed by Engineer. No leaders shall be cut. B. Prune with clean, sharp tools. Dead wood or suckers and broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed back to live bud, branch, or stem. C. Pruning above head height shall be done from a hydraulic man-lift or using other mechanisms such that it is not necessary to climb the tree. 3.08 WATERING OF PLANTS DURING ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD A. Water at a rate of one inch of water every five to seven days. Apply water such that it penetrates the soil to a depth of Trees require a minimum of ten gallons each and shrubs a minimum of five gallons each per week. If spring or fall months experience below average rainfall, periodic watering could be extended as requested by Owner or Engineer. If natural rainfall provides water to meet watering requirements, weekly watering could be reduced but only at the request of Owner or Engineer. B. Water planted and transplanted vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required in order to maintain their health during the duration of construction operations. C. Water shall be free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Provide hoses and other watering equipment required for work. On site water source may be used if available. 3.09 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE, MONITORING AND AFTERCARE A. Irrigation water for trees will be supplied primarily by infiltration of naturally occurring storm water through porous pavements and by storm water harvesting and direct infiltration through subsurface perforated pipes. As soil moisture requirements for each area are anticipated to be different, supplemental drip irrigation is controlled by separate soil moisture sensors placed in the soil of the root ball and the sand based structural soil around between the trees. Maintenance personnel shall be trained to understand the function and operation of the irrigation system. B. Annual Spring Start-up shall be overseen by a professional irrigation consultant and consist at a minimum of, but not be limited to, turning on water and checking for proper flow and pressure, exercising isolation valves and operating each controller zone to insure proper ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-8 Landscape Maintenance on/off operation. Drip tubing shall be checked for leaks and filters shall be cleaned. Set irrigation program and soil moisture sensor thresholds for proper watering. Remove valve box covers to check emitter equipment and operate each zone for a minimum of 5 minutes to determine if any repairs are needed. Submit a written report to the Engineer documenting findings from Spring Start-up. C. Annual Winterization shall include but not be limited to shutting down the water supply at the point of connection, blowing out system with compressed air and making sure vault covers are secure. Controller shall be shut off, but left powered up to generate heat and elevate moisture build up during the winter. Quick coupling valves shall be activated during blow out to remove water. Drip zone air release valves shall be pushed down to evacuate water during winterization. D. As a general rule, water at a rate of one inch of water every five to seven days. Apply water such that it penetrates the soil to a minimum depth of Trees require a minimum of ten gallons each and shrubs a minimum of five gallons each per week. If spring or fall months experience below average rainfall, periodic watering could be extended as requested by Engineer. If natural rainfall provides water to meet watering requirements, weekly watering should be reduced but only at the request of Engineer. E. The soil composition of the tree root balls and the sand based structural soils between the root balls is expected to be different. Monitor each soil moisture sensor through the controller interface to assure proper watering. Upper threshold of soil moisture content shall be adjusted as required to prevent over watering of the trees. Treeway soil moisture sensors shall have lower threshold set to provide for a consistent soil moisture level in the treeways. F. Monitor soil moisture sensors on a bi-weekly basis during seasons of operation and adjust irrigation schedule to allow soil moisture sensors to control watering. 3.10 TREE STABILIZATION SYSTEM A. Trees: maintain plumb; adjust flexible ties. B. Each tree shall be stabilized with a subsurface stabilization system approved by the Engineer immediately following planting. Plants shall stand be maintained plumb. 3.11 FINISH GRADE A. Maintain finish grades around plantings, at pavement edges, and at irrigation fixtures. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Post Plant Soil Tests: see Section 329000- Planting 3.13 ADJUSTING A. Re-set settled plants to proper grade and position. B. Restore planting saucer and adjacent material. 3.14 CLEANING ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 329310-9 Landscape Maintenance A. Clean up, remove and dispose off-site excess planting mixture, soil and debris generated under work of this section. B. Remove and dispose of stakes, guys and other accessories at end of Guaranty Period. C. Wash and sweep clean site improvements and building surfaces. Clean spills and oversprays immediately. D. Repair damage caused by maintenance operations. 3.15 PROTECTION A. Protect work of this section until Final Acceptance. B. Protect planted areas and soils from compaction by construction traffic and from contamination by construction materials. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330110-1 Disinfection of Water Distribution Systems SECTION 330110 DISINFECTION OF WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Procedures for disinfecting new and repaired water distribution systems B. Related Sections 1. Section 024119 – Removal of Existing Hydrants and Gate Valves 2. Section 330112 – Testing of Water Distribution Systems 3. Section 330519 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 4. Section 331419 – Valves and Hydrants 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association, AWWA C651, AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. B. American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association and Water Pollution Control Federation, Standard Methods For the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. A formal statement in writing to the Engineer that all crews responsible for installation and repairs within the operating distribution system have been properly trained and are aware of prescribed construction practices and disinfection procedures to avoid contamination to the operating distribution system. B. The name of competent person(s) responsible for the disinfection processes and performing the required bacteriological sampling. The Engineer will approve the disinfection process to be used in advance of any disinfection efforts. C. Certificate of compliance that the independent commercial laboratory performing the bacteriological sampling analyses is certified with the State Department of Environmental Protection and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for analyzing public drinking water supplies. D. Certified results for all bacteriological sampling prior to restoring or placing the distribution system into service. E. For each section of pipe to be chlorinated, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing of the locations for taps to be installed and utilized for the procedure. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications & Certifications ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330110-2 Disinfection of Water Distribution Systems 1. The Contractor shall employ trained personnel aware of the need to carefully observe prescribed construction practices and disinfection procedures in order to prevent contamination to the distribution system. 2. The competent person(s) responsible for the disinfection processes and bacteriological sampling shall be familiar with AWWA C651- Standards for Disinfecting Water Mains and experienced with the Continuous Feed Method of disinfection. The Engineer shall approve disinfection procedures in advance. 3. Bacteriological sampling shall be made in full accordance with AWWA C651 and under the supervision of the Engineer. 4. An independent commercial laboratory certified for analyzing public drinking water supplies by the State Department of Environmental Protection and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency shall analyze all bacteriological samples and provide certified results to the Engineer and/or Owner for review prior to restoring or placing the system into service. 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. The general procedure for disinfection and analyses is described in Part 3, Execution, of this section. If project conditions warrant the need for special disinfection procedures, obtain prior written approval from the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. The forms of chlorine used in the disinfection operations shall conform to ANSI/AWWA B300. Materials Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the disinfectant shall be readily available for reference. The competent person responsible for the disinfection operation shall be fully trained and equipped to handle any emergency that may arise. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DISINFECTION A. Before being placed into service, all new water pipelines shall be chlorinated using the Continuous Feed Method specified in AWWA C651 – Section 4.4.3. The Engineer shall approve the procedure in advance. 1. The Contractor will determine the location of the chlorination and sampling points in the field. The Contractor shall install taps for chlorinating, sampling and expulsion of air and shall uncover, backfill and plug the taps as required. 2. Prior to disinfecting the water main, the main shall be completely filled to remove all air pockets and then flushed to remove particulate. The flushing velocity in the main shall not be less than 2.5 ft/s unless the Engineer and/or Owner determine that the conditions do not permit the required flow to be discharged to waste. TABLE 3.1-1 Required Flow to Flush Pipelines (40 psi residual pressure in water main)* ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330110-3 Disinfection of Water Distribution Systems Pipe Diameter (in) Flow Required to Produce 3.0 ft/s (Approximate) Velocity in Main Number of 2 ½ inch Hydrant Outlets 4 120 gpm 1 6 260 gpm 1 8 470 gpm 1 10 730 gpm 1 12 1,060 gpm 2 16 1,880 gpm 2 *AWWA C651, AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains 3. At a point not more than 10 feet from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will not have less than 25 mg/L (PPM) free chlorine throughout the entire section of pipe to be chlorinated. TABLE 3.1-2 Chlorine Required to Produce 25-mg/L Concentration in 100 Feet of Pipe – By Diameter* Pipe Diameter (in) 100 % Chlorine (Pounds) 1% Chlorine Solution (Gals.) 4 0.013 0.16 6 0.030 0.36 8 0.054 0.65 10 0.085 1.02 12 0.120 1.44 16 0.217 2.60 *AWWA C651, AWWA Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains 4. The chlorinated water is to remain in the new pipeline for at least 24-hours. After a contact time of 24-hours there should be a free chlorine concentration of not less than 10 mg/L (PPM). During this period, proper precautions are to be taken to prevent this chlorinated water from flowing back into the existing system. 5. All valves and hydrants within the treated section shall be operated to ensure disinfection of the appurtenances. B. The Tablet Method consisting of placing calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets in the water main as it is being installed and then filling the main with potable water and allowing it to set for a contact period is not acceptable. C. The interior of all pipe, fittings and valves used in making a repair or tie-in shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one percent hypochlorite solution before they are installed. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330110-4 Disinfection of Water Distribution Systems 3.2 FINAL FLUSHING A. Following the chlorination period, all treated water shall be flushed from the lines at their extremities and replaced with water from the distribution system. 1. Flushing the main is to be accomplished at as high a velocity as possible consistent with the ability of the Contractor to collect the discharge water for proper disposal. 2. All treated water flushed from the lines shall be disposed of by discharging to the nearest sanitary sewer or by other approved means provided in AWWA C651. 3. Flushing shall be done in strict conformance with all applicable local, state and federal regulations. No discharge of chlorinated water to any storm sewer or natural watercourse will be allowed. 3.3 BACTERIOLOGICAL ANALYSES A. After the 24-hour disinfection period and all chlorine solution has been thoroughly flushed, the bacteriological sampling and analysis of the replacement water may then be performed. 1. Bacteriological sampling shall be made by the Contractor’s competent person(s) in full accordance with AWWA C651- Section 5, Bacteriological Tests and under the supervision of the Engineer. 2. Analysis shall be performed by an independent commercial laboratory certified by the State Department of Environmental Protection and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for analyzing public drinking water supplies. All results shall be provided to the Engineer for review. 3. Two consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 16-Hours apart are required prior to placing the main into service. Samples shall be collected every 1,200 ft of the new water main, plus one set from the end of the line and at least one from each branch greater than one pipe length. Failure of any one of the bacteriological test samples shall require rechlorination and retesting by the Contractor. 4. The line shall not be placed in service until the bacteriological requirements of AWWA C651 are met. END OF SECTION \\tighebond.com\Data\Data\Projects\S\S1758 City of Salem, MA\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Design Phase\Specifications\Division 2\02501.docx ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330112-1 Testing of Water Distribution Systems SECTION 330112 TESTING OF WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Testing of pipe, castings, fittings, valves and accessories 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association, AWWA C600, AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances B. ASTM B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube C. ASTM D1248, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. List of equipment and personnel to be used for the pressure test. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TEST PARAMETERS A. For water mains, the pressure test shall not be conducted until the new main has been flushed clean, disinfected in accordance with Section 330110 and the chlorinated water properly disposed of. After acceptable completion of the water system disinfection, the Contractor may commence pressure testing of the new water main. B. Run pressure test and leakage test simultaneously in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600. C. Test pressure shall not be less than 1.25 times the working pressure at the highest point along the test section and not less than 1.5 times the working pressure at the lowest elevation of the test section in accordance with AWWA C600. Test pressure shall not exceed pipe or thrust-restraint design pressures. D. The hydrostatic test shall be of at least 2-hour duration or until such time as the Engineer indicates acceptance of the pipeline. E. Test pressure shall not vary by more than ±5 psi (35 MPa or 0.35 bar) for the duration of the test. F. On pipelines where the elevation along the route of construction varies substantially, the Engineer reserves the right to valve off and test portions of the line. G. On extensive construction jobs, the Engineer reserves the right to require the testing of individual portions of the line as construction proceeds rather than await completion of the entire project in order to undertake a pressure or leakage test. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330112-2 Testing of Water Distribution Systems H. Do not operate valves in either direction at differential pressure exceeding the rated valve working pressure. Use of a test pressure greater than the rated valve pressure can result in trapped test pressure between the gates of a double-disc gate valve. For tests at these pressures, the test setup should include a provision, independent of the valve, to reduce the line pressure to the rated valve pressure on completion of the test. The valve can then be opened enough to equalize the trapped pressure with the line pressure, or fully opened if desired. I. Test pressure shall not exceed the rated pressure of the valves when the pressure boundary of the test section includes closed, resilient-seated gate valves or butterfly valves. 3.2 TIME FOR MAKING TESTS A. No pipeline is to be placed under pressure or subjected to hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete thrust blocks have been installed. If high early strength concrete is used in the concrete thrust blocks, the hydrostatic pressure can be applied to the main after 2 days have elapsed from time of construction of the thrust blocks. B. The Contractor will be allowed to complete backfilling as hereinbefore specified, prior to undertaking the leakage and pressure tests. Backfilling prior to conducting tests will be at the option of the Contractor with the exception of intersections, driveways, crosswalks and other such locations where holding open the trench may adversely affect the public. C. Pipelines may be subjected to hydrostatic pressure and inspected for leakage at any convenient time after the trench has been partially backfilled. Partial backfilling shall consist of filling along the center of the pipe length and leaving the joint open for inspection. 3.3 OPERATION OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEM A. Do not operate any valve or other control device on the existing water system for any purpose. Do not make any tap or cut-in to the existing water system without the approval of the Engineer and unless an authorized representative of the Owner is present. B. When the Contractor's operations require the adjustment of any hydrant, valves, or other control device on the existing system, the Owner will provide authorized personnel for the purpose of supervising the operation of these control devices. Provide the personnel for the operation of these devices. 3.4 PREPARATION A. Conduct connections to the existing system under the Engineer’s direction. B. To allow for proper filling, venting, testing, etc., install any corporation stops and/or special fittings which may be required. All such installation will be subject to the Engineer’s approval. C. Foreign materials left in pipelines during installation often results in valve or hydrant seat leakage during pressure tests. Thorough flushing is recommended prior to a pressure test by partially opening and closing valves and hydrants several times under expected line pressure, with flow velocities adequate to flush foreign material out of the ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330112-3 Testing of Water Distribution Systems main, valves and hydrants. Flushing requirements are specified in Specification 330110, Part 3.1.A.2. 3.5 PROCEDURE A. On completion of the pipeline or any valved section thereof, fill pipeline with water and test. Draw water from the existing water system under the direction of the Engineer and the Water Department. B. Before applying the specified test pressure, expel air completely from the pipe, valves, and hydrants. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, install corporation cocks at such points so that the air can be expelled as the line is filled with water. After all the air has been expelled, close the corporation cocks and apply the test pressure. At the conclusion of the pressure test, either remove and plug or leave in place the corporation cocks at the discretion of the Owner. C. Slowly fill each valved section of pipe with water, and apply the specified test pressure as described in Part 3.1 by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Valves shall not be operated in either the opening or closing direction at differential pressures above the rated pressure. The system shall be stabilized at the test pressure before conducting the leakage test. 3.6 EXAMINATION UNDER PRESSURE A. Examine exposed pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants, and joints carefully during the test. B. Repair or replace any cracked or defective pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, or joints that are discovered following the pressure tests with sound material, and repeat the test until it is satisfactory to the Engineer. 3.7 LEAKAGE TEST A. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof to maintain pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air has been expelled. Testing shall include all hydrants and hydrant branches. Leakage shall not be measured by a drop in pressure in a test section over a period of time. B. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: 000 , 148 P SD = L Where: L = allowable leakage, in gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, in feet D = nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches P = average test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds per square inch (gauge) This formula is based on an allowable leakage of 10.5 gpd/mi/in of nominal diameter at a pressure of 150 psi. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330112-4 Testing of Water Distribution Systems C. When testing against closed metal-seated valves, an additional leakage per closed valve of 0.0078 gph/in. of nominal valve size will be allowed. D. When hydrants are in the test section, the test shall be made against the closed main valve in the hydrant. E. Acceptance of Installation - acceptance will be determined on the basis of allowable leakage. If any test of laid pipe discloses leakage greater than that specified in this section, locate and make approved repairs as necessary until the leakage is within the specified allowance at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Visible leaks are to be repaired, regardless of the amount of leakage. END OF SECTION \\tighebond.com\data\Data\Projects\S\S1758 City of Salem, MA\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Design Phase\Specification Sections\Division 2_hydrant_site civil\02502.docx ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings SECTION 330519 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Ductile iron pipe and fittings, direct buried or in below grade vaults 2. Restrained joints and fittings 3. Polyethylene encasement 4. Cast-in-place concrete anchor blocks and thrust blocks B. Related Sections 1. Section 312300 – Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 2. Section 330597 – Underground Warning Tape 3. Section 330110 – Disinfection of Water Distribution Systems 4. Section 330112 – Testing of Water Distribution Systems 1.2 REFERENCES A. Pipe and fittings shall conform to the latest edition of the following standards unless otherwise specified: 1. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4, Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10, Ductile Iron and Grey Iron Fittings 3 through 48 for Water and Other Liquids. 3. ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 4. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. 5. ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 6. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 7. ANSI/AWWA-C153/A21.53, Ductile Iron Compact Fittings Water Service. 8. ANSI/AWWA C600, Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 9. ANSI/AWWA C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 10. ANSI/AWWA C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 11. ASTM A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 12. ASTM A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 13. ASTM B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 14. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association, “Thrust Restraint Design for Ductile Iron Pipe” (Current Edition). SUBMITTALS B. Administrative Submittals 1. Detailed description of proposed pipe handling and installation methods along with the manufacturer’s approval of those methods. 2. Construction details and schedule of Work for each connection to existing piping at least 7 days prior to beginning the Work. Approval must be received before commencement of Work on-site. C. Shop Drawings 1. Manufacturer’s drawings and catalog cuts, including descriptive literature indicating product characteristics and conformance with specifications and code requirements. Submit shop drawings for ductile iron pipe; fittings; couplings; filling rings; linings and coatings; and all accessories. 2. Location for each type of restrained joint or device to prevent joint separation along with installation, assembly and disassembly instructions. D. Quality Control Submittals 1. Certificates of compliance on pipe materials. 2. Prior to first shipment of pipe, submit certified test reports that the pipe for this Contract was manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM and ANSI/AWWA Standards specified herein. 3. Manufacturer of pipe and Manufacturer of fittings on the project shall have an established, annually audited and certified, quality control procedure for manufacturing of pipe and manufacturing of fittings respectively. Manufacturer shall be certified by an independent, third party auditor for compliance with all requirements of the AWWA standards. The manufacturer shall submit a current certificate of compliance for the plant facility where the pipe or fittings are to be made. Certificate of compliance shall be submitted for each additional year of manufacturing during the duration of the Project. The manufacturer shall not change the plant manufacturing the pipe or fittings during the duration of the Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to have any or all pipe, fittings, and special castings inspected and/or tested by an independent service, or by the Engineer, at either the manufacturer’s plant or other testing laboratory at their own expense. B. Ductile iron pipe shall be from a single manufacturer. Fittings shall be from a single manufacturer, not necessarily the pipe manufacturer. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-3 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings C. The Engineer will inspect the pipe and fittings after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements. Pipe rejected after delivery, or at any point during the progress of the Work, shall be marked for identification and shall immediately be removed from the job site and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Test pipe under pressure for defects and leakage in accordance with Section 330112. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Secure permits and pay fees required to carry out the piping work. Comply with laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations of the local and state authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Where provisions of the Contract Documents are in conflict with the codes, the more stringent shall govern. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. American Cast Iron Pipe Company B. U.S. Pipe C. or equal 2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS - GENERAL A. Ductile iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with AWWA C150 and shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C151. Fittings and other materials referenced in this section shall conform to the latest edition of the references listed in Paragraph 1.2 of this section. B. Unless otherwise indicated or specified in the Contract Documents, buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be Class 52 with push on joints. C. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, buried pipe shall have an asphaltic exterior coating in accordance with AWWA C110, C151 or C153, as applicable. D. Unless otherwise indicated or specified in the Contract Documents, buried fittings shall be ductile iron or gray iron with mechanical joints. E. Unless otherwise indicated or specified in the Contract Documents, ductile iron pipe and fittings installed above ground and/or in buried vaults, shall be Class 53 with flanged joints. F. Pipe and fittings shall be cement mortar lined and seal coated on the interior in accordance with AWWA C104. Cement mortar lining shall be twice the standard thickness; tolerance shall be minus 0 inches, plus 1/8 inch. 2.3 PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS A. Push-on-joints and mechanical joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. B. Flanged joints shall be assembled with bolts and nuts, bolt studs with nut on each end, or studs with nuts in tapped flanges. Bolts and nuts shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM A325, Type 1, Grade 5, hot-dipped galvanized finish, heavy hex head, 120,000 psi minimum tensile strength with X-Heavy nuts. Nuts and bolts shall be provided with an anti-seize, thread lubricating compound. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-4 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings C. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full face, 1/8 inch red rubber. Ring gaskets shall be provided for piping 14 inches in diameter and larger. D. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide restrained joints.. Gaskets shall meet the material requirements of ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C111 for mechanical joint gaskets. E. Restrained gasketed joints for rubber push-on joint pipe shall be Fast-Grip® by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Field Lok 350® by US Pipe and Foundry Co., or equal. Contractor is to supply the Owner with four new gasket disassembly drive shims as a part of the project. 2.4 FITTINGS A. Fittings shall be ductile iron or gray iron. B. Fittings less than or equal to 12 inches in size shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 and shall have a 350 psi pressure rating. C. Fittings greater than 12 inches in size shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 and shall have the following pressure ratings: 1. Fittings greater than 12 inches and less than or equal to 24 inches - 350 psi 2. Fittings greater than 24 inches - 250 psi D. Mechanical joint retainer glands shall be installed on all mechanical joints. Retainer glands shall be specifically designed to fit standard mechanical joint bells with corrosion resistant, high strength, low-alloy T-head bolts conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C-111 and ANSI/AWWA A21.53/C-153. Retainer glands shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536-80, grade 60-42-10. Wedges shall be of hardened ductile iron and require the same torque in all sizes. These devices shall have a minimum 250 psi pressure rating with a minimum safety factor of 2:1 and shall be EBAA IRON, Inc., Megalug® series 1100 or equal. Glands shall be listed with Underwriters Laboratories and/or approved by Factory Mutual. E. Anchoring tees shall have main run ends as indicated on the Drawings or as required for the installation. The branch shall have a plain end with an integral gland and rotating mechanical joint gland to provide a restrained connection with the adjacent valve or fitting (typically used for hydrant branches). 2.5 COUPLINGS A. Solid sleeves shall have long body type (12 inches min.) and mechanical joints with retainer glands. B. Couplings and transitional couplings for pipe less than or equal to 12 inches in diameter shall consist of a long body cast iron sleeve and shall have gaskets suitable for the pipe being joined. The bolts and nuts shall be corrosion resistant high strength, low alloy steel such as Cor-Ten steel or an approved equal. Couplings shall be Romac style 501, Dresser style 153, Rockwell type 441, or equal. Transition couplings for pipe less than or equal to 12 inches in diameter shall be Dresser Style 162, Rockwell Type 441, Smith Blair Omni Style 442, or equal. C. Provide couplings with an exterior epoxy coating. 2.6 GASKETS, GLANDS, NUTS, AND BOLTS ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-5 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings A. Gaskets, glands, nuts, bolts and accessories shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 or C153/A21.53, as appropriate. B. Gaskets shall be of plain tipped rubber, suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. C. Lubricants must be suitable for the type of fluid to be carried by the pipeline, and shall be NSF approved for water service. D. Glands shall be ductile or cast iron. E. Bolts shall be high strength, low alloy. F. Requirements for flanged joints: 1. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full faced red rubber, 1/8 inches thick. Gaskets shall conform to the dimensions of Table A.1 of ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15. Ring gaskets shall be utilized for joints 14 inches in diameter and larger. 2. Assemble flanged joints with bolts and nuts, bolt studs with nut on each end, or studs with nuts in tapped flanges. Bolts and nuts shall be of low carbon steel conforming to the chemical and mechanical requirements of ASTM A307, 60,000 psi tensile strength, Grade B. Bolts, nuts and studs shall be cadmium plated. 2.7 THRUST BLOCKS AND ANCHOR BLOCKS A. Concrete shall have a 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 2.8 TEST CONNECTIONS A. Install air release, test connections, and blow offs in the piping for pressure testing and disinfection at locations to be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 1. Corporation cocks shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C800 and shall be ¾ inch diameter with CC thread on inlet by iron pipe thread flare on outlet as manufactured by Mueller, Ford, McDonald or equal. 2. Copper tubing shall be annealed Type K soft tubing and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B88. 3. Upon completion of testing and disinfection, remove the corporation cock and replace with a brass plug and the copper tubing removed. Field swab the brass plug for disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Deliver, handle, store and install ductile iron pipe in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600. 3.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Pipe and Fittings 1. Coordinate delivery of pipe and fittings with installation and unload along the line of work outside the trench near as practicable to the point of final placement, ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-6 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings and properly wedged secure. Give a minimum 24 hour notice to the Engineer prior to pipe deliveries. Notice shall include the method of unloading. 2. Unload and handle pipe and fittings with a crane or backhoe of proper capacity outfitted with a steel cable sling, belt sling or other specially designed attachment to protect the pipe coating. 3. At the end of each work week, no more than the amount of pipe to be installed the following work week shall remain along the construction route. All pipes remaining along the construction route are to be properly wedged to prevent movement and not interfere with traffic or pedestrian movement. All excess pipes are to be stockpiled at an approved staging yard in accordance with AWWA C600. B. Storage of Materials 1. Store pipe in a manner to keep pipe interior free from dirt and foreign matter. Store pipe on wood blocking, rails or other suitable materials. Pipe shall not be stored on stones. 2. Pipe may be stored on top of each other to the maximum stacking height specified by AWWA C600. 3. Protect materials subject to corrosion in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. If pipe or project materials are stored at the Contractor’s approved staging yard, the Engineer shall be permitted reasonable access to the staging yard for inspection of the pipe and materials. 5. Pipe ends shall be sealed tight using polyethylene bags and tape immediately after unloading, regardless of the storage time length, in order to keep foreign matter and wind blown debris out. 6. All fittings are to be stored off of the ground on wooden pallets. C. Handling Materials 1. Handle materials in such a manner so as to prevent damage to the concrete or mortar coating or lining. 2. Materials are to be handled using methods approved by the pipe manufacturer. 3. Materials damaged during handling will be rejected and shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 4. Ensure that no foreign materials enter the pipe and fittings during handling. 3.3 COORDINATION A. Existing mains may have to be shut down to complete the connections, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Existing valves will only be operated by the Owner. 2. Submit requests for shutdown of existing piping to the Engineer at least 5 working days prior to the operations, and reschedule operations to prevent conflicts with the Owner's operations. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-7 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 3. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the shut-down at any time without penalty if system conditions exist in which it would be a matter of public health or safety to do so. 4. The Owner does not guarantee complete shut down of valves. Make necessary provisions to do work under existing conditions. 3.4 DEFECTIVE PIPE A. Defective pipe or fittings will be rejected for use on this project. Defective pipe is classified as follows: 1. Damage to interior lining 2. Insufficient lining thickness 3. Pipe out of round 4. Damaged pipe barrel area 5. Damaged pipe bells or spigots 6. Missing, misplaced or illegible marking and identification 7. Outside pipe diameter exceeding allowable tolerance B. If defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed, it shall be removed and replace with sound pipe, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements 1. Do not lay pipe when weather conditions are unsuitable, as determined by the Engineer, for pipe laying work. 2. Equipment for pipe laying shall be maintained in good operating order. 3. Job site shall be kept clean of debris and organized. B. Protection 1. At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug. This provision shall apply at all times when pipe laying operations are suspended. C. Work Affecting Existing Pipelines 1. Work on Existing Pipelines: a. Prior to any work on existing pipelines, remove soils, rust and other debris from the exterior wall of the pipe a minimum of 12 inches beyond the work area. b. Cut pipes as shown or required with machines specifically designed for this work. c. Install temporary plugs to keep out all mud, dirt, water and debris. d. Provide necessary adapters, fittings, pipe and appurtenances required. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-8 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings e. Cut or tap existing mains at the mid span of a pipe barrel. In no case shall a pipe be cut or tapped within 24 inches of a pipe joint. 3.6 CLEANING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Clean and remove foreign matter from the interior of each pipe and fitting before placing in the trench. Remove pipe and fittings whose interior has been contaminated with oil, gasoline or kerosene and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. Remove pipe and fittings whose interior has been contaminated with any material which is a regulated drinking water contaminate or which damages the cement and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. Should foreign material or contaminants be observed in previously installed pipe, cease work until foreign material or contaminated pipe is decontaminated or removed. B. Remove all lumps, blisters, and excess asphaltic coating from the bell and spigot ends of each pipe or fitting. The outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire- brushed and wiped clean and be dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe or fitting is laid. C. On all ductile iron pipe or fittings, the bell of the pipe and the spigot of the adjacent pipe or fitting shall be wire-brushed and cleaned of rust and dirt. The bell of the pipe or fitting and the spigot of the adjacent pipe shall then be lubricated with the joint lubricant furnished with the pipe, and used in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 3.7 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE A. Lay and maintain the pipe at the required lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be at the locations indicated on the Drawings with joints centered, and spigots properly fitted. No deviation shall be made from the line and grade indicated on the Drawings, except with the approval of the Engineer. B. Joint Openings and Deflection: 1. The maximum allowable joint openings and deflection for push-on joint pipe and restrained joint pipe shall be one-half the manufacturer's maximum allowable opening and deflection. 2. Radius curves indicated on the Drawings or approved during Shop Drawing review shall be made using full of pipe. The use of short of pipe and extra joints in order to make a smaller radius turn will not be allowed without the written approval of the Engineer. C. Line or Grade Conflicts with Other Structures 1. Wherever obstructions not shown on the Drawings are encountered during the progress of the Work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration in the pipe layout is required, the Engineer will order a deviation from the line and grade at locations where obstructions such as culverts, ducts, wire and/or pipes are encountered. The pipe shall be laid over or under such obstacles with a minimum clearance of 6 inches. The Engineer reserves the right to make the decision to go over or under obstructions during construction. D. Where underground conditions indicate a change of alignment or grade, such change shall be made only with the written consent of the Engineer. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-9 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings E. Except at locations indicated on the Drawings by the profile, do not establish high points where air can accumulate. 3.8 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General Requirements 1. Prepare the pipe trench in accordance with Section 312300. 2. Keep trenches dewatered while installing pipe until all required pipe joints have been made and the trench has been backfilled above the water table to a point where pipe uplift will not occur when the pipe is empty. 3. Carefully lower pipe and fittings into the trench piece by piece by means of a crane, ropes or other tools or equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped or dumped into the trench. 4. Carefully inspect pipe and fittings for cleanliness and defects prior to placing them in the trench. 5. Install underground warning tape over the pipe in accordance with Section 330597. B. Laying Pipe 1. Install pipe with a minimum of 5 feet of cover, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. 2. Prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. 3. When laying pipe, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell, the pipe forced home and the joint completely assembled. The pipe shall be adjusted to correct line and grade and secured in place with approved backfill material, properly tamped under and around the pipeline. C. Cutting Pipe 1. Furnish pipe in full Cut ductile iron pipe without damage to the pipe or cement lining. The cutting shall be done to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. 2. Cut ductile iron pipe either by the use of compression-type chain cutters which exert an even continuous force on the wall of the pipe or by power driven abrasive wheels. 3. On ductile iron pipe using rubber joints, the outside edge of the cut end must be tapered back approximately ¼ inch at an angle of about 30 degrees so as to provide for the proper assembly of this joint. 3.9 PUSH-ON JOINTS A. Push-on joints shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Install gaskets in the pipe bell after lowering the pipe into the trench for installation. Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot of dirt and tar blisters in the trench utilizing a wire brush or bristle brush. Insert rubber gasket in the groove of the bell end of the pipe ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330519-10 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings beginning at the bottom of the bell and working to the top of the bell. Apply lubricant per the manufacturer’s recommendations utilizing a paint brush to the pipe gasket and the pipe spigot to be joined. Place a clean rag under the joint to protect the joint from dirt caused by unintentional grounding of the pipe during jointing. Upon completion, remove the rag. Align the plain end of the pipe to be laid and insert in the bell of the pipe to which it is to be joined and push home with a jack or by other means. After joining the pipe use a metal feeler to make certain that the rubber gasket is correctly located. 3.10 MECHANICAL JOINTS A. Mechanical joints shall be made in accordance with Appendix A of ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111 and the manufacturer's instructions. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the joint surfaces and rubber gasket before assembly. Tighten bolts to the specified torques. Under no conditions shall extension wrenches or an extended handle ratchet wrench be used to secure greater leverage. 3.11 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Install restrained joint pipe where indicated on the Drawings. Make the joint assemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Restrained joints may be used in lieu of concrete thrust blocks for restraining new DI pipe. Required of restrained joints are shown on the Drawings. 3.12 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS A. Place precast concrete thrust blocks at all bends (regardless of the angle of deflection or direction), caps, offsets, hydrants, and tees, as well as in locations shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. Cast-in-place thrust blocks shall be formed with wood forms; rough earth forms are not acceptable. Protect pipeline materials and fittings from direct adherence of the concrete thrust block by wrapping in plastic, roofing felt, reinforced manila paper or similar material. The thrust block shall not bear directly on the joint and shall not interfere with future adjustments, tightening, or removal of the joint. Thrust blocks shall bear against undisturbed soil at the side or end of the trench and this undisturbed surface shall be carefully cleaned off so as to be vertical. The thrust blocks shall have a minimum horizontal thickness of 2 feet and shall have the minimum bearing area listed on the Drawings, measured perpendicular to the direction of thrust. B. Provide thrust blocks and anchor blocks at the locations shown on the Drawings or as Directed by the Engineer. 3.13 DISINFECTION A. Disinfect pipe, fittings and valves in accordance with Section 330110, before placing into service. 3.14 TESTING A. Pipe, fittings and valves installed under this contract shall be tested in accordance with Section 330112, before being placed into service. END OF SECTION \\tighebond.com\data\Data\Projects\S\S1758 City of Salem, MA\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Design Phase\Specification Sections\Division 2_hydrant_site civil\02514.docx ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 330516-1 Manholes and Catchbasins SECTION 330561 MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Precast concrete manholes 2. Precast concrete catch basins 3. Cast iron manhole frames and covers 4. Cast iron catch basin frames and grates 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, most recent edition B. ASTM C32 - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (made from clay or shale) C. ASTM A48 – Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings D. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement E. ASTM C207 – Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes F. ASTM C478 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections G. ASTM C443 – Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Piping Using Rubber Gaskets H. ASTM C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals I. ASTM C990 – Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants J. ASTM C1157 - Standard Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, showing all details of construction, including, but not limited to, structure dimensions, reinforcing, joints, and pipe connections to structures. B. Submit on all materials and products included in this specification, including, but not limited to, precast concrete structures, manhole rungs, manhole frames and covers, brick masonry, mortar, non-shrink water-proof grout, and catch basin frames and grates. C. Submit weights of manhole frames and covers and catch basin frames and grates. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 330516-2 Manholes and Catchbasins D. Submit design calculations including verification of adequate anti-flotation features and lateral earth pressures. Calculations shall verify that the manhole structure has been designed to withstand the burial depth, submergence due to flooding, flotation, and dead and live loads. E. As specified in Section 01330, submit certifications regarding all iron or steel products that all manufacturing processes occurred in the US. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer, or other representative of the Owner. Such inspection may be made at the place of manufacture, or at the Site after delivery, or at both places, and the materials shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements, even though samples may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Material rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. Materials which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or removed and replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. At the time of inspection, the materials will be carefully examined for compliance with the latest ASTM designation specified and these Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. Manhole sections will be inspected for general appearance, dimension, "scratch-strength," blisters, cracks, roughness, and soundness. The surface shall be dense and close-textured. C. Imperfections in manhole sections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the Engineer, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs will be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 7 days and 5,000 psi at 28 days, when tested in 3 inch by 6 inch cylinders stored in the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of the Engineer. D. Personnel shall have confined space entry training as appropriate for the work to be performed. E. Manholes and catch basins shall be designed for lateral earth pressures and to resist flotation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN SECTIONS A. Precast concrete barrel sections and transition top sections, shall conform to ASTM C478 and the following requirements: 1. The wall thickness shall not be less than 5 inches for 48 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections, 6 inches for 60 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections and 7 inches for 72 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections. 2. Top sections shall be eccentric except that flat top sections shall be used where shallow cover requires a top section less than 4 feet as shown on the Drawings. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 330516-3 Manholes and Catchbasins 3. Barrel sections shall have tongue and groove joints. 4. All sections shall be cured by an approved method and shall not be shipped nor subjected to loading until the concrete compressive strength has attained 3,000 psi and not before 5 days after fabrication and/or repair, whichever is longer. 5. Precast concrete barrel sections with precast top slabs and precast concrete transition sections shall be designed for a minimum of AASHTO HS20-44 loading plus the weight of the soil above at 120 pcf. 6. The date of manufacture and the name and trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on each precast section. 7. Precast concrete bases shall be monolithically constructed. The thickness of the bottom slab of the precast bases shall not be less than the barrel sections or top slab whichever is greater. Precast concrete bases shall be constructed with a 6 inch extended base, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 8. Knock out panels for piping shall be provided in precast sections at the locations shown on the Drawings. They shall be integrally cast with the section, 2½ inches thick and shall be sized as shown on the Drawings. There shall be no steel reinforcing in knock out panels. 9. The side wall height of the base section shall be a minimum of 12 inches above the top of the pipe coming into the manholes and catch basins. 10. A 4’-0” deep sump shall be provided below catch basin outlet pipes. 2.2 BRICK MASONRY A. Bricks shall be good, sound, hard and uniformly burned, regular and uniform in shape and size, of compact texture. Underburned or salmon brick will not be acceptable and only whole brick shall be used unless otherwise permitted. In case bricks are rejected by the Engineer, they shall be immediately removed from the site of the work and satisfactory bricks substituted, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Bricks for the channels and shelves shall comply with the latest specifications of ASTM C32 for Sewer Brick, Grade SM. 2. Bricks for building up and leveling manhole frames shall conform to ASTM C32 Grade MS. 3. Poured concrete inverts will not be allowed. B. Mortar used in the brickwork shall be composed of one part Type II portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 to two parts sand to which a small amount of hydrated lime not to exceed 10 lbs. to each bag of cement shall be added. C. Sand used shall be washed, cleaned, screened, sharp and well graded as to different sizes and with no grain larger than will pass a No. 4 sieve. Sand shall be free from vegetable matter, loam, organic or other materials of such nature or of such quantity as to render it unsatisfactory. D. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C207, Type S. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 330516-4 Manholes and Catchbasins 2.3 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality, strong, tough, even grained cast iron, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters, sand holes and defects of any kind. Manhole covers and frame seats shall be machined to a true surface. Castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subject to hammer inspection. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30B or ASTM A48, Class 35B. B. Manhole covers shall have a diamond pattern, pickholes and the word "SEWER" or “DRAIN”, as appropriate, cast in 3 inch letters. Manhole frame and covers shall be manufactured by East Jordan Iron Works; Mechanics Iron Foundry; Neenah Foundry or equal. C. Manhole frames and covers shall be approved for use by the Massachusetts Department of Transportation – Highway Division. D. Manhole frames and covers shall comply with the detail shown on the Drawings. E. Manhole frames and covers shall be designed for a minimum of AASHTO HS20-44 loading. F. Watertight manhole frames and covers shall be bolted and gasketed. 2.4 CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES A. Catch basin frames and grates shall be of good quality, strong, tough, even grained cast iron, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters, sand holes and defects of any kind which render them unfit for the service for which they are intended. Grate and frame seats shall be machined to a true surface. Castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subject to hammer inspection. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30B or ASTM A48, Class 35B. B. The catch basin frames and grates shall comply with the details shown on the Drawings. C. Catch basin frames and grates shall be designed for a minimum of AASHTO HS20- 44 loading. 2.5 JOINTING PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Tongue and groove joints of precast manhole sections shall be sealed with a preformed flexible joint sealant. The preformed flexible joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C990. 2.6 MANHOLE RUNGS A. Manhole rungs shall be drop front design, 14 inches wide with an abrasive step surface, steel reinforced, copolymer, polypropylene, plastic. Manhole rungs shall conform to OSHA requirements. 2.7 FLEXIBLE PIPE TO-STRUCTURE CONNECTORS A. The flexible pipe-to-structure connectors shall be designed to provide a positive seal between the connector and the structure wall and between the connector and the pipe. B. The flexible boot shall be manufactured of EPDM rubber in accordance with ASTM C443 and C923 and shall be 3/8 inch thick or greater. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 330516-5 Manholes and Catchbasins C. The external bands shall be made entirely of 304 series non-magnetic stainless steel. D. The flexible connectors shall be provided with a wedge-type or toggle-type expander to secure the pipe in the structure opening. E. The flexible connectors shall meet the following criteria, in accordance with ASTM C923: 1. Shall not leak when subjected to a head pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. 2. Shall have the ability to deflect 7 degrees in any direction without leakage under the head pressure conditions described above. 3. Shall not leak when subject to a load of 150 lbs./in. pipe diameter and the head pressure conditions described above. 2.8 NON-SHRINK, HYDRAULIC CEMENT A. Hydraulic cement shall be non-shrink, fast-setting, complying with ASTM C1157. B. Hydraulic cement shall have a minimum 7-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi and a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi. C. Hydraulic cement shall be as manufactured by UGL (Drylock Fastplug), Quikrete, Kryton, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation 1. Construct manholes and catch basins to the dimensions shown on the Drawings and as specified. Protect all work against flooding and flotation. 2. Set precast concrete barrel sections so as to be plumb and with sections in true alignment with a ¼ inch maximum tolerance to be allowed. 3. Install the precast sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint. Seal the joints of precast concrete barrel sections with the preformed flexible joint sealant used in sufficient quantity to fill 75% of the joint cavity. Fill the outside and inside precast section joints with hydraulic cement and finish flush with the adjoining surfaces. Plug holes in the concrete barrel sections required for handling or other purposes with a hydraulic cement or concrete and rubber plugs, and finish flush on the inside. 4. Backfilling shall be done in a careful manner, bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. B. Pipe Connections 1. Stubs a. Connect pipe stubs for future extensions to the structures as shown on the Drawings and close the stub end by a suitable watertight plug. 2. For pipes with smooth exterior surfaces (PVC, ductile iron, HDPE pressure pipe, steel, etc), use flexible pipe-to-structure connectors. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 330516-6 Manholes and Catchbasins 3. Where flexible pipe-to-structure connectors cannot be used, such as pipes with rough, irregular or corrugated exterior surfaces (concrete, corrugated metal, HDPE drainage pipe, etc): a. After the new pipe has been set in place, completely fill the hole around the new pipe and structure with non-shrink, hydraulic cement. b. Place a 6 inch thick concrete encasement a total of 12 inches in length around the pipe stub adjacent to the exterior wall of the structure. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. C. Manhole Rung Installation 1. Steel reinforced copolymer polypropylene plastic steps shall be press fitted by hand driven hammer into preformed holes in cured precast sections, on 12 inch centers, by the precast concrete manufacturer. D. Brickwork 1. Mix mortar only in such quantity as may be required for immediate use and use before the initial set has taken place. Do not retain mortar for more than one and one-half hours and constantly work over with a hoe or shovel until used. Anti-freeze mixtures will not be allowed in the mortar. No masonry shall be laid when the outside temperature is below 40F unless provisions are made to protect the mortar, bricks, and finished work from frost by heating and enclosing the work with tarpaulins or other suitable material. The Engineer’s decision as to the adequacy of protection against freezing shall be final. 2. Construct channels and shelves of brick as shown on the Drawings. The brick channels shall correspond in shape with the lower half of the pipe. The top of the shelf shall be set at the elevation of the crown of the highest pipe and shall be sloped 1 inch per foot to drain toward the flow through channel. Construct brick surfaces exposed to sewage flow with the nominal 2 inch by 8 inch face exposed bricks on edge). 3. Set manhole covers and frames and catch basin frames and grates in a full mortar bed and bricks, a maximum of 12 inches thick for conical tops and 6 inches thick for flat top sections, utilized to assure frame and cover are set to the existing grade. Reset the manhole frames and covers and catch basin frames and grates to final grade prior to placement of final paving. 3.2 LEAKAGE TEST A. Leak test sewer manholes in conjunction with the pipeline in accordance with Section 02503. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean new manholes and catch basins of silt, debris and foreign matter of any kind, prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION J:\S\S1758 City of Salem, MA\020B Mansell Field\Specs\02530.docx ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 330597-1 Underground Warning Tape SECTION 330597 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Underground Warning Tape 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawing Submittals 1. Product Data PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metallic warning tape for underground piping shall be polyethylene tape with metallic core for easy detection and location of piping with a metal detector. B. Tape shall be 6 inches wide. C. Tape shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corp., New Haven, CT; Presco Detectable Underground Warning tape, Sherman, Texas; Blackburn Manufacturing, Neligh, NE; Mercotape, Hachensach, NJ; or equal. D. The warning tape shall be heavy gauge 0.004 inch polyethylene and shall be resistant to acids, alkalis and other soil components. It shall be highly visible in the following colors with the associated phrases stamped in black letters and repeated at a maximum interval of 40 inches. Type of Utility Color Warning Message Water Blue CAUTION – WATER LINE BURIED BELOW E. The tape shall be of the type specifically manufactured for marking and locating utilities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All buried pipe and fittings shall be installed with metallic-lined underground warning tape located no more than 24 inches below final grade to allow detection by a metal detector. END OF SECTION \\tighebond.com\data\Data\Projects\S\S1758 City of Salem, MA\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Design Phase\Specification Sections\Division 2_hydrant_site civil\02317.docx ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-1 Valves and Hydrants SECTION 331419 VALVES AND HYDRANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Types of valves specified herein include: a. Gate Valves b. Valve Boxes c. Fire Hydrants d. Anchoring Tees B. Related Sections 1. Section 312300 - Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 2. Section 330112 – Testing of Water Distribution Systems 3. Section 330519 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A126 – Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings B. ASTM A276 – Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes C. ASTM A307 – Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength D. ASTM A536 – Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings E. ASTM A563 – Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts F. ASTM B62 – Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings G. ASTM B584 – Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications H. ASTM D429 – Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property Adhesion to Rigid Substrates I. ASTM D4101 – Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials J. AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings K. AWWA C115 – Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges L. AWWA C502 –Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants M. AWWA C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-2 Valves and Hydrants N. AWWA C515 - Standard for Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service O. AWWA C550 - Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants P. NSF/ANSI Standard 61 and NSF/ANSI Standard 372 – Drinking Water System Components 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install, complete and ready for operation, all valves, hydrant assemblies, and appurtenances as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete Shop Drawings of all valves, valve boxes, hydrants and other material specified in this Section including but not limited to the following: 1. Product data including body material, valve design, pressure and temperature classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves and accessories shall be manufactured in the United States of America. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Ensure valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valve ends against damage to threads, flange faces, and weld-end preps. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Do not remove valve end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect valves from weather. Store valves indoors. Maintain valve temperature higher than the ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, support valves off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures. C. Use a sling to handle valves whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use handwheels and stems as lifting or rigging points. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Buried gate valves shall be warranted by the manufacturer for a 5 year period covering failures. Warranty shall cover all replacement costs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Valves, hydrants, and appurtenances shall conform to the standards of the City of Salem. B. Pressure and temperature ratings shall be as scheduled. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-3 Valves and Hydrants C. Valve sizes shall be the same size as the upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide accessories including bolts, nuts, glands, and gaskets. E. Extended Stems - Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems arranged to receive insulation. F. Valves shall have the same end connections as the pipeline in which it is installed. G. Provide 125# ANSI B16.1, ANSI/AWWA C115/21.15 standard flange drilling for valves with flanged ends inside buried structures. Provide 1/8 inch full-face red rubber gaskets at all flanged connections. H. Buried valves shall have mechanical joint ends compatible with the piping systems in which they are installed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11-85 and Mega- Lug type retainer glands. Provide mechanical joint accessories, including glands, SBR rubber gaskets, tee head bolts, and nuts with the valves. Provide stainless steel bolts and nuts. I. Mechanical joint ends shall be compatible with ductile iron O.D. pipe. J. Valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Contract Drawings. K. Equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer, unless otherwise approved. L. Valves, hydrants, and appurtenances shall have the name of the manufacturer, flow directional arrows, and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letter upon some appropriate part of the body. M. Valves for water distribution systems shall be certified to NSF 61 and NSF 372. N. Bolts shall be 304 stainless steel with hex heads and hex nuts in accordance with ASTM A-307 and A-563, respectively. O. Provide buried valves with standard valve box with tee-handle operator. P. Valves installed inside buried structures shall be hand-wheel or lever operated. 2.2 GATE VALVES (RESILIENT SEAT) A. Gate valves shall be resilient seat type suitable for underground service complying with the requirements of AWWA C509 or C515. C509 gate valves shall be cast iron or ductile iron. C515 gate valves shall be ductile iron. B. Gate valves shall be designed to be bubble tight for 250 psig water working pressure with no leakage past the seat from either side of the disc, and shall be hydrostatically tested to 500 psig. C. Gate valves shall be of the non-rising stem design. D. Gate valves shall be set vertically (spur gearing). E. Gate valves shall open right (clockwise).c F. Buried gate valves shall be furnished with 2 inch square operating nuts. G. Cast iron shall meet the specifications of ASTM A126, Class B. Castings shall be clean and sound without defects that will impair their service. No plugging or welding of such defects will be allowed. Ductile iron shall meet the standards of ASTM A536. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-4 Valves and Hydrants H. The resilient-seated disc wedge shall be of the resilient wedge fully supported type, either cast iron or ductile iron. Solid guide lugs shall travel within channels in the body of the valve. The disc and guide lugs shall be fully encapsulated in SBR (styrene butadiene rubber) or EPDM rubber. Disc wedges that are not 100% fully encapsulated shall not be acceptable. Provide guide caps of an acetal copolymer bearing material to protect the rubber-encapsulated solid guide lugs from abrasion for long life and ease of operation. I. The seat shall be SBR or EPDM rubber, matching the disc encasement. The seating surface (rubber) shall be specially designed so as to provide a smooth waterway, without depressions or cavities, which might trap debris and interfere with tight closures. J. The body, bonnet, and gate shall be cast/ductile iron, constructed in accordance with AWWA C509 or C515. The bonnet to body seal shall incorporate a flat neoprene gasket. Bonnet and body flanges shall be fully machined to assure proper sealing of the gasket. K. Gate valve stems shall be of bronze rolled bar stock in accordance with ASTM B584, and shall have a forged thrust collar. The thrust collar shall be factory lubricated, and the thrust collar and its lubrication shall be isolated by the O-Rings from the water way and from outside contamination, providing permanent lubrication for long term ease of operation. An anti-friction thrust washer shall be provided both above and below the thrust collar for ease of operation. L. Gate valves shall have O-Ring sealed stems with one O-Ring located below the thrust collar and two O-Rings located above the thrust collar. The two O-Rings located above the thrust collar shall be replaceable with the valve still in service in the fully open position. M. Coat internal and external exposed ferrous surfaces of the valve with a fusion-bonded, thermosetting powder epoxy coating suitable for potable water service conforming to AWWA C550. Coating shall be non-toxic and shall impart no taste to water. Coating thickness shall be nominal 10 mils. Gate valves for water distribution systems shall be certified to NSF 61. N. Seal internal and external exposed ferrous surfaces of the valve with two coats of asphaltic varnish (5 mils) suitable for potable water service conforming to AWWA C550. Coating shall be non-toxic and shall impart no taste to water. Coating thickness shall be nominal 10 mils. Gate valves for water distribution systems shall be certified to NSF 61. O. Gate valves shall be as manufactured by U.S. Pipe Metroseal (Model 250), Mueller (Model 2360), American Flow Control (AFC-2500), Clow (2630 Series), equivalent by M&H Valve Company, or equal. 2.3 VALVE BOXES (FOR BURIED VALVES) A. Provide a valve box of the adjustable type of heavy pattern, constructed of cast iron and provided with a 6 inch cast iron cover for each buried valve. B. Valve boxes shall be manufactured in North America by Clow Corporation, Tyler/Union Corporation, United States Foundries, or equal. C. Valve boxes shall be round, 2-piece, sliding type, cast iron. The upper section of each box shall have a flange on top having sufficient bearing area to prevent settling. The ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-5 Valves and Hydrants bottom of the lower section shall be belled to enclose the operating nut of the valve. The barrel shall be 5-1/2 inch O.D. minimum. D. Boxes shall be of consistent with pipe depths. Boxes shall be adjustable, with a lap of at least 6 inches when in the most extended position. E. Slot covers for easy removal. F. Covers for valve boxes on water mains shall have the word “WATER” cast in the top. G. Coat valve boxes with coal-tar pitch enamel or other approved coating. H. Valve boxes shall be suitable for the size valve on which they are used. The length of the lower section shall be adequate for trench adjustment, no top or mid-section adapters. I. Provide one tee-handled wrench for every four valves installed, unless additional wrenches are required due to variations in valve bury depth. Wrenches shall be field measured to accommodate the depth of bury and provide waist high operation. 2.4 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Fire Hydrants 1. The hydrant shall meet the requirements of AWWA Standard C-502, latest edition. 2. The hydrant operating nut shall open right. 3. Operating nut a. Shall be D.I. or bronze. b. Shall be1-1/2 inch diameter, pentagon in shape. 4. Nozzles a. 2 each – 2-1/2 inch National Standard Thread b. 1 each – 4-1/2 inch National Standard Thread 5. Provide nozzle caps without chains and with the same size pentagon operator as specified above. 6. Provide traffic model hydrant with breakaway feature. 7. Hydrant shoe or base features a. Ductile iron with 6 inch MJ inlet b. 5-1/4 inch valve opening with draining bronze seat and drain ports to allow water within the hydrant barrel to drain to the exterior. c. Valve seat and sub-seat arrangement shall be bronze to bronze. 8. Bolts and Nuts a. Bolt and nuts shall be stainless steel. 9. Protective coatings ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-6 Valves and Hydrants a. Provide a minimum of 3 mils total dry film thickness for all paintings and coatings. b. The internal components of the hydrant shall be fusion-epoxy coated. c. Coat internal and external cast iron or ductile iron components with an approved bituminous sealer or a fusion bonded epoxy coating, 3 mils minimum. 10. Approved hydrants a. American Darling B62-B b. Clow Medalion c. Mueller Super Centurion 250 d. Or equal B. The hydrants shall comply with all requirements of AWWA Standard C502-80 and the following requirements: 1. The hydrant shall be a compression type shut-off with valve opening against the pressure. A negligible loss of water shall occur with breakage of the hydrant, whether breakage occurs in the open position or the closed position. 2. The main valve seat shall be 5¼ inches in diameter. 3. The inlet connection shall be 6-inch mechanical joint furnished with gasket, gland and bolts. 4. The color of the hydrant above ground shall match the Owner’s standard color. 5. Connecting pipe and pipe nipples between the main line tee and hydrant shall be 6 inch ductile iron, Class 52, conforming to the requirements of Section 330519. 6. 6 inch hydrant valve and valve box shall conform to paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3. 7. Anchoring tees shall have main run ends as indicated on the Drawings or as required for the installation. The 6 inch branch shall have a plain end with an integral gland and rotating mechanical joint gland to provide a restrained connection for the valve. 8. Minimum working pressure shall be 250 psi. 9. The hydrant tee shall be designed so that the hydrant valve can be securely attached to the main line. C. Hydrant Paint 1. Thoroughly clean hydrants and paint with two shop or field coats in accordance with AWWA C502 and the instructions of the paint manufacturer. 2. Provide a factory-applied fusion-bonded epoxy coating. Coating color shall be the Owner’s standard. 3. The color of the hydrant shall be yellow body with silver bonnet to match the Owner’s standard color. D. Additional Hydrant Components ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-7 Valves and Hydrants 1. Supply a minimum of 2 operating wrenches compatible with hydrants. 2. Supply a minimum of 2 repair kits compatible with the hydrants being supplied that includes all special tools required to maintain the hydrants hose nozzle insertion tool, pumper nozzle insertion tool, hydrant disassembly wrench, etc.). E. Removing and Resetting Existing Hydrants 1. Existing hydrants designated to be reinstalled shall be removed from the existing water main and reinstalled on the new water main as shown on the Drawings. Provide a new main-line anchoring tee to connect to the new main, 6 inch gate valve and box, and 6 inch nipple as required to reconnect the existing hydrant. F. Anchoring Tees 1. Hydrant tees shall be the “anchoring” type and shall have mechanical joint bells conforming to the requirements of the main pipe. The anchoring tee outlet shall be 6 inch mechanical joint, equipped to anchor the hydrant valve to the tee. 2. Anchoring tees shall have mechanical joint main run ends. The branch shall have a plain end with an integral gland and rotating mechanical joint gland to provide a restrained connection. G. Tie Rods 1. Tie rods utilized for joint restraints shall be manufactured by Star national Products, Columbus, OH, and shall consist of Star Figure SST7 tie bolts with Figure SST8 nuts, Figure SST17 tie washers, and Figure SST12 all thread tie rods. Tie bolts, tie washers, tie rods, and nuts shall be COR-TEN type steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior through the end ports for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Actuate valve through an open-close and close-open cycle. Examine functionally significant features, such as guides and seats made accessible by such actuation. Following examination, return the valve closure member to the shipping position. C. Examine threads on both the valve and the mating pipe for form out-or-round or local identification) and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size, material composition suitable for service, and freedom from defects and damage. E. Prior to valve installation, examine the piping for cleanliness, freedom from foreign materials, and proper alignment. F. Replace defective valves with new valves. 3.2 HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. Excavation, trenching and back filling procedures shall be in accordance with Section 312300. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-8 Valves and Hydrants B. Provide thrust blocks for all hydrants with bearing against the foot or bottom of the hydrant and against the vertical face of undisturbed soil behind the hydrant. The bearing areas of the thrust block on the soil shall be as shown on the Drawings. C. Provide one cubic yard of washed ¾ inch stone around hydrant drains. D. Hydrants shall be located 3 to 5 feet behind the existing edge of the curb from the face of the fogger nozzle nut, where space between curb and sidewalk permits. Where space does not permit, set hydrants with the back of the hydrant at the edge of the sidewalk in the tree belt. Where the sidewalk abuts the back of the curb, set the hydrant face 12 inches from the face of the curb. E. Hydrant breakaway flanges shall be located no higher than 3 inches above-grade or lower than at-grade. F. Support buried valves 6 inches and larger with a concrete pad. G. Install gate valves in the vertical position. H. Air test tapping sleeves prior to beginning tapping operations. I. Existing valves and hydrants will be operated only by Salem Water Department personnel. J. All newly installed hydrant and branch connections shall be subject to line pressure in an open trench to determine tightness of joints before backfilling, unless they are part of the overall pipeline pressure and leakage testing. K. Install fire hydrants in accordance with the Drawings and the manufacturer’s recommendation. 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Refer to the Drawings and piping system specification Sections for specific valve applications and arrangements. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment arranged to allow equipment removal without system shutdown. Unions are not required on flanged devices. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe. E. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement. F. Install valves and actuators to be plumb in the vertical direction. G. Threaded Connections 1. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal seat or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve. 2. Align threads at point of assembly. 3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except where dry seal threading is specified). 4. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Mansell Field, Salem MA 331419-9 Valves and Hydrants H. Mechanical Joint Connections 1. Refer to Section 330519 for requirements for installing mechanical joint connections. I. Flanged Connections 1. Align flange surfaces parallel. 2. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench. 3.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Valves and hydrants shall be inspected and tested in conjunction with the pipelines in which they are installed in accordance with Section 330112. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing, inspect valves for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks; replace valves if leak persists. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean mill scale, grease, and protective coatings from exterior of valves and prepare valves to receive finish painting or insulation. 3.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY A. Final acceptance of all equipment furnished under these Specifications will be withheld until after the installation and field testing by the Engineer. The manufacturer and the Contractor shall guarantee the equipment against defects of any kind for a period of one year after final testing and acceptance. END OF SECTION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 331400-1 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings SECTION 334100 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. High density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe for: a. Storm drainage lines 2. Types of HDPE piping specified in this Section include: a. Corrugated exterior, smooth interior, solid wall HDPE pipe B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 – Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 2. Section 02320 – Borrow Materials 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M252 –Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe B. AASHTO M294 – Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300- to 1200-mm Diameter C. AASHTO MP7 – Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 1300- to 1500-mm Diameter D. AWWA C901 – Standard for Polyethylene Pressure Pipe and Tubing, ½-Inch through 3-Inch for Water Service E. AWWA C906 – Standard for Polyethylene Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-inch through 64-inch for Water Distribution. F. ASTM D1248 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials For Wire and Cable G. ASTM D2239 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter H. ASTM D2321 – Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications I. ASTM D2412 – Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading J. ASTM D2683 – Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing K. ASTM D2737 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing L. ASTM D3212 – Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 331400-2 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings M. ASTM D3350 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials N. ASTM F405 – Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Tubing and Fittings O. ASTM F585 – Practice for Insertion of Flexible Polyethylene Pipe into Existing Sewers P. ASTM F667 – Standard Specification for Large Diameter Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings Q. ASTM F714 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter. R. ASTM F894 – Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Large-Diameter Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe S. ASTM F1417 – Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air T. AWWA C906 – Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-Inch (100 mm) Through 63-Inch (1,575 mm), for Water Distribution and Transmission 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data on the pipe, fittings, and accessories. B. Prior to first shipment of pipe, submit certified test reports that the pipe for this Contract was manufactured and tested in accordance with the appropriate ASTM standards specified herein. C. Submit resumes for all personnel performing heat fusion joining. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Personnel performing heat fusion joining shall have adequate training and experience in the procedure, demonstrated by at least twelve months applicable experience. B. Use an adequate number of skilled laborers, equipment of adequate size, capacity, and quantity to perform the work of this Section, and its related Sections, in a timely manner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER – GENERAL A. The manufacturer shall have manufacturing and quality assurance facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe and fittings required by these specifications. B. Pipe and fittings from different manufacturers shall not be interchanged for the same type of pipe and application. 2.2 PIPE IDENTIFICATION ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 331400-3 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings A. The following shall be continuously indent printed on the pipe or spaced at intervals not exceeding five-feet: 1. Name and/or trademark of the pipe manufacturer. 2. Nominal pipe size. 3. Dimension ratio. 4. The letters “PE” followed by the polyethylene grade in accordance with the ASTM designation, followed by the hydrostatic design basis in PSI. 5. A production code from which the date and place of manufacture can be determined. 2.3 CORRUGATED EXTERIOR/SMOOTH INTERIOR HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General 1. The polyethylene pipe and fittings shall comply with AASHTO M294, Type S (smooth wall interior). 2. Piping shall be manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc., or equal. 3. Pipe material and fittings shall be high density polyethylene meeting ASTM D3350 minimum cell classification 324420C or 325420C (12”-60”). 4. Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM D2321. 5. Pipe shall be joined with the bell-and-spigot joint. Gaskets and joint lubricant shall be utilized. 6. Minimum parallel plate pipe stiffness shall be as recommended for each specified diameter pipe per ASTM Test Method D2412. 7. The pipe and fittings shall be free of foreign inclusions and visible defects. The ends of the pipe shall be cut squarely and cleanly so as not to adversely effect joining. 8. The nominal size of the pipe and fittings is based on the nominal inside diameter of the pipe. Corrugated fittings may be either molded or fabricated by the manufacturer. Fittings and gaskets supplied by manufacturers other than the supplier of the pipe shall not be permitted without the approval of the Engineer. 2.4 JOINTS FOR CORRUGATED PIPING A. General 1. Joints of corrugated pipe sections and fittings other than smooth interior, shall be made with split couplings, corrugated to engage the pipe corrugations, and shall engage a minimum of 4 corrugations, 2 on each side of the pipe joint. Where required by the Engineer, a neoprene gasket shall be utilized with the coupling to provide a soil tight joint. 2. Joints of smooth interior, corrugated pipe sections shall be as per manufacturer's instructions utilizing gasketed PVC or HDPE joints meeting ASTM D-3212. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 331400-4 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings 3. Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM Recommended Practice D-2321 or as specified by the Engineer or local approving agency. B. Leak Resistant/Silt-Tight Pipe 1. Pipe shall provide soil-tight joints with built-in gaskets. Bee joints shall be same as the outside diameter of the pipe. 2. Shall be ADS, N-12 IB ST (soil-tight joint type) piping, or equal. 3. Meets silt-tight & leak resistant (not defined as watertight) joint requirements. 4. For non-watertight connections, exterior HDPE culvert coupling may be used with dedicated ties. 5. Polyethylene flared end sections shall be manufactured to the same criteria as mainline pipe sections. 6. Non-Watertight Manhole Connections - To be made with non-shrink grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall verify that the surface has been prepared to the proper line and grade by shooting invert elevation grades. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Open-Cut Installations 1. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with ASTM Standards, and the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Pipe is to be lifted or rolled into position, not dragged over the prepared bedding. 3. The pipe is to be set at the slope and grades indicated on the plans. Ensure pipe remains at proper grades by shoring it. 4. All HDPE piping shall be bedded in 6” of crushed stone unless noted otherwise. 5. Crushed stone shall be used as backfill to a point of 6” above the top of the pipe unless noted otherwise. 6. Open-Trench Installations - Prepare the area in accordance with Section 02315 – Excavation, Backfill and Compaction. 7. No single piece of pipe shall be laid unless it is generally straight. The centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by more than 1/16 inch per foot of length. If a piece of pipe fails to meet this requirement check for straightness, it shall be rejected and removed from the site. Laying instructions of the manufacturer shall be explicitly followed. 8. Install piping and fittings true to alignment and grade. If necessary, each length of pipe shall be cleaned out before installation. ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 331400-5 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings B. Joint Couplings 1. Joint couplings shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Remove the protective paper and wrap the collar around the pipe with the mastic side to the pipe. The overlap shall be at the top of the pipe. 3. Secure the steel straps. 4. The closing flap shall cover the exposed straps. 5. Encase the entire joint with a minimum of 8 inches of concrete on all sides. The concrete encasement shall extend along the pipe 12 inches on each side of the joint. C. Mechanical Joint and Flange Installation 1. Mechanical joint (MJ) and flange connections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedure. 2. MJ adapters and flanges shall be centered and aligned to each other before assembling and tightening bolts. 3. In no case shall the MJ gland or flange bolts be used to draw the connection into alignment. 4. Bolt threads shall be lubricated, and flat washers should be used under the nuts. 5. Bolts shall be evenly tightened according to the tightening and torque pattern of the manufacturer. 3.3 PIPE JOINING A. Heat Fusion Joining 1. Joints between plain end pipes and fittings shall be made by means of butt fusion. 2. Joints between the main and saddle branch fittings shall be made using saddle fusion procedures, as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Fusion of pipes of the same nominal diameter but with different wall thickness is acceptable, with previous written approval of the Engineer, if the difference in wall thickness is limited to one SDR. 4. For transitions between pipes of the same nominal diameter with wall thicknesses that differ by more than one SDR, transition nipples will be required. B. Joining by Other Means 1. The use of flanged connections, mechanical couplings, and electofusion require written approval of Engineer. C. Joint testing ---PAGE BREAK--- Tighe&Bond Master/06/28/24 331400-6 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings 1. Butt Fusion Testing - On every day that butt fusion is to be performed, the first fusion of the day will be performed on a trial joint. After the trial joint has been allowed to cool completely, three test coupons will be cut across the joint. Each coupon shall then be bent until its opposing ends come in contact. If any of the coupons fail at the joint, the fusion will be considered unsatisfactory. 2. Vary the fusion setup and procedure and rerun the test as necessary to produce a satisfactory joint. Production butt fusion will not commence until the trial joint has satisfactorily passed this test. 3. Coupon length shall be the lesser of either twelve inches or thirty times the wall thickness. The joint shall be centered in the coupon. Coupon width shall be the greater of one inch or one and one half times the wall thickness. END OF SECTION J:\S\S1758 City of Salem, MA\020B Mansell Field\Specs\02516.docx ---PAGE BREAK--- ATTACHMENT A Geotechnical Data Mansell Field Project Salem MA ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Little unknown odor observed from 5-6 feet BSG Groundwater encountered at 6 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 8:30 AM 6 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-1 4.4 50 Proctor Street E E E E E Blueish/gray, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel. 0.0 Project/Site Information Salem, Massachusetts M E 8:45 AM TP-1 S-1758-020 1 of 1 Gallows Hill Park 25° F Cloudy Technical Drilling Services 01/28/19 8:00 AM Brown fine to coarse SAND, some Gravel, little Silt. Kerri Lewis ASH, BRICK, COAL (anthropogenic fill material), trace Metal. Brownish red, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel, moist. End of Exploration at 6.6 feet BSG 1 2 A A A A A A A Donny Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Groundwater encountered at 6 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 9:45 AM 6.5 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-2 4.3 Brown, fine to medium SAND and Silt, little Gravel, wet. End of Exploration at 6.5 feet BSG E A Blueish/gray, fine to medium SAND and SILT. E A 1 E A E A Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, little Gravel, Trace Brick, trace Wood. E A E A 25° F Cloudy 9:00 AM 9:45 AM Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt,little Gravel, trace Brick. 0.0 M A Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 01/28/19 Donny Project/Site Information TP-2 Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Groundwater encountered at 8 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 8:30 AM 6.5 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-3A 4.3 Brown, fine to medium SAND, some Silt, little Gravel. ASH, BRICK, little Wood, trace Metal (anthropgenic fill material). Blackish/brown, PEAT, little Ash. Blueish/gray, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel. Brown, fine to coarse SAND and SILT, trace Gravel, wet. 1 End of Exploration at 8.5 feet BSG E A E A E A E A E A E A 25° F Cloudy 8:00 AM 8:30 AM 0.0 M A Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 02/11/19 Donny Project/Site Information TP-3A Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Groundwater encountered at 6.5 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 9:45 AM 6.5 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-4 4.3 Brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel. ASH, some Brick, trace Coal, trace Wood, trace SAND (anthropogenic fill material). Black PEAT. Blueish/gray, fine to coarse SAND and SILT, some Gravel, trace Fabric. Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, some Gravel, wet. End of Exploration at 6.5 feet BSG E A E A 1 E A E A E A E A 25° F Cloudy 9:00 AM 9:45 AM 0.0 M A Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 02/11/19 Darwin Project/Site Information TP-4 Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Concrete foundation perpendicular to Mansell Parkway was observed at 2.5 feet BSG Groundwater encountered at 6.5 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 8 3 Volume = cu. yd. 10:30 AM 6.5 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-5 5.7 Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, little Gravel, little Ash, little Brick, trace Fabric, trace Coal, trace Wood (anthropogenic fill material). Reddish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, little Silt, little Gravel. Black fibrous PEAT. Blueish/gray, fine to coarse SAND and SILT, some Gravel, wet. Brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, wet. End of Exploration at 6.5 feet BSG E A 2 A E 1 E A E E A 0.0 M A A E A 25° F Cloudy 10:00 AM 10:30 AM Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 02/11/19 Darwin Project/Site Information TP-5 Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Groundwater encountered at 6 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 6 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-6 4 Brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel. Blackish/brown, fine to medium SAND and PEAT, little Slag, litle Ash, trace Brick, trace Gravel (anthropogenic fill material). Blueish/gray, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel, wet. End of Exploration at 6 feet BSG A E 1 E A E E A 0.0 M A A E A 25° F Cloudy 10:45 AM 11:15 AM Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 02/11/19 Darwin Project/Site Information TP-6 Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Groundwater encountered at 5.5 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 12:00 PM 5.5 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-7 3.6 Blueish/gray, fine to medium SAND and SILT, little Gravel, wet. End of Exploration at 5.5 feet BSG E A 1 E A E A Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, some Gravel. E A E A 25° F Cloudy 11:30 AM 12:00 PM Dark brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Gravel, little Silt, trace Brick, trace Coal (anthropogenic fill material). 0.0 M A Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 02/11/19 Darwin Project/Site Information TP-7 Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Groundwater encountered at 7 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 12:45 PM 7 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-8 4.6 Reddish/brown, fine to medium SAND, some Silt, trace Gravel. Blueish/gray, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel, wet. End of Exploration at 7 feet BSG E A E A E A E A 1 E A E A E A 25° F Cloudy 12:15 PM 12:45 PM Dark brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, little Silt, trace Gravel, trace Brick. 0.0 M A Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 02/11/19 Darwin Project/Site Information TP-8 Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Test Pit No. Page No. File No. Checked By: T&B Rep. Contractor Date Operator Ground Elev. Weather Make CAT Model Time Started Capacity Reach ft. Time Completed Depth Soil Description Sample PID Boulder No. Reading Excav. Count/ Note (ppm) Effort Class No. Notes: Groundwater encountered at 5 feet BSG Test Pit Plan 6 3 Volume = cu. yd. 13:30 PM 5 feet BSG J:\S\S1758 Salem MA On Call Engineering\Gallows Hill Park_due diligence\Field Work\Logs\[Test Pit Logs KCL.xls]TP-9 3.3 Blueish/gray, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel. Light brown, fine to coarse SAND and Silt, trace Gravel, wet. End of Exploration at 5 feet BSG E A 1 E A E A E A E A 25° F Cloudy 13:00 PM 13:30 PM Black, fine to coarse SAND, some Gravel, little Silt, little Brick, trace Metal, trace Coal, trace Ash. 0.0 M A Salem, Massachusetts Kerri Lewis Technical Drilling Services 02/11/19 Darwin Project/Site Information TP-9 Gallows Hill Park 1 of 1 50 Proctor Street S-1758-020 Excavation Effort E-----Easy M-----Moderate D-----Difficult Boulder Class Letter Size Range Designation Classification A 6" - 17" B 18" - 36" C 36" + 0 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - 10% 10 - 20% 20 - 35% 35 - 50% Abbreviations F = Fine M = Medium C = Coarse V = Very F/M = Fine to medium F/C = Fine to coarse GR = Gray BN = Brown YEL = Yellow GROUNDWATER Elapsed Time to Reading (Hours) ( X ) Encountered ( ) Not Encountered Depth to Ground- water Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Page File No. Checked by: Drilling Co. Casing Sampler Foreman: N/A Direct Push Date Time T&B Rep.: N/A 2/25/2019 9:00 Date Start: End: N/A 5' Location N/A Geoprobe/6610DT GS. Elev. Datum: N/A (ft.) 1 Brown, fine to medium SAND, some Silt, little Gravel. Reddish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, little Silt, trace Gravel. Reddish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, trace Gravel. Reddish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, Trace Gravel. Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Gravel, some Silt. 30 25 20 15 End of exploration at 14 feet BSG due to refusal 4-8 S-5/24 12-14 N/A 10 10' Slotted Well Screen S-4/24 8-12 5 SAND N/A BENTONITE S-3/30 N o t e s Well Construction S-1/20 0-2 N/A NATIVE RB 2" PVC Riser Depth Sample No. Rec.(in) Sample Depth (ft.) PID Reading (ppm) Sample Description General Stratigraphy SAND N/A S-2/8 2-4 N/A See Exploration Location Plan Rig Make/Model Other 02/25/19 2/25/2019 Length Kyle Rival Type Depth Casing Sta. Time Kerri Lewis I.D./O.D. 5 Location: 50 Proctor Street, Salem MA Client: City of Salem Technical Drilling Services Groundwater Readings Boring No. B-28A/MW-1 1 of 1 Project: Gallows Hill Park Notes: Groundwater encountered at 5 feet below ground surface. TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - <10% 10 - <20% 20 - <35% 35 - <50% Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Page File No. Checked by: Drilling Co. Casing Sampler Foreman: N/A Direct Push Date Time T&B Rep.: N/A 2/26/2019 10:00 Date Start: End: N/A 5' Location N/A Geoprobe/6610DT GS. Elev. Datum: N/A (ft.) 1 2 30 25 20 CLAY 15 End of exploration at 14 feet BSG due to refusal S-5/20 12-14 N/A Gray Clay 10 S-4/6 8-12 N/A 10' Slotted Well Screen Brown, fine to coarse SAND and SILT, little Gravel. BENTONITE S-3/24 4-8 N/A Reddish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, little Gravel. Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, little Gravel. 5 SAND S-2/20 2-4 N/A N o t e s Well Construction S-1/17 0-2 N/A Reddish/brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel, trace Brick. NATIVE RB 2" PVC Riser Depth Sample No. Rec.(in) Sample Depth (ft.) PID Reading (ppm) Sample Description General Stratigraphy FILL SOILS SILTY SAND See Exploration Location Plan Rig Make/Model Other 02/26/19 2/26/2019 Length Kyle Rival Type Depth Casing Sta. Time Kerri Lewis I.D./O.D. 4 Location: 50 Proctor Street, Salem MA Client: City of Salem Technical Drilling Services Groundwater Readings Boring No. B-31/MW-2 1 of 1 Project: Gallows Hill Park Notes: Urban fill material encountered at the above-referenced depth interval, which includes trace amounts of brick. Groundwater encountered at 4 feet below ground surface. TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - <10% 10 - <20% 20 - <35% 35 - <50% Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Page File No. Checked by: Drilling Co. Casing Sampler Foreman: N/A Direct Push Date Time T&B Rep.: N/A 2/26/2019 12:00 Date Start: End: N/A 5' Location N/A Geoprobe/6610DT GS. Elev. Datum: N/A (ft.) 1 2 10' Slotted Well Screen SAND 30 25 20 End of exploration at 15 feet BSG Reddish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, some Gravel. SAND S-5/20 12-15 N/A 15 5 S-4/30 5.5-8 N/A Grayish/brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Gravel. 10 Brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Brick, trace Ash, trace Gravel. Grayish/brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, trace Brick, trace Gravel. BENTONITE S-3/11 4-5.5 N/A SILTY SAND S-4/24 8-12 N/A S-2/16 2-4 N/A N o t e s Well Construction S-1/24 0-2 N/A Brown, fine to medium SAND, some Ash, some Brick, little Silt, little Gravel. FILL SOILS NATIVE RB 2" PVC Riser Depth Sample No. Rec.(in) Sample Depth (ft.) PID Reading (ppm) Sample Description General Stratigraphy Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, little Gravel, trace Ash, trace Brick. See Exploration Location Plan Rig Make/Model Other 02/26/19 2/26/2019 Length Kyle Rival Type Depth Casing Sta. Time Kerri Lewis I.D./O.D. 6 Location: 50 Proctor Street, Salem MA Client: City of Salem Technical Drilling Services Groundwater Readings Boring No. B-41/MW-3 1 of 1 Project: Gallows Hill Park Notes: Urban fill material encountered at the above-referenced depth interval, which includes trace to some amounts of ash and brick. 2.)Groundwater encountered at 6 feet below ground surface. TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - <10% 10 - <20% 20 - <35% 35 - <50% Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- Page File No. Checked by: Drilling Co. Casing Sampler Foreman: N/A Direct Push Date Time T&B Rep.: N/A 2/26/2019 13:30 Date Start: End: N/A 5' Location N/A Geoprobe/6610DT GS. Elev. Datum: N/A (ft.) 1 2 30 25 20 End of exploration at 15 feet BSG SILTY SAND AND GRAVEL S-5/24 12-15 N/A Grayish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, some Gravel. 15 Tan, fine to coarse SAND and SILT, trace Gravel. 10 S-4/34 8-12 N/A 5 SAND 10' Slotted Well Screen Reddish/brown, fine to medium SAND and SILT, tace Gravel, trace Brick, trace Ash, trace Glass. BENTONITE S-3/24 4-8 N/A SILTY SAND Reddish/brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, trace Gravel. S-2/14 2-4 N/A N o t e s Well Construction S-1/12 0-2 N/A Brown, fine to coarse SAND, some Silt, some Gravel,trace Brick. FILL SOILS NATIVE RB 2" PVC Riser Depth Sample No. Rec.(in) Sample Depth (ft.) PID Reading (ppm) Sample Description General Stratigraphy See Exploration Location Plan Rig Make/Model Other 02/26/19 2/26/2019 Length Kyle Rival Type Depth Casing Sta. Time Kerri Lewis I.D./O.D. 5 Location: 50 Proctor Street, Salem MA Client: City of Salem Technical Drilling Services Groundwater Readings Boring No. B-45/MW-4 1 of 1 Project: Gallows Hill Park Notes: Urban fill material encountered at the above-referenced depth interval, which includes trace amounts of ash, brick and glass. 2.)Groundwater encountered at 5 feet below ground surface. TRACE (TR.) LITTLE (LI.) SOME (SO.) AND 0 - <10% 10 - <20% 20 - <35% 35 - <50% Proportions Used ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 1 - Summary of Earlier "Initial" Due Diligence Soil Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Parcel Location: Boring No. B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-8 B-9 B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 Sample Depth 0.5-2' 0.5-2' 0.5-2' 0.5-2' 0.5-2' 0.5-2' 3-5' 0-1' 0-1' 0-1' 0-1' 0-1' 0-1' S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: 11/05/18 11/05/18 11/05/18 11/05/18 11/05/18 11/05/18 11/05/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 - ND (18.5) ND (17.6) ND (16.7) - ND (17.4) - - - - - - - C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - 18.7 ND (17.6) ND (16.7) - ND (17.4) - - - - - - - C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 - ND (18.5) ND (17.6) 18.3 - ND (17.4) - - - - - - - Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 - ND (0.25) ND (0.24) ND (0.22) - ND (0.23) - - - - - - - Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 - ND (0.25) ND (0.24) ND (0.22) - ND (0.23) - - - - - - - Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 - ND (0.25) ND (0.24) ND (0.22) - ND (0.23) - - - - - - - Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.49) ND (0.47) ND (0.45) - ND (0.46) - - - - - - - Metals Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 6.46 - 14.4 4.81 5.43 3.92 5.65 4.93 5.22 ND (3.54) 9.77 2.92 ND (2.21) Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 40.4 - 48 32.2 33.1 45.5 15.9 - - - - - - Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 ND (0.47) - ND (0.52) ND (1.06) ND (0.57) ND (0.56) ND (0.38) - - - - - - Chromium (total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 16.8 - 37.9 25.5 18 11.9 9.11 - - - - - - Lead 200 200 600 600 600 600 6,000 76 - 50 29.6 37.9 10.9 5.96 - - - - - - Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 0.195 - 0.313 0.116 0.067 0.067 ND (0.28) - - - - - - Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 ND (4.74) - ND (5.24) ND (5.29) ND (5.72) ND (5.63) ND (3.81) - - - - - - Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 ND (0.47) - ND (0.52) ND (1.06) ND (0.57) ND (0.56) ND (0.76) - - - - - - PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 ND (0.07) - - - ND (0.06) - - - - - - - - VOCs All Analytes CS CS CS CS CS CS CS - - ND - - - - - - - - - - Pesticides(1) 4,4´-DDE 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 - ND (0.0030) - 0.0040 - - - - - - - - - 4,4´-DDT 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 - ND (0.0030) - 0.0048 - - - - - - - - - Hexachlorobenzene 0.7 0.7 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 9 - ND (0.0030) - 0.0042 - - - - - - - - - NOTES: * 53 Hanson Street park parcel was subsequently determined to be subject of separate RTN 3-35669, as further reviewed in this report. Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of MCP Reportable Concentrations (RCS-1) and/or Method 1 Standards. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. B-6 53 Hanson Street Parcel* R.O.W. Parcel Hand boring B-17 on the 50 Proctor Street parcel during the "pre-IRA investigations" has the same ID as the subsequent boring B-17 advanced on the 53 Hanson Street parcel during the IRA investigations, as further reviewed in this report. Analyses MCP - Method 1 Standards Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report. M3CLs 1 of 2 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 1 - Summary of Earlier "Initial" Due Diligence Soil Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Parcel Location: Boring No. Sample Depth S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Metals Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 Chromium (total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Lead 200 200 600 600 600 600 6,000 Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 VOCs All Analytes CS CS CS CS CS CS CS Pesticides(1) 4,4´-DDE 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 4,4´-DDT 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 Hexachlorobenzene 0.7 0.7 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 9 NOTES: * 53 Hanson Street park parcel was subsequently determined to be subject of separate RTN 3-35669, as further reviewed in this report. Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of MCP Reportable Concentrations (RCS-1) and/or Method 1 Standards. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. Hand boring B-17 on the 50 Proctor Street parcel during the "pre-IRA investigations" has the same ID as the subsequent boring B-17 advanced on the 53 Hanson Street parcel during the IRA investigations, as further reviewed in this report. Analyses MCP - Method 1 Standards Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report. M3CLs B-7 B-14 0.5-2' 0-1' 0-1' 1-2' 0-1' 1-2' 0-1' 1-2' 11/05/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 12/10/18 ND (18.2) - - - - - - - ND (18.2) - - - - - - - ND (18.2) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.24) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.24) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.24) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - ND (0.49) - - - - - - - 36 19.5 348 333 221 169 633 504 34.5 - - - - - - - 0.67 - - - - - - - 18.9 - 332(3) - 82.4 - 227(3) - 83.6 - 106 - 86 - 126 - 0.117 - - - - - - - ND (4.34) - - - - - - - ND (0.43) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 Proctor Street Parcel (Mansell Field) B-15 B-16 B-17(2) 2 of 2 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 2 - Summary of Earlier Test Pit Soil Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Test Pit: Sample Depth: 0-2' 3-5' 5' 6.5' 0-2' 5' 6.5' 0-2' 2-5.5' 5.5-6' 0-2' 4-5.5' 0-2' 3-5' 5-6' 0-2' 2-5' S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: 01/28/19 01/28/19 01/28/19 01/28/19 01/28/19 01/28/19 01/28/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 02/11/19 EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 - ND (21.5) - - - - - - ND (63.2) - - - - - - - ND (19.7) C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (21.5) - - - - - - 145 - - - - - - - 83.1 C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 - 78.5 - - - - - - 150 - - - - - - - 20.2 Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.57) - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 0.99 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 - ND (0.29) - - - - - - ND (0.84) - - - - - - - ND (0.26) Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.57) - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 1.82 Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 - 1.6 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 3.15 Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 - 1.57 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 2.97 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 - 1.76 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 3.23 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - 1.02 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 1.49 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 - 0.61 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 1.18 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - 1.64 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 3.2 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 - ND (0.29) - - - - - - ND (0.84) - - - - - - - 0.48 Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - 3.33 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 9.32 Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - ND (0.57) - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 0.96 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 - 1.09 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 1.78 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 - ND (0.29) - - - - - - ND (0.84) - - - - - - - 0.29 Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 - ND (0.57) - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 0.72 Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 - 2.45 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 1.4 Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - 3.20 - - - - - - ND (1.69) - - - - - - - 11.1 Metals Antimony 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 ND (6.79) - ND (4.03) - - - - - - - - ND (5.64) - ND (6.8) ND (5.00) - ND (5.41) Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 549 - 11.8 7.64 84 35.7 5.77 5,150 - 3.28 2,330 34.9 508 4.1 5.12 623 250 Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 64.5 - 47.9 - - - - - - - - 60.8 - 38.5 53.9 - 75.1 Beryllium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 0.42 - 0.47 - - - - - - - - 0.64 - 0.7 0.7 - 0.34 Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 5.27 - 0.4 - - - - - - - - ND (0.56) - ND (0.68) ND (0.50) - 2.6 Chromium (Total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 149 - 25.8 21 62.6 23.7 - 1,820 - - - 23 106(3) 24.2 20.8 - 92.9 Hexavalent Chromium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 ND (0.5) - 0.6 - ND (0.5) ND (0.6) - ND (0.6) - - - - - ND (0.7) - - - [calculated Cr3] 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 149 - 25.2 - 62.6 23.7 - 1,820 - - - - - 24.2 - - - Lead 200 200 600 600 [PHONE REDACTED] 107 - 6.32 12.5 60.8 48.5 - 91.7 - - - 8.93 51.1 22.4 8.11 - 65.9 Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 0.325 - ND (0.023) - - - - - - - - 0.066 - 0.061 0.034 - 13.5 Nickel 700 700 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 10,000 13.4 - 15 - - - - - - - - 18.7 - 15.0 20.0 - 12.6 Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 ND (6.79) - ND (4.03) - - - - - - - - ND (5.64) - ND (6.8) ND (5.00) - ND (5.41) Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 ND (0.68) - ND (0.40) - - - - - - - - ND (0.56) - ND (0.68) ND (0.50) - ND (0.54) Thallium 8 8 70 70 90 90 900 ND (6.79) - ND (4.03) - - - - - - - - ND (5.64) - ND (6.8) ND (5.00) - ND (5.41) Vanadium 500 500 700 700 800 800 8,000 37.8 - 25.2 - - - - - - - - 54.8 - 54.6 39.3 - 29.3 Zinc 1000 1000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 196 - 48.4 - - - - - - - - 80.7 - 56.4 68.5 - 114 PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 ND (0.07) - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.04) - - ND (0.03) VOCs(1) Acetone 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 - - 0.0465 - - - - - - - - - - - Cyanide Total Cyanide(2) 30 30 100 100 500 500 5,000 - - 1.11 - - - - - - - - - - ND (1.68) - - - Pesticides(1) 4,4´-DDE 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 0.0075 - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.045) - - - 4,4´-DDT 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 0.0051 - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.045) - - - Hexachlorobenzene 0.7 0.7 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 9 ND (0.035) - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.045) - - - NOTES: Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of Method 1 standard. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. ND indicates that the laboratory reporting limit is above a Method 1 standard. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report Cyanide expressed as physiologically available cyanide (PAC). In the absence of measured physiologically available cyanide, the standard is applicable to total cyanide per the MCP. Analyses MCP - Method 1 Standards M3CLs TP-1 TP-2 TP-3A TP-4 TP-5 TP-6 1 of 2 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 2 - Summary of Earlier Test Pit Soil Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Test Pit: Sample Depth: S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Metals Antimony 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Beryllium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 Chromium (Total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Hexavalent Chromium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 [calculated Cr3] 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Lead 200 200 600 600 [PHONE REDACTED] Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Nickel 700 700 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 10,000 Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Thallium 8 8 70 70 90 90 900 Vanadium 500 500 700 700 800 800 8,000 Zinc 1000 1000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 VOCs(1) Acetone 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 Cyanide Total Cyanide(2) 30 30 100 100 500 500 5,000 Pesticides(1) 4,4´-DDE 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 4,4´-DDT 7 7 30 30 70 70 700 Hexachlorobenzene 0.7 0.7 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 9 NOTES: Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of Method 1 standard. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. ND indicates that the laboratory reporting limit is above a Method 1 standard. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report Cyanide expressed as physiologically available cyanide (PAC). In the absence of measured physiologically available cyanide, the standard is applicable to total cyanide per the MCP. Analyses MCP - Method 1 Standards M3CLs 0-2' 2-5' 5-5.5' 0-2' 2-6' 0-2' 2-3' 3-5' 02/12/19 02/12/19 02/12/19 02/12/19 02/12/19 02/12/19 02/12/19 02/12/19 - ND (18.2) - - - - ND (18.6) - - ND (18.2) - - - - ND (18.6) - - ND (18.2) - - - - ND (18.6) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.24) - - - - ND (0.25) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.24) - - - - ND (0.25) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.24) - - - - ND (0.25) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - ND (0.49) - - - - ND (0.5) - - - ND (4.42) - - - ND (5.03) - 10.4 3.65 2.66 132 18.4 62.7 6.94 31.5 - - 35.6 - - - 54.9 - - - 0.48 - - - 0.57 - - - ND (0.44) - - - ND (0.50) - 25.5 - 17 - 44.6 302 46.6 - ND (0.5) - - - - ND (0.6) - - 25.5 - - - - 302 - - - - 6.25 - 12.8 - 31.4 - - - 0.032 - - - 0.046 - - - 13.8 - - - 16 - - - ND (4.42) - - - ND (5.03) - - - ND (0.44) - - - ND (0.50) - - - ND (4.42) - - - ND (5.03) - - - 31.6 - - - 29.8 - - - 51 - - - 88.4 - - - - - - - ND (0.03) - - - - - - ND (0.0141) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TP-9 TP-7 TP-8 2 of 2 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 3 - Summary of "Phase II" Soil Boring Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Soil Boring: B-22 B-23 B-28 Sample Depth: 0-2' 0-2' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 4-5.5' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 4-6' 0-2' 2-4' S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: 02/25/19 02/25/19 02/25/19 EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Metals Antimony 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (6.54) - - - - - - - - - - - Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 5.15 4.16 5.12 ND (2.5) 5.32 4.37 5.99 5.2 8.6 2.77 12.9 17 8.63 32 8.89 5.02 15.4 6.9 102 12.2 8.33 7.85 8.02 603 13.1 11.6 5.4 Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 26.4 - - - - - - - - - - - Beryllium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.46 - - - - - - - - - - - Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.65) - - - - - - - - - - - Chromium (Total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 - - - - 26.6 - - - - - - - - - - 12.8 - - - - - - - - - - - Hexavalent Chromium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - [calculated Cr3] 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Lead 200 200 600 600 [PHONE REDACTED] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12.7 - - - - - - - - - - - Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.025) - - - - - - - - - - - Nickel 700 700 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9.58 - - - - - - - - - - - Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (6.54) - - - - - - - - - - - Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.65) - - - - - - - - - - - Thallium 8 8 70 70 90 90 900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (6.54) - - - - - - - - - - - Vanadium 500 500 700 700 800 800 8,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 22.1 - - - - - - - - - - - Zinc 1000 1000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 43.2 - - - - - - - - - - - PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - VOCs(1) Acetone 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-Butanone (MEK) 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Cyanide Total Cyanide(2) 30 30 100 100 500 500 5,000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - NOTES: Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of Method 1 standard. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. NE indicates no Method 1 standard (or Method 3 UCL) established for this compound. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. B-32 B-33 B-34 B-27 02/26/19 02/26/19 02/26/19 Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report. B-24 B-25 02/25/19 Boring B-17 advanced on the 53 Hanson Street parcel during the IRA investigations was inadvertently named with same ID as the earlier "pre-IRA investigations") hand boring B-17 on the 50 Proctor Street parcel, as further reviewed in this report. Cyanide expressed as physiologically available cyanide (PAC). In the absence of measured physiologically available cyanide, the standard is applicable to total cyanide per the MCP. Analyses B-26 02/25/19 MCP - Method 1 Standards 02/25/19 B-28A /MW-1 B-29 B-30 B-31 / MW-2 02/25/19 R.O.W. Parcel 02/25/19 M3CLs 02/25/19 02/25/19 02/25/19 1 of 4 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 3 - Summary of "Phase II" Soil Boring Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Soil Boring: Sample Depth: S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Metals Antimony 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Beryllium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 Chromium (Total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Hexavalent Chromium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 [calculated Cr3] 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Lead 200 200 600 600 [PHONE REDACTED] Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Nickel 700 700 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 10,000 Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Thallium 8 8 70 70 90 90 900 Vanadium 500 500 700 700 800 800 8,000 Zinc 1000 1000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 VOCs(1) Acetone 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 2-Butanone (MEK) 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 Cyanide Total Cyanide(2) 30 30 100 100 500 500 5,000 NOTES: Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of Method 1 standard. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. NE indicates no Method 1 standard (or Method 3 UCL) established for this compound. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report. Boring B-17 advanced on the 53 Hanson Street parcel during the IRA investigations was inadvertently named with same ID as the earlier "pre-IRA investigations") hand boring B-17 on the 50 Proctor Street parcel, as further reviewed in this report. Cyanide expressed as physiologically available cyanide (PAC). In the absence of measured physiologically available cyanide, the standard is applicable to total cyanide per the MCP. Analyses MCP - Method 1 Standards M3CLs B-38 B-42 0-2' 2-4' 4-5.5' 6-8' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 4-8' 0-2' 0-2' 2-4' 4-6' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 0-2' 2-4' 4-8' 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 2-4' 4-8' 02/26/19 02/26/19 - - ND (27.7) - - - - - ND (22.6) - - - - - - - - - - 94.5 - - - - - - - - 56.1 - - - - - ND (22.6) - - - - - - - - - - 2,210 - - - - - - - - ND (27.7) - - - - - ND (22.6) - - - - - - - - - - 2,050 - - - - - - - - ND (0.74) - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - ND (0.37) - - - - - ND (0.30) - - - - - - - - - - ND (1.26) - - - - - - - - 0.97 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 2.03 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 1.75 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 2.32 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 0.94 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - ND (0.74) - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 1.82 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - ND (0.37) - - - - - ND (0.30) - - - - - - - - - - ND (1.26) - - - - - - - - 4.27 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - ND (0.74) - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 1.13 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - ND (0.37) - - - - - ND (0.30) - - - - - - - - - - ND (1.26) - - - - - - - - 0.85 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 4.13 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 3.82 - - - - - ND (0.60) - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.52) - - - - - - - - 7.18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (5.52) - - - - - - 1,510 12,300 10,900 6.04 345 419 1,260 1,700 99.5 41.1 2,140 62.9 3,190 145 669 2,150 179 81.8 13.5 6.72 8.92 189 77.7 27.7 12.3 5.82 - - 97.4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 49.3 - - - - - - - - ND (0.17) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.32 - - - - - - - - 102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.55) - - - - - - - - 428 - - - - - - - - - - - - 185 - 399 - 266(4) - - - - - - - - ND (0.8) - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.6) - ND (0.6) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 185 - 399 - - - - - - - - - - 70.6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 41.3 - - - - - - - - 1.2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (2.02) - - - - - - - - ND (3.94) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12.8 - - - - - - - - ND (7.87) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (5.52) - - - - - - - - 1.5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (1.10) - - - - - - - - ND (7.87) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (5.52) - - - - - - - - 5.73 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 36.9 - - - - - - - - 69.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 48.6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (0.08) - - - - - - ND (0.08) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.442 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.0556 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (1.66) - - - - - - - ND (1.72) - B-37 B-43 B-40 B-41/MW-3 02/26/19 B-45/MW-4 B-44 B-35 B-36 02/26/19 02/26/19 02/26/19 02/26/19 02/26/19 02/26/19 B-39 02/26/19 02/26/19 2 of 4 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 3 - Summary of "Phase II" Soil Boring Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Soil Boring: Sample Depth: S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Metals Antimony 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Beryllium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 Chromium (Total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Hexavalent Chromium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 [calculated Cr3] 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Lead 200 200 600 600 [PHONE REDACTED] Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Nickel 700 700 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 10,000 Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Thallium 8 8 70 70 90 90 900 Vanadium 500 500 700 700 800 800 8,000 Zinc 1000 1000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 VOCs(1) Acetone 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 2-Butanone (MEK) 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 Cyanide Total Cyanide(2) 30 30 100 100 500 500 5,000 NOTES: Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of Method 1 standard. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. NE indicates no Method 1 standard (or Method 3 UCL) established for this compound. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report. Boring B-17 advanced on the 53 Hanson Street parcel during the IRA investigations was inadvertently named with same ID as the earlier "pre-IRA investigations") hand boring B-17 on the 50 Proctor Street parcel, as further reviewed in this report. Cyanide expressed as physiologically available cyanide (PAC). In the absence of measured physiologically available cyanide, the standard is applicable to total cyanide per the MCP. Analyses MCP - Method 1 Standards M3CLs B-47 B-51 B-52 B-53 B-301 B-302 B-303 B-304 0-2' 2-4' 0-2' 0-1' 1-2' 0-1' 1-2' 0-1' 1-2' 0-1' 0-1' 0-1' 3-6' 3-6' 3-6' 3-6' 3-6' 6-9' 0-3' 3-6' 6-9' 3-6' 6-9' 0-3' 3-6' 6-9' 0-3' 02/26/19 11/10/20 11/10/20 11/10/20 11/10/20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14.6 13.1 50.2 208 203 444 990 344 528 21.2 8.78 91.2 5.95 6.09 38.8 13.3 933 3.71 946 466 3.59 82.1 4.05 2,160 4.81 3.23 6.40 - - - - - 1,060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.31 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.42 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,030 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9.3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1,021 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 354 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4.2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (7.81) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.78 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ND (7.81) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 41.2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 696 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-49 B-50 B-46 B-48 02/26/19 B-305 02/26/19 50 Proctor Street Parcel (Mansell Field) 11/10/20 02/26/19 02/26/19 03/13/19 B-306 11/10/20 B-307 11/10/20 B-308 11/10/20 B-3 11/1 3 of 4 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 3 - Summary of "Phase II" Soil Boring Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Soil Boring: Sample Depth: S-1/GW-2 S-1/GW-3 S-2/GW-2 S-2/GW-3 S-3/GW-2 S-3/GW-3 Sample Date: EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 C11-C22 Aromatics 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 C19-C36 Aliphatics 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 20,000 Target PAHs Acenaphthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 600 10 600 10 600 10 10,000 Anthracene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(a)anthracene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 Benzo(a)pyrene 2 2 30 30 30 30 300 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 20 20 300 300 300 300 3,000 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 200 200 400 400 5,000 5,000 10,000 200 200 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 2 2 30 30 200 200 2,000 Fluoranthene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Fluorene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 20 20 300 300 2,000 2,000 10,000 80 300 80 500 80 500 5,000 Naphthalene 20 500 20 1,000 20 3,000 10,000 Phenanthrene 500 500 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 10,000 Pyrene 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Metals Antimony 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Arsenic 20 20 20 20 60 60 600 Barium 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Beryllium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Cadmium 80 80 80 80 80 80 800 Chromium (Total) 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Hexavalent Chromium 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 [calculated Cr3] 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 Lead 200 200 600 600 [PHONE REDACTED] Mercury 20 20 40 40 40 40 400 Nickel 700 700 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 10,000 Selenium 400 400 800 800 800 800 8,000 Silver 100 100 200 200 200 200 2,000 Thallium 8 8 70 70 90 90 900 Vanadium 500 500 700 700 800 800 8,000 Zinc 1000 1000 3,000 3,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 PCBs All PCB Arochlors 1 1 2 2 4 4 100 VOCs(1) Acetone 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 2-Butanone (MEK) 50 400 50 400 50 400 10,000 Cyanide Total Cyanide(2) 30 30 100 100 500 500 5,000 NOTES: Only analytes detected above laboratory reporting limits in one or more samples are included in the table. Bold boxed values indicates exceedance of Method 1 standard. Represents values above MCP Method 3 UCLs ND indicates that the analyte was not detected above laboratory reporting limits. NE indicates no Method 1 standard (or Method 3 UCL) established for this compound. - indicates sample not analyzed for respective analyte. Since only trace to non-detect levels of hexavalent chromium were subsequently detected in site soils, it is assumed that the majority (if not all) of this total chromium concentration is trivalent chromium. Therefore, this level is not considered to be above Method 1 standards, as further reviewed in this report. Boring B-17 advanced on the 53 Hanson Street parcel during the IRA investigations was inadvertently named with same ID as the earlier "pre-IRA investigations") hand boring B-17 on the 50 Proctor Street parcel, as further reviewed in this report. Cyanide expressed as physiologically available cyanide (PAC). In the absence of measured physiologically available cyanide, the standard is applicable to total cyanide per the MCP. Analyses MCP - Method 1 Standards M3CLs B-316 3-6' 0-3' 3-6' 0-3' 3-6' 6-9' 3-6' 6-9' 3-6' 6-9' 0-3' 3-6' 6-9' 0-3' 3-6' 3-6' 0-3' 3-6' 11/10/20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.45 44.1 6.67 732 94.9 ND (2.93) 23.4 108 731 39.6 745 186 ND (2.99) 362 4.64 62.6 227 9.96 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11/10/20 11/10/20 B-313 11/10/20 B-314 B-315 B-317 11/10/20 11/10/20 B-312 11/10/20 309 0/20 B-310 11/10/20 B-311 4 of 4 ---PAGE BREAK--- TABLE 4 - Summary of Earlier Groundwater Analytical Results Mansell Field (Lower Portion of Gallows Hill Park) 50 Proctor Street Salem, Massachusetts Method 1 Standards Sample Identification: MW-1 MW-2 MW-3 MW-4 Analysis GW-3 Date Collected: EPH carbon ranges C9-C18 Aliphatic 50,000 100,000 - - - ND (93) C19-C36 Aliphatic 50,000 100,000 - - - ND (93) C11-C22 Aromatic 5,000 100,000 - - - ND (93) Target PAHs Acenaphthene 10,000 60,000 - - - ND (0.19) 40 100,000 - - - ND (0.19) Anthracene 30 1,000 - - - ND (0.19) Benzo(a)anthracene 1,000 10,000 - - - ND (0.19) Benzo(a)pyrene 500 5,000 - - - ND (0.19) Benzo(b)fluoranthene 400 4,000 - - - ND (0.19) Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 20 500 - - - ND (0.19) Benzo(k)fluoranthene 100 1,000 - - - ND (0.19) 70 700 - - - ND (0.19) Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 40 400 - - - ND (0.19) Fluoranthene 200 2,000 - - - ND (0.19) Fluorene 40 400 - - - ND (0.19) Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 100 1,000 - - - ND (0.19) 20,000 100,000 - - - ND (0.47) Naphthalene 20,000 100,000 - - - ND (0.47) Phenanthrene 10,000 100,000 - - - ND (0.47) Pyrene 20 800 - - - ND (0.19) Cyanide Total Cyanide 30 2,000 - - - ND Dissolved Metals Arsenic 900 9,000 ND (5.0) ND (5.0) 20.1 ND (5.0) Barium 50,000 100,000 ND (50) ND (50) ND (50) 101 Cadmium 4 80 ND (1.0) ND (1.0) ND (1.0) 1.2 Chromium (total) 300 3,000 ND (10) ND (10) ND (10) ND (10) Lead 10 150 ND (1.0) 1.9 ND (1.0) ND (1.0) Mercury 20 200 ND (0.20) ND (0.20) ND (0.20) ND (0.20) Selenium 50 500 ND (5.0) ND (5.0) ND (5.0) ND (5.0) Silver 7 1,000 ND (5.0) ND (5.0) ND (5.0) ND (5.0) Hexavalent Chromium (total) Hexavalent Chromium 300 3,000 - - - ND (10) NOTES: All results are reported in micrograms per liter (µg/L). ND indicates analyte not detected (laboratory reporting limit). M3CLs 3/13/2019 1 of 1 ---PAGE BREAK--- ATTACHMENT B Copy of AOC between EPA and City Mansell Field Project Salem MA ---PAGE BREAK--- i UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY REGION 1 ) IN THE MATTER OF: ) ) CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Mansell Field Superfund Site ) Salem, MA ) ) City of Salem, MA, ) ) Respondent ) ) Proceeding Under Sections 104, 106(a), ) ADMINISTRATIVE SETTLEMENT 107 and 122 of the Comprehensive ) AGREEMENT AND ORDER ON Environmental Response, Compensation, ) CONSENT FOR REMOVAL ACTION and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9604, ) 9606(a), 9607 and 9622 ) ADMINISTRATIVE SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND ORDER ON CONSENT FOR REMOVAL ACTION ---PAGE BREAK--- ii TABLE OF CONTENTS I. JURISDICTION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS II. PARTIES BOUND III. DEFINITIONS IV. FINDINGS OF V. CONCLUSIONS OF LAW AND DETERMINATIONS VI. SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND ORDER VII. DESIGNATION OF CONTRACTOR, PROJECT COORDINATOR, AND ON- SCENE COORDINATOR VIII. WORK TO BE PERFORMED IX. PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS 14 X. ACCESS TO INFORMATION 15 XI. RECORD RETENTION 16 XII. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER 17 XIII. EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND NOTIFICATION OF RELEASES 17 XIV. PAYMENT OF RESPONSE 18 XV. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 20 XVI. FORCE MAJEURE 20 XVII. STIPULATED PENALTIES 22 XVIII. COVENANTS BY EPA 24 XIX. RESERVATIONS OF RIGHTS BY EPA 24 XX. COVENANTS BY RESPONDENT 25 XXI. OTHER CLAIMS 27 XXII. EFFECT OF SETTLEMENT/CONTRIBUTION 27 XXIII. 28 XXIV. INSURANCE 29 XXV. NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF WORK 30 XXVI. PUBLIC COMMENT 30 XXVII. INTEGRATION/APPENDICES 30 XXVIII. EFFECTIVE DATE 31 Appendix A – Action Memorandum Appendix B – Statement of Work ---PAGE BREAK--- 1 I. JURISDICTION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. This Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent (“Settlement”) is entered into voluntarily by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and the City of Salem, MA (“Respondent”). This Settlement provides for the performance of a removal action by Respondent at or in connection with the “Mansell Field Superfund Site” (the “Site”) generally located at 50 Proctor Street in Salem, MA. 2. This Settlement is issued under the authority vested in the President of the United States by Sections 104, 106(a), 107, and 122 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 9604, 9606(a), 9607 and 9622 (CERCLA). This authority was delegated to the Administrator of EPA on January 23, 1987, by Executive Order 12580, 52 Fed. Reg. 2923 (Jan. 29, 1987), and further delegated to Regional Administrators by EPA Delegation Nos. 14-14A (Determinations of Imminent and Substantial Endangerment, Jan. 31, 2017), 14-14C (Administrative Actions through Consent Orders, Jan. 18, 2017) and 14-14D (Cost Recovery Non-Judicial Agreements and Administrative Consent Orders, Jan. 18, 2017). This authority was further redelegated by the Regional Administrator of EPA to the Director of Region 1’s Office of Site Remediation and Restoration on September 3, 1996 (EPA Delegation Numbers 14-14-D), and on March 1, 2002 (EPA Delegation Numbers 14-14-A), and updated per the Region 1 Realignment on April 29, 2019 (Region 1 Realignment: General Temporary Redelegation) to redelegate all authorities of the Director of Region 1’s Office of Site Remediation and Restoration to the Director of the Superfund Emergency Management Division. This Settlement is also entered into pursuant to the authority of the Attorney General of the United States to compromise and settle claims of the United States, which authority, in the circumstances of this settlement, has been delegated to the Assistant Attorney General for the Environment and Natural Resources Division. 3. EPA has notified the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “State”) of this action pursuant to Section 106(a) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9606(a). 4. EPA and Respondent recognize that this Settlement has been negotiated in good faith and that the actions undertaken by Respondent in accordance with this Settlement do not constitute an admission of any liability. Respondent does not admit, and retains the right to controvert in any subsequent proceedings other than proceedings to implement or enforce this Settlement, the validity of the findings of facts, conclusions of law, and determinations in Sections IV (Findings of Fact) and V (Conclusions of Law and Determinations) of this Settlement. Respondent agrees to comply with and be bound by the terms of this Settlement and further agrees that it will not contest the basis or validity of this Settlement or its terms. II. PARTIES BOUND 5. This Settlement is binding upon EPA and upon Respondent and its successors and assigns. Any transfer of assets or real or personal property shall not alter Respondent’s responsibilities under this Settlement. 6. Respondent is liable for carrying out all activities required of it by this Settlement. ---PAGE BREAK--- 2 7. Each undersigned representative of Respondent certifies that he or she is fully authorized to enter into the terms and conditions of this Settlement and to execute and legally bind Respondent to this Settlement. 8. Respondent shall provide a copy of this Settlement to each contractor hired to perform the Work required by this Settlement and to each person representing Respondent with respect to the Site or the Work (provided that if the “person” is a company Respondent shall only have to provide a single copy to a person acting in a supervisory capacity for the company), and shall condition all contracts entered into hereunder upon performance of the Work in conformity with the terms of this Settlement. Respondent or its contractors shall provide written notice of the Settlement to all subcontractors hired to perform any portion of the Work required by this Settlement. Respondent shall nonetheless be responsible for ensuring that its contractors and subcontractors perform the Work in accordance with the terms of this Settlement. III. DEFINITIONS 9. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Settlement, terms used in this Settlement that are defined in CERCLA or in regulations promulgated under CERCLA shall have the meaning assigned to them in CERCLA or in such regulations. Whenever terms listed below are used in this Settlement or its attached appendices, the following definitions shall apply: “Action Memorandum” shall mean the EPA Action Memorandum relating to the Site signed on September 8, 2022, by the Regional Administrator, EPA Region 1, or his/her delegate, and all attachments thereto. The “Action Memorandum” is attached as Appendix A. “Affected Property” shall mean all real property at the Site and any other real property where EPA determines, at any time, that access or land, water, or other resource use restrictions are needed to implement the removal action, including, but not limited to, the following property: 50 Proctor Street, Salem, MA (City of Salem Assessors Office Parcel #15-0329-0 on Lot 329 of Tax Map 15). The phrase “Respondent’s Affected Property” means Affected Property owned or controlled by Respondent. “CERCLA” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 9601-9675. “Day” or “day” shall mean a calendar day. In computing any period of time under this Settlement, where the last day would fall on a Saturday, Sunday, or federal or State holiday, the period shall run until the close of business of the next working day. “Effective Date” shall mean the effective date of this Settlement as provided in Section XXIX. “EPA” shall mean the United States Environmental Protection Agency and its successor departments, agencies, or instrumentalities. ---PAGE BREAK--- 3 “EPA-Lead Costs” shall mean all of EPA’s direct costs associated with EPA’s performance of the EPA Superfund-Lead Work. “EPA Superfund-Lead Work” shall mean all work performed by EPA to implement the removal action set forth in the Action Memorandum for the Site, except work performed by EPA under Paragraph 82 (Work Takeover). EPA Superfund-Lead Work does not include Work to be performed by Respondent under this Agreement and the SOW. “EPA Hazardous Substance Superfund” shall mean the Hazardous Substance Superfund established by the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. § 9507. “Future Response Costs” means all costs (including direct, indirect, payroll, contractor, travel, and laboratory costs) that the United States pays between August 30, 2022 and issuance of the Notice of Completion of Work in implementing, overseeing, or enforcing this settlement, including: in developing, reviewing, and approving deliverables generated under this Settlement; (ii) in overseeing Respondent’s performance of the Work; (iii) in assisting or taking action to obtain access under Section IX (Property Requirements); (iv) in taking response action because of Respondent’s failure to take emergy action under Section XIII (Emergency Response and Notification of Releases); in implementing a Work Takeover under Paragraph 82 (Work Takeover); (vi) in implementing community involvement activities including the cost of any technical assistance grant under Section 117(e) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9617(e); (vii) in implementing EPA Superfund-Lead Work beyond the dollar amount specified for EPA-Lead Costs in EPA’s Covenant Not to Sue under Section XVIII; and (viii) in enforcing this Settlement, including all costs paid under Section XV (Dispute Resolution) and all litigation costs. Future Response Costs also includes all Interest accrued after August 30, 2022. “Interest” shall mean interest at the rate specified for interest on investments of the EPA Hazardous Substance Superfund established by 26 U.S.C. § 9507, compounded annually on October 1 of each year, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. § 9607(a). The applicable rate of interest shall be the rate in effect at the time the interest accrues. The rate of interest is subject to change on October 1 of each year. Rates are available online at interest-rates. “MassDEP” shall mean the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection and any successor departments or agencies of the State. “National Contingency Plan” or “NCP” shall mean the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan promulgated pursuant to Section 105 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9605, codified at 40 C.F.R. Part 300, and any amendments thereto. “Paragraph” shall mean a portion of this Settlement identified by an Arabic numeral or an upper or lower case letter. “Parties” shall mean EPA and Respondent. ---PAGE BREAK--- 4 “Past Response Costs” shall mean all costs, including, but not limited to, direct and indirect costs, that the United States paid at or in connection with the Site through the Effective Date, plus Interest on all such costs through such date. “RCRA” shall mean the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6901- 6992 (also known as the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act). “Respondent” or “City” shall mean the City of Salem, Massachusetts. “Section” shall mean a portion of this Settlement identified by a Roman numeral. “Settlement” shall mean this Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent and all appendices attached hereto (listed in Section XXVIII (Integration/Appendices)). In the event of conflict between this Settlement and any appendix, this Settlement shall control. “Site” shall mean the Mansell Field Superfund Site, encompassing approximately 1.5 acres, located at 50 Proctor Street, Salem, Massachusetts. “State” shall mean the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. “Statement of Work” or “SOW” shall mean the document describing the activities that Respondent must perform to implement the removal action pursuant to this Settlement, as set forth in Appendix C, and any modifications made thereto in accordance with this Settlement. “Transfer” shall mean to sell, assign, convey, lease, mortgage, or grant a security interest in, or where used as a noun, a sale, assignment, conveyance, or other disposition of any interest by operation of law or otherwise. “United States” shall mean the United States of America and each department, agency, and instrumentality of the United States, including EPA. “Waste Material” shall mean any “hazardous substance” under Section 101(14) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(14); any pollutant or contaminant under Section 101(33) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(33); and and any “solid waste” under Section 1004(27) of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. § 6903(27). “Work” or “Respondent-Lead Work” shall mean all activities and obligations Respondent is required to perform under this Settlement except those required by Section XI (Record Retention). IV. FINDINGS OF FACT 10. The Mansell Field Superfund Site is located at 50 Proctor Street and is approximately 1.5 acres in size. The Site is owned by the City of Salem and is identified by the City of Salem’s Assessors Office as Parcel #15-0329-0. ---PAGE BREAK--- 5 11. The Site is part of a public park and recreational complex known as Gallows Hill Park. The Site includes a basketball court and a large grassy area that was previously used for soccer practice and other activities. 12. The Site is in a densely populated residential neighborhood. The Site is bounded by to the north by Langdon Street, to the east by Proctor Street, to the south by Mansell Parkway, and to the west by the remaining portions of Gallows Hill Park. 13. The City acquired title to the Site in fee by eminent domain in 1940. The taking order is dated January 11, 1940 and was recorded with the Registry on January 23, 1940 at Book 3208, Page 328. 14. From around the late 1800s to 1930s, the Site and surrounding properties were tanneries used for leather-making operations. There were several buildings thought to have been used for wet work, finishing, stuffing, and drying. In 1938, the tannery facility was demolished and the property became mostly vacant, prior to the City’s taking of the Site. 15. During the City’s ownership of the Site for a period of over approximately 80 years, it has removed the remains of an old factory building from the Site, built a roadway, rough-graded the Site, covered the Site with topsoil, fertilized and seeded the Site, built a basketball court, and conducted various maintenance activities. The Site has been used as a park since at least the 1960s. 16. In 2018, the City, through its contractor, conducted environmental site assessment work at the Site in preparation for planned renovations of Mansell Field. Sampling revealed the presence of elevated levels of arsenic across the Site at above Massachusetts Contingency Plan (MCP) cleanup standards. Once it was determined that the Site contained arsenic contamination, the park was fenced and closed to the public. 17. In 2018 and 2019, the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (“MassDEP”) was notified by the City of Salem of elevated levels of arsenic, lead and chromium in the soil at Mansell Park. 18. By letter dated January 16, 2019, MassDEP notified the City of its responsibility to address contamination at Mansell Field, pursuant to the MCP (310 CMR 40), MGL c.21E, Section 5. 19. On March 20, 2019, the City contacted EPA due to the City’s concerns about the expected high cost of the cleanup at the Site. On April 17, 2019, MassDEP formally requested the assistance of EPA Region 1’s Emergency Response and Removal Program with assessment and remediation at the Site and targeted bordering residential properties. 20. From October 2019 to August 2020, EPA performed time-critical removal actions on three adjacent residential properties located on Langdon Street. As part of those removal actions, EPA removed the top three feet of soil from the residential properties along its shared boundary with Mansell Field. ---PAGE BREAK--- 6 21. On June 6, 2022, EPA received another request for assistance from MassDEP for the assessment and remediation of arsenic-contaminated soils at the Site. In July 2022, EPA conducted a Preliminary Assessment/Site Investigation (PA/SI), which confirmed that arsenic, lead and chromiumwas detected at levels comparable to the previous data presented by the City. 22. On September 8, 2022, EPA issued an Action Memorandum, which is attached as Appendix A to this Settlement. The Action Memorandum involves the excavation and off-site disposal of soil contaminated primarily with arsenic to both eliminate the direct contact threat and remove sources of contamination. V. CONCLUSIONS OF LAW AND DETERMINATIONS 23. Based on the Findings of Fact set forth above, and the administrative record, EPA has determined that: a. The Mansell Field Superfund Site is a “facility” as defined by Section 101(9) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(9). b. The contamination found at the Site, as identified in the Findings of Fact above, includes a “hazardous substance” as defined by Section 101(14) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(14). c. Respondent is a “person” as defined by Section 101(21) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(21). d. Respondent is a responsible party under Section 107(a) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9607(a) because it is the “owner” and/or “operator” of the facility, as defined by Section 101(20) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(20), and within the meaning of Section 107(a)(1) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9607(a)(1). e. The conditions described in the Findings of Fact above constitute an actual or threatened “release” of a hazardous substance from the facility as defined by Section 101(22) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(22). f. EPA determined in an Action Memorandum dated September 8, 2022, that the conditions at the Site may constitute an imminent and substantial endangerment to the public health or welfare or the environment because of an actual or threatened release of a hazardous substance from the facility within the meaning of Section 106(a) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9606(a). g. The removal action required by this Settlement is necessary to protect the public health, welfare, or the environment and, if carried out in compliance with the terms of this Settlement, will be consistent with the NCP, as provided in Section 300.700(c)(3)(ii) of the NCP. VI. SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND ORDER 24. Based upon the Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law, and Determinations set forth above, and the administrative record, it is hereby Ordered and Agreed that Respondent shall ---PAGE BREAK--- 7 comply with all provisions of this Settlement, including, but not limited to, all appendices to this Settlement and all documents incorporated by reference into this Settlement. VII. DESIGNATION OF CONTRACTOR, PROJECT COORDINATOR, AND ON- SCENE COORDINATOR 25. Respondent shall retain one or more contractors or subcontractors to perform the Work and shall notify EPA of the names, titles, addresses, telephone numbers, email addresses, and qualifications of such contractors or subcontractors within seven days after the Effective Date or, if retained later than the Effective Date, then seven days after the date on which the contractor or subcontractor is awarded a contract in accordance with state and local procurement law. Respondent shall notify EPA of the names, titles, contact information, and qualifications of any other contractors or subcontractors retained to perform the Work at least seven days prior to commencement of such Work. EPA retains the right to disapprove of any or all of the contractors and/or subcontractors retained by Respondent. If EPA disapproves of a selected contractor or subcontractor, Respondent shall retain a different contractor or subcontractor and shall notify EPA of that contractor’s or subcontractor’s name, title, contact information, and qualifications within seven days after EPA’s disapproval, or, if it is not possible to select a different contractor or subcontractor in accordance with state and local procurement law, then within seven days after a new contractor or subcontractor is awarded a contract in accordance with this law, but no later than seven days prior to commencement of the Work by the contractor or subcontractor. With respect to any proposed contractor, Respondent shall demonstrate that the proposed contractor demonstrates compliance with ASQ/ANSI E4:2014 “Quality management systems for environmental information and technology programs – Requirements with guidance for use” (American Society for Quality, February 2014), by submitting a copy of the proposed contractor’s Quality Management Plan (QMP). The QMP should be prepared in accordance with “EPA Requirements for Quality Management Plans (QA/R-2)” (EPA/240/B-01/002, Reissued May 2006) or equivalent documentation as determined by EPA. The qualifications of the persons undertaking the Work for Respondent shall be subject to EPA’s review for verification based on objective assessment criteria experience, capacity, technical expertise) and that they do not have a conflict of interest with respect to the project. 26. Within seven days after the Effective Date, Respondent shall designate a Project Coordinator who shall be responsible for administration of all actions by Respondent required by this Settlement and shall submit to EPA the designated Project Coordinator’s name, title, address, telephone number, email address, and qualifications. To the greatest extent possible, the Project Coordinator shall be present on Site or readily available during Site work. EPA retains the right to disapprove of the designated Project Coordinator who does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 25. If EPA disapproves of the designated Project Coordinator, Respondent shall retain a different Project Coordinator and shall notify EPA of that person’s name, title, contact information, and qualifications within seven days following EPA’s disapproval. Notice or communication relating to this Settlement from EPA to Respondent’s Project Coordinator shall constitute notice or communication to Respondent. 27. EPA has designated Athanasios Hatzopoulos of the Emergency Planning and Response Branch, Region 1, as its On-Scene Coordinator (OSC). EPA and Respondent shall have the right, subject to Paragraph 26, to change their respective designated OSC or Project ---PAGE BREAK--- 8 Coordinator. Respondent shall notify EPA seven days before such a change is made. The initial notification by Respondent may be made orally, but shall be followed by a written notice. 28. The OSC shall be responsible for overseeing Respondent’s implementation of this Settlement. The OSC shall have the authority vested in an OSC by the NCP, including the authority to halt, conduct, or direct any Work required by this Settlement, or to direct any other removal action undertaken at the Site. Absence of the OSC from the Site shall not be cause for stoppage of work unless specifically directed by the OSC. VIII. WORK TO BE PERFORMED 29. Respondent shall perform, at a minimum, all actions necessary to implement the Respondent-Lead Work described in the SOW. The actions to be implemented generally include, but are not limited to, the following: site preparation work, including the construction of an access road; ensure site security; provide staging area for office trailers and generator; support services for removal actions; removal, transportation and disposal of trees and other vegetation, light poles, and wiring located in areas impacted by removal actions; conducting air monitoring and dust suppression and treating contaminated water groundwater, surface runoff, decontamination water); excavating, transporting and disposing of soils in areas not excavated by EPA; characterize and verify additional and remaining soil to meet MassDEP standards; conduct confirmatory soil sampling to assure cleanup meets project goals; backfilling and compacting areas not backfilled or compacted by EPA to bring the site back to grade; and vegetating/re- seeding the field. The Parties acknowledge that EPA will be performing a portion of the removal action on a fund-lead basis, described in the SOW as EPA Superfund-Lead Work. 30. For any regulation or guidance referenced in the Settlement, the reference will be read to include any subsequent modification, amendment, or replacement of such regulation or guidance. Such modifications, amendments, or replacements apply to the Work only after Respondent receives notification from EPA of the modification, amendment, or replacement. 31. Work Plan and Implementation a. Within 40 days after the Effective Date, in accordance with Paragraph 32 (Submission of Deliverables), Respondent shall submit to EPA for approval a draft work plan for performing the removal action described in the SOW (the “Removal Work Plan”). The draft Removal Work Plan shall provide a description of, and an expeditious schedule for, the actions required by this Settlement. b. EPA may approve, disapprove, require revisions to, or modify the draft Removal Work Plan in whole or in part. If EPA requires revisions, Respondent shall submit a revised draft Removal Work Plan within 10 days after receipt of EPA’s notification of the required revisions. Respondent shall implement the Removal Work Plan as approved in writing by EPA in accordance with the schedule approved by EPA. Once approved, or approved with modifications, the Removal Work Plan, the schedule, and any subsequent modifications shall be incorporated into and become fully enforceable under this Settlement. ---PAGE BREAK--- 9 c. Upon approval or approval with modifications of the Removal Work Plan Respondent shall commence implementation of the Work in accordance with the schedule included therein. Respondent shall not commence or perform any Work except in conformance with the terms of this Settlement. d. Unless otherwise provided in this Settlement, any additional deliverables that require EPA approval under the Removal Work Plan shall be reviewed and approved by EPA in accordance with this Paragraph. 32. Submission of Deliverables a. General Requirements for Deliverables Except as otherwise provided in this Settlement, Respondent shall direct all submissions required by this Settlement to the OSC: Athanasios Hatzopoulos, On-Scene Coordinator U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100 (02-2) Boston, MA 02109 (617) 918-1284 [EMAIL REDACTED] Respondent shall submit all deliverables required by this Settlement, the attached SOW, or any approved work plan to EPA in accordance with the schedule set forth in such plan Respondent shall submit all deliverables in electronic form. Technical specifications for sampling and monitoring data and spatial data are addressed in Paragraph 32.b. All other deliverables shall be submitted to EPA in the form specified by the OSC. If any deliverable includes maps, drawings, or other exhibits that are larger than 8.5 x 11 inches, Respondent shall also provide EPA with paper copies of such exhibits, unless the OSC waives this requirement in writing. For purposes of this waiver an email from the OSC constitutes a writing. b. Technical Specifications for Deliverables Sampling and monitoring data should be submitted in standard Regional Electronic Data Deliverable (EDD) format xlsx or .csv). Other delivery methods may be allowed if electronic direct submission presents a significant burden or as technology changes. Spatial data, including spatially-referenced data and geospatial data, should be submitted: in the ESRI File Geodatabase format; and as unprojected geographic coordinates in decimal degree format using North American Datum 1983 (NAD83) or World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS84) as the datum. If applicable, submissions should include the collection method(s). ---PAGE BREAK--- 10 Projected coordinates may optionally be included but must be documented. Spatial data should be accompanied by metadata, and such metadata should be compliant with the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC) Content Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata and its EPA profile, the EPA Geospatial Metadata Technical Specification. An add-on metadata editor for ESRI software, the EPA Metadata Editor (EME), complies with these FGDC and EPA metadata requirements and is available at editor. Each file must include an attribute name for each site unit or sub- unit submitted. Consult standards for any further available guidance on attribute identification and naming. Spatial data submitted by Respondent does not, and is not intended to, define the boundaries of the Site. 33. Health and Safety Plan. Within 40 days after the Effective Date, Respondent shall submit for EPA review and comment a Health and Safety Plan (“HASP”) that meets the requirements of 29 C.F.R. 910.120 for developing the HASP, that describes all activities to be performed to protect on-site personnel and area residents from physical, chemical, biological and other hazards related to the performance of on-site work under this Settlement. This HASP shall be prepared in accordance with “OSWER Integrated Health and Safety Program Operating Practices for OSWER Field Activities,” Pub. 9285.0-OlC (Nov. 2002), available on the NSCEP database at and “EPA’s Emergency Responder Health and Safety Manual,” OSWER Directive 9285.3-12 (July 2005 and updates), available at In addition, the HASP shall comply with all currently applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) regulations found at 29 C.F.R. Part 1910. If EPA determines that it is appropriate, the HASP shall also include contingency planning. Respondent shall incorporate all changes to the HASP recommended by EPA and shall implement the HASP during the pendency of the removal action. 34. Quality Assurance, Sampling, and Data Analysis a. Respondent shall use quality assurance, quality control, and other technical activities and chain of custody procedures for all samples consistent with EPA’s Environmental Information Quality Policy, CIO 2105.1) (Mar. 2021) at the most recent version of Quality Management Systems for Environmental Information and Technology Programs – Requirements with Guidance for Use, ASQ/ANSI E-4 (Feb. 2014), and EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans, EPA QA/G-5 (EPA/240/B-01/02) (March 2001) at b. Within 40 days after the Effective Date, Respondent shall submit a Sampling and Analysis Plan to EPA for review and approval. This plan shall consist of a Field Sampling Plan (FSP) and a Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) that is consistent with the ---PAGE BREAK--- 11 Removal Work Plan, the NCP, and applicable guidance documents including, but not limited to, “Guidance for Quality Assurance Project Plans (QA/G-5)” EPA/240/R-02/009 (December 2002), “EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans (QA/R-5)” EPA 240/B-01/003 (March 2001, reissued May 2006), and “Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plans,” Parts 1-3, EPA/505/B-04/900A-900C (March 2005). Upon its approval by EPA, the Sampling and Analysis Plan shall be incorporated into and become enforceable under this Settlement. c. Respondent shall ensure that EPA and its authorized representatives are allowed access at reasonable times to all laboratories utilized by Respondent in implementing this Settlement. In addition, Respondent shall ensure that such laboratories shall analyze all samples submitted by EPA pursuant to the QAPP for quality assurance, quality control, and technical activities that will satisfy the stated performance criteria as specified in the QAPP and that sampling and field activities are conducted in accordance with the Agency’s “EPA QA Field Activities Procedure,” CIO 2105-P-02.1 (9/23/2014) available at http://www.epa.gov/irmpoli8/epa-qa-field-activities-procedures. Respondent shall ensure that the laboratories they utilize for the analysis of samples taken pursuant to this Settlement meet the competency requirements set forth in EPA’s “Policy to Assure Competency of Laboratories, Field Sampling, and Other Organizations Generating Environmental Measurement Data under Agency-Funded Acquisitions” available at http://www.epa.gov/measurements/documents-about- measurement-competency-under-acquisition-agreements and that the laboratories perform all analyses according to accepted EPA methods. Accepted EPA methods consist of, but are not limited to, methods that are documented in the EPA’s Contract Laboratory Program (http://www.epa.gov/clp), SW 846 “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods” “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater” (http://www.standardmethods.org/), 40 C.F.R. Part 136, “Air Toxics - Monitoring Methods” (http://www3.epa.gov/ttnamti1/airtox.html). d. However, upon approval by EPA, Respondent may use other appropriate analytical method(s), as long as quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) criteria are contained in the method(s) and the method(s) are included in the QAPP, (ii) the analytical method(s) are at least as stringent as the methods listed above, and (iii) the method(s) have been approved for use by a nationally recognized organization responsible for verification and publication of analytical methods, e.g., EPA, ASTM, NIOSH, OSHA, etc. Respondent shall ensure that all laboratories it uses for analysis of samples taken pursuant to this Settlement have a documented Quality System that complies with ASQ/ANSI E4:2014 “Quality management systems for environmental information and technology programs - Requirements with guidance for use” (American Society for Quality, February 2014), and “EPA Requirements for Quality Management Plans (QA/R-2)” EPA/240/B-01/002 (March 2001, reissued May 2006), or equivalent documentation as determined by EPA. EPA may consider Environmental Response Laboratory Network (ERLN) laboratories, laboratories accredited under the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (NELAP), or laboratories that meet International Standardization Organization (ISO 17025) standards or other nationally recognized programs as meeting the Quality System requirements. Respondent shall ensure that all field methodologies utilized in collecting samples for subsequent analysis pursuant to this Settlement are conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in the QAPP approved by EPA. ---PAGE BREAK--- 12 e. Upon request, Respondent shall provide split or duplicate samples to EPA or its authorized representatives. Respondent shall notify EPA and the State not less than seven days in advance of any sample collection activity unless shorter notice is agreed to by EPA. For purposes of documenting such agreement, an email from the OSC suffices. In addition, EPA and the State shall have the right to take any additional samples that EPA or the State deems necessary. Upon request, EPA and the State shall provide to Respondent split or duplicate samples of any samples they take as part of EPA’s oversight of Respondent’s implementation of the Work. f. Respondent shall submit to EPA the results of all sampling and/or tests or other data obtained or generated by or on behalf of Respondent with respect to the Site and/or the implementation of this Settlement. g. Respondent waives any objections to any data gathered, generated, or evaluated by EPA, the State or Respondent in the performance or oversight of the Work that has been verified according to the QA/QC procedures required by the Settlement or any EPA- approved Work Plans or Sampling and Analysis Plans. If Respondent objects to any other data relating to the Work, Respondent shall submit to EPA a report that specifically identifies and explains its objections, describes the acceptable uses of the data, if any, and identifies any limitations to the use of the data. The report must be submitted to EPA within 15 days after the progress report containing the data. 35. Community Involvement Plan. EPA may prepare a community involvement plan, in accordance with EPA guidance and the NCP. If requested by EPA, Respondent shall participate in community involvement activities, including participation in the preparation of information regarding the Work for dissemination to the public, with consideration given to including mass media and/or Internet notification, and public meetings that may be held or sponsored by EPA to explain activities at or relating to the Site. Respondent’s support of EPA’s community involvement activities may include providing online access to initial submissions and updates of deliverables to any community advisory groups, any technical assistance grant recipients and their advisors, and other entities to provide them with a reasonable opportunity for review and comment. All community involvement activities conducted by Respondent at EPA’s request are subject to EPA’s oversight. Upon EPA’s request, Respondent shall establish a community information repository at or near the Site to house one copy of the administrative record. 36. Progress Reports. Respondent shall submit progress reports to EPA concerning actions undertaken pursuant to this Settlement, or as otherwise requested by EPA, from the date of receipt of EPA’s approval of the Removal Work Plan until issuance of Notice of Completion of Work pursuant to Section XXV, unless otherwise directed in writing by the OSC. These reports shall describe all significant developments during the preceding period, including the actions performed and any problems encountered, analytical data received during the reporting period, and the developments anticipated during the next reporting period, including a schedule of actions to be performed, anticipated problems, and planned resolutions of past or anticipated problems. ---PAGE BREAK--- 13 37. Final Report. Within 90 days after completion of all Work required by this Settlement, other than continuing obligations listed in Paragraph 103 (Notice of Completion of Work), Respondent shall submit for EPA review and approval a final report summarizing the actions taken to comply with this Settlement. The final report shall conform, at a minimum, with the requirements set forth in Section 300.165 of the NCP entitled “OSC Reports.” The final report shall include a good faith estimate of total costs or a statement of actual costs incurred by Respondent in complying with the Settlement, a listing of quantities and types of materials removed off-Site by Respondent or handled on-Site, a discussion of removal and disposal options considered for those materials, a listing of the ultimate destination(s) of those materials, a presentation of the analytical results of all sampling and analyses performed, and accompanying appendices containing all relevant documentation generated during the removal action manifests, invoices, bills, contracts, and permits). The final report shall also include the following certification signed by a responsible corporate official of the Respondent or Respondent’s Project Coordinator: “I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I have no personal knowledge that the information submitted is other than true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.” 38. Off-Site Shipments a. Respondent may ship hazardous substances, pollutants and contaminants from the Site to an off-Site facility only if they comply with Section 121(d)(3) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9621(d)(3), and 40 C.F.R. § 300.440. Respondent will be deemed to be in compliance with CERCLA Section 121(d)(3) and 40 C.F.R. § 300.440 regarding a shipment if Respondent obtain a prior determination from EPA that the proposed receiving facility for such shipment is acceptable under the criteria of 40 C.F.R. § 300.440(b). b. Respondent may ship Waste Material from the Site to an out-of-state waste management facility only if, prior to any shipment, they provide written notice to the appropriate state environmental official in the receiving facility’s state and to the OSC. This written notice requirement shall not apply to any off-Site shipments when the total quantity of all such shipments will not exceed ten cubic yards. The written notice must include the following information, if available: the name and location of the receiving facility; the type and quantity of Waste Material to be shipped; the schedule for the shipment; and the method of transportation. Respondent also shall notify the state environmental official referenced above and the OSC of any major changes in the shipment plan, such as a decision to ship the Waste Material to a different out-of-state facility. Respondent shall provide the written notice after the award of the contract for the removal action and before the Waste Material is shipped. ---PAGE BREAK--- 14 c. Respondent may ship Investigation Derived Waste (IDW) from the Site to an off-Site facility only if it complies with Section 121(d)(3) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9621(d)(3), 40 C.F.R. § 300.440, EPA’s “Guide to Management of Investigation Derived Waste,” OSWER 9345.3-03FS (Jan. 1992) and any IDW-specific requirements contained in the Action Memorandum. Wastes shipped off-Site to a laboratory for characterization, and RCRA hazardous wastes that meet the requirements for an exemption from RCRA under 40 C.F.R. § 261.4(e) shipped off-Site for treatability studies, are not subject to 40 C.F.R. § 300.440. IX. PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS 39. Agreements Regarding Access and Non-Interference. Respondent shall, with respect to the Affected Property: provide the EPA, the State, and their representatives, contractors, and subcontractors with access at all reasonable times to such Affected Property to conduct any activity regarding the Settlement, including those activities listed in Paragraph 39.a (Access Requirements); and (ii) refrain from using such Affected Property in any manner that EPA determines will pose an unacceptable risk to human health or to the environment due to exposure to Waste Material, or interfere with or adversely affect the implementation, integrity, or protectiveness of the removal action. a. Access Requirements. The following is a list of activities for which access is required regarding the Affected Property: Monitoring the Work; Verifying any data or information submitted to the United States; Conducting investigations regarding contamination at or near the Site; Obtaining samples; Assessing the need for, planning, implementing, or monitoring response actions; Assessing implementation of quality assurance and quality control practices as defined in the approved quality assurance quality control plan; Implementing the Work pursuant to the conditions set forth in Paragraph 82 (Work Takeover); Inspecting and copying records, operating logs, contracts, or other documents maintained or generated by Respondent or its agents, consistent with Section X (Access to Information); Assessing Respondent’s compliance with the Settlement; ---PAGE BREAK--- 15 (10) Determining whether the Affected Property is being used in a manner that is prohibited or restricted, or that may need to be prohibited or restricted under the Settlement; and (11) Implementing, monitoring, maintaining, reporting on, and enforcing any land, water, or other resource use restrictions regarding the Affected Property. 40. Best Efforts. As used in this Section, “best efforts” means the efforts that a reasonable person in the position of Respondent would use so as to achieve the goal in a timely manner, including incurring the cost of employing professional assistance and other reasonable costs, to secure access and/or use restriction agreements, as required by this Section. If Respondent is unable to accomplish what is required through “best efforts” in a timely manner, it shall notify EPA, and include a description of the steps taken to comply with the requirements. If EPA deems it appropriate, it may assist Respondent, or take independent action, in obtaining such access and/or use restrictions. 41. If EPA determines in a decision document prepared in accordance with the NCP that institutional controls in the form of state or local laws, regulations, ordinances, zoning restrictions, or other governmental controls or notices are needed, Respondent shall cooperate with EPA’s and the State’s efforts to secure and ensure compliance with such institutional controls. 42. In the event of any Transfer of the Affected Property, unless EPA otherwise consents in writing, Respondent shall continue to comply with its obligations under the Settlement, including its obligation to secure access and ensure compliance with any land, water, or other resource use restrictions regarding the Affected Property. 43. Notwithstanding any provision of the Settlement, EPA and the State retain all of their access authorities and rights, as well as all of their rights to require land, water, or other resource use restrictions, including enforcement authorities related thereto under CERCLA, RCRA, and any other applicable statute or regulations. X. ACCESS TO INFORMATION 44. Respondent shall provide to EPA and the State, upon request, copies of all records, reports, documents, and other information (including records, reports, documents, and other information in electronic form) (hereinafter referred to as “Records”) within Respondent’s possession or control or that of its contractors or agents relating to activities at the Site or to the implementation of this Settlement, including, but not limited to, sampling, analysis, chain of custody records, manifests, trucking logs, receipts, reports, sample traffic routing, correspondence, or other documents or information regarding the Work. Respondent shall also make available to EPA and the State, for purposes of investigation, information gathering, or testimony, its employees agents, or representatives with knowledge of relevant facts concerning the performance of the Work. 45. Privileged and Protected Claims ---PAGE BREAK--- 16 a. Respondent may assert all or part of a Record requested by EPA or the State is privileged or protected as provided under federal law, in lieu of providing the Record, provided Respondent complies with Paragraph 45.b, and except as provided in Paragraph 45.c. b. If Respondent asserts such a privilege or protection, they shall provide EPA and the State with the following information regarding such Record: its title; its date; the name, title, affiliation company or firm), and address of the author, of each addressee, and of each recipient; a description of the Record’s contents; and the privilege or protection asserted. If a claim of privilege or protection applies only to a portion of a Record, Respondent shall provide the Record to EPA and the State in redacted form to mask the privileged or protected portion only. Respondent shall retain all Records that they claim to be privileged or protected until EPA and the State have had a reasonable opportunity to dispute the privilege or protection claim and any such dispute has been resolved in Respondent’s favor. c. Respondent may make no claim of privilege or protection regarding: any data regarding the Site, including, but not limited to, all sampling, analytical, monitoring, hydrogeologic, scientific, chemical, radiological, or engineering data, or the portion of any other Record that evidences conditions at or around the Site; or the portion of any Record that Respondent is required to create or generate pursuant to this Settlement. 46. Business Confidential Claims. Respondent may assert that all or part of a Record provided to EPA and the State under this Section or Section XI (Record Retention) is business confidential to the extent permitted by and in accordance with Section 104(e)(7) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9604(e)(7), and 40 C.F.R. § 2.203(b). Respondent shall segregate and clearly identify all Records or parts thereof submitted under this Settlement for which Respondent asserts business confidentiality claims. Records that Respondent claims to be confidential business information will be afforded the protection specified in 40 C.F.R. Part 2, Subpart B. If no claim of confidentiality accompanies Records when they are submitted to EPA and the State, or if EPA has notified Respondent that the Records are not confidential under the standards of Section 104(e)(7) of CERCLA or 40 C.F.R. Part 2, Subpart B, the public may be given access to such Records without further notice to Respondent. 47. Notwithstanding any provision of this Settlement, EPA and the State retain all of their information gathering and inspection authorities and rights, including enforcement actions related thereto, under CERCLA, RCRA, and any other applicable statutes or regulations. XI. RECORD RETENTION 48. Until 10 years after EPA provides Respondent with notice, pursuant to Section XXV102 (Notice of Completion of Work), that all Work has been fully performed in accordance with this Settlement, Respondent shall preserve and retain all non-identical copies of Records (including Records in electronic form) now in its possession or control, or that come into its possession or control, that relate in any manner to its liability under CERCLA with regard to the Site, and must retain, in addition, all Records that relate to the liability of any other person under CERCLA with respect to the Site. Respondent must also retain, and instruct its contractors and agents to preserve, for the same period of time specified above all non-identical copies of the last draft or final version of any Records (including Records in electronic form) ---PAGE BREAK--- 17 now in their possession or control or that come into their possession or control that relate in any manner to the performance of the Work, provided, however, that Respondent (and its contractors and agents) must retain, in addition, copies of all data generated during the performance of the Work and not contained in the aforementioned Records required to be retained. Each of the above record retention requirements shall apply regardless of any corporate retention policy to the contrary. 49. At the conclusion of the document retention period, Respondent shall notify EPA at least 90 days prior to the destruction of any such Records, and, upon request by EPA, and except as provided in Paragraph 45 (Privileged and Protected Claims), Respondent shall deliver any such Records to EPA. 50. Respondent certifies that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, after thorough inquiry, it has not altered, mutilated, discarded, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of any Records (other than identical copies) relating to its potential liability regarding the Site since any notification of potential liability by EPA or the State and that it has fully complied with any and all EPA and State requests for information regarding the Site pursuant to Sections 104(e) and 122(e) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9604(e) and 9622(e), and Section 3007 of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. § 6927, and state law. XII. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS 51. Nothing in this Settlement limits Respondent’s obligations to comply with the requirements of all applicable state and federal laws and regulations, except as provided in Section 121(e) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9621(e), and 40 C.F.R. 300.400(e) and 300.415(j). In accordance with 40 C.F.R. § 300.415(j), all on-site actions required pursuant to this Settlement shall, to the extent practicable, as determined by EPA, considering the exigencies of the situation, attain applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) under federal environmental or state environmental or facility siting laws. Respondent shall include ARARs selected by EPA in the Removal Work Plan. 52. No local, state, or federal permit shall be required for any portion of the Work conducted entirely on-site within the areal extent of contamination or in very close proximity to the contamination and necessary for implementation of the Work), including studies, if the action is selected and carried out in compliance with Section 121 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9621. Where any portion of the Work that is not on-site requires a federal or state permit or approval, Respondent shall submit timely and complete applications and take all other actions necessary to obtain and to comply with all such permits or approvals. Respondent may seek relief under the provisions of Section XVI (Force Majeure) for any delay in the performance of the Work resulting from a failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, any permit or approval required for the Work, provided that it has submitted timely and complete applications and taken all other actions necessary to obtain all such permits or approvals. This Settlement is not, and shall not be construed to be, a permit issued pursuant to any federal or state statute or regulation. ---PAGE BREAK--- 18 XIII. EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND NOTIFICATION OF RELEASES 53. Emergency Response. If any event occurs during performance of the Work that causes or threatens to cause a release of Waste Material on, at, or from the Site that either constitutes an emergency situation or that may present an immediate threat to public health or welfare or the environment, Respondent shall immediately take all appropriate action to prevent, abate, or minimize such release or threat of release. Respondent shall take these actions in accordance with all applicable provisions of this Settlement, including, but not limited to, the Health and Safety Plan. Respondent shall also immediately notify the OSC or, in the event of his/her unavailability, the Regional Duty Officer at (617) 918-1236 of the incident or Site conditions. 54. Release Reporting. Upon the occurrence of any event during performance of the Work that Respondent is required to report pursuant to Section 103 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9603, or Section 304 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-know Act (EPCRA), 42 U.S.C. § 11004, Respondent shall immediately orally notify the OSC or, in the event of his/her unavailability, the Regional Duty Officer at (617) 918-1236, and the National Response Center at (800) 424-8802. This reporting requirement is in addition to, and not in lieu of, reporting under Section 103 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9603, and Section 304 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. § 11004. 55. For any event covered under this Section, Respondent shall submit a written report to EPA within seven days after the onset of such event, setting forth the action or event that occurred and the measures taken, and to be taken, to mitigate any release or threat of release or endangerment caused or threatened by the release and to prevent the reoccurrence of such a release or threat of release. XIV. PAYMENT OF RESPONSE COSTS 56. Payments by Respondent for Future Response Costs. Respondent shall pay to EPA all Future Response Costs not inconsistent with the NCP. a. Periodic Bills. On a periodic basis, EPA will send Respondent a bill requiring payment that includes an Itemized Cost Summary, which includes direct and indirect costs incurred by EPA, its contractors, and subcontractors, that are in excess of EPA-Lead Costs of $1,841,000. Respondent shall make all payments within 60 days after Respondent’s receipt of each bill requiring payment, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 58 (Contesting Future Response Costs), by making all payments at using the “EPA Miscellaneous Payments Cincinnati Finance Center” link, and including references to the Site Name, Docket Number, and Site/Spill ID number and the purpose of the payment. b. Notice of Payment. At the time of payment, Respondent shall send notice that payment has been made to Stacy Greendlinger via email at: Stacy Greendlinger, Enforcement Coordinator U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100 (02-2) ---PAGE BREAK--- 19 Boston, MA 02109 (617) 918-1403 [EMAIL REDACTED] Such notice shall reference Site/Spill ID Number 01QX and the EPA docket number for this action. c. Deposit of Future Response Costs Payments. The total amount to be paid by Respondent pursuant to Paragraph 56.a. (Periodic Bills) shall be deposited by EPA in the EPA Hazardous Substance Superfund. 57. Interest. In the event that any payment for Future Response Costs is not made by the date required, Respondent shall pay Interest on the unpaid balance. The Interest shall accrue through the date of Respondent’s payment. Payments of Interest made under this Paragraph shall be in addition to such other remedies or sanctions available to the United States by virtue of Respondent’s failure to make timely payments under this Section, including but not limited to, payment of stipulated penalties pursuant to Section XVII (Stipulated Penalties). 58. Contesting Future Response Costs. Respondent may initiate the procedures of Section XV (Dispute Resolution) regarding payment of any Future Response Costs billed under Paragraph 56 (Payments for Future Response Costs) if it determines that EPA has made a mathematical error or included a cost item that is not within the definition of Future Response Costs, or if it believes EPA incurred excess costs as a direct result of an EPA action that was inconsistent with a specific provision or provisions of the NCP. To initiate such dispute, Respondent shall submit a Notice of Dispute in writing to the OSC within 30 days after receipt of the bill. Any such Notice of Dispute shall specifically identify the contested Future Response Costs and the basis for objection. If Respondent submits a Notice of Dispute, Respondent shall within the 30-day period, also as a requirement for initiating the dispute, pay all uncontested Future Response Costs to EPA in the manner described in Paragraph 56, and establish, in a duly chartered bank or trust company, an interest-bearing escrow account that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and remit to that escrow account funds equivalent to the amount of the contested Future Response Costs. Respondent shall send to the OSC a copy of the transmittal letter and check paying the uncontested Future Response Costs, and a copy of the correspondence that establishes and funds the escrow account, including, but not limited to, information containing the identity of the bank and bank account under which the escrow account is established as well as a bank statement showing the initial balance of the escrow account. If EPA prevails in the dispute, within five days after the resolution of the dispute, Respondent shall pay the sums due (with accrued interest) to EPA in the manner described in Paragraph 56. If Respondent prevails concerning any aspect of the contested costs, Respondent shall pay that portion of the costs (plus associated accrued interest) for which they did not prevail to EPA in the manner described in Paragraph 56. Respondent shall be disbursed any balance of the escrow account. The dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Paragraph in conjunction with the procedures set forth in Section XV (Dispute Resolution) shall be the exclusive mechanisms for resolving disputes regarding Respondent’s obligation to reimburse EPA for its Future Response Costs. ---PAGE BREAK--- 20 XV. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 59. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Settlement, the dispute resolution procedures of this Section shall be the exclusive mechanism for resolving disputes arising under this Settlement. The Parties shall attempt to resolve any disagreements concerning this Settlement expeditiously and informally. 60. Informal Dispute Resolution. If Respondent objects to any EPA action taken pursuant to this Settlement, including billings for Future Response Costs, it shall send EPA a written Notice of Dispute describing the objection(s) within 30 days after such action. EPA and Respondent shall have 30 days from EPA’s receipt of Respondent’s Notice of Dispute to resolve the dispute through informal negotiations (the “Negotiation Period”). The Negotiation Period may be extended at the sole discretion of EPA, and if mutually agreed by the Parties, can include using mediation to attempt to resolve the dispute. Any agreement reached by the Parties pursuant to this Section shall be in writing and shall, upon signature by the Parties, be incorporated into and become an enforceable part of this Settlement. 61. Formal Dispute Resolution. If the Parties are unable to reach an agreement within the Negotiation Period, Respondent shall, within 20 days after the end of the Negotiation Period, submit a statement of position to the OSC. EPA may, within 20 days thereafter, submit a statement of position. Thereafter, an EPA management official at the Branch Chief level or higher will issue a written decision on the dispute to Respondent. EPA’s decision shall be incorporated into and become an enforceable part of this Settlement. Respondent shall fulfill the requirement that was the subject of the dispute in accordance with the agreement reached or with EPA’s decision, whichever occurs. 62. Except as agreed by EPA, the invocation of formal dispute resolution procedures under this Section does not extend, postpone, or affect in any way any obligation of Respondent under this Settlement. Except as provided in Paragraph 72, stipulated penalties with respect to the disputed matter shall continue to accrue, but payment shall be stayed pending resolution of the dispute. Notwithstanding the stay of payment, stipulated penalties shall accrue from the first day of noncompliance with any applicable provision of this Settlement. In the event that Respondent does not prevail on the disputed issue, stipulated penalties shall be assessed and paid as provided in Section XVII (Stipulated Penalties). XVI. FORCE MAJEURE 63. “Force Majeure” for purposes of this Settlement, is defined as any event arising from causes beyond the control of Respondent, or any entity controlled by Respondent, or of Respondent’s contractors that delays or prevents the performance of any obligation under this Settlement despite Respondent’s best efforts to fulfill the obligation. The requirement that Respondent exercise “best efforts to fulfill the obligation” includes using best efforts to anticipate any potential force majeure and best efforts to address the effects of any potential force majeure as it is occurring and following the potential force majeure such that the delay and any adverse effects of the delay are minimized to the greatest extent possible. “Force majeure” does not include financial inability to complete the Work, or increased cost of performance. ---PAGE BREAK--- 21 64. If any event occurs or has occurred that may delay the performance of any obligation under this Settlement for which Respondent intend or may intend to assert a claim of force majeure, Respondent shall notify EPA’s OSC orally or, in his or her absence, the alternate EPA OSC, or, in the event both of EPA’s designated representatives are unavailable, the Director of the Superfund and Emergency Management Division, EPA Region 1, within seven days of when Respondent first knew that the event might cause a delay. Within five days thereafter, Respondent shall provide in writing to EPA an explanation and description of the reasons for the delay; the anticipated duration of the delay; all actions taken or to be taken to prevent or minimize the delay; a schedule for implementation of any measures to be taken to prevent or mitigate the delay or the effect of the delay; Respondent’s rationale for attributing such delay to a force majeure; and a statement as to whether, in the opinion of Respondent, such event may cause or contribute to an endangerment to public health or welfare, or the environment. Respondent shall include with any notice all available documentation supporting its claim that the delay was attributable to a force majeure. Respondent shall be deemed to know of any circumstance of which Respondent, any entity controlled by Respondent, or Respondent’s contractors knew or should have known. Failure to comply with the above requirements regarding an event shall preclude Respondent from asserting any claim of force majeure regarding that event, provided, however, that if EPA, despite the late or incomplete notice, is able to assess to its satisfaction whether the event is a force majeure under Paragraph 63 and whether Respondent has exercised its best efforts under Paragraph 63, EPA may, in its unreviewable discretion, excuse in writing Respondent’s failure to submit timely or complete notices under this Paragraph. 65. If EPA agrees that the delay or anticipated delay is attributable to a force majeure, the time for performance of the obligations under this Settlement that are affected by the force majeure will be extended by EPA for such time as is necessary to complete those obligations. An extension of the time for performance of the obligations affected by the force majeure shall not, of itself, extend the time for performance of any other obligation. If EPA does not agree that the delay or anticipated delay has been or will be caused by a force majeure, EPA will notify Respondent in writing of its decision. If EPA agrees that the delay is attributable to a force majeure, EPA will notify Respondent in writing of the length of the extension, if any, for performance of the obligations affected by the force majeure. 66. If Respondent elects to invoke the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section XV (Dispute Resolution), it shall do so no later than 15 days after receipt of EPA’s notice. In any such proceeding, Respondent shall have the burden of demonstrating by a preponderance of the evidence that the delay or anticipated delay has been or will be caused by a force majeure, that the duration of the delay or the extension sought was or will be warranted under the circumstances, that best efforts were exercised to avoid and mitigate the effects of the delay, and that Respondent complied with the requirements of Paragraphs 63 and 64. If Respondent carries this burden, the delay at issue shall be deemed not to be a violation by Respondent of the affected obligation of this Settlement identified to EPA 67. The failure by EPA to timely complete any obligation under the Settlement is not a violation of the Settlement, provided, however, that if such failure prevents Respondent from meeting one or more deadlines under the Settlement, Respondent may seek relief under this Section. ---PAGE BREAK--- 22 XVII. STIPULATED PENALTIES 68. Respondent shall be liable to EPA for stipulated penalties in the amounts set forth in Paragraphs 69.a and 70 for failure to comply with the obligations specified in Paragraphs 69.b and 70, unless excused under Section XVI (Force Majeure). “Comply” as used in the previous sentence includes compliance by Respondent with all applicable requirements of this Settlement, within the deadlines established under this Settlement. 69. Stipulated Penalty Amounts – Future Response Cost Payment. a. The following stipulated penalties shall accrue per violation per day for any noncompliance identified in Paragraph 69.b: Penalty Per Violation Per Day Period of Noncompliance $250 1st through 14th day $500 15th through 30th day $800 31st day and beyond b. Obligations Payment of any amount due under Section XIV (Payment of Response Costs). Establishment of an escrow account to hold any disputed Future Response Costs under Paragraph 58 (Contesting Future Response Costs). 70. Stipulated Penalty Amounts – Other Deliverables. The following stipulated penalties shall accrue per violation per day for failure to submit timely or adequate deliverables pursuant to this Settlement, other than those specified in Paragraph 69.b: Penalty Per Violation Per Day Period of Noncompliance $250 1st through 14th day $500 15th through 30th day $800 31st day and beyond 71. In the event that EPA assumes performance of a portion or all of the Work pursuant to Paragraph 82 (Work Takeover), Respondent shall be liable for a stipulated penalty in the amount of $750,000.00. Stipulated penalties under this Paragraph are in addition to the remedies available to EPA under Paragraphs 82 (Work Takeover). 72. All penalties shall begin to accrue on the day after the complete performance is due or the day a violation occurs and shall continue to accrue through the final day of the correction of the noncompliance or completion of the activity. Penalties shall continue to accrue during any dispute resolution period, and shall be paid within 15 days after the agreement or the receipt of EPA’s decision or order. However, stipulated penalties shall not accrue: with respect to a deficient submission under Paragraph 31 (Work Plan and Implementation), during ---PAGE BREAK--- 23 the period, if any, beginning on the 31st day after EPA’s receipt of such submission until the date that EPA notifies Respondent of any deficiency; and with respect to a decision by the EPA Management Official at the Branch Chief level or higher, under Paragraph 61 (Formal Dispute Resolution), during the period, if any, beginning on the 21st day after the Negotiation Period begins until the date that the EPA Management Official issues a final decision regarding such dispute. Nothing in this Settlement shall prevent the simultaneous accrual of separate penalties for separate violations of this Settlement. 73. Following EPA’s determination that Respondent has failed to comply with a requirement of this Settlement, EPA may give Respondent written notification of the failure and describe the noncompliance. EPA may send Respondent a written demand for payment of the penalties. However, penalties shall accrue as provided in the preceding Paragraph regardless of whether EPA has notified Respondent of a violation 74. All penalties accruing under this Section shall be due and payable to EPA within 30 days after Respondent’s receipt from EPA of a demand for payment of the penalties, unless Respondent invokes the Dispute Resolution procedures under Section XV (Dispute Resolution) within the 30-day period. All payments to EPA under this Section shall indicate that the payment is for stipulated penalties and shall be by Fedwire EFT made payable to “EPA Hazardous Substances Superfund” in accordance with the instructions provided in Paragraph 56 of Section XIV (Payment of Future Response Costs). Each payment shall include a reference to the Site/Spill ID and EPA docket number for this action. 75. If Respondent fails to pay stipulated penalties when due, Respondent shall pay Interest on the unpaid stipulated penalties as follows: if Respondent has timely invoked dispute resolution such that the obligation to pay stipulated penalties has been stayed pending the outcome of dispute resolution, Interest shall accrue from the date stipulated penalties are due pursuant to Paragraph 72 until the date of payment; and if Respondent fails to timely invoke dispute resolution, Interest shall accrue from the date of demand under Paragraph 74 until the date of payment. If Respondent fails to pay stipulated penalties and Interest when due, the United States may institute proceedings to collect the penalties and Interest. 76. The payment of penalties and Interest, if any, shall not alter in any way Respondent’s obligation to complete the performance of the Work required under this Settlement. 77. Nothing in this Settlement shall be construed as prohibiting, altering, or in any way limiting the ability of EPA to seek any other remedies or sanctions available by virtue of Respondent’s violation of this Settlement or of the statutes and regulations upon which it is based, including, but not limited to, penalties pursuant to Sections 106(b) and 122(l) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9606(b) and 9622(l), and punitive damages pursuant to Section 107(c)(3) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9607(c)(3), provided however, that EPA shall not seek civil penalties pursuant to Section 106(b) or Section 122(l) of CERCLA or punitive damages pursuant to Section 107(c)(3) of CERCLA for any violation for which a stipulated penalty is provided in this Settlement, except in the case of a willful violation of this Settlement or in the event that EPA assumes performance of a portion or all of the Work pursuant to Paragraph 82 (Work Takeover). ---PAGE BREAK--- 24 78. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, EPA may, in its unreviewable discretion, waive any portion of stipulated penalties that have accrued pursuant to this Settlement. XVIII. COVENANTS BY EPA 79. Except as provided in Section XIX (Reservations of Rights by EPA), EPA covenants not to sue or to take administrative action against Respondent pursuant to Sections 106 and 107(a) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9606 and 9607(a), for: the Work (ii) Future Response Costs; (iii) EPA-Lead Costs up to $ 1.841 million. These covenants shall take effect upon the Effective Date. These covenants are conditioned upon the complete and satisfactory performance by Respondent of its obligations under this Settlement. These covenants extend only to Respondent and do not extend to any other person. XIX. RESERVATIONS OF RIGHTS BY EPA 80. Except as specifically provided in this Settlement, nothing in this Settlement shall limit the power and authority of EPA or the United States to take, direct, or order all actions necessary to protect public health, welfare, or the environment or to prevent, abate, or minimize an actual or threatened release of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants, or hazardous or solid waste on, at, or from the Site. Further, nothing in this Settlement shall prevent EPA from seeking legal or equitable relief to enforce the terms of this Settlement, from taking other legal or equitable action as it deems appropriate and necessary, or from requiring Respondent in the future to perform additional activities pursuant to CERCLA or any other applicable law. 81. The covenants set forth in Section XVIII (Covenants by EPA) do not pertain to any matters other than those expressly identified therein. EPA reserves, and this Settlement is without prejudice to, all rights against Respondent with respect to all other matters, including, but not limited to: a. liability for failure by Respondent to meet a requirement of this Settlement; b. liability for Past Response Costs; c. liability for EPA-Lead Costs incurred by EPA to perform EPA Superfund- Lead Work that are above the amount of $ 1.841 million; d. liability for performance of response actions other than the Work; e. criminal liability; f. liability for violations of federal or state law that occur during or after implementation of the Work; g. liability for damages for injury to, destruction of, or loss of natural resources, and for the costs of any natural resource damage assessments; ---PAGE BREAK--- 25 h. liability arising from the past, present, or future disposal, release or threat of release of Waste Materials outside of the Site; and i. liability for costs incurred or to be incurred by the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry related to the Site not paid as Future Response Costs under this Settlement. 82. Work Takeover a. In the event EPA determines that Respondent: has ceased implementation of any portion of the Work; is seriously or repeatedly deficient or late in its performance of the Work; or is implementing the Work in a manner that may cause an endangerment to human health or the environment, EPA may issue a written notice (“Work Takeover Notice”) to Respondent. Any Work Takeover Notice issued by EPA (which writing may be electronic) will specify the grounds upon which such notice was issued and will provide Respondent a period of 30 days from the date on which Respondent receives the Work Takeover Notice within which to remedy the circumstances giving rise to EPA’s issuance of such notice. b. If, after expiration of the notice period specified in Paragraph 82.a, Respondent has not remedied to EPA’s satisfaction the circumstances giving rise to EPA’s issuance of the relevant Work Takeover Notice, EPA may at any time thereafter assume the performance of all or any portion(s) of the Work as EPA deems necessary (“Work Takeover”). EPA will notify Respondent in writing (which writing may be electronic) if EPA determines that implementation of a Work Takeover is warranted under this Paragraph 82.b. c. Respondent may invoke the procedures set forth in Paragraph 61 (Formal Dispute Resolution) to dispute EPA’s implementation of a Work Takeover under Paragraph 82.b. However, notwithstanding Respondent’s invocation of such dispute resolution procedures, and during the pendency of any such dispute, EPA may in its sole discretion commence and continue a Work Takeover under Paragraph 82.b until the earlier of the date that Respondent remedies, to EPA’s satisfaction, the circumstances giving rise to EPA’s issuance of the relevant Work Takeover Notice, or the date that a written decision terminating such Work Takeover is rendered in accordance with Paragraph 61 (Formal Dispute Resolution). d. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Settlement, EPA retains all authority and reserves all rights to take any and all response actions authorized by law. XX. COVENANTS BY RESPONDENT 83. Respondent covenants not to sue and agrees not to assert any claims or causes of action against the United States, or its contractors or employees, with respect to the Work or EPA Superfund-Lead Work, Future Response Costs, EPA-Lead Costs up to $ 1.841 million, and this Settlement, including, but not limited to: a. any direct or indirect claim for reimbursement from the EPA Hazardous Substance Superfund through Sections 106(b)(2), 107, 111, 112, or 113 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9606(b)(2), 9607, 9611, 9612, or 9613, or any other provision of law; ---PAGE BREAK--- 26 b. any claims under Sections 107 and 113 of CERCLA, Section 7002(a) of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. § 6972(a), or state law regarding the Work, Past Response Costs, Future Response Costs, and this Settlement; or c. any claim arising out of response actions at or in connection with the Site, including any claim under the United States Constitution, the State Constitution, the Tucker Act, 28 U.S.C. § 1491, the Equal Access to Justice Act, 28 U.S.C. § 2412, or at common law. 84. Except as provided in Paragraph 87 (Waiver of Claims by Respondent), these covenants not to sue shall not apply in the event the United States brings a cause of action or issues an order pursuant to any of the reservations set forth in Section XIX (Reservations of Rights by EPA), other than in Paragraph 81.a (liability for failure to meet a requirement of the Settlement), 81.e (criminal liability), or 81.f (violations of federal/state law during or after implementation of the Work), but only to the extent that Respondent’s claims arise from the same response action, response costs, or damages that the United States is seeking pursuant to the applicable reservation. 85. Nothing in this Settlement shall be deemed to constitute approval or preauthorization of a claim within the meaning of Section 111 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9611, or 40 C.F.R. § 300.700(d). 86. Respondent reserves, and this Settlement is without prejudice to, claims against the United States, subject to the provisions of Chapter 171 of Title 28 of the United States Code, and brought pursuant to any statute other than CERCLA or RCRA and for which the waiver of sovereign immunity is found in a statute other than CERCLA or RCRA, for money damages for injury or loss of property or personal injury or death caused by the negligent or wrongful act or omission of any employee of the United States, as that term is defined in 28 U.S.C. § 2671, while acting within the scope of his or her office or employment under circumstances where the United States, if a private person, would be liable to the claimant in accordance with the law of the place where the act or omission occurred. However, the foregoing shall not include any claim based on EPA’s selection of response actions, or the oversight or approval of Respondent’s deliverables or activities. 87. Waiver of Claims by Respondent a. Respondent agrees not to assert any claims and to waive all claims or causes of action (including but not limited to claims or causes of action under Sections 107(a) and 113 of CERCLA) that it may have: De Micromis Waiver. For all matters relating to the Site against any person where the person’s liability to Respondent with respect to the Site is based solely on having arranged for disposal or treatment, or for transport for disposal or treatment, of hazardous substances at the Site, or having accepted for transport for disposal or treatment of hazardous substances at the Site, if all or part of the disposal, treatment, or transport occurred before April 1, 2001, and the total amount of material containing hazardous substances contributed by such ---PAGE BREAK--- 27 person to the Site was less than 110 gallons of liquid materials or 200 pounds of solid materials. b. Exceptions to Waiver The waiver under this Paragraph 87 shall not apply with respect to any defense, claim, or cause of action that Respondent may have against any person otherwise covered by such waiver if such person asserts a claim or cause of action relating to the Site against such Respondent. XXI. OTHER CLAIMS 88. By issuance of this Settlement, the United States and EPA assume no liability for injuries or damages to persons or property resulting from any acts or omissions of Respondent. The United States or EPA shall not be deemed a party to any contract entered into by Respondent or its officers, employees, agents, successors, representatives, assigns, contractors, or consultants in carrying out actions pursuant to this Settlement. 89. Except as expressly provided in Paragraph 87 (Waiver of Claims by Respondent) and Section XVIII (Covenants by EPA), nothing in this Settlement constitutes a satisfaction of or release from any claim or cause of action against Respondent or any person not a party to this Settlement, for any liability such person may have under CERCLA, other statutes, or common law, including but not limited to any claims of the United States for costs, damages, and interest under Sections 106 and 107 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9606 and 9607. 90. No action or decision by EPA pursuant to this Settlement shall give rise to any right to judicial review, except as set forth in Section 113(h) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9613(h). XXII. EFFECT OF SETTLEMENT/CONTRIBUTION 91. Except as provided in Paragraph 87 (Waiver of Claims by Respondent), nothing in this Settlement shall be construed to create any rights in, or grant any cause of action to, any person not a Party to this Settlement. Except as provided in Section XX (Covenants by Respondent), each of the Parties expressly reserves any and all rights (including, but not limited to, pursuant to Section 113 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9613), defenses, claims, demands, and causes of action which each Party may have with respect to any matter, transaction, or occurrence relating in any way to the Site against any person not a Party hereto. Nothing in this Settlement diminishes the right of the United States, pursuant to Section 113(f)(2) and of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9613(f)(2)-(3), to pursue any such persons to obtain additional response costs or response action and to enter into settlements that give rise to contribution protection pursuant to Section 113(f)(2). 92. The Parties agree that this Settlement constitutes an administrative settlement pursuant to which Respondent has, as of the Effective Date, resolved liability to the United States within the meaning of Sections 113(f)(2) and 122(h)(4) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9613(f)(2) and 9622(h)(4), and is entitled, as of the Effective Date, to protection from contribution actions or claims as provided by Sections 113(f)(2) and 122(h)(4) of CERCLA, or as may be otherwise provided by law, for the “matters addressed” in this Settlement. The ---PAGE BREAK--- 28 “matters addressed” in this Settlement are the Work, EPA-Lead Costs up to $1.841 million, and Future Response Costs. 93. The Parties further agree that this Settlement constitutes an administrative settlement pursuant to which Respondent has, as of the Effective Date, resolved liability to the United States within the meaning of Section 113(f)(3)(B) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9613(f)(3)(B). 94. Respondent shall, with respect to any suit or claim brought by it for matters related to this Settlement, notify EPA in writing no later than 60 days prior to the initiation of such suit or claim. Respondent also shall, with respect to any suit or claim brought against it for matters related to this Settlement, notify EPA in writing within 10 days after service of the complaint or claim upon it. In addition, Respondent shall notify EPA within 10 days after service or receipt of any Motion for Summary Judgment and within 10 days after receipt of any order from a court setting a case for trial, for matters related to this Settlement. 95. In any subsequent administrative or judicial proceeding initiated by EPA, or by the United States on behalf of EPA, for injunctive relief, recovery of response costs, or other relief relating to the Site, Respondent shall not assert, and may not maintain, any defense or claim based upon the principles of waiver, res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim-splitting, or other defenses based upon any contention that the claims raised in the subsequent proceeding were or should have been brought in the instant case; provided, however, that nothing in this Paragraph affects the enforceability of the covenant by EPA set forth in Section XVIII (Covenants by EPA). XXIII. INDEMNIFICATION 96. The United States does not assume any liability by entering into this Settlement or by virtue of any designation of Respondent as EPA’s authorized representatives under Section 104(e) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9604(e), and 40 C.F.R. 300.400(d)(3). Respondent, to the extent permitted by Article 89 of the Amendments of the Massachusetts Constitution, M.G.L. c. 44, § 31, and the Massachusetts Tort Claims Act, M.G.L. c. 258, and its contractor(s), shall indemnify, save, and hold harmless the United States, its officials, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, and representatives for or from any and all claims or causes of action arising from, or on account of, negligent or other wrongful acts or omissions of Respondent, its officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors, and any persons acting on Respondent’s behalf or under its control, in carrying out activities pursuant to this Settlement; and agrees to pay the United States all costs it incurs, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and other expenses of litigation and settlement arising from, or on account of, claims made against the United States based on negligent or other wrongful acts or omissions of Respondent, its officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, and any persons acting on its behalf or under its control, in carrying out activities pursuant to this Settlement. The United States shall not be held out as a party to any contract entered into by or on behalf of Respondent in carrying out activities pursuant to this Settlement. Neither Respondent nor any such contractor shall be considered an agent of the United States. ---PAGE BREAK--- 29 97. The United States shall give Respondent notice of any claim for which the United States plans to seek indemnification pursuant to this Section and shall consult with Respondent prior to settling such claim. 98. Respondent covenants not to sue and agrees not to assert any claims or causes of action against the United States for damages or reimbursement or for set-off of any payments made or to be made to the United States, arising from or on account of any contract, agreement, or arrangement between Respondent and any person for performance of work on or relating to the Site, including, but not limited to, claims on account of construction delays. In addition, to the extent permitted by Article 89 of the Amendments of the Massachusetts Constitution, M.G.L. c. 44, § 31 and the Massachusetts Tort Claims Act, M.G.L. c. 258, Respondent and its contractor(s) shall indemnify and hold harmless the United States with respect to any and all claims for damages or reimbursement arising from or on account of any contract, agreement, or arrangement between Respondent and any person for performance of Work on or relating to the Site, including, but not limited to, claims on account of construction delays. XXIV. INSURANCE 99. No later than seven days before commencing any on-site Work, Respondent shall require that any contractor or subcontractor performing this Work secure and maintain until the first anniversary after issuance of Notice of Completion of Work pursuant to Paragraph 103 (Notice of Completion of Work), commercial general liability insurance with limits of liability of $1 million per occurrence, automobile liability insurance with limits of liability of $1 million per accident, and umbrella liability insurance with limits of liability of $5 million in excess of the required commercial general liability and automobile liability limits, naming EPA as an additional insured with respect to all liability arising out of the activities performed by or on behalf of Respondent pursuant to this Settlement. In addition, for the duration of the Settlement, Respondent shall require that any contractor or subcontractor performing this Work provide EPA with certificates of such insurance and a copy of each insurance policy. Respondent shall require that the contractor or subcontractor resubmit such certificates and copies of policies each year on the anniversary of the Effective Date. In addition, for the duration of the Settlement, Respondent shall satisfy, or shall ensure that its contractors or subcontractors satisfy, all applicable laws and regulations regarding the provision of worker’s compensation insurance for all persons performing the Work on behalf of Respondent in furtherance of this Settlement. If Respondent demonstrates by evidence satisfactory to EPA that any contractor or subcontractor maintains insurance equivalent to that described above, or insurance covering some or all of the same risks but in a lesser amount, Respondent need provide, through insurance policies or self-insurance, the equivalent of only that portion of the insurance described above that is not maintained by the contractor or subcontractor, but in no event shall Respondent be required to maintain commercial general liability insurance with limits of liability greater than $1 million per occurrence, automobile liability insurance with limits of liability greater than $1 million per accident, and umbrella liability insurance with limits of liability greater than $3 million in excess of the required commercial general liability and automobile liability limits. Respondent shall ensure that all submittals to EPA under this Paragraph identify the Mansell Field Superfund Site, Salem, MA and the EPA docket number for this action. ---PAGE BREAK--- 30 100. The OSC may modify any plan or schedule or the SOW, in writing or by oral direction. Any oral modification will be memorialized in writing by EPA but shall have as its effective date the date of the OSC’s oral direction. Any other requirements of this Settlement may be modified in writing by mutual agreement of the parties. 101. If Respondent seeks permission to deviate from any approved work plan or schedule or the SOW, Respondent’s Project Coordinator shall submit a written request to EPA for approval outlining the proposed modification and its basis. Respondent may not proceed with the requested deviation until receiving oral or written approval from the OSC pursuant to Paragraph 100. 102. No informal advice, guidance, suggestion, or comment by the OSC or other EPA representatives regarding any deliverable submitted by Respondent shall relieve Respondent of its obligation to obtain any formal approval required by this Settlement, or to comply with all requirements of this Settlement, unless it is formally modified. XXV. NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF WORK 103. When EPA determines, after EPA’s review of the Final Report, that all Work has been fully performed in accordance with this Settlement, with the exception of any continuing obligations required by this Settlement, including payment of Future Response Costs, or record retention, EPA will provide written notice to Respondent. If EPA determines that such Work has not been completed in accordance with this Settlement, EPA will notify Respondent, provide a list of the deficiencies, and require that Respondent modify the Removal Work Plan if appropriate in order to correct such deficiencies. Respondent shall implement the modified and approved Removal Work Plan and shall submit a modified Final Report in accordance with the EPA notice. Failure by Respondent to implement the approved modified Removal Work Plan shall be a violation of this Settlement. XXVI. PUBLIC COMMENT 104. Final acceptance by EPA of the Future Response Cost compromise included in this Settlement shall be subject to Section 122(i) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9622(i), which requires EPA to publish notice of the proposed settlement in the Federal Register, to provide persons who are not parties to the proposed settlement an opportunity to comment, solely, on the cost recovery component of the settlement, and to consider comments filed in determining whether to consent to the proposed settlement. EPA may withhold consent from, or seek to modify, all or part of Section XIV (Payment of Response Costs) of this Settlement if comments received disclose facts or considerations that indicate that Section XIV of this Settlement is inappropriate, improper, or inadequate. Otherwise, Section XIV shall become effective when EPA issues notice to Respondent that public comments received, if any, do not require EPA to modify or withdraw from Section XIV of this Settlement. XXVII. INTEGRATION/APPENDICES 105. This Settlement and its appendices constitute the final, complete, and exclusive agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the settlement embodied in this Settlement. The parties acknowledge that there are no representations, agreements, or ---PAGE BREAK--- 31 understandings relating to the settlement other than those expressly contained in this Settlement. The following appendices are attached to and incorporated into this Settlement: a. “Appendix A” is the Action Memorandum. b. “Appendix B” is the SOW XXVIII. EFFECTIVE DATE 106. This Settlement shall be effective seven days after the Settlement is signed by the Regional Administrator or his/her delegatee, with the exception of the EPA-Lead Cost compromise included in this Settlement, which shall be effective when EPA issues notice to Respondent that public comments received, if any, do not require EPA to modify or withdraw from the compromises included within this Settlement. IT IS SO AGREED AND ORDERED: U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY: Dated Bryan Olson, Director Superfund and Emergency Management Division U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 1 BRYAN OLSON Digitally signed by BRYAN OLSON Date: 2023.01.05 11:28:47 -05'00' ---PAGE BREAK--- 32 Signature Page for CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031; Mansell Field Superfund Site FOR THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE: Todd Kim Assistant Attorney General U.S. Department of Justice Environment and Natural Resources Division Henry Friedman, Assistant Section Chief U.S. Department of Justice Environment and Natural Resources Division Environmental Enforcement Section Washington, D.C. 20044-76 HENRY FRIEDMAN Digitally signed by HENRY FRIEDMAN Date: 2023.02.14 13:47:57 -05'00' ---PAGE BREAK--- ---PAGE BREAK--- APPENDIX A Action Memorandum ---PAGE BREAK--- UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY REGION 1 5 POST OFFICE SQUARE – SUITE 100 BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109-3912 MEMORANDUM DATE: August 30, 2022 SUBJ: Request for a Removal Action at the Mansell Field Site Salem, Essex County, Massachusetts - Action Memorandum FROM: Athanasios Hatzopoulos, On-Scene Coordinator Emergency Response and Removal Section II THRU: Edward Bazenas, Chief Emergency Response and Removal Section II Carol Tucker, Chief Emergency Planning & Response Branch TO: Bryan Olson, Director Superfund and Emergency Management Division I. PURPOSE The purpose of this Action Memorandum is to request and document a $2 million exemption to conduct a time-critical removal action at the Mansell Field Site (the Site), which is located at 50 Proctor Street in Salem, Essex County, Massachusetts. Hazardous substances present in Site soil, if not addressed by implementing the response actions selected in this Action Memorandum, will continue to pose a threat to human health and the environment. There are no nationally significant or precedent-setting issues associated with this Site, and there has been no use of the On-Scene Coordinator’s (OSC’s) $200,000 warrant authority. II. SITE CONDITIONS AND BACKGROUND CERCLIS ID# : MAN000120436 SITE ID# : 01QX CATEGORY : Time-Critical ATHANASIOS HATZOPOULOS Digitally signed by ATHANASIOS HATZOPOULOS Date: 2022.09.06 16:05:41 -04'00' EDWARD BAZENAS Digitally signed by EDWARD BAZENAS Date: 2022.09.07 13:56:36 -04'00' EDWARD BAZENAS Digitally signed by EDWARD BAZENAS Date: 2022.09.08 11:57:52 -04'00' ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 2 of 16 A. Site Description 1. Removal site evaluation On December 19, 2018, the City of Salem (City) notified the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MassDEP) of elevated levels of arsenic, lead, and chromium in soils at the Site. The elevated levels were identified by a licensed site professional (LSP) hired by the city to sample Mansell Field prior to the initiation of improvement projects. On January 6, 2019, MassDEP sent the city a notice of responsibility indicating its belief that the city is a potentially liable party under the Massachusetts Oil and Hazardous Material Release Prevention and Response Act, M.G.L. c. 21E and the Massachusetts Contingency Plan (MCP), 310 CMR 40.0000. MassDEP also issued Release Tracking Number (RTN) 3-0035355 to the Site for a condition that could pose an imminent hazard to human health. Since then, the Site has been fenced off to restrict public access and use. On March 20, 2019, the city contacted EPA regarding its concerns about the expected high cost of the cleanup at Gallows Hill Park. On April 17, 2019, MassDEP requested EPA’s assistance with assessment and remediation at the Mansell Field portion of Gallows Hill Park and at targeted bordering residential properties. Between May 2019 and August 2020, EPA performed shallow soil assessments on seven residential properties surrounding the Site, followed by a time-critical removal action on three of those residential properties where elevated levels of contamination were identified. As part of those removal actions, EPA removed the top three feet of soil from the residential properties along its shared boundary with Mansell Field. After EPA completed the removal action on the residential properties, on June 6, 2022, EPA received another request for assistance from MassDEP for the assessment and remediation of arsenic-contaminated soil at the Site. On July 5, 2022, after obtaining consent for site access, EPA and its Superfund Technical Assessment and Response Team (START) contractor conducted a Preliminary Assessment/Site Investigation (PA/SI) to confirm the previous data and reports submitted by the city’s LSP. Soil samples were collected and analyzed for metals by USEPA Laboratory Services and Applied Sciences Division. The PA/SI confirmed that arsenic is the main contaminant of concern (COC) with other collocated contaminants such as but not limited to chromium and lead. The contaminants were detected in similar sampling locations at levels comparable to the previous data presented by the city’s LSP. The highest EPA and city LSP results are as follows: ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 3 of 16 Hazardous Substance EPA PA/SI Highest Sample Concentration milligram/kilogram (mg/kg) City (LSP) Highest Sample Concentration Arsenic 19,000 mg/kg 12,300 mg/kg Chromium 4,200 mg/kg 1,820 mg/kg Lead 1,100 mg/kg 354 mg/kg The results of the sampling events and all other sampling can be found in the Mansell Field Site file. Based upon the sampling results and potential for further release of contaminants from the Site, the evaluation was concluded, and a time-critical removal action was recommended in the Site Investigation Closure Memorandum dated August 24, 2022. 2. Physical location The Site, which is part of the larger Gallows Hill Park, is located at 50 Proctor Street in Salem, Essex County, Massachusetts. It is bounded to the north by Langdon Street; to the east by Proctor Street; to the south by Mansell Parkway; and to the west by the remaining portions of Gallows Hill Park, including a playground area. The parcel is defined by the City of Salem Assessor’s Office as Parcel #15-0329-0 and its geographic coordinates are 42°30'58.434"N and 70°54'33.98"W. 3. Site characteristics Comprising the lower elevation portion of the 23.3-acre Gallows Hill Park, the approximately 1.5-acre Site consists of a large grass-covered area, as well as a basketball court and small playground. Two stormwater lines and two water lines run under the Site to Proctor Street. Due to the contaminated soil, the Site is currently fenced and closed to the public. Prior to the fence installation, the grassy area was used for soccer practice and other activities. The Site is located a densely populated residential neighborhood. Within one mile of the Site the population is approximately 25,500 residents, with seven schools, two nursing homes, and 11 childcare centers. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 4 of 16 Based on information in EPA' s EJSCREEN environmental justice screening tool, zero of 11 Environmental Justice Indexes for the area within a one-mile radius exceed the 80th percentile on a national basis. The city has owned the Site for over 80 years and maintained it as a public park for most of that time. Prior to the city’s ownership, the Site and surrounding properties were used for industrial purposes for several decades. Historical records indicate that a tannery and leather-making facility operated on the far eastern portion of the Site during the late 1800s. At that time, there was a stream channel crossing the eastern portion of the property, where the stormwater drain system is currently located. The tannery facility was demolished circa 1938 and the property became mostly vacant. In 1940, the city took the Site property in fee by eminent domain for $3500.1 In or around 1950, the city removed the remains of an old tannery facility building from the Site, including its foundation and cellar. It also built a 28-foot roadway with temporary gravel sidewalks on both sides and erected a chain link fence. In addition, the city rough-graded the Site, covered it with seven inches of topsoil, and fertilized and seeded it. By 1952, the Site was a grass field. In or around 1958, the city built a basketball court, repaired the chain link fence, and did some other maintenance work. The Site has been used as a park since at least the late 1950s. 4. Release or threatened release into the environment of a hazardous substance, or pollutant or contaminant As previously mentioned, sampling analysis by EPA determined the presence of hazardous substances as defined by Section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. §9601(14), and 40 CFR § 302.4, including but not limited to arsenic, chromium, and lead with arsenic being the COC. These hazardous substances are collocated and have been detected in the Site’s surface and subsurface soils. The areas that were sampled are exposed to the elements and are a health threat to anyone walking on, traveling by, or living near the Site. 5. NPL status The Site is not currently on the National Priorities List, nor has it been proposed. It has not received a Hazardous Ranking System rating, and referral to the National Priorities List site assessment program is not anticipated. 1 The city issued a taking order dated January 11, 1940 and recorded with the Registry on January 23, 1940 at Book 3208, Page 328. The prior owner, Clotilde Jones, executed a confirmatory deed dated January 11, 1940 and recorded with the Registry at Book 3208, Page 329. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 5 of 16 6. Maps, pictures and other graphic representations B. Other Actions to Date 1. Previous actions EPA has been involved with the Site since 2019. On March 20, 2019, the city contacted EPA regarding its concerns about the expected high cost of the cleanup at Gallows Hill Park. On April 17, 2019, MassDEP requested EPA’s assistance with assessment and remediation at the Mansell Field portion of Gallows Hill Park and at targeted bordering residential properties. From October 2019 to August 2020, EPA performed a time-critical removal action on three residential properties adjacent to Mansell Field. As part of that removal action, EPA removed the top three feet of soil from the residential properties along its shared boundary with Mansell Field. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 6 of 16 2. Current actions The Site remains closed to the public while local, state, and federal entities assess the data and consider cleanup options. This proposed Action Memorandum will help address the Site’s environmental issues. EPA has been discussing and coordinating impending cleanup activities with the city and MassDEP. C. State and Local Authorities’ Roles 1. State and local actions to date Beginning in 2018, the city has been consulting with MassDEP and EPA to define the nature and extent of contamination. By letter to the city dated January 6, 2019, MassDEP issued Notice of Responsibility indicating its belief that the city is a potentially liable party under the Massachusetts Oil and Hazardous Material Release Prevention and Response Act, M.G.L. c. 21E and the Massachusetts Contingency Plan, 310 CMR 40.0000. On March 20, 2019, the city contacted EPA regarding its concerns about the expected high cost of the cleanup at Gallows Hill Park. On April 17, 2019, MassDEP requested EPA’s assistance with assessment and remediation at the Mansell Field portion of Gallows Hill Park and at targeted bordering residential properties. After EPA performed a removal action at three of those residential properties, MassDEP again requested EPA’s assistance with the assessment and remediation of the Site, notably in areas with arsenic concentrations above 500 mg/kg. 2. Potential for continued State/local response In its request for assistance, MassDEP stated that it does not have the resources to undertake the removal action proposed in this Action Memorandum. Therefore, EPA does not anticipate that the state will be able to assist in the remediation of the Site. The city has expressed interest in working cooperatively with EPA to address Site cleanup. The city will support the EPA portion of the removal action as follows: x constructing Site ingress/exit to enable EPA contractor mobilization, x ensuring that Site security is provided by re-installing/repairing damaged portions of the site fence, x providing staging area adjacent to the Site, area for three office trailers and generator, x providing water for dust suppression, x providing police details for traffic control during the transportation and disposal and other major soil transportation activities, and ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 7 of 16 x controlling or containing water flow in the 36-inch stormwater pipe during excavation and backfilling work around the pipe. In addition, the city has indicated that it intends to implement park improvements and upgrades following remediation activities. Such activities are beyond the scope of this Action Memorandum and will be completed pursuant to the Massachusetts Contingency Plan, under state oversight. III. THREATS TO PUBLIC HEALTH OR WELFARE OR THE ENVIRONMENT, AND STATUTORY AND REGULATORY AUTHORITIES The presence of metals not limited to arsenic, chromium, and lead and current conditions at the Site constitute a release or threat of release of a hazardous substance into the environment that may present an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare. As described below, Site conditions meet the general criteria for a removal action, as set forth in 40 C.F.R. §300.415(b)(1), in that “there is a threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment,” and in consideration of the factors set forth in 40 C.F.R. §300.415(b)(2) as described below. Arsenic is naturally occurring element widely distributed in the earth’s crust. In the environment, arsenic is combined with oxygen, chlorine, and sulfur to form inorganic arsenic compounds. Inorganic arsenic compounds are mainly used to preserve wood. Breathing high levels of inorganic arsenic can give you a sore throat or irritated lungs. Ingesting very high levels of arsenic can result in death. Exposure to lower levels can cause nausea and vomiting, decreased production of red and white blood cells, abnormal heart damage to blood vessels, and a sensation of “pins and needles” in hands and feet. Ingesting or breathing low levels of inorganic arsenic for a long time can cause a darkening of the skin and the appearance of small “corns” or “warts” on the palms, soles, and torso. Skin contact with inorganic arsenic may cause redness and swelling. Almost nothing is known regarding health effects of organic arsenic compounds in humans. Studies in animals show that some simple organic arsenic Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry Division of Toxicology and Human Health Sciences August 2007 Page 2 of 2 Arsenic CAS # 7440-38-2 compounds are less toxic than inorganic forms. Ingestion of methyl and dimethyl compounds can cause diarrhea and damage to the kidneys. Several studies have shown that ingestion of inorganic arsenic can increase the risk of skin cancer and cancer in the liver, bladder, and lungs. Inhalation of inorganic arsenic can cause increased risk of lung cancer. The Department of Health and Human Services and the EPA have determined that inorganic arsenic is a known human carcinogen. The International Agency for Research on Cancer has determined that inorganic arsenic is carcinogenic to humans. There is some evidence that long-term exposure to arsenic in children may result in lower IQ scores and that exposure to arsenic in the womb and early childhood may increase mortality in young adults. Based on some evidence, inhaled or ingested arsenic can injure pregnant women or their unborn babies, although the studies are not definitive. Studies in animals show that large ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 8 of 16 doses of arsenic that cause illness in pregnant females, can also cause low birth weight, fetal malformations, and even fetal death. Arsenic can cross the placenta and has been found in fetal tissues. Arsenic is found at low levels in breast milk.2 Actual or potential exposure to nearby human populations, animals, or the food chain from hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants; [§300.415(b)(2)(i)]; Arsenic presents a hazard to public health and the environment. Arsenic is a hazardous substance as defined by Section 101(14) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9601(14) and 40 C.F.R. § 302.4. As documented in this Action Memorandum, arsenic has been detected in Site soil and poses an inhalation threat to residents and those who may enter the Site. Because the Site is not secured with a polyethylene cover, arsenic-laden dust can become airborne with air gusts or inclement weather. As discussed earlier, the Site is a public park that attracts many small children and young adults. While everyone recreating at the Site can be potentially exposed to airborne contamination (dust/dirt particles), smaller children are also at a higher risk for ingestion of arsenic contaminated soil via actual eating of soil and from putting dirty hands, toys or other objects in their mouths. Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies or sensitive ecosystems [§300.415(b)(2)(ii)]; The Site has two stormwater lines and two water lines that run underground to Proctor Street. If either water line within the site were to rupture, backflow could allow arsenic from the soil to enter the water line and contaminate the drinking water system. High levels of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants in soil largely at or near the surface, that may migrate [§300.415(b)(2)(iv)]; and weather conditions that may cause hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants to migrate or be released [§300.415(b)(2)(v)]; Laboratory analysis of the Site soil indicates that the soils are contaminated with elevated levels arsenic. The Site is temporarily fenced, but the soil is not secured by a polyethylene cover. Therefore, high winds or inclement weather may cause the arsenic to migrate in the environment. The availability of other appropriate Federal or State response mechanisms to respond to the release [§300.415(b)(2)(vii)]; In their letters requesting EPA’s assistance, both MassDEP and the city indicate that they currently lack the resources to address the Site. 2 Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), Toxicological Profile for Arsenic, April 2007. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 9 of 16 IV. ENDANGERMENT DETERMINATION Arsenic, chromium, and lead are hazardous substances as defined by Section 101(14) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9601(14) and 40 C.F.R. § 302.4. During the PA/SI, EPA confirmed the presence of actual or threatened releases of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants from the Site that, if not addressed by implementing the response action selected in this Action Memorandum, may present an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health, welfare, or the environment. In accordance with OSWER Directive 9360.0-34 (August 19, 1993), an endangerment determination is made based on “appropriate Superfund policy or guidance, or on collaboration with a trained risk assessor,” which is outlined and discussed in Section III above. Appropriate sources include, but are not limited to, relevant action level or clean-up standards, Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry documents or personnel, or staff toxicologists. In this case, EPA relied on the following in making an endangerment determination for this Site. Sampling data collected by the city’s LSP in December 2018 lead to MassDEP assigning a Release Tracking Number. The property has been designated a disposal site under the Massachusetts Oil and Hazardous Material Release Prevention Act, M.G.L. c.21E. EPA’s July 2022 PA/SI soil sampling confirmed the high concentrations of arsenic and chromium are above EPA’s Removal Management Levels (RMLs)3 and arsenic, chromium, and lead above the MassDEP’s Standards for Soil Remediation. In addition to the exceedance of state standards as described above, EPA also reviewed ATSDR ToxFAQs (Section III of this Action Memorandum) for arsenic. Hazardous Substance EPA PA/SI Highest Sample Concentration EPA RML Residential Soil City (LSP) Highest Sample Concentration MassDEP Standards for S1-Soil Remediation Arsenic 19,000 mg/kg 68 mg/kg 12,300 mg/kg 20 mg/kg Chromium 4,200 mg/kg 400 mg/kg 1,820 mg/kg 100 mg/kg Lead 1,100 mg/kg Not Listed 354 mg/kg 200 mg/kg 3 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. chemicals-rmls. November 2018 ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 10 of 16 Since arsenic is the COC, EPA will use the EPA RML (68mg/kg for residential soil) to initiate cleanup, and the MassDEP standard for S-1 soil remediation (20 mg/kg for residential soil) as the target cleanup level to a depth of 6 feet below grade (fbg). V. EXEMPTION FROM STATUTORY LIMITS CERCLA Section 104(c) states that removal actions can exceed the $2 million statutory limits if conditions meet either the emergency exemption criteria or the consistency exemption criteria. As described below, conditions at the Site meet the criteria for the emergency exemption, as follows: A. Emergency Exemption Under CERCLA § 104(c)(1)(A), removal actions may exceed the $2 million statutory exemption if: 1. There is an immediate risk to public health or welfare or the environment. Arsenic and other metals in site soils, pose an immediate direct contact threat and/or potential exposure. Access to the Mansell Field had to be restricted as soon as hazardous substances were identified on the property. Further, under adverse weather conditions, exposed contaminated soil could potentially migrate off-site via wind, soil erosion and surface water runoff pose a risk to those who live or walk near the field. As stated earlier, the Site is in a densely populated residential neighborhood. Mansell Field is abutted by Mansell Parkway to the south, Proctor Street to the east, Langdon Street and residences to the north, and the remaining portions of the larger Gallows Hill Park area to the west. Due to the contaminated soil, the field is closed and off-limits until the property is remediated to prevent exposure to children and other users. There is an approximate population of 25,800 within one mile of the Site. Seven schools, two nursing homes and eleven childcare centers are also located within one mile of the Site. 2. Continued response actions are immediately required to prevent, limit, or mitigate an emergency. Elevated levels of metals in the soils have been detected with arsenic as high as 19,000 mg/kg. The scope of the action memorandum is to excavate/dispose arsenic and other collocated soil using the EPA RML (68mg/kg for residential soil), and the MassDEP standard for S-1 soil remediation (20 mg/kg for residential soil) as the target cleanup levels to a depth of 6 fbg. If these measures are not implemented, there will be a continued threat to public health, welfare and the environment posed by conditions at the Site. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 11 of 16 3. Assistance will not otherwise be provided on a timely basis. MassDEP does not have adequate available resources to address the contamination and has requested EPA assistance. VI. PROPOSED ACTIONS AND ESTIMATED COSTS A. Proposed Actions 1. Proposed action description The proposed action will protect public health, welfare, and the environment. The goal of the removal action is to eliminate the direct contact threat and remove the source contamination by excavating and disposing of soils contaminated with arsenic and potentially other hazardous substances. The excavated areas will be resampled, delineated with geotechnical fabric, and backfilled with clean soil. Once EPA has completed its work, any post removal site controls, such as deed restrictions, will be implemented by the City under MassDEP oversight. During the removal action, EPA’s OSC will continue to coordinate all Site-related activities with the city, MassDEP, and the public. Specific removal activities will include the following: x Conduct a site walk with environmental remediation contractor to assess layout of the Site and determine required equipment, personnel, and utilities. x Develop and implement a site-specific Health and Safety Plan. x Develop and implement a Community Involvement Plan. x Develop a site-specific work plan providing estimate of materials, time and costs. x Establish site security as necessary based on conditions. x Mobilize personnel and equipment. x Delineate work zones and decontamination area. x Perform air monitoring and implement dust control and suppression for worker protection and public health, as needed. x Excavate soil contaminated with arsenic and other collated contaminants in hot/spot identified areas from 0 to 6 fbg. x Treat surface water accumulated in excavated areas if necessary. x Decontaminate onsite larger debris, and segregate hazard-free debris. x Remove and dispose other hazardous substances discovered during this removal action. x Conduct additional soil characterization to verify that remaining soil meets MassDEP Standards for Soil Remediation and EPA RMLs. x Provide and place geotextile fabric and warning barrier across excavation areas. x Transport and dispose contaminated soil at EPA approved disposal facilities. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 12 of 16 x Investigate soil stabilization treatment options for soil failing the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure. Perform on-site stabilization of leachable arsenic, if warranted and cost-efficient. x Conduct confirmatory soil sampling in accordance with the Phase IV Remedy Implementation Plan and Site-specific Quality Assurance Project Plan, to assure that the cleanup program meets the project goals. x Backfill excavated areas and cap the excavated footprint of the Site. x Repair response related damages; and x Demobilize resources. 2. Community relations The EPA Community Involvement Coordinator will maintain communications with the local community by sharing information through press releases, fact sheets, and public meetings, as necessary. EPA will continue to coordinate communication activities with MassDEP and the city. 3. Contribution to remedial performance The cleanup proposed in this Action Memorandum is designed to mitigate the threats to human health and the environment posed by the Site. Based upon available information, the actions taken will be consistent with, and not impede, any future responses. 4. Description of innovative technologies and sustainable approaches In accordance with the December 23, 2013, Memorandum, updated August 2, 2016, issued by Office of Land and Emergency Management as well as the Region 1 Clean and Greener Policy for Contaminated Sites, greener cleanup practices should be considered for all cleanup projects. Greener cleanup is the practice of incorporating practices that minimize the environmental impacts of cleanup actions and maximize environmental and human benefit. Alternative technologies and sustainable approaches will be considered and incorporated, as appropriate, throughout the implementation of the removal action. For instance, EPA will implement recycling practices including recycling of paper, plastic, metal debris, etc. The use of alternative technologies regarding disposal options will be further examined as the site work progresses. For instance, the contaminated soil may be pre-treated to reduce landfill costs. On-site field screening and analytical techniques may be utilized during the removal action. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 13 of 16 5. Applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) The federal cleanup standards, standards of control, and other substantive requirements that have been identified to are listed below. They are applicable if noted, but otherwise relevant and appropriate. Federal ARARs: Clean Water Act, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), 40 C.F.R. Parts 122 – 125; 122.26: Establishes the specifications for discharging pollutants from any point source into the waters of the U.S. Also, includes storm water standards for construction sites over one acre. Removal activities will be managed to prevent stormwater discharge from the Site. Clean Water Act, 40 C.F.R. Sections 122.26(c)(ii)(C) and 122.44(k): NPDES regulations for storm water control and management will be met if the removal action triggers this ARAR. Clean Air Act, 40 CFR Part 61, 42 U.S.C. Section 112(b)(1): The Clean Air Act regulates 188 air toxics, also known as “hazardous air pollutants.” Arsenic is listed as one of these air toxics. These regulations include the National Emission Standards for controlling dust. If the removal of soil generates regulated air pollutants, then measures will be implemented to meet these standards. State ARARs: 40 C.F.R. Parts 260-262 and 264 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Subtitle C: Hazardous Waste Identification and Listing Regulations; Generator and Handler Requirements, Closure and Post-Closure. Massachusetts has been delegated the authority to administer these RCRA standards through its state hazardous waste management regulations. Waste generated will be tested to determine whether it exceeds hazardous waste thresholds, and, if so, the hazardous waste will be managed on-site and until such time as it is shipped to an EPA-approved off-site disposal location. 310 CMR 6.00: Ambient Air Quality Standards Massachusetts Ambient Air Quality Standards sets primary and secondary standards for emissions of certain contaminants including particulate matter. Removal activities, including excavation and management of soil will be implemented in accordance with these rules. 310 CMR 7.00: Massachusetts Air Pollution Regulations stipulate that during construction and/or demolition activities, air emissions dust, particulates, etc.) must be controlled to prevent air pollution. Construction activities will be managed to meet standards for visible ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 14 of 16 emission (310 CMR Section 7.06): dust, odor, construction, and demolition. During the removal action, appropriate measures would need to be taken to comply with these regulations. The OSC will coordinate with state officials to identify additional state ARARs, if any. In accordance with the National Contingency Plan and EPA Guidance Documents, the OSC will determine the applicability and practicability of complying with each ARAR that is identified in a timely manner. 6. Project schedule Upon approval of the proposed removal action, EPA expects to initiate the time-critical removal action in late fall 2022 and estimates that the removal will be complete within six months. B. Estimated Costs COST CATEGORY CEILING REGIONAL REMOVAL ALLOWANCE COSTS: ERRS Contractor $2,800,000.00 Interagency Agreement $0,000.00 OTHER EXTRAMURAL COSTS NOT FUNDED FROM THE REGIONAL ALLOWANCE: START Contractor $185,000.00 Extramural Subtotal $2,985,000.00 Extramural Contingency 20% $597,000.00 TOTAL, REMOVAL ACTION CEILING $3,582,000.00 VII. EXPECTED CHANGE IN THE SITUATION SHOULD ACTION BE DELAYED OR NOT TAKEN A delayed removal action or the absence of a removal action described herein will cause conditions to remain unaddressed. The Site will continue to release or threaten to release hazardous substances into the environment, which poses a threat to human health and the environment. VIII. OUTSTANDING POLICY ISSUES There are no precedent-setting policy issues. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 15 of 16 IX. ENFORCEMENT For Internal Distribution Only See attached Confidential Enforcement Strategy. The total EPA costs for this removal action that will be eligible for cost recovery are estimated to be $3,582,000 (extramural costs) + $200,000 (EPA intramural costs) = $3,782,000X 1.4009 (regional indirect rate) = $ 5,298,2044 X. RECOMMENDATION This decision document represents the selected removal action for the Mansell Field Site in Salem, Massachusetts, developed in accordance with CERCLA, as amended, and is not inconsistent with the National Contingency Plan. The basis for this decision will be documented in the administrative record to be established for the Site. Conditions at the Site meet the National Contingency Plan Section 300.415 criteria for a removal action due to the following: Actual or potential exposure to nearby human populations, animals, or the food chain from hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants [§300.415(b)(2)(i)]; Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies or sensitive ecosystems [§300.415(b)(2)(ii)]; High levels of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants in soils largely at or near the surface, that may migrate [§300.415(b)(2)(iv)]; Weather conditions that may cause hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants to migrate or be released [§300.415(b)(2)(v)]; The availability of other appropriate Federal or State response mechanisms to respond to the release [§300.415(b)(2)(vii)]; 4 Direct Costs include direct extramural costs $ 3,582,000 and direct intramural costs $200,000. Indirect costs are calculated by using regional indirect rate in effect at time cost estimate is prepared and is expressed as a percentage of the direct costs, 40.09% (effective February 8, 2022) x $3,782,000 consistent with EPA’s full cost accounting methodology. These estimates do not include pre-judgment interest, do not take into account other enforcement costs, including Department of Justice costs, and may be adjusted during the course of a removal action. The estimates are for illustrative purposes only and their use is not intended to create any rights for responsible parties. Neither the lack of a total cost estimate nor deviation of actual total costs from this estimate will affect the United States’ right to cost recovery. ---PAGE BREAK--- Action Memorandum for Mansell Field Site Date: August 30, 2022 Salem, MA Page 16 of 16 Other situations or factors that may pose threats to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment [§300.415(b)(2)(viii)]. I recommend that you approve the proposed removal action. The total extramural removal action project ceiling, if approved, will be $3,582,000. APPROVAL: DATE: BRYAN OLSON Digitally signed by BRYAN OLSON Date: 2022.09.08 12:42:01 -04'00' ---PAGE BREAK--- APPENDIX B Statement of Work ---PAGE BREAK--- STATEMENT OF WORK MANSELL FIELD SITE SALEM, MASSACHUSETTS Pursuant to the Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent to Perform a Removal Action CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 2 of 13 A. Introduction This statement of work (“SOW”) identifies the components of work required pursuant to the Administrative Order on Consent (“AOC”) (CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031) for performance of a removal action set forth in the Action Memorandum (“Removal Action”) for the Mansell Field Park Site (the “Site”), located in Salem, Massachusetts. Under this SOW, the City of Salem (“Respondent”) shall prepare and submit to the On- Scene Coordinator (“OSC”) for approval the items identified below. The Removal Action conducted under this Administrative Order and SOW shall abate the potential danger to public health or welfare or the environment, which may otherwise result from the actual or threatened release of hazardous substances at or from the Site. Pursuant to the terms of the AOC, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and Respondent are dividing the tasks related to this Removal Action into EPA Superfund-Lead Work to be performed by EPA and Respondent-Lead Work to be performed by Respondent. During performance of this Removal Action, several of the same or very similar response-related tasks will be conducted by both EPA and Respondent, but at different times. For example, both EPA and Respondent will conduct air monitoring and dust suppression as part of each of their separate soil excavation activities. B. General Requirements of Respondent 1. For communication between EPA and Respondent related to the implementation of the SOW, the OSC shall be the point of contact for EPA and Thomas Devine, Senior City Planner, City of Salem, shall be the point of contact for Respondent. Respondent shall communicate freely and frequently with the OSC prior to and during the development of plans and deliverables, and continually throughout the implementation of the work described in this SOW. Open and routine communication will facilitate a cleanup that is as effective, safe, and efficient as possible. Where deliverables are required, draft documents may be submitted for comments and consideration prior to the due date to prepare for submission of the final documents for OSC approval. EPA will notify Respondent of the identities of any OSC-designated representatives assigned to the Site during oversight of any on-Site Removal Action activities. 2. All Respondent-Lead Work shall be conducted in accordance with the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), the National Contingency Plan 40 C.F.R. Part 300 and any applicable amendments thereto, applicable guidance documents provided by EPA, and the provisions of this Statement of Work, including any standards, specifications, and time schedules provided here or as specified by the OSC. ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 3 of 13 3. Each required plan generated pursuant to this SOW must be submitted to the OSC for approval prior to implementation. 4. Unless otherwise allowed or approved by EPA in writing, Respondent shall perform and complete all activities that have been authorized in accordance with this SOW and the AOC. 5. Respondent may be required (if and to the extent authorized by applicable law) or may (at its discretion) request to alter or expand upon the plans after approval, based on new information, changes in Site conditions, or subsequently identified deficiencies. 6. By telephone or otherwise, Respondent shall inform the OSC of any disposal shipments no less than three working days prior to the event. 7. Respondent shall, submit written progress reports to the EPA OSC via email concerning actions undertaken pursuant to this AOC after the date of receipt of EPA’s approval of the Removal Work Plan (as defined in Section E.3., below) until termination of this AOC, unless otherwise directed in writing by the OSC. These reports shall describe all significant developments during the preceding period, including the Respondent-Lead Work performed and any problems encountered, analytical data received during the reporting period, and developments anticipated during the next reporting period, including a schedule of the Respondent-Lead Work to be performed, anticipated problems, and planned resolutions of past or anticipated problems. C. Description of Superfund-Lead Work and Respondent-Lead Work. Performance of the Removal Action identified in the AOC involves coordination between Respondent and EPA, and the general division of work is described below. 1. EPA Superfund-Lead Work EPA will perform EPA Superfund-Lead Work as follows: a. mobilize cleanup contractor with required equipment, and personnel; b. perform air monitoring and implement dust control throughout EPA earth-moving activities; c. excavate, transport and dispose arsenic and other collated contaminants in hot/spot identified areas, 0 to 6 feet below grade (fbg). Investigate soil stabilization treatment options for soil failing the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP). If cost efficient perform treatment for T&D; d. treat surface water accumulated in excavated areas if necessary; e. decontaminate larger debris, and segregate hazard-free debris to reduce ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 4 of 13 disposal costs; f. remove and dispose other hazardous substances discovered during this removal action; g. conduct additional soil characterization to verify that remaining soil meets MassDEP Standards for Soil Remediation and EPA RMLs; h. install geotextile fabric and warning barrier across excavation areas; and i. backfill of excavated areas of the Site with clean soil. 2. Respondent-Lead Work Respondent-Lead Work will include activities listed below, the requirements for which are more specifically addressed in section D: a. construct Site ingress/exit to enable EPA contractor mobilization; b. ensure that Site security is provided by re-installing/repairing damaged portions of the site fence; c. provide staging area for three office trailers and generator, at parking lot area adjacent to the Site; d. provide water to be used as an engineering control for dust suppression. e. direct city Sewer Water and Drain Department to work on controlling or containing water flow in the 36 inch RFP storm water pipe during EPA’s excavation, as needed; f. excavate, transport and dispose soil with concentrations of arsenic greater than or equal to 500 mg/kg in areas depicting 0 to 3 fbg and areas 3 to 6 fbg in hot spots/identified areas of Site. Investigate soil stabilization treatment options for soil failing TCLP. Perform on-site stabilization of leachable arsenic, if warranted and cost-efficient; g. excavate approximately 1,300 cubic yards of contaminated soil with arsenic concentrations <500 ppm (and ≥ 20 ppm) in other areas needed, and place and compact where the New Field is scheduled; h. provide police detail for all truck incoming and outgoing site traffic (disposal related and clean fill), as needed; i. characterize additional soil to verify that remaining soil meets MassDEP Standards for Soil Remediation and EPA RMLs; j. conduct confirmatory soil sampling in accordance with the Phase IV Remedy Implementation Plan and Site-specific Quality Assurance Project Plan, to assure that the cleanup program meets the project goals. k. backfill the excavated areas and cap the excavated footprint of the Site. Capping process will involve building different layers of soil that will allow for proper drainage and future sustentation of the field; l. re-install the basketball court; m. raise existing catch basins and retrofit other underground infrastructure utilities that were altered during the Removal Action to meet new capping grades and intended use of the field; and n. vegetate/seed the field. ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 5 of 13 D. Specific Requirements of Respondent-Lead Work. Respondent shall provide the technical experts, personnel, equipment and materials necessary to perform and complete the following the Respondent-Lead Work as part of the Removal Action set forth in the Action Memorandum for this Site and within the approved time schedule set forth in the AOC. Requirements of the Respondent-Lead Work are separated into plans and tasks, as enumerated below. Respondent shall prepare the following plans with respect to the Respondent-Lead Work. 1. Plans a. Develop a site-specific Health and Safety Plan (“HASP”) for EPA review, as required by NCP § 300.150 and in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) regulations, 29 CFR Parts 1910, 1926 and 1904. The HASP must: i. Be initiated at the commencement and implemented throughout all stages of the Removal Action for the duration of all field activities; ii. Include contingency planning; iii. Incorporate all changes recommended by EPA; and iv. Include an air monitoring plan to ensure worker and public safety during any removal activities that may cause a release or airborne dust/contaminants. All employers are responsible for the health and safety of their employees and for maintaining compliance with OSHA. Nothing contained in the SOW or any approved plans shall relieve Respondent of its liability, if any, for noncompliance with OSHA or for not taking appropriate measures to protect that health and safety of its employees. b. Develop a site-specific Removal Work Plan (“RWP”) to address the remediation strategy, including anticipated timelines. The RWP shall include a water treatment plan that will address how potentially contaminated water (precipitation, groundwater, decontamination) will be treated and returned to the sub-surface if applicable. c. Develop a Salem-wide traffic plan for all trucks leaving the Site transporting soil/material for disposal as well as for trucks arriving at the Site transporting clean fill/site resources. ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 6 of 13 d. Develop a Site security plan to prevent unauthorized access during performance of the Removal Action. The plan must address securing site equipment, installing hazardous waste warning signs, and other similar measures to prevent unauthorized access. e. Develop a site-specific Quality Assurance Project Plan (“QAPP”) consistent with EPA Region I’s Quality Assurance Project Plan (“QAPP”) to assure that all analytical results generated during the Removal Action are of known quality. f. Develop a site-specific sampling and analysis plan (“SAP”) for sampling. Respondent shall perform the tasks identified below and include them in its site-specific RWP. 2. Tasks a. Delineate the work zones and decontamination area in compliance with OSHA regulations. b. Conduct sampling, as needed, to define the extent of the contamination (utilizing EPA’s guidance on pre-excavation sampling) and to provide data for disposal characterization. In addition, document all hazardous materials via waste profiles for T&D. c. Conduct air monitoring and dust suppression per the HASP. d. Based on the results of the sampling, identify, excavate, stockpile, and stage the material accordingly. All stockpiles shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting during non-working hours. e. Following EPA’s limited backfilling of areas excavated due to the presence of arsenic concentrations, Respondent will backfill remaining areas to the appropriate grade. f. Any backfill material brought to the Site shall be sampled to ensure that it does not contain any hazardous substances or contaminants above acceptable levels or concentrations. g. Assess and characterize any additional hazardous materials discovered during the course of this action. h. Arrange for disposal of all waste streams, including decontamination waste and spent personal protective equipment. ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 7 of 13 i. Repair any response-related damage. j. Dispose of materials in accordance with 40 CFR § 300.440, Procedures for Planning and Implementing Off-Site Response Actions. Determine that all disposal facilities are EPA-approved and are in compliance with the CERCLA Off-Site Rule, 40 CFR § 300.440 regarding off-site disposal facilities. k. Provide and affix all appropriate labels in accordance with state and federal regulations for storage, transportation, and/or disposal of waste streams, as appropriate. l. Ensure all drivers of vehicles transporting waste off site are in compliance with applicable US, state and local DOT regulations 49 CFR 397). m. Vehicles transporting waste off site shall be properly placarded as required to comply with DOT and/or state regulations. n. Generate a Completion of Work Report E. Deliverables and Reporting Instructions and Requirements 1. Supervising Contractor and Project Coordinator Respondent shall propose an environmental consulting services contractor or an environmental services cleanup contractor (one or more contractors or subcontractors) for the purpose of performing and/or supervising the work required by this AOC in accordance with the terms and conditions of the AOC and shall notify EPA of the name(s) and qualifications of such contractor(s) within seven days of the effective date of the AOC (the “Effective Date”) or, if retained later than the Effective Date, then seven days after the date on which the contractor or subcontractor is awarded a contract in accordance with state and local procurement law. Respondent shall also notify EPA of the name(s) and qualification(s) of any other contractor(s) or subcontractor(s) retained to perform the Respondent-Lead Work under this AOC at least seven days prior to commencement of such Work. EPA retains the right to disapprove of a selected contractor. If EPA disapproves of a selected contractor, Respondent shall retain a different contractor and again shall notify EPA of that contractor’s name and qualifications within seven days of EPA’s disapproval, or, if it is not possible to select a different contractor or subcontractor in accordance with state and local procurement law, then within seven days after a new contractor or subcontractor is awarded a contract in accordance with this law, but no later than seven days prior to commencement of the Work by the contractor or subcontractor. ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 8 of 13 Within seven days after the Effective Date, Respondent shall designate a Project Coordinator who shall be responsible for administration of all actions by Respondent required by this AOC and shall submit to EPA the designated Project Coordinator’s name, address, telephone number, and qualifications. EPA retains the right to disapprove the designated Project Coordinator. If EPA disapproves the designated Project Coordinator, Respondent shall retain a different Project Coordinator and shall notify EPA of that person’s name, address, telephone number, and qualifications within seven days following EPA’s disapproval. Receipt by Respondent’s Project Coordinator of any notice or communication from EPA relating to this AOC shall constitute receipt by Respondent. 2. Site Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) Within 60 days of the Effective Date, Respondent shall submit a site-specific Health and Safety Plan (“HASP”) for its workers. Respondent shall submit for EPA review and comment a HASP that ensures the protection of the public health and safety during performance of Work under this AOC. The HASP shall be prepared in accordance with EPA’s Standard Operating Safety Guide (PUB 9285.1-03, PB 92-963414, June 1992). In addition, the plan shall comply with all currently applicable OSHA regulations found at 29 C.F.R. Part 1910. If applicable, the HASP must also include an Air Monitoring Plan for their Respondent-Lead Work. This plan will address personal protective equipment based on airborne contamination levels, monitoring and calibration of air monitoring equipment, personnel monitoring to determine worker safety levels, perimeter air monitoring to ensure public safety, dust and contaminant reduction techniques. “Monitoring” can mean both the collection/analyzation of air samples to identify the concentration of airborne contaminants as well as the use of real time instrumentation that might not be compound specific but can determine the amount of particulate matter being released to the air. Monitoring data will provide the basis for determining if additional engineering controls or other actions are necessary to achieve the goal of protection of persons other than Site workers. On-site monitoring data used to assure worker protection in accordance with OSHA can be used to meet the requirement in the above paragraph but must be augmented where such information alone does not demonstrate that off-site exposures are not occurring. Examples of “engineering controls” include but are not limited to covering soil stockpiles, wetting, limiting the area of excavation, capturing and treating air emissions, and providing a temporary structure over excavation areas, if any. ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 9 of 13 The HASP shall also include contingency planning. Respondent shall incorporate all changes to the plan recommended by EPA and shall implement the plan during the pendency of the Removal Action. 3. Removal Work Plan (RWP) Within 60 days of the Effective Date, Respondent shall provide a draft Removal Work Plan (“RWP”) that describes how the Respondent will complete the Respondent-Lead Work identified in the AOC and this SOW, including a proposed schedule for performing the Respondent-Lead Work. The plan should be technically sound, consistent and integrated with each of the other required plans. The plan shall provide a description of the major tasks and sub-tasks and identify the methods that will be used including, but not limited to, the following: a. Plan objectives and cleanup actions to reduce/eliminate the hazardous substances and environmental conditions that necessitate the removal under 40 CFR Section 300.415(b)(2) of the National Contingency Plan, as described in the Action Memorandum for this Site. b. Cleanup levels and specify how, through additional sampling or other actions, it will be documented that cleanup levels and/or requirements have been attained. The RWP shall also identify how both state and federal applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (“ARARs”) will be met and final regulatory closure will be achieved. c. Plan implementation to identify of how cleanup actions (soil excavation, staging, disposal, capping, etc.) start and progress, avoid cross contamination in order to minimize the potential for human exposure with the contaminated materials, and prevent the release of arsenic to surrounding community and environment. d. Site soil management procedures to describe where soils that are generated during excavation and construction activities will be staged, managed, and/or secured by a polyethylene cover within the Site boundaries. e. Describes how groundwater will be handled if encountered throughout the removal activities. f. Identifies engineering control measures such as, but not limited to, air monitoring and water use to eliminate any migration of arsenic contamination to surrounding properties or the environment as a result of implementing required removal activities. g. Outlines earthen cap construction, monitoring & maintenance. The RWP shall identify any details of capping (including placement of geotextile fabric ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 10 of 13 over excavated areas). The RWP shall also outline maintenance and site restoration activities, including a description of when and how they will be implemented. Note that if there is a period of time between completion of soil excavation activities and backfilling of the Site to its original grade, maintenance activities shall include interim security measures to prevent access to the Site and geotextile-covered contaminated soil until Site restoration is completed. h. Provides a detailed schedule for carrying out the removal, noting the completion date for interim activities. The RWP shall also identify an estimated time frame for completion of Site restoration activities with a goal of completing this restoration within twelve months after conclusion of the EPA Superfund-Lead Work, and shall identify protective measures to be taken immediately after EPA has completed excavation, backfill and geotextile covering activities. The RWP and schedule shall be reviewed regularly and updated based on available information. Any changes to the project objectives, resources needed, costs and tasks and subtasks shall be described in the updated documents. i. If requested by EPA, a comprehensive estimate of cost to complete the project shall accompany the RWP and project schedule. The cost estimate shall be linked to the project work plan and capture the labor, materials, equipment, subcontracts, etc. associated with performance of the Respondent-Lead Work. j. Outlines maintenance and site restoration activities, including a description of when and how they will be implemented. Note that if there is a period of time between completion of soil excavation activities and backfilling of the Site to its original grade, maintenance activities shall include interim security measures to prevent access to the Site and geotextile-covered contaminated soil until Site restoration is completed. k. Water run-off procedures for the duration of the Removal Action, which will account for, but not be limited to, loose soils deposited at the Site for the purpose of capping contaminated soils and to provide the appropriate sub- surface layering for the ballfield, decontamination waters from the cleaning of vehicles, as well as potential decontamination waters produced during waste characterization activities. 4. Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) Within 60 days of the Effective Date of this AOC, Respondent shall submit a Sampling and Analysis Plan (“SAP”) that will discuss, but not be limited to, sample methodology; the name, address, and point of contact of the laboratory that will be utilized; and quality assurance/quality control (“QA/QC”) procedures. The SAP shall also include the EPA standard methods to be used for analysis. This SAP can be a part ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 11 of 13 of the RWP or, if it is to support the pre-excavation sampling, submitted prior to the RWP as a separate stand-alone document. 5. Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) Prior to the commencement of any sampling or monitoring activities under this AOC, Respondent shall submit a Quality Assurance Project Plan (“QAPP”) in conjunction with the SAP. The QAPP shall be consistent with EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans (QA/R5) (EPA/240/B-01/003, March 2001, reissued May 2006), and Guidance for Quality Assurance Project Plans (QA/G-5) (EPA/240/R- 02/009, December 2002). 6. Site Security Plan Respondent shall develop a Site Security Plan within 60 days of the Effective Date, which will address site access during work and non-work hours. Respondent shall take reasonable precautions, in consultation with EPA, to prevent unauthorized access onto the Site for the duration of the Removal Action. The plan must address securing site equipment, installing hazardous waste warning signs, and other similar measures to prevent unauthorized access. 7. Traffic Plan Within 60 days of the Effective Date, Respondent shall submit a detailed traffic plan that maps out the routes to and from the Site that all trucks shall abide by. This plan will be applicable to trucks departing the site with soil/other waste streams for disposal as well as for trucks arriving at the site with clean backfill or other site supplies. 8. Transportation and Disposal Plan (T&D Plan) Fourteen (14) days prior to the first off-site shipment of waste for disposal, Respondent shall submit a Transportation and Disposal Plan. Respondent shall submit to EPA for approval the T&D facilities where Respondent will transport any waste material away from the Site to an off-Site disposal facility. Transporters and disposal facilities must have a proper license and permit for handling the constituents of the waste from the Site. The T&D Plan shall describe how all waste streams involving hazardous substances will be packaged, staged, and prepared for disposal (with applicable name, address, and RCRA identification number of the proposed disposal facility). 9. During the Removal Action ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 12 of 13 Respondent shall submit to EPA progress reports detailing Site activities, problems encountered, other important issues, and activities anticipated in the week to follow. Respondent will submit the initial report at the end of the second week of on-Site work. 10. Within 90 Days of Generation of Material Respondent shall complete T&D of all waste-streams designated for off-site disposal to an EPA approved disposal facility. 11. Completion of Work Report (CWR) DUE NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER COMPLETING THE TASKS OUTLINED IN THE RWP Respondent shall submit to EPA for approval a Final Report (Completion of Work Report) for the Respondent-Lead Work.1 The Final Report shall conform to the requirements set forth in Section 300.165 of the NCP entitled “OSC Reports.” In addition to fulfilling the requirements of the AOC and if applicable, the Completion of Work Report shall include: a. A list of all required activities and certification that each has been completed in accordance with approved plans; b. If appropriate, a legible copy of all shipping papers and waste manifests, for hazardous and non-hazardous waste, signed by the disposal facility and any other disposal documents; c. If appropriate, a list of all clean-up levels approved by EPA with data showing that these levels are no longer exceeded at the Site; d. Original photographs with a written description to document completion of work tasks; e. If appropriate, tabular summary of all analytical results; f. If appropriate, tabular summary of all waste shipped or treated for a period not to exceed one month, the name of each waste stream, state and federal waste codes assigned (if any), the total weight, and the total number of shipments; g. If appropriate, sketches and other forms of documentation showing Site 1 This CWR may also include, as an addendum, information required for final site closure, such as the requirements under Chapter 21E and the MCP regulations. ---PAGE BREAK--- Administrative Settlement and Order on Consent for the Mansell Park Superfund Site – Statement of Work CERCLA Docket No. 01-2023-0031 Page 13 of 13 conditions at commencement of work, interim milestones, and final Site conditions, including data supporting the completion of work; and h. An estimate of Respondent’s costs incurred. F. Removal Action Standards In conducting all activities under this SOW, and if applicable, Respondent shall do the following: 1. Institute practices during Site related traffic and loading and unloading to ensure the safe transfer of materials to and from the Site. 2. Identify and comply with all State and Federal Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements (“ARARs”) including but not limited to: manifesting, packaging, labeling, marking, recordkeeping, use of containers, and land disposal restrictions. Respondent shall also comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations, which include all Department of Transportation regulations regarding transportation of hazardous substances. 3. If appropriate, provide the OSC, upon request, all sampling data and quality assurance/quality control procedures utilized by the supervising contractor and its laboratory pertaining to all sampling and analytical work performed pursuant to this SOW. 4. Provide three days advance notification to the OSC of any planned field activities related to this Statement of Work including sampling, bulking, and/or loading for T&D. 5. Implement the RWP as follows: Implementation of the approved RWP shall begin and proceed in accordance with the schedule approved in the RWP. End of Scope of Work ---PAGE BREAK--- ATTACHMENT C Dust Action Levels for Health & Safety Plan Mansell Field Project Salem MA ---PAGE BREAK--- 16 Chestnut Street, Suite 520 • Foxborough, MA 02035 • Tel: [PHONE REDACTED] • Fax: [PHONE REDACTED] S O V E R E I G N C O N S U L T I N G I N C . February 11, 2019 Todd Kirton, LSP Tighe & Bond 446 Main Street Worcester, Massachusetts 01608 RE: Calculation Air Action Levels Gallows Hill Park 50 Proctor Street, Salem, Massachusetts RTN 3-0035355 Dear Mr. Kirton: As requested, Sovereign Consulting Inc. has developed action levels (ALs) for inhalable soil particles particles with an aerodynamic-equivalent diameter of 10 microns or less; PM10) containing elevated concentrations of arsenic and other metals. The ALs are based on sampling data for soil collected from the park, as provided by Tighe & Bond. The PM10 ALs are protective of residential and construction/utility worker exposure and are intended to be used to monitor air PM10 concentrations during soil removal activities. This letter describes the PM10 action level calculations and discusses their use. Calculation of Action Levels To calculate action levels, risk assessment calculations were first performed estimating the potential health risks to construction/utility workers and off-site residents posed by inhalation and ingestion of soil particles during soil removal activities. A limited suite of constituents detected at elevated concentrations were assessed: arsenic, chromium (total) and lead. From this assessment, it was identified that arsenic provided nearly 100% of the non-carcinogenic health hazards and carcinogenic risks from the site. Therefore, the AL is based on exposure to arsenic alone. An assumed PM10 concentration of 60 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m3) is used as a place- holder to establish the relationship between arsenic concentrations in soil and risk levels. Once this relationship has been established, the equation is rearranged to calculate a maximum acceptable PM10 concentration associated with a target acceptable risk or hazard level. It is assumed that soil excavation will result in PM10 concentrations that construction/utility workers and off-site residents are exposed to for 8 hours per day, 5 days per week, for a 6-month exposure period. Based on a MassDEP-adopted exposure model, construction/utility workers are assumed to have an inhalation rate of 60 liters per minute (L/min; 86.4 m3/day), representing elevated activity. When performed for off-site residents, a typical resting inhalation rate of 14 L/min (20 m3/day) was applied. All other exposure factors for the two receptor groups remained the same. ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of Air Action Levels February 11, 2019 Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts Page 2 16 Chestnut Street, Suite 520 • Foxborough, MA 02035 • Tel: [PHONE REDACTED] • Fax: [PHONE REDACTED] The concentration of arsenic on PM10 was assumed to be the same as arsenic concentrations in soil; in other words, it was not assumed that smaller inhalable particles of PM10 contained higher or lower concentrations of arsenic than bulk soil samples. Specifically, PM10 was assumed to contain the maximum detected concentration of arsenic in soil, a concentration of 633 mg/kg. Potential non-carcinogenic health hazards and excess lifetime cancer risks were quantified for both inhalation pathways using MassDEP-adopted toxicity values for arsenic. Risk characterization calculations for construction/utility workers are presented in Appendix A; results are summarized below: RISK CHARACTERIZATION SUMMARY CONSTRUCTION/UTILITY WORKERS EXPOSURE PATHWAY Non-Carcinogenic Hazard Index Excess Lifetime Cancer Risk All COCs Arsenic Alone Arsenic Inhalation of entrained soil particles (assumed PM10) 1.0 0.97 4 x 10-7 Ingestion of inhaled, entrained soil particles 0.04 0.03 1 x 10-7 Total (Both Pathways) 1.0 1.0 5 x 10-7 Maximum Acceptable Level (for all constituents) 1 1 x 10-6 HIs are expanded out beyond the recommend one significant figure for informational purposes. Includes arsenic, chromium (total) and lead. Arsenic is the only carcinogen among the constituents assessed. For the non-carcinogenic endpoint above, arsenic and the soil particle inhalation pathway constituted 97% of the total HI and the soil particle ingestion pathway constituted 3% of the total HI. For the cancer endpoint, the soil particle and inhalation and ingestion pathways constitute 80 and 20 percent, respectively of the total risk. Note that the total hazard Index (HI) and cancer risk do not include consideration of other exposure pathways the workers may be subject to, such as soil ingestion or dermal contact, since they are not subject to ALs. Since other pathways and constituents may “add” to the overall risk/hazards, a “target” HI of 0.2 was conservatively adopted to derive a PM10 AL for the non-carcinogenic endpoint and a conservative “target” cancer risk of 1x10-6 was adopted to derive a PM10 AL for the carcinogenic endpoint. If the other exposure pathways are adequately managed and other constituents continue to remain below concentrations of concern compared to arsenic, then the more conventional “acceptable risk” endpoints of HI = 1.0 and cancer risk = 1x10-5 could be applied as target values. ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of Air Action Levels February 11, 2019 Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts Page 3 16 Chestnut Street, Suite 520 • Foxborough, MA 02035 • Tel: [PHONE REDACTED] • Fax: [PHONE REDACTED] Calculated PM10 concentrations in air for both sets of “acceptable risk” levels are shown below. CALCULATED PM10 ACTION LEVELS PROTECTIVE OF CONSTRUCTION/UTILITY WORKER EXPOSURE TO ARSENIC TOXICITY ENDPOINT AND RISK/HAZARD LEVEL CONSERVATIVE CALCULATED ASSOCIATED PM10 CONCENTRATION (µg/m3) TOXICITY ENDPOINT AND RISK/HAZARD LEVEL ALTERNATE CALCULATED ASSOCIATED PM10 CONCENTRATION (µg/m3) Hazard Index = 0.2 12 Hazard Index = 1.0 60 Excess Lifetime Cancer Risk = 1x10-6 114 Excess Lifetime Cancer Risk = 1x10-5 1,145 µg/m3 Micrograms per cubic meter. As is apparent, the non-carcinogenic endpoint results in a lower maximum acceptable PM10 concentration than the cancer endpoint, so the lower of the two calculated values, a PM10 concentration of 12 µg/m3, is adopted as the conservative PM10 Action Level. Again, if other pathways are controlled and arsenic continues to be the risk driver, then the alternate AL of 60 µg/m3 could be applied. The hazard/risk calculations for off-site residents is summarized below: RISK CHARACTERIZATION SUMMARY OFF-SITE RESIDENTS EXPOSURE PATHWAY Non-Carcinogenic Hazard Index Excess Lifetime Cancer Risk All COCs Arsenic Alone Arsenic Inhalation of entrained soil particles (assumed PM10) 0.24 0.23 1 x 10-7 Ingestion of inhaled, entrained soil particles 0.0084 0.0077 2 x 10-8 Total (Both Pathways) 0.24 0.23 1 x 10-7 Maximum Acceptable Level (for all constituents) 1 1 x 10-6 HIs are expanded out beyond the recommend one significant figure for informational purposes. Includes arsenic, chromium (total) and lead. Arsenic is the only carcinogen among the constituents assessed. As can be seen, the risk/hazards posed to off-site residents through these two pathways are below maximum acceptable risk/hazard levels and are less than that experienced by construction/utility workers. This means that the action levels calculated to protect construction/utility workers will also protect off-site residents. ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of Air Action Levels February 11, 2019 Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts Page 4 16 Chestnut Street, Suite 520 • Foxborough, MA 02035 • Tel: [PHONE REDACTED] • Fax: [PHONE REDACTED] If you have any questions, or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned at (401) 323-9571. Regards, SOVEREIGN CONSULTING INC. Fuller Health Risk Assessor Attachments: Appendix A Risk and Action Level Calculations – Construction/Utility Workers Appendix B Risk Calculations – Off-site Residents ---PAGE BREAK--- APPENDIX A Risk and Action Level Calculations Construction/Utility Workers ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of PM10 Action Levels for Construction/Utility Workers Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App A MassDEP Approach Risk Construction and PM10 action levels.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 1 of 6 Non-cancer Endpoint Conservative Exposure pathway Assumed Particulate Matter (PM10) Air Concentration 1 Calculated HQ at Assumed PM10 Concentration 1 Target PM10 2 Target PM10 Target PM10 2 Target PM10 µg/m3 (unitless) µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 Inhalation of Entrained Soil Particles 60 1.0 97% 0.2 0.193 12 1.0 0.967 60 Ingestion of Inhaled, Entrained Soil Particles 60 0.03 3% 0.2 0.007 12 1.0 0.033 60 Total Hazard Index 1.0 Cancer Endpoint Conservative Exposure pathway Assumed Particulate Matter (PM10) Air Concentration 1 Calculated Risk at Assumed PM10 Concentration 1 Target PM10 2 Target PM10 Target PM10 2 Target PM10 µg/m3 (unitless) µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 Inhalation of Entrained Soil Particles 60 4.2E-07 80% 1.0E-06 8.0E-07 114 1.0E-05 8.0E-06 1,145 Ingestion of Inhaled, Entrained Soil Particles 60 1.1E-07 20% 1.0E-06 2.0E-07 114 1.0E-05 2.0E-06 1,145 Total Risk 5.2E-07 Selected PM10 Action Level 0.012 mg/m3 µg/m3 Micrograms per cubic meter mg/m3 Milligrams per cubic meter 1. From the associated risk calculations. 2. [Pathway-specific Target HQ or Risk x Assumed PM10]/Calculated HQ or Risk 1.14 Total Target HI 0.060 Pathway- Specific Target HI Target Cancer Risk Pathway- Specific Target Risk 0.11 Percent of Total HI Total Target HI Pathway- Specific Target HI 0.012 Percent of Total Risk Level Target Cancer Risk Pathway- Specific Target Risk PM10 Action Level Summary (Based on Arsenic Exposure) ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of PM10 Action Levels for Construction/Utility Workers Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App A MassDEP Approach Risk Construction and PM10 action levels.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 2 of 6 Exposure Pathway Non- Carcinogenic Hazard Index Excess Lifetime Cancer Risk Inhalation of Entrained Soil Particles 1.0 4E-07 Ingestion of Inhaled, Entrained Soil Particles 0.04 1E-07 Total (All Pathways) 1.0 5E-07 Percent contribution by arsenic 96% 100% Risk Characterization Summary ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of PM10 Action Levels for Construction/Utility Workers Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App A MassDEP Approach Risk Construction and PM10 action levels.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 3 of 6 HQ = ADE(nc) / RfCs ADE = HI = Sum [HQ] Risk = ADE(ca) x IUR ADE = Average daily exposure (mg/m3) (nc = noncarcinogen; ca = carcinogen) CF1 = Unit conversion factor [(min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L)] Csoil = Constituent concentration in soil (mg/kg) CF2 = Unit conversion factor (yr/dy) FI = Fraction inhaled that is retained in lungs (unitless) IHA = Assumed inhalation rate (m3/dy) PM10 = Particulate matter concentration in air 10 microns) (ug/m3) AP = Averaging period (dy) IHW = Worker inhalation rate (L/min) RfCs = Subchronic reference concentration (mg/m3) RAFi = Inhalation Relative absorption fraction (unitless) HQ = Non-carcinogenic Hazard Quotient (unitless) EF = Exposure frequency (events/yr) HI = Total Hazard Index (unitless) ED = Exposure duration (hr/event) Risk = Excess lifetime cancer risk (unitless) EP = Exposure period (yr) IUR = Cancer inhalation unit risk [(mg/m3)-1] Constituent Csoil FI PM10 IHW RAFi EF ED EP CF1 CF2 IHA AP (nc) ADE (nc) RfCs HQ AP (ca) ADE (ca) IUR Risk (mg/kg) (unitless) (ug/m3) (L/min) (unitless) (events/yr) (hr/event) (yr) (min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L) (yr/dy) (m3/dy) (yr) (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (unitless) (yr) (mg/m3) [(mg/m3)-1] (unitless) Arsenic 633 0.5 60 60 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 20 0.5 1.95E-05 0.00002 0.97 70 1.39E-07 3 4E-07 Chromium (total) 332 0.5 60 60 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 20 0.5 1.02E-05 0.0003 0.03 - - - - Lead 126 0.5 60 60 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 20 0.5 3.88E-06 0.001 0.004 - - - - Total HI = 1.0 Risk = 4E-07 Csoil x FI x PM10 x IHW x RAFi x EF x ED x EP x CF1 x CF2 AP x IH A Inhalation of Entrained Soil Particles ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of PM10 Action Levels for Construction/Utility Workers Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App A MassDEP Approach Risk Construction and PM10 action levels.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 4 of 6 ADD = HQ = ADD (nc)/RfDs HI = Sum [HQ] ADD = Average daily dose (mg/kg-dy) (ca = carcinogens, nc = non-carcinogens) CF1 = Unit conversion factor [(min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L)] Csoil = Constituent concentration in soil (mg/kg) CF2 = Unit conversion factor (yr/dy) FI = Fraction inhaled that is ingested (unitless) BW = Body weight (kg) PM10 = Particulate matter concentration in air 10 microns) (ug/m3) AP = Averaging period (yr) IHW = Worker inhalation rate (L/min) HQ = Non-carcinogenic Hazard Quotient (unitless) RAFo = Relative absorption fraction (unitless) RfDs = Subchronic Reference Dose (mg/kg-dy) EF = Exposure frequency (events/yr) HI = Total Hazard Index (unitless) ED = Exposure duration (hr/event) Risk = Excess lifetime cancer risk (unitless) EP = Exposure period (yr) IUR = Cancer inhalation unit risk [(mg/m3)-1] Constituent Csoil FI PM10 IHW RAFo EF ED EP CF1 CF2 BW AP (nc) ADD (nc) RfDs HQ AP (ca) ADD (ca) OSF Risk (mg/kg) (unitless) (ug/m3) (L/min) (unitless) (events/yr) (hr/event) (yr) [(min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L)] (yr/dy) (kg) (yr) (mg/kg-dy) (mg/kg-dy) (unitless) (yr) (mg/kg-dy) [mg/kg-dy)-1] (unitless) Arsenic 633 1.5 60 60 0.5 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 58.7 0.5 9.96E-06 0.0003 0.03 70 7.11E-08 1.5 1E-07 Chromium (total) 332 1.5 60 60 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 58.7 0.5 1.04E-05 1.5 0.000007 - - - - Lead 126 1.5 60 60 0.5 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 58.7 0.5 1.98E-06 0.00075 0.003 - - - - Total HI = 0.04 Risk = 1E-07 Csoil x FI x PM10 x IHW x RAFo x EF x ED x EP x CF1 x CF2 BW x AP Ingestion of Inhaled, Entrained Soil Particles ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of PM10 Action Levels for Construction/Utility Workers Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App A MassDEP Approach Risk Construction and PM10 action levels.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 5 of 6 CS (mg/kg) Arsenic 633 Chromium (total) 332 Lead 126 Conveyed by Tom Kirton, Tighe & Bond. Exposure Point Concentration Constituent Soil Exposure Point Concentration ---PAGE BREAK--- Calculation of PM10 Action Levels for Construction/Utility Workers Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App A MassDEP Approach Risk Construction and PM10 action levels.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 6 of 6 Oral Dermal Arsenic A 0.0003 0.0003 0.00002 0.00002 1.5 3 0.5 0.03 Chromium (total) D 1.5 1.5 0.0001 0.0003 - - 1 0.1 Lead B2 0.00075 0.00075 0.001 0.001 - - 0.5 0.006 2. Obtained from MassDEP( 2014) Method 1 Numerical Standards and supporting documentation. Toxicity Values and Relative Absorption Factors Chronic Inhalation Reference Concentration (RfC) Soil Relative Absorption Factors (RAF) 2 (unitless) Chronic Oral Reference Dose (RfD) [(mg/m3)-1] Oral Cancer Slope Factor (OSF) [(mg/kg-dy)-1] Subchronic Inhalation Reference Concentration (RfCs) (mg/m3) Inhalation Cancer Unit Risk (IUR) (mg/kg-dy) Carcinogenic Weight of Evidence Category 1 Constituent (mg/m3) Subchronic Oral Reference Dose (RfDs) (mg/kg-dy) ---PAGE BREAK--- APPENDIX B Risk Calculations Off-Site Residents ---PAGE BREAK--- Risk Characterization of Off-Site Residential Exposure - Inhalation Pathways Only Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App B MassDEP Approach Risk Resident.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 1 of 5 Exposure Pathway Non- Carcinogenic Hazard Index Excess Lifetime Cancer Risk Inhalation of Entrained Soil Particles 0.24 1E-07 Ingestion of Inhaled, Entrained Soil Particles 0.0084 2E-08 Total (All Pathways) 0.24 1E-07 Percent contribution by arsenic 96% 100% Risk Characterization Summary ---PAGE BREAK--- Risk Characterization of Off-Site Residential Exposure - Inhalation Pathways Only Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App B MassDEP Approach Risk Resident.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 2 of 5 HQ = ADE(nc) / RfCs ADE = HI = Sum [HQ] Risk = ADE(ca) x IUR ADE = Average daily exposure (mg/m3) (nc = noncarcinogen; ca = carcinogen) CF1 = Unit conversion factor [(min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L)] Csoil = Constituent concentration in soil (mg/kg) CF2 = Unit conversion factor (yr/dy) FI = Fraction inhaled that is retained in lungs (unitless) IHA = Assumed inhalation rate (m3/dy) PM10 = Particulate matter concentration in air 10 microns) (ug/m3) AP = Averaging period (dy) IHW = Worker inhalation rate (L/min) RfCs = Subchronic reference concentration (mg/m3) RAFi = Inhalation Relative absorption fraction (unitless) HQ = Non-carcinogenic Hazard Quotient (unitless) EF = Exposure frequency (events/yr) HI = Total Hazard Index (unitless) ED = Exposure duration (hr/event) Risk = Excess lifetime cancer risk (unitless) EP = Exposure period (yr) IUR = Cancer inhalation unit risk [(mg/m3)-1] Change Constituent Csoil FI PM10 IHW RAFi EF ED EP CF1 CF2 IHA AP (nc) ADE (nc) RfCs HQ AP (ca) ADE (ca) IUR Risk (mg/kg) (unitless) (ug/m3) (L/min) (unitless) (events/yr) (hr/event) (yr) (min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L) (yr/dy) (m3/dy) (yr) (mg/m3) (mg/m3) (unitless) (yr) (mg/m3) [(mg/m3)-1] (unitless) Arsenic 633 0.5 60 14 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 20 0.5 4.55E-06 0.00002 0.23 70 3.25E-08 3 1E-07 Chromium (total) 332 0.5 60 14 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 20 0.5 2.38E-06 0.0003 0.01 - - - - Lead 126 0.5 60 14 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 20 0.5 9.05E-07 0.001 0.001 - - - - Total HI = 0.2 Risk = 1E-07 Csoil x FI x PM10 x IHW x RAFi x EF x ED x EP x CF1 x CF2 AP x IH A Inhalation of Entrained Soil Particles ---PAGE BREAK--- Risk Characterization of Off-Site Residential Exposure - Inhalation Pathways Only Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App B MassDEP Approach Risk Resident.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 3 of 5 ADD = HQ = ADD (nc)/RfDs HI = Sum [HQ] ADD = Average daily dose (mg/kg-dy) (ca = carcinogens, nc = non-carcinogens) CF1 = Unit conversion factor [(min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L)] Csoil = Constituent concentration in soil (mg/kg) CF2 = Unit conversion factor (yr/dy) FI = Fraction inhaled that is ingested (unitless) BW = Body weight (kg) PM10 = Particulate matter concentration in air 10 microns) (ug/m3) AP = Averaging period (yr) IHW = Worker inhalation rate (L/min) HQ = Non-carcinogenic Hazard Quotient (unitless) RAFo = Relative absorption fraction (unitless) RfDs = Subchronic Reference Dose (mg/kg-dy) EF = Exposure frequency (events/yr) HI = Total Hazard Index (unitless) ED = Exposure duration (hr/event) Risk = Excess lifetime cancer risk (unitless) EP = Exposure period (yr) IUR = Cancer inhalation unit risk [(mg/m3)-1] Constituent Csoil FI PM10 IHW RAFo EF ED EP CF1 CF2 BW AP (nc) ADD (nc) RfDs HQ AP (ca) ADD (ca) OSF Risk (mg/kg) (unitless) (ug/m3) (L/min) (unitless) (events/yr) (hr/event) (yr) [(min-kg-m3)/(hr-ug-L)] (yr/dy) (kg) (yr) (mg/kg-dy) (mg/kg-dy) (unitless) (yr) (mg/kg-dy) [mg/kg-dy)-1] (unitless) Arsenic 633 1.5 60 14 0.5 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 58.7 0.5 2.32E-06 0.0003 0.0077 70 1.66E-08 1.5 2E-08 Chromium (total) 332 1.5 60 14 1 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 58.7 0.5 2.44E-06 1.5 0.000002 - - - - Lead 126 1.5 60 14 0.5 130 8 1 6.00E-11 2.74E-03 58.7 0.5 4.62E-07 0.00075 0.0006 - - - - Total HI = 0.008 Risk = 2E-08 Csoil x FI x PM10 x IHW x RAFo x EF x ED x EP x CF1 x CF2 BW x AP Ingestion of Inhaled, Entrained Soil Particles ---PAGE BREAK--- Risk Characterization of Off-Site Residential Exposure - Inhalation Pathways Only Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App B MassDEP Approach Risk Resident.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 4 of 5 CS (mg/kg) Arsenic 633 Chromium (total) 332 Lead 126 Conveyed by Tom Kirton, Tighe & Bond. Exposure Point Concentration Constituent Soil Exposure Point Concentration ---PAGE BREAK--- Risk Characterization of Off-Site Residential Exposure - Inhalation Pathways Only Gallows Hill Park, Salem, Massachusetts App B MassDEP Approach Risk Resident.xlsx 2/11/2019 Page 5 of 5 Oral Dermal Arsenic A 0.0003 0.0003 0.00002 0.00002 1.5 3 0.5 0.03 Chromium (total) D 1.5 1.5 0.0001 0.0003 - - 1 0.1 Lead B2 0.00075 0.00075 0.001 0.001 - - 0.5 0.006 2. Obtained from MassDEP( 2014) Method 1 Numerical Standards and supporting documentation. Toxicity Values and Relative Absorption Factors Chronic Inhalation Reference Concentration (RfC) Soil Relative Absorption Factors (RAF) 2 (unitless) Chronic Oral Reference Dose (RfD) [(mg/m3)-1] Oral Cancer Slope Factor (OSF) [(mg/kg-dy)-1] Subchronic Inhalation Reference Concentration (RfCs) (mg/m3) Inhalation Cancer Unit Risk (IUR) (mg/kg-dy) Carcinogenic Weight of Evidence Category 1 Constituent (mg/m3) Subchronic Oral Reference Dose (RfDs) (mg/kg-dy) ---PAGE BREAK--- ATTACHMENT D Copy of EPA’s Previous Work Plan Mansell Field Project Salem MA ---PAGE BREAK--- REMOVAL ACTION WORK PLAN MANSELL FIELD Salem Massachusetts Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency 5 Post Office Square Boston, Massachusetts 02109 Prepared by Environmental Restoration, LLC 222 Weymouth Street Rockland, Massachusetts 02370 ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Creese and Cook Workplan – TO 0339 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 Scope of Work 1 3.0 Operational Approach 2 3.1 Pre-Mobilization Activities 2 3.2 Mobilization 2 3.2.1 Site Setup 2 3.2.2 Composite Mats 2 3.3.3 Contaminated Soil Staging Area 2 3.4 Soil Sampling/Test Pits 3 3.5 Excavation Approach 3 3.5.1 Personal Pumps/PPE 3 3.5.2 Soil Excavation 3 3.5.3 Dust Control 4 3.6 Transportation and Disposal 4 3.6.1 Disposal Samples 4 3.6.2 Profiles 4 3.6.3 Barriers 4 3.7 Restoration 5 3.7.1 Backfill 5 3.8 Decontamination 5 3.8.1 Personnel 5 3.8.2 Equipment 5 3.9 Demobilization 5 4.0 Resources 5 5.0 Deliverables 6 5.1 Daily Tool Box Safety Meetings 6 5.2 Daily and Weekly Reports 6 5.3 Cost Tracking 6 6.0 Cost Estimate 7 7.0 Project Schedule 7 ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Mansell Field Workplan – TO 0038 Page 1 of 8 1.0 INTRODUCTION The Mansell Field site (the Site) is located at 50 Proctor Street, Salem, Essex County, Massachusetts. The geographical position as measured from the center of the site is latitude 42º 30′ 57.9″ north and longitude 70º 54′ 38.4″ west. Mansell Field is the lower elevation portion of Gallows Hill Park. Gallows Hill Park consists of approximately 24 acres of land, including baseball and softball areas, a skate park, a basketball court, a playground, and a portion which is an undeveloped tree covered area with walking trails. The Site contains a basketball court and a grass covered area that was used for soccer practice and other activities, and the Gallows Hill Park playground area abuts the Site to the west. The site is bordered to the north by Langdon Street and residential properties; to the east by Proctor Street and residential properties; to the south by Mansell Parkway, Looney Avenue and Witch Hill Road; and to the west by additional park property. 2.0 SCOPE OF WORK Environmental Restoration has been tasked by the EPA to perform a time critical removal action at the Site. The major project tasks shall consist of the following items as identified in the ER’s Task Order Statement of Work (SOW) and during the initial site walk; 1) Pre-Mobilization activities include develop Project Plans, Submittals, Schedules, and Cost Estimates  Work Plan  Site Health and Safety Plan- Attachment A  Cost Estimate- Attachment B.  Schedule- Attachment C 2) Mobilize necessary personnel and equipment  Pre-mobilization Activities  Work Plan  Health and Safety Plan  Cost Estimate  Schedule 3) Operational Approach a. Mobilization b. Site Setup c. Tree Removal d. Soil Sampling Test Pits e. Soil Staging Area f. Composite Mats g. Excavation h. Transportation and Disposal i. Restoration j. Decontamination k. Demobilization ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Mansell Field Workplan – TO 0038 Page 2 of 8 3.0 OPERATIONAL APPROACH The following sections discuss ER’s approach to the execution of the Task Order SOW tasks. Significant tasks are identified with details on how ER will accomplish the SOW requirements. ER will maximize site resources by performing multiple tasks concurrently. 3.1 PRE-MOBILIZATION ACTIVITIES Prior to mobilization activities, ER will meet with the OSC for a site walk and attend a meeting with the OSC, Salem DPW and Tighe and Bond discuss the approach ER will be taking to complete the SOW. The discussion will focus on the impact on the property and surrounding areas when work is being conducted, any parking restrictions that might be needed, and how load out of contaminated soil will proceed. Any other concerns of the Town of Salem will be addressed by the OSC. The property will be marked and DIG SAFE will be contacted with respective utilities on clearances/locates to ensure safe site work zones. 3.2 MOBILIZATION ER will mobilize to the site in phases. An initial 3- man crew will mobilize to conduct site-setup activities at the command center and to construct a soil staging area. The command center will be situated on the area of the existing basketball court and will consist of two office trailers, one box for storage of ppe and supplies, two Porta-Johns and a 25k quiet generator. The Town of Salem has granted EPA access to this property so that a site trailer, crew trailer, storage trailer, Porta johns and 25k generator can be staged there. Crews’ vehicles can be parked at the top of the hill be the skate park in the public parking area closest to the jobsite. 3.2.1 Site Setup The Support Zone (SZ) will be set up during the initial mobilization at each property. ER personnel will delineate work zones using orange construction fence and caution tape. Outside of the Support Zone a corridor made with orange construction fence will be erected. This corridor will lead to the Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ). The CRZ will be fenced off and include dry decontamination stations to doff PPE, including hand tool drop station, a table and chairs, a boot wash station, a hand wash station, two buckets to wash and rinse respirators, an eye wash station, a first aid kit, waste receptacle and a fire extinguisher. The Exclusion Zone (EZ) is where excavation of the contaminated soils will take place and access and egress will be through the CRZ. 3.2.2 Composite Mats Composite mats will be used to facilitate the use of a small dump truck to move contaminated materials from the excavation to the stockpile for T&D. Composite mats are typically used for construction activities where trucks must travel in vegetative areas. The mats prevent large vehicles from destroying the vegetative cover and descending into the ground. In addition, the mats will allow small dump trucks to remove contaminated soil from the excavation areas along with bringing in backfill gravel and topsoil. A non-woven geotextile will be installed under the mats to act as a barrier separating the mats from the contaminated soil. 3.3.3 Contaminated Soil Staging Area The contaminated soil staging area will be located on the right side of the access road coming off of Proctor Street. A temporary metal chain link fence will be installed around Mansell Field to prevent entrance by unauthorized personnel. The fence will be secured each evening prior to departing the site. The contaminated soil will be staged on 40-mil poly sheeting and covered with 6-mil poly sheeting every ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Mansell Field Workplan – TO 0038 Page 3 of 8 night. A 12-inch diameter erosion control sock will be used for erosion control around the stockpiled soils entering the staging area which will prevent runoff from departing the soil pile during inclement weather. An excavator will be placed at the soil staging area to stockpile contaminated soil received from the small dump trucks. A roadway composed of plastic mats and underlaid with non-woven geotextile fabric will be constructed at the staging area to allow all trucks to back into the staging area and leave the staging area without any contamination on their truck tires. Large dump trailer trucks will be loaded at the contaminated soil staging area for transportation and disposal (T&D) of the contaminated soil to a regulated CERCLA approved landfill. 3.4 SOIL SAMPLING Landfills typically require sample analysis every 500 tons for disposal. Areas will be marked accordingly that will comprise approximately 500 tons of soil. The excavator operator will excavate down to a depth determined by the OSC, which is also outlined in the SOW. Depending on the area it will be between three and six feet. Samples will be analyzed for disposal parameters, including, but not limited to, Total Lead, and Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) for lead to determine if the soils are hazardous. Samples will also be analyzed for the full RCRA 8 Metal list, Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds (SVOCs), Biphenyls (PCBs), Organochloride Pesticides, Herbicides, Reactivity and Flash Point. 3.5 EXCAVATION APPROACH Based upon the initial sample results from the PA/SI, excavating these contaminated soils could pose a health risk to workers if engineering controls are not implemented. ER will start excavation activities with a crew working in Modified Level C PPE, using respirators. Personal air-sampling pumps will be worn by this crew. Water from an on-site water buffalo will be used as an engineering control for dust suppression during all excavation activities. Small 6-cubic yard dump trucks will be used to transport contaminated soil to the soil staging area. Engineering controls will be implemented during excavation and loading of the contaminated soils. A water trailer will also be staged at the contaminated soil staging area for dust suppression when soil is being off-loaded and stockpiled. No excavation is planned under any buildings or driveways. 3.5.1 Personal Pumps/PPE Personal air-sampling pumps will be worn by the operator digging and two laborers working with the operator (Spotter, Dust suppression) for the first 3 continuous days of excavation work. Cassette samples will be collected daily and sent off-site to an analytical laboratory for 24-hour turnaround results. START will also have area pumps to monitor for any dust at the sites or leaving the sites. 3.5.2 Soil Excavation The soil will be removed within the given excavation in 20 Square foot grids starting at the northeast corner of the site. EPA/START will be on-site with an X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometer (XRF) to take real time readings as excavation progresses to depth. Real time readings will provide the operator with instant data that will identify a clean result or if further excavation is required based on site action levels. As contaminated soil is excavated, it will be loaded into dump trucks. The dump trucks will travel across the composite mats to the soil staging area where the soil will be dumped and stockpiled. No electrical, sewer and water lines are expected to be below in the excavation except for the 36” drainpipe, but the area will be dig safe prior to excavation. Salem DPW will be notified once the drainpipe has been exposed to ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Mansell Field Workplan – TO 0038 Page 4 of 8 check for leaks or damage and direct ER crew on how to proceed with backfilling/compaction needs around the pipe. Excavation will be back filled but leaving 1.5 feet from the final grade of the area. Further backfilling and restoration will be completed later by a different contractor. 3.5.3 Dust Control Engineering controls will be in place to minimize fugitive dust emissions when excavation activities are taking place. A 300-gallon water trailer will be on-site during excavation activities. ER will request permission from the Town of Salem Water Department to use a hydrant located across the street from the site access, close by to the work area to fill the water trailer. The Water Department will supply a water meter and hydrant hook-up for the duration of the project. The water trailer will be equipped with both a 50-foot 1.5 -inch hose with a spray nozzle and a 100-foot 5/8-inch garden hose with a spray nozzle. 3.6 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL ER envisions two waste streams at the site that must be transported and disposed of. The soil will be landfilled in a subtitle C or D landfill. ER will solicit RFQs for transportation and disposal for both hazardous and non-hazardous soils to facilities that are CERCLA compliant based upon the facility operating in compliance with RCRA or other applicable Federal or State Regulations. Once 200-500 cubic yards of contaminated soil is stockpiled at the soil staging area, large dump trailers will be brought to the site and loaded with contaminated soil for transport to an approved landfill. The load out each time will take 2 to 4 days, involving 6 trucks per day. This procedure will take place multiple times until all contaminated soil has been excavated and removed from the Site. Contaminated soils removed from the site, will require the dump trailers to be lined with a 6-mil liner prior to being loaded. Waste manifests will accompany the load, signed by the OSC and truck driver. The truck will be weighed at the landfill and the Hazardous Waste Manifest will be signed by the landfill operator and the signed copy will be sent to the EPA. 3.6.1 Disposal Samples Disposal samples will be collected from the contaminated soil stockpiled at the staging area. Samples will be sent off-site to a NESHAP approved laboratory for analysis. Samples will be collected as composite samples, from 10 different locations and depths within each 500-yard excavation area. Samples will be homogenized in a metal container and placed in glass jars labeled with the required analysis. The samples will be placed on ice and a Chain of Custody (COC) will be filled out. A courier will be called in to pick up the samples and the COC will accompany the sample from the site by courier to the lab where it will be logged in. Sample analysis will take approximately 7 days. 3.6.2 Profiles Based upon analytical results and characteristics of the waste stream, a Generator Profile of the waste will be generated by the landfill. The Generator Profile will be given a corresponding number that will be on each manifest that leaves the Site with this waste. As the waste is brought into the landfill, the profile number on the manifest will be matched against the Generator Profiler to ensure that this is the same corresponding waste that matches the Generator Profile. 3.6.3 Barriers If soil contamination is located at depths greater than 3 feet, a warning barrier will be laid down over the contaminated soil prior to backfilling. The geotextile warning/delineation fabric layer will consist of an orange-colored non-woven geotextile fabric layer placed at the bottom of each excavation to delineate ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Mansell Field Workplan – TO 0038 Page 5 of 8 clean fill from the remaining soil and serve as a “warning layer” for future intrusive activities, should they occur. The geotextile will help limit exposure, inhibit the upward migration of stones from the existing soil due to freeze/thaw cycles, discourage root penetration into the contaminated soils, and be a visible barrier in the event of backfill/cover damage/erosion or the need to perform additional remediation. 3.7 RESTORATION The excavation will be restored to 1.5 feet below the finished grade abutting the excavation. All restoration activities will be completed by the City of Salem. 3.7.1 Backfill Backfill gravel will be procured from a reputable vendor; it will be sampled by ER and samples will be sent off to a laboratory for analysis to ensure that the material is free of any pollutants. Once analytical results have been received and reviewed, approximately 1600 cubic yards (depending upon space constraints) of clean backfill will be staged at the staging area. Backfill operations at the property will follow excavation operations. Backfill gravel will be brought to each area using small 6 cubic yard dump trucks. Backfill will be compacted, if necessary, around 36” drainpipe per Salem DPW. Composite mats will be used to allow the dump trucks access to each area. 3.8 DECONTAMINATION Personnel and equipment decontamination (decon), (wet and dry) will take place throughout the course of excavation and load out activities. Personnel decon will take place at the CRZ. The CRZ will continuously move across the Site as backfill activities progress. 3.8.1 Personnel At the CRZ, personnel will doff their PPE into large plastic bags. A table with chairs, hand wash and boot wash stations, first aid station and eyewash will be in the CRZ. Buckets for washing and rinsing respirators will be located on the table. A fire extinguisher will also be in the CRZ. Dirty wash water will be dumped onto the contaminated soil pile. 3.8.2 Equipment Heavy excavation equipment used to clear vegetation/soil or grading will encounter native soil and mud. Prior to accessing road surfaces, the operator will remove all accumulated material from the tracks/tires. A heavy equipment decontamination area will be created at each work area where contamination is present. Accumulated mud will be scraped off and equipment pressure washed prior to leaving the area. At the soil staging area, all equipment will be decontaminated prior to leaving the Site. 3.9 DEMOBILIZATION Demobilization of equipment and personnel will vary throughout the project. If equipment or personnel are no longer needed, they will be demobe from the project until deemed necessary to return. At the conclusion of the restoration of the property, a final site walk will be held with the Town of Salem, Mass DEP, the OSC, and ER to ensure that the project was completed to everyone’s satisfaction. Once all parties are in agreement, ER will demobilize remaining personnel and equipment from the property. 4.0 RESOURCES The following table identifies the different resources ER will employ to complete the SOW elements, resources shall fluctuate based on the current site tasks and what is require maximizing operations. ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Mansell Field Workplan – TO 0038 Page 6 of 8 Creese & Cook Site Personnel Excavation Restoration Response Manager 1 1 Field Cost Accountant 1 1 Equipment Operator 2 1 Clean-up Technician 2 1 Truck Driver 0 0 Equipment Truck, Pickup 2 1 Track Skid Steer 1 1 Excavator 35-45k 1 0 Office Trailer 8 x 28 2 2 6 Cubic yard dump truck 1 1 Trash Dumpster 1 1 Porta John 3 3 Water Trailer 2 1 25k Quiet Generator 1 1 Connex/Storage Box 1 1 OFC’s Visqueen TBD TBD Analytical As required TBD Diesel Fuel 50 gallons per day TBD Trees/Seed 0 0 Fuel for trucks and equipment TBD Backfill 1600 Cubic yards Liner 40 mil HDPE (trench system) TBD - 5.0 DELIVERABLES The following section shall provide description and purpose of deliverable items not previously discussed. 5.1 DAILY TOOL BOX SAFETY MEETINGS Daily Tool Box Safety Meetings will be held prior to the start of any work shift. These meetings will be conducted to address all safety concerns for that operational period of work including a detailed discussion of task assignments that day for Site personnel and potential safety concerns to consider ensuring that proper safety measures are being met to accomplish their assigned tasks. 5.2 PERIODIC WORK REPORTS Periodic work reports will be generated by the Response Manager and submitted to the OSC as necessary- either on a daily or weekly schedule based on the OSC preference. The Response Manager will prepare and submit the periodic work reports to the OSC detailing the site tasks and operations performed for that reporting period. DWR details task accomplished as well as resources required on-site to accomplish the task to be undertaken. RM shall also provide the OSC daily/weekly oral reports to update Site progress and to discuss any issues that need to be addressed. 5.3 COST TRACKING ER will use RCMS2000 to generate and track all Site costs during the duration of the project. This cost ---PAGE BREAK--- ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION, LLC ACTION / WORK PLAN Mansell Field Workplan – TO 0038 Page 7 of 8 tracking will entail the Field Clerk compiling the actual and committed costs on a daily basis and entering them into the 1900-55 cost tracking module. This will include all labor, equipment, and other field cost charges applicable to that period. Once the daily 1900-55 is completed, it will be reviewed by the RM prior to submittal to the EPA OSC for final approval. [Note: this form can be generated on a weekly basis if that is the preference of the OSC.] 6.0 COST ESTIMATE A cost estimate can be developed and provided to the OSC upon request. 7.0 PROJECT SCHEDULE A Gant chart can be provided that illustrates task timelines to the OSC upon request.